Full Line Catalog
Wiring Devices for Industrial, Commercial
Institutional and Residential Markets
®
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice.
ii
More than a Century of
World-Class Innovation,
Quality and Experience
Building on more than 127 years of
excellence, Bryant Electric offers
wiring device solutions for industrial,
commercial, institutional and
residential markets. The new
product lines and enhancements
showcased in this catalog combine
the innovation, value, quality and
superior performance you expect from
Bryant Electric.
This redesigned catalog provides
comprehensive information for 5,000+
popular products. Each full-color page
features product information, images,
dimensions and specications. Product
features are also highlighted, especially for
new solutions.
Our growing portfolio reects commitment to
distributors and customers. Since 1888, Bryant
Electric has been a pioneer in the wiring device
industry. New, redesigned or expanded product
lines in this catalog include:
• Watertight Devices
• Portable Outlet Boxes
• Temporary Lighting
• Cord and Cable Reels
• Power Distribution Boxes
• Cam-Type Devices
• Swivels and Bands for Mesh
• Heavy Duty While-In-Use Covers
• GFCI Self Test Receptacles
• Occupancy/Vacancy, Harsh Environment,
and Daylight Harvesting Sensors
• Countdown Timers and Dimmers
• USB Receptacles and Outlets
• Permanently Marked Controlled Receptacles
• Nightlight Devices
• Service/Power Poles
• Metal Raceway
• Floor Trak Cable Protection
• Network Wiring
More than a Century of
World-Class Innovation,
Quality and Experience
Building on more than 127 years of
wiring device solutions for industrial,
showcased in this catalog combine
superior performance you expect from
comprehensive information for 5,000+
popular products. Each full-color page
World-Class Innovation,
Quality and Experience
wiring device solutions for industrial,
superior performance you expect from
comprehensive information for 5,000+
popular products. Each full-color page
Quality and superior performance
lead to safety, ease of use,
and low installation costs.
Our plugs and connectors
provide a full range of
features, from the Triple
Gripper® cord grip
and dust shield to
impact-resistant
nylon construction
introduced more than 45
years ago. Hospital grade
and industrial specication
grade receptacles incorporate
a true one-piece grounding
system, now expanded to include
tamper-resistant, weather resistant, and self test devices.
Our wiring devices are preferred by specication decision-
makers, contractors and original equipment manufacturers,
thanks to the features they offer.
A digital marketing experience is available at www.bryant-
electric.com. A unique eCatalog with interactive Document
Builder allows quick access to product information and
the ability to save custom documents. The catalog can
be printed, searched and downloaded 24/7. Our website
also maximizes the mobile experience so you can access
literature and tools on your smartphone or tablet. A full
printed literature library is also available.
Contact us toll-free at 1-800-323-2792, or
visit us on the web at www.bryant-electric.com.
The first “push-pull switch”
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/Specifications are subject to change without notice. i
Table Of Contents
Straight Blade
Devices
Section A Section H Section O
Section B Section I Section P
Section C Section J Section Q
Section D Section K Section R
Section E Section L Section S
Section F Section M
Section G Section N
Ground Fault
Devices
Hospital Grade
Devices
Surge and Isolated
Ground Devices
Switches
Lighting Controls
Motor Control
Products
Locking Devices Lampholders,
Starters and
Adapters
Watertight Products Delivery Systems
Corrosion-Resistant
Devices Wallplates and
Covers
Pin & Sleeve Devices Network Wiring
Cam-Type,
Power Dist. &
Temp Power
Technical
Information
Electric Cord and
Cable Reels
Wire Management
Products
Section L
Cam-Type,
Power Dist. &
Temp Power
Cam-Type,
Power Dist. &
Temp Power
Power Dist. &
Temp Power
Watertight Products
Watertight Products
Corrosion-Resistant
Devices
Corrosion-Resistant
Devices
Section O
Lampholders,
Starters and
Adapters
Lampholders,
Starters and
Adapters
Adapters
Lampholders,
Starters and
Adapters
Adapters
Section P
Delivery Systems
Delivery Systems
Ground Fault
Devices
Ground Fault
Devices
Surge and Isolated
Ground Devices
Surge and Isolated
Ground Devices
Electric Cord and
Cable Reels
Electric Cord and
Cable Reels
Section Q
Wallplates and
Covers
Wallplates and
Covers
Section R
Pin & Sleeve Devices
Network Wiring
Network Wiring
Section S
Technical
Information
Technical
Information
Hospital Grade
Devices
Hospital Grade
Devices
Associations
Bryant Trademarks
Since 1888, Bryant Electric has been a pioneer in the wiring
industry. Just as the Bryant name is recognized as a mark
of durability and quality, so are many of the trade names
we use with our devices. These include:
CIRCUITPRO®
COBRA®
EXTRA DUTY®
Fashion Series™
FloorTrak®
inSIGHT™
JLOAD®
MAXX™
netSELECT®
OPTIMYZER®
PLUGBOX®
PlugTrak®
Quad Gripper®
QUADCAB®
QUADPLEX®
RE-BOX®
SpeakON®
TECH-SPEC®
tradeSELECT®
Triple Gripper®
No material will be accepted for return unless permission is
granted in writing by Bryant. All orders received for special
items are accepted as firm orders and are not subject to
cancellation by the customer.
Claims for freight charges or allowances of any kind will
not be considered after 30 days from receipt of goods and
our responsibility ceases when we have delivered such
shipments to the carriers and hold their receipts.
All Bryant devices are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless
otherwise indicated.
Product dimensions in this catalog are nominal and are
provided for the convenience of our customers. We
reserve the right to make changes from time to time,
without notice, which may change the dimensions shown.
Therefore, we recommend verifying dimensions with us
before using them for product developments or prints.
The designs and dimensions of the products listed in this
catalog, correct at the date of publication, are subject to
change without notice.
This catalog is published solely for information purposes
and should not be considered all-inclusive.
Typographical or pictorial errors which are brought to our
attention will be corrected in subsequent issues.
National Association of Electrical Distributors
Since 1908, NAED has served as the trade
association for the electrical distribution industry.
To be an NAED associate member, your company
must be a manufacturer or value-added reseller.
International Organization for Standardization
ISO (International Organization for Standardization)
is the world’s largest developer and publisher of
International Standards.
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NEMA promotes the competitiveness of its member
companies by providing a forum for the development
of technical standards that are in the best interests of
the industry and the users of its products.
Restriction of Hazardous Substances
The RoHS Directive stands for “the restriction of the
use of certain hazardous substances in electrical
and electronic equipment”.
RoHS
compliant
U.S. Green Building Council Member
Bryant is a US Green Building Council (USGBC)
member dedicated to advancing buildings that are
environmentally responsible in the way they are
designed, built and operated.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
ii
General Information
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)
IEC is the world’s leading organization that prepares
and publishes International Standards for all electrical,
electronic and related technologies.
UPC: 781786
Cage Code: 71183
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
A-1
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Section A
Straight Blade Devices
Table of Contents Page
NEMA Configuration Chart ......................................................A-2
Hospital Grade Devices
TECH-SPEC® Self-Grounding Receptacles ...................................................A-3
Heavy Duty and Fashion Series™ 9000 Receptacles ...........................................A-4
USB Charger Receptacles ................................................................A-5
QUADPLEX® Receptacles .................................................................A-6
Impact Resistant Plugs and Connectors .....................................................A-7
Industrial Grade
Extra Heavy Duty, Specification Grade Duplex Receptacles ......................................A-8
Extra Heavy Duty, Specification Grade Single Receptacles .......................................A-9
Heavy Duty, Specification Grade Receptacles ................................................A-10
Heavy Duty, Industrial Grade Combination Receptacles and Attachment Plugs ......................A-11
Commercial Grade
Duplex Receptacles ....................................................................A-12
Duplex Tamper-Resistant Receptacles .....................................................A-13
Permanently Marked Receptacles .........................................................A-14
QUADPLEX® Receptacles and Cord Sets ...................................................A-15
Residential Grade
USB Charger Receptacles and Outlets .....................................................A-17
Quick Thread, Duplex and Decorator Receptacles ............................................A-18
Single and Single Decorator Receptacles ...................................................A-19
Plugs and Connectors
Triple Gripper® Extra Heavy Duty Industrial ..................................................A-20
COBRA® Heavy Duty ...................................................................A-21
TECH-SPEC® .........................................................................A-22
Industrial Grade ........................................................................A-23
Special Use Products ...................................................................A-24
Residential Grade ......................................................................A-25
High Amperage Devices
30 Amp Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles .................................................A-26
50 Amp Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles ................................................A-27
60 Amp Plugs and Receptacles ...........................................................A-28
Weather Protective Boots, Adapter Sleeves and PLUGBOX® Devices .............................A-29
Technical Specifications .........................................................A-30
A-2 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
NEMA® Configuration Chart
Rating
15 Ampere 20 Ampere 30 Ampere 50 Ampere 60 Ampere
Receptacle /
Conn. Body Plug / Inlet Receptacle /
Conn. Body Plug / Inlet Receptacle Plug Receptacle Plug Receptacle Plug
2 Pole / 2 Wire
125V 1
A-21, A-23 A-21, A-23
2 Pole / 3 Wire Grounding
125V 5
A-3 to A-20,
A-22, A-23
A-6, A-9, A-10,
A-18 to A-20,
A-23
A-3 to A-5, A-7
to A-15, A-17,
A-22
A-6, A-9, A-10,
A-18 to A-20
A-24 A-24 A-25 A-25
250V 6
A-7 to A-10,
A-17 to A-20
A-9, A-10, A-18
to A-20
A-3, A-6 to
A-10, A-17 to
A-20
A-6, A-9, A-10,
A-18 to A-20
A-24 A-24 A-25 A-25
277V AC 7
A-10 A-10
3 Pole / 3 Wire
125/250V AC 10
A-21 A-21 A-24 A-24 A-25 A-25
3 Pole / 4 Wire Grounding
125/250V AC 14
A-24 A-24 A-25 A-25 A-26 A-26
3Ø 250V AC 15
A-24 A-24 A-25 A-25 A-26 A-26
4P / 4W
3ØY
120/208V AC 18
A-21 A-25 A-25 A-26 A-26
2 Pole / 3 Wire
347V 24
A-10
5-50R5-30P5-30R 5-50P
1-15R 1-15P
5-20P5-20R5-15P5-15R
14-60R 14-60P
15-60P15-60R
18-60R 18-60P
6-30R 6-30P 6-50R 6-50P
10-30R 10-30P 10-50R 10-50P
14-30R 14-30P 14-50R 14-50P
15-30R 15-50P
15-30P 15-50R
18-50R 18-50P
6-20R 6-20P
6-15R 6-15P
7-15R 7-15P
10-20R 10-20P
18-20P
How To Use This Chart:
For quick reference, this chart shows the configuration,
primary catalog section and page number where the
devices are shown.
Open Slots indicates
Receptacle / Connector Body
configurations (female).
Closed Slots indicates
Plug / Inlet configurations (male).
Catalog Section
and Page Number {A-3
NEMA
Configuration
5-15R
NEMA® is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
24-15P
A-3
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
Why Hospital Grade?
Bryant hospital grade receptacles are
specifically designed to provide maximum
safety and withstand severe abuse
in hospitals and heavy duty industrial
applications. The green dot • signifying UL
hospital grade listing is more than just a
symbol of compliance. It is your assurance
that each device has passed the most
stringent requirements for grounding
reliability, security of assembly, strength
and durability.
• Heavy duty, copper-alloy self-grounding system
(tin plated)
• Double-wipe, copper-alloy grounding contacts
• ID surface for marking identification of circuits
• Heavy duty, brass over nickel plated wrap-around steel
yoke locked in for maximum strength and security
15A and 20A 125V and 20A 250V Receptacles
Wiring Back and Side Wired Stranded Wire Leads Back and Side Wired
Face Duplex Duplex Single
Rating Color Standard Weather Resistant Lighted Face Tamper-Resistant Standard Weather Resistant
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
Orange*
BRY8200
BRY8200GRY
BRY8200I
BRY8200RED
BRY8200W
BRY8200IG
BRY8200WR
BRY8200GRYWR
BRY8200IWR
BRY8200REDWR
BRY8200WWR
—
—
BRY8200GRYL
BRY8200IL
BRY8200REDL
BRY8200WL
—
BRY8200TR
BRY8200GTR
BRY8200ITR
BRY8200RTR
BRY8200WTR
—
8210
8210GRY
8210I
8210RED
8210W
8210IG
8210WR
8210GRYWR
8210IWR
8210REDWR
8210WWR
—
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
Orange*
BRY8300
BRY8300GRY
BRY8300I
BRY8300RED
BRY8300W
BRY8300IG
BRY8300WR
BRY8300GRYWR
BRY8300IWR
BRY8300REDWR
BRY8300WWR
—
—
BRY8300GRYL
BRY8300IL
BRY8300REDL
BRY8300WL
—
BRY8300TR
BRY8300GTR
BRY8300ITR
BRY8300RTR
BRY8300WTR
—
8310
8310GRY
8310I
8310RED
8310W
8310IG
8310WR
8310GRYWR
8310IWR
8310REDWR
8310WWR
—
NEMA 6-20,
20A 250V
G
20A 250V
NEMA 6-20R
UL CSA
2 HP
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
Orange*
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8410BRN
8410GRY
8410I
8410RED
8410W
8410IG
—
—
—
—
—
—
Note: *Orange is Isolated Ground. See Section C for isolated ground products.
See page R-6 for tamper-resistant and weather resistant descriptions.
See page A-28 for technical specifications.
Hospital Grade • Self-Grounding Receptacles
E
A
B
C D
C
B
A
D E
F
Duplex Standard,
Weather Resistant
and Lighted Face
Duplex,
Tamper-Resistant
Single Standard and
Weather Resistant
A
B
C
D
E
F
4.06" (103.1)
3.28" (83.3)
1.54" (39.1)
1.16" (2 9.5)
2.69" (68.3)
—
4.06" (103.1)
3.28" (83.3)
1.65" (41.9)
2.75" (69.9)
1.30" (33.0)
—
4.06" (103.1)
3.28" (83.3)
2.38" (60.5)
1.38" (35.1)
0.91" (23.1)
1.78" (45.2)
WR
TR
WR
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
A-4 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
15A and 20A 125V Duplex Receptacles
Wiring Back and Side Wired
Face Duplex Decorator
Rating Color Standard Tamper-Resistant Power Ind. LED TR & LED Duplex Isolated Ground Lighted Face
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
Orange
8200HB
8200HBGRY
8200HBI
8200HBRED
8200HBW
—
8200HBTR
8200HBGRYTR
8200HBITR
8200HBREDTR
8200HBWTR
—
8200HBL
8200HBGRYL
8200HBIL
8200HBREDL
8200HBWL
—
8200HBLTR
8200HBGRYLTR
8200HBILTR
8200HBREDLTR
8200HBWLTR
—
9200
9200GRY
9200I
9200RED
9200W
—
—
9200IGGRY
9200IGI
9200IGRED
9200IGW
9200IG
—
9200GRYL
9200IL
9200REDL
9200WL
—
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
Orange
8300HB
8300HBGRY
8300HBI
8300HBRED
8300HBW
—
8300HBTR
8300HBGRYTR
8300HBITR
8300HBREDTR
8300HBWTR
—
8300HBL
8300HBGRYL
8300HBIL
8300HBREDL
8300HBWL
—
8300HBLTR
8300HBGRYLTR
8300HBILTR
8300HBREDLTR
8300HBWLTR
—
9300
9300GRY
9300I
9300RED
9300W
—
—
9300IGGRY
9300IGI
9300IGRED
9300IGW
9300IG
—
—
9300IL
9300REDL
9300WL
—
Note: *Orange is Isolated Ground. See Section C for isolated ground products.
See page A-28 for technical specifications.
• High-impact thermoplastic face and base
• Back and side wired
• Break-off tab for two-circuit wiring
• Heavy duty, wrap-around steel yoke
• Specification Grade and Hospital Grade
• Tamper-Resistant... NOT Plug Resistant™
• Power indicating LED feature optional
• Circuit ID marking area on Hospital Grade
• Steel mounting strap, self-grounding
Hospital Grade • Heavy Duty Receptacles
TR
TR
C
D
A
B
A3.28" (83.3)
B1.36" (34.5)
C1.03" (26.2)
D2.75" (69.9)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Fashion Series® 9000
The built-in features of the 9200 self-grounding
receptacle reflect the super-safe design, solid
construction, and attention to details — the Face
of Quality of Bryant’s full line of Fashion Series
9000 designer receptacles. This line assures you
of the exact device you need for hospital, industrial
or commercial applications.
Heavy Duty Receptacles
The Bryant Tamper-Resistant Mechanism
eliminates the frustration and difficulty experienced
using TR receptacles with plugs that have sharp,
or bent blades. Bryant TR receptacles work so
well there is virtually no perceptible difference
in the feel between the TR receptacles and our
conventional non-TR receptacles. Trust Bryant to
deliver TamperResistant protection that feels like
it’s not even there.
A-5
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
Hospital Grade • USB Charger Receptacles
ED
AC
B
A
B
C
D
E
3.28" (83.3)
1.75" (44.5)
2.62" (66.5)
1.73" (43.9)
0.27" (6.8)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
TR
15A and 20A 125V USB Charger Receptacles
Wiring Back and Side Wired
Face Decorator
Rating Color (2) Type-C Ports (1) Type A and (1) Type-C Port (2) Type A Ports
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
USBB8200C5BK
USBB8200C5
USBB8200C5GY
USBB8200C5I
USBB8200C5LA
USBB8200C5R
USBB8200C5W
USBB8200AC5BK
USBB8200AC5
USBB8200AC5GY
USBB8200AC5I
USBB8200AC5LA
USBB8200AC5R
USBB8200AC5W
USBB8200A5BK
USBB8200A5
USBB8200A5GY
USBB8200A5I
USBB8200A5LA
USBB8200A5R
USBB8200A5W
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
USBB8300C5BK
USBB8300C5
USBB8300C5GY
USBB8300C5I
USBB8300C5LA
USBB8300C5R
USBB8300C5W
USBB8300AC5BK
USBB8300AC5
USBB8300AC5GY
USBB8300AC5I
USBB8300AC5LA
USBB8300AC5R
USBB8300AC5W
USBB8300A5BK
USBB8300A5
USBB8300A5GY
USBB8300A5I
USBB8300A5LA
USBB8300A5R
USBB8300A5W
Note: See page R-6 for tamper-resistant description.
See page A-29 for technical specifications.
USB Charger Receptacles
More Ways to Charge Faster with Bryant’s line of
USB Chargers, available in Type-C, Combination
Type A&C or the legacy Type A, all with a USB high
power output of 5 Amp 5 Volt DC. Bryant’s USB
Charger Duplex Receptacle provides both USB and
electrical power in a standard single gang opening.
Designed to provide maximum charging for portable
electronics, the USB ports are capable of charging
two tablets simultaneously.
• Green LED indicator to show USB power available
• USB stainless steel ports rated for minimum
10,000 insertions and removals
• Tamper-Resistant (TR) decorator duplex
• Back and side wire for solid or stranded wire
• Complies with battery charging specification BC1.2
• Designed for commercial, industrial and home use
• Compatible with USB 1.1/2.0/3.0 devices,
including Apple® products
A-6 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
15A and 20A 125V Receptacles
Wiring Terminal Screws Wire leads
Rating Color Standard Color
Isolated
Ground Color
Surge Suppression
Isolated Ground Color Standard
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
1254HB
1254HGY
1254HI
1254HR
1254HW
Orange — Blue
Ivory
1254HSA
1254HSIA
Brown
Ivory
—
—
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
21254HB
21254HGY
21254HI
21254HR
21254HW
Orange 21254HIGO Blue
Ivory
21254HSA
21254HSIA
Brown
Ivory
21254HBL
21254HIL
Note: See Section C for isolated ground products. See page A-15 for additional information on QUADPLEX® surge receptacles.
QUADPLEX®
Mounts directly to 4" square or octagon
boxes. No cover plate required. Can be
retrofitted to 1 and 2-gang device boxes,
mud rings on 4" boxes or 4 ¹¹⁄₁₆" boxes
using adapter plate. Rugged impact
resistant construction. Break-off tabs for
split circuit wiring (except surge units).
• Accepts up to four straight or angle plugs
• Heavy duty, triple-wipe, high performance
brass line contacts for excellent retention and
conductivity
• Break-off tab for two-circuit wiring (except surge)
• Saves wiring and installation time
• “A” and “B” circuits molded into face for easy
identification
• Easily removable knockouts for mounting to
octagon concrete ring or box
Hospital Grade • QUADPLEX® Receptacles
Receptacle Adapter Plate Portable Box
A
B
C
D
E
F
4.30" (109.2)
3.38" (85.9)
3.02" (76.7)
0.92" (23.4)
0.10" (2.6)
−
4.78" (121.4)
4.25" (108.0)
3.38" (85.9)
2.75" (69.9)*
0.38" (9.5)
2.75" (6.9)
4.30" (109.2)
4.05" (102.9)
3.28" (85.9)
0.84" (21.3)
0.75" (19.1)
−
Note: *Mounting dimensions for 4¹¹⁄₁₆" adapter plate.
HOSPITAL
GRADE
D
E
A
C
B
D
E
(2) Each .66" (16.7) Dia.Cord Hole
B
A
C
E
F
CD
B
A
Portable BoxAdapter PlateReceptacle
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Adapter Plates and Portable Boxes
Color
Adapter Plates Portable Boxes
For 1- and 2-Gang
Device Boxes
For 411/16"
Boxes with Cord Grip
Feed-thru with
Two Cord Grips
Black
Blue
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Orange
Red
White
ADAPBLK
ADAPBLU
ADAPB
ADAPGRY
ADAPI
ADAPO
ADAPR
ADAPW
—
—
—
—
ADAPIS
—
—
—
4SQBXBLK
4SQBXBLU
4SQBXB
4SQBXGRY
4SQBXI
4SQBXO
4SQBXR
4SQBXW
4SQBXFBLK
—
—
—
4SQBXFI
—
4SQBXFR
—
A-7
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
15A and 20A 125V and 20A 250V Plugs and Connectors, 2-Pole 3-Wire Inches (mm)
Device Type Straight Plug Angled Plug Connector
Rating Cord Diameter
White
Thermoplastic
Transparent
Nylon/Polycarbonate
Transparent
Nylon/Polycarbonate
White
Thermoplastic
Transparent
Nylon/Polycarbonate
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
.245"-.655"
(6.2-16.6)
BRY8266NP 8266T 8295T BRY8269NC 8269T
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
.245"-.655"
(6.2-16.6)
BRY8366NP 8366T 8395T BRY8369NC 8369T
NEMA 6-20,
20A 250V
G
20A 250V
NEMA 6-20R
UL CSA
2 HP
.300"-.625"
( 7. 6 -15 . 9)
BRY8466NP — 8495T BRY8469NC —
Angled Plugs
All Bryant angle devices are ideally suited
for any location where space restrictions or
obstructions require the power cord to lay
close to the wall or flat against the floor.
Bryant hospital grade transparent angle
plugs are designed for straight blade
applications in hospitals, as well as
industrial, commercial and institutional
environments – wherever attachment plugs
must withstand severe abuse.
•Impact-resistant thermoplastic construction with
automatic cord grip
• Transparent polycarbonate cover allows visual inspection
of wire terminations without disassembly
• Pre-attached TPE (thermoplastic elastomer) dust seal
helps prevent contaminants from entering wiring chamber
• Single side terminal screws reduce wiring time and are
color coded for proper terminations
Hospital Grade • Impact Resistant Plugs and Connectors
B
CA
B
C
A
Plug Angled Plug Connector
A1.52" (38.6) 1.30" (33.0) 1.52" (38.6)
B2.18" (55.4) 2.07" (52.6) 2.95" (74.9)
C1.38" (35.1) 1.52" (38.6) 1.38" (35.1)
Angled Plug ConnectorPlug
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
B
C
A
A-8 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
15A and 20A 125V and 250V Receptacles, Back and Side Wired
Rating
Duplex Isolated Ground Corrosion Resistant
Color Standard
Weather
Resistant Color Standard
Weather
Resistant Color Standard
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Black
Blue
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
BRY5262BLK
BRY5262BU
BRY5262
BRY5262GRY
BRY5262I
BRY5262RED
BRY5262W
BRY5262BLKWR
BRY5262BUWR
BRY5262WR
BRY5262GRYWR
BRY5262IWR
BRY5262REDWR
BRY5262WWR
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Orange
White
BRY5262IGB
BRY5262IGGRY
BRY5262IGI
BRY5262IG
BRY5262IGW
—
BRY5262IGGRYWR
BRY5262IGIWR
BRY5262IGWR
BRY5262IGWWR
Brown
Yellow
BRY5262BCR
BRY5262CR
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Black
Blue
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
BRY5362BLK
BRY5362BU
BRY5362
BRY5362GRY
BRY5362I
BRY5362RED
BRY5362W
BRY5362BLKWR
BRY5362BUWR
BRY5362WR
BRY5362GRYWR
BRY5362IWR
BRY5362REDWR
BRY5362WWR
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Orange
White
BRY5362IGB
BRY5362IGGRY
BRY5362IGI
BRY5362IG
BRY5362IGW
—
BRY5362IGGRYWR
BRY5362IGIWR
BRY5362IGWR
BRY5362IGWWR
Yellow BRY5362CR
NEMA 6-15,
15A 250V
G
15A 250V
NEMA 6-15R
UL CSA
1.5 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
BRY5662BLK
BRY5662
BRY5662GRY
BRY5662I
BRY5662RED
BRY5662W
—
—
—
—
—
—
Orange BRY5662IG — Yellow BRY5662CR
NEMA 6-20,
20A 250V
G
20A 250V
NEMA 6-20R
UL CSA
2 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
BRY5462BLK
BRY5462
BRY5462GRY
BRY5462I
BRY5462RED
BRY5462W
—
—
—
—
—
—
Orange BRY5462IG — Yellow BRY5462CR
Note: See page R-6 for weather resistant description.
See page A-28 for technical specifications.
See Section C for isolated ground products.
See page R-6 for weather resistant description.
See Section I for corrosion-
resistant products.
WR
WR
The BRY5362 Design
The one-piece ground system provides
a more reliable continuity to ground than
riveted designs. Triple-wipe brass line
contacts deliver excellent conductivity for
low resistance, low heat rise. Superior
spring properties provide reliable, long-
life blade retention. All nylon, wrap-
around, full-face design provides secure
assembly, even under stress.
•Nylon construction with Circuit ID marking area
• Heavy duty nickel and brass plated steel wrap-around yoke
• Heavy duty, copper-alloy self-grounding system
• UL Listed, CSA Certified, Complies with NEMA® Standards
WD-1 and WD-6, Listed to UL 498, Verified under Federal
Specification WC596
Industrial Grade Extra Heavy Duty, Specification Grade Duplex Receptacles
A
B
CD
Product Dimensions
Inches (mm)
A
B
C
D
4.06" (103.1)
3.28" (83.3)
1.54" (39.1)
1.16" (2 9.5)
15A and 20A 125V Specialty Receptacles
Inches (mm)
Rating Description Color Catalog Number
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
BRY5262 on 4.0" (101.6)
round metal box cover
Brown BRY5282
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
BRY5362 on 4.0" (101.6)
round metal box cover
Brown BRY5382
NEMA® is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
A-9
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
15A and 20A 125V
Short Yoke Receptacles
15A and 20A 125V
Specialty Receptacles Inches (mm)
Wiring Back and Side Wired Side Wired
Rating Description Color Catalog NumberRating Color Standard Weather Resistant Urea Face
NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V Brown 5284 5284WR 5258 NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
5261 on 4.0" (101.6)
round metal box cover
Brown 5281
NEMA 5-20, 20A 125V Brown — 5384WR —
NEMA 6-15, 15A 250V Brown 5684 — —
NEMA 6-20, 20A 250V Brown 5484 — —
15A and 20A 125V and 250V Receptacles, Back and Side Wired
Rating
Single Isolated Ground Corrosion Resistant
Color Standard
Weather
Resistant Color Standard
Weather
Resistant Color Standard
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
5261BLK
5261
5261GRY
5261I
5261RED
5261W
5261BLKWR
5261WR
5261GRYWR
5261IWR
5261REDWR
5261WWR
Gray
Ivory
Orange
White
5261IGGRY
5261IGI
5261IG
5261IGW
5261IGGRYWR
5261IGIWR
5261IGWR
5261IGWWR
Yellow 5261CR
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
5361BLK
5361
5361GRY
5361I
5361RED
5361W
5361BLKWR
5361WR
5361GRYWR
5361IWR
5361REDWR
5361WWR
Gray
Ivory
Orange
White
5361IGGRY
5361IGI
5361IG
5361IGW
5361IGGRYWR
5361IGIWR
5361IGWR
5361IGWWR
Yellow 5361CR
NEMA 6-15,
15A 250V
G
15A 250V
NEMA 6-15R
UL CSA
1.5 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
5661BLK
5661
5661GRY
5661I
5661RED
5661W
—
—
—
—
—
—
Yellow —
NEMA 6-20,
20A 250V
G
20A 250V
NEMA 6-20R
UL CSA
2 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
5461BLK
5461
5461GRY
5461I
5461RED
5461W
—
—
—
—
—
—
Yellow 5461CR
Notes: See page R-6 for weather resistant description. See Section C for isolated ground products.
See page R-6 for weather resistant description.
See Section I for corrosion-
resistant products.
#8-32
A
B
D
E
C
#8-32
A
B
D
E
C
D
E
A
C
B
Industrial Grade Extra Heavy Duty, Specification Grade Single Receptacles
Single Short Yoke
Short Yoke
Urea Face
A4.06" (103.1) 2.25" (57.2) 2.25" (57.2)
B3.28" (83.3) 1.94" (49.3) 1.75" (44.5)
C1.38" (35.1) 1.38" (35.1) 1.38" (35.1)
D0.91" (23.1) 0.81" (20.6) 0.85" (21.6)
E1.78" (45.2) 1.78" (45.3) 1.49" (37.8)
Short Yoke Short Yoke Urea FaceStandard
WR
WR
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
A-10 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
Duplex Receptacle Duplex Receptacle Single Receptacle
Male Equipment Device
Female Equipment Device
Receptacle Equipment Devices
Duplex Decorator Single Male Female
A
B
C
D
E
4.06" (103.1)
3.28" (83.3)
1.38" (35.1)
0.92" (23.4)
2.68" (68.1)
4.06" (103.1)
3.28" (83.3)
1.36" (34.5)
1.03" (26.2)
2.75" (69.9)
4.06" (103.1)
3.28" (83.3)
1.38" (35.1)
0.92" (23.4)
1.78" (45.2)
1.84" (46.7)
2.00" (50.8)
2.50" (63.5)
1.61" (40.9)
1.55" (39.4)
1.84" (46.7)
2.00" (50.8)
2.50" (63.5)
1.47" (37.3)
1.31" (33.3)
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
D
C
E
.187 (4.7)
A
BC D
E
A
B
C
D
E.187 (4.7)
A
BC D
E
Heavy Duty, Specification Grade Receptacles
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
15A and 20A 125V and 250V Receptacles and Equipment Base Devices
Receptacles Equipment Base Devices - Clamp-Type, Back Wiring
Style Duplex Decotator Single Male Female
Rating Color
Back and
Side Wired Side Wired
Back and
Side Wired Side Wired Color Nylon Cup
Self-Grounding
Strap Nylon Cup
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
5262BBLK
5262BN
5262BGRY
5262BI
5262BRED
5262BW
5242BLK
5242
5242GRY
5242I
5242RED
5242W
9252BLK
9252
9252GRY
9252I
—
9252W
—
5251
—
5251I
—
—
Black
White
—
5278
5278G
—
—
5279
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
5362BBLK
5362BN
5362BGRY
5362BI
5362BRED
5362BW
5342BLK
5342
5342GRY
5342I
5342RED
5342W
9352BLK
9352BRN
9352GRY
9352I
—
9352W
5351BLK
5351
—
5351I
—
—
Black
White
—
5378
5378G
—
—
5379
NEMA 6-15,
15A 250V
G
15A 250V
NEMA 6-15R
UL CSA
1.5 HP
White 5678 5678G 5679
NEMA 6-20,
20A 250V
G
20A 250V
NEMA 6-20R
UL CSA
2 HP
White 5478 — 5479
A-11
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
15A 277V and 347V Grounding Devices Inches (mm) Polarity Tester
Rating Color
Heavy Duty Industrial Duplex Receptacle Attachment Plug
Standard
On Round Metal Box
Cover 4.0" (101.6)
Clamp-Type Terminals Dead
Front .296-.625" (7.5-15.9) Description Catalog Number
NEMA 7-15,
15A 277V
15A 277V AC
NEMA 7-15R
UL CSA
2 HP
15A 277V AC
NEMA 7-15P
2 HP
G
W
G
W
Brown
Black
5762
—
5782*
—
—
5756
Circuit tester with
neon indicator lamps
to check NEMA 5-15
and 5-20 receptacles
5266PT
NEMA/CSA 24-15,
15A 347V
15A 347V AC
NEMA 24-15R
UL CSA
2 HP
Black — — 5856
Note: *Not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
Heavy Duty, Industrial Grade Combination, Specification Grade Receptacles
15A and 20A 125V and 250V Self-Grounding Combination
Receptacles, Back and Side Wired
Rating Description Color Duplex
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
NEMA 6-15,
15A 250V
15A 250V
NEMA 6-15R
UL CSA
G
Combination 15A 125V
and 15A 250V,
nylon construction
Brown
Gray
Ivory
BRY5292
BRY5292GRY
BRY5292I
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
NEMA 6-20,
20A 250V
G
20A 250V
NEMA 6-20R
UL CSA
2 HP
Combination 20A 125V
and 20A 250V,
nylon construction
Brown
Gray
Ivory
BRY5492
BRY5492GRY
BRY5492I
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
NEMA L5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA L5-15R
UL/CSA
GW
Combination 15A 125V
straight blade and locking,
reinforced thermoplastic
polyester, 1 feed, 1 return
Brown 4792DR
Note: Combination devices accommodate standard duplex wallplates, see Section P.
DC
E
A
B
DC
E
A
B
DC
E
A
B
BRY5292/BRY5492 Straight Blade & Locking
Combination Receptacles Heavy Duty
Industrial Duplex Attachment PlugBRY5292/BRY5492 Straight Blade & Locking
A
B
C
D
E
4.06" (103.1)
3.28" (83.3)
1.54" (39.1)
1.16" (2 9.5)
2.69" (68.3)
4.06" (103.1)
3.28" (83.3)
1.69" (42.9)
1.19" (30.2)
2.74" (69.6)
4.06" (103.1)
3.28" (83.3)
1.38" (35.1)
0.86" (21.8)
2.62" (66.5)
1.72" (43.7)
1.54" (39.1)
—
—
—
Industrial Grade, Receptacle and Attachment Plugs
A
B
Attachement PlugHeavy Duty Industrial Duplex
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
A-12 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
15A and 20A 125V Self-Grounding Receptacles
Wiring Side Wired Back and Side Wired
Rating Color Duplex Isolated Ground Duplex* Decorator
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Orange
White
CRS15BLK
CRS15
CRS15GRY
CRS15I
CRS15LA
—
CRS15W
—
—
CR15IGRY
CR15IGI
—
CR15IG
CR15IGW
CBRS15BLK
CBRS15
CBRS15GRY
CBRS15I
CBRS15LA
—
CBRS15W
DRS15BLK
DRS15
DRS15GRY
DRS15I
DRS15LA
—
DRS15WHI
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Orange
White
CRS20BLK
CRS20
CRS20GRY
CRS20I
CRS20LA
—
CRS20W
—
—
CR20IGRY
CR20IGI
—
CR20IG
CR20IGW
CBRS20BLK
CBRS20
CBRS20GRY
CBRS20I
CBRS20LA
—
CBRS20W
DRS20BLK
DRS20
DRS20GRY
DRS20I
DRS20LA
—
DRS20WHI
Note: See Section C for isolated ground products.
*Fed. Spec. Listed.
Commercial Grade Duplex Receptacles
• Self-grounding staple
• Impact resistant molded nylon face and base
• Sturdy construction with wrap-around
galvanized steel strap
• Thread cleaning, captive mounting screws
• Easy access break-off tab for two-circuit wiring
• Tri-drive steel binding head terminal screws
accept up to #10 AWG
• Double-wipe ground contact
• Eight wiring pockets with clamp-type terminals
on back-wired devices
• Backed-out green tri-drive grounding screw
• One piece brass line contacts
• UL, CSA, Fed-Spec® and NOM
(Fed. Spec. on CBRS devices only)
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
D
C
E
A
B
D
C
E
Duplex Decorator Nightlight
Duplex Decorator Tamper-Resistant Weather Resistant
Tamper-Resistant,
Weather Resistant
Decorator,
Nightlight
A4.06" (103.1) 4.06" (103.1) 4.06" (103.1) 4.06" (103.1) 4.06" (103.1) 4.14" (105.1)
B3.28" (83.3) 3.28" (83.3) 3.28" (83.3) 3.28" (83.3) 3.28" (83.3) 3.28" (83.3)
C1.38" (35.1) − 1.38" (35.1) 1.38" (35.1) 1.38" (35.1) 1.29" (32.7)
D1.07 " ( 27.1) 1. 07" (27.1) 1.15" (29.2) 1.17" (29.7) 1.15" (29.2) 1.15" (29. 2)
E2.73" (69.4) 2.73" (69.4) 2.73" (69.4) 2.73" (69.4) 2.73" (69.4) 2.73" (69.4)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
A-13
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
15A and 20A 125V Self-Grounding Tamper-Resistant Receptacles
Wiring Side Wired Back and Side Wired
Rating Color Standard Standard* Decorator Decorator, Nightlight
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
CRS15BLKTR
CRS15TR
CRS15GRYTR
CRS15ITR
CRS15LATR
CRS15WTR
CBRS15BLKTR
CBRS15TR
CBRS15GRYTR
CBRS15ITR
CBRS15LATR
CBRS15WTR
DRS15BLKTR
DRS15TR
DRS15GRYTR
DRS15ITR
DRS15LATR
DRS15WTR
—
—
—
DRS15NLI
DRS15NLLA
DRS15NLW
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
CRS20BLKTR
CRS20TR
CRS20GRYTR
CRS20ITR
CRS20LATR
CRS20WTR
CBRS20BLKTR
CBRS20TR
CBRS20GRYTR
CBRS20ITR
CBRS20LATR
CBRS20WTR
DRS20BLKTR
DRS20TR
DRS20GRYTR
DRS20ITR
DRS20LATR
DRS20WTR
—
—
—
—
—
—
Note: See page R-6 for tamper-resistant and weather resistant descriptions.
See page A-11 for dimensional art.
*Fed. Spec. Listed.
15A and 20A 125V Self-Grounding Weather
Resistant and Tamper-Resistant Receptacles
15A and 20A 125V Self-Grounding
Weather Resistant Receptacles
Wiring Back and Side Wired Back and Side Wired
Rating Color Standard Decorator Color Standard*
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
CBRS15BLKWRTR
CBRS15WRTR
CBRS15GRYWRTR
CBRS15IWRTR
CBRS15LAWRTR
CBRS15WWRTR
DRS15BLKWRTR
DRS15WRTR
DRS15GRYWRTR
DRS15IWRTR
DRS15LAWRTR
DRS15WWRTR
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
CBRS15BLKWR
CBRS15WR
CBRS15GRYWR
CBRS15IWR
CBRS15LAWR
CBRS15WWR
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
CBRS20BLKWRTR
CBRS20WRTR
CBRS20GRYWRTR
CBRS20IWRTR
CBRS20LAWRTR
CBRS20WWRTR
DRS20BLKWRTR
DRS20WRTR
DRS20GRYWRTR
DRS20IWRTR
DRS20LAWRTR
DRS20WWRTR
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
CBRS20BLKWR
CBRS20WR
CBRS20GRYWR
CBRS20IWR
CBRS20LAWR
CBRS20WWR
Note: See page R-6 for tamper-resistant and weather resistant descriptions.
See page A-11 for dimensional art.
Note: *Fed. Spec. Listed.
Commercial Grade Duplex Tamper-Resistant Receptacles
TR
WR
TR
WR
A-14 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
Codes and Standards
2014 National
Electric Code®
ASHRAE Energy Efciency
Standard 90.1 2010 California Title 24 2013
2014 Section 406.3 (E) requires
that all non-locking, 125V, 15A and
20A receptacles controlled by an
automatic control device or by an
automatic energy management
system must be marked with
the symbol.
Standard 90.1-2010 requires that 50 percent
of all 125V, 15A and 20A receptacles in private
ofces, open ofces, and computer classrooms be
controlled by an automatic control device. Controlled
receptacles need to be marked to differentiate them
from non-controlled receptacles.
California Title 24 2013 requires that in all
buildings, both controlled and uncontrolled
120V receptacles shall be provided in each
private ofce, open ofce area, reception
lobby, conference room, kitchenette in
ofce spaces, and copy room.
Bryant Permanently Marked Receptacles for use with Automatic Outlet Control Systems
Rating Description Color
One Controlled Face,
Split Circuit Hot Tab
Two
Controlled Faces
One Controlled Face,
Split Circuit Hot Tab
Two
Controlled Faces
Duplex Duplex Decorator Decorator
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Permanently marked for use
with automatic outlet control
systems, smooth nylon face,
back and side wired
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
CBRS15C1BLK
CBRS15C1
CBRS15C1GRY
CBRS15C1I
CBRS15C1LA
CBRS15C1WHI
CBRS15C2BLK
CBRS15C2
CBRS15C2GRY
CBRS15C2I
CBRS15C2LA
CBRS15C2WHI
DRS15C1BLK
DRS15C1
DRS15C1GRY
DRS15C1I
DRS15C1LA
DRS15C1WHI
DRS15C2BLK
DRS15C2
DRS15C2GRY
DRS15C2I
DRS15C2LA
DRS15C2WHI
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Permanently marked for use
with automatic outlet control
systems, smooth nylon face,
back and side wired
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
CBRS20C1BLK
CBRS20C1
CBRS20C1GRY
CBRS20C1I
CBRS20C1LA
CBRS20C1WHI
CBRS20C2BLK
CBRS20C2
CBRS20C2GRY
CBRS20C2I
CBRS20C2LA
CBRS20C2WHI
DRS20C1BLK
DRS20C1
DRS20C1GRY
DRS20C1I
DRS20C1LA
DRS20C1WHI
DRS20C2BLK
DRS20C2
DRS20C2GRY
DRS20C2I
DRS20C2LA
DRS20C2WHI
Note: Blue, green and red devices are available as MTO, consult factory.
Permanent Controlled Receptacle Label
Description Catalog Number
For use in retrofit applications where indication of a controlled receptacle is required,
this label is UL approved for marking and labeling, 60 labels of each per pack
BCL60
Permanently Marked Receptacles
Permanently Marked Receptacles
Bryant permanently marked receptacles for
automatic outlet control systems are embossed
with the universally recognized power symbol
and the word “CONTROLLED.” These markings
clearly identify which convenience outlets are
turned OFF when the workspace is vacant.
• Permanent power symbol remains clearly visible
after installation
• Control both outlets per device for 100% controlled
applications or just one outlet for 50% controlled
applications
• Ideal for commercial buildings, retail, schools,
hotel rooms
• Part of the Bryant Automatic Outlet Control
Systems. Visit www.bryant-electric.com for details
Power when
you need it...
Energy savings
when
you don’t
A-15
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
15A and 20A 125V Receptacles and Cord Sets
Rating Color Standard Color Isolated Ground Color
Surge Suppression
Isolated Ground Color
6 Foot Cord Sets, 12/3 SJO
Surge Suppression GFCI
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
1254BLK
1254B
1254GY
1254I
1254R
1254W
Orange 1254IGO Blue
Ivory
1254SA
1254SIA
Ivory
Yellow
T1254SI6A
—
—
T1254GF6
Bulk Package
Orange 1254IGOB
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
21254BLK
21254B
21254GY
21254I
21254R
21254W
Orange 21254HIGO Blue
Ivory
21254SA
21254SIA
With Wire Leads With Wire Leads
Orange 21254IGOL Blue
Ivory
21254SLA
21254SILA
Note: See Section C for isolated ground and surge protection products.
Adapter Plates and Portable Boxes
Color
Adapter Plates Portable Boxes
For 1- and 2-Gang
Device Boxes
For 4¹¹⁄₁₆"
Boxes with Cord Grip
Feed-thru with
Two Cord Grips
Black
Blue
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Orange
Red
White
ADAPBLK
ADAPBLU
ADAPB
ADAPGRY
ADAPI
ADAPO
ADAPR
ADAPW
—
—
—
—
ADAPIS
—
—
—
4SQBXBLK
4SQBXBLU
4SQBXB
4SQBXGRY
4SQBXI
4SQBXO
4SQBXR
4SQBXW
4SQBXFBLK
—
—
—
4SQBXFI
—
4SQBXFR
—
QUADPLEX® Receptacles and Cord Sets
Receptacle Adapter Plate Portable Box
A
B
C
D
E
F
4.30" (109.2)
3.38" (85.9)
3.02" (76.7)
0.92" (23.4)
0.10" (2.6)
−
4.78" (121.4)
4.25" (108.0)
3.38" (85.9)
2.75" (69.9)*
0.38" (9.5)
2.75" (6.9)
4.30" (109.2)
4.05" (102.9)
3.28" (85.9)
0.84" (21.3)
0.75" (19.1)
−
Note: *Mounting dimensions for 4¹¹⁄₁₆" adapter plate.
HOSPITAL
GRADE
D
E
A
C
B
D
E
(2) Each .66" (16.7) Dia.Cord Hole
B
A
C
E
F
CD
B
A
Portable BoxAdapter PlateReceptacle
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
QUADPLEX®
Mounts directly to 4" square or octagon
boxes. No cover plate required. Can be
retrofitted to 1 and 2-gang device boxes,
mud rings on 4" boxes or 4 ¹¹⁄₁₆" boxes
using adapter plate. Rugged impact
resistant construction. Break-off tabs for
split circuit wiring (except surge units).
• Accepts up to four straight or angle plugs
• Heavy duty, triple-wipe, high performance brass line
contacts for excellent retention and conductivity
• Break-off tab for two-circuit wiring (except surge)
• Saves wiring and installation time
• “A” and “B” circuits molded into face for easy
identification
• Easily removable knockouts for mounting to
octagon concrete ring or box
A-16 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
USB Charger Receptacles and Outlets
Features and Benefits
Apple® is a registered trademark of Apple Inc.
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
More Ways to Charge Faster with Bryant’s line of USB
Chargers, available in Type-C, Combination Type A&C or the
legacy Type A, all with a USB high power output of 5 Amp 5
Volt DC. Bryant’s USB Charger Duplex Receptacle provides
both USB and electrical power in a standard single gang
opening. Designed to provide maximum charging for portable
electronics, the USB ports are capable of charging two tablets
simultaneously.
The 4 Port and 2 Port Charger Outlet feature a USB port
door, which when open enables power. When closed, all
power is switched OFF. This eliminates all current flow for a
“zero” no-load draw. Buildings looking to provide 100% green
efficiency in power delivery will maximize LEED and energy
efficient design.
Common Features
• Green LED indicator to show USB power available
• USB stainless steel ports rated for minimum 10,000 inser-
tions and removals
• Complies with battery charging specification BC1.2
• Designed for commercial, industrial and home use
• Compatible with USB 1.1/2.0/3.0 devices, including
Apple® products
USB Charger Receptacles and Outlets
Types of USB Chargers
• Two Type-C ports, one Type A and
one Type-C port, or two Type A port
configurations
• High power 5 Amp, 5 Volt DC
USB output
• Tamper-Resistant decorator
duplex receptacle
USB Charger Receptacles
• Standard and Hospital Grade
• Provides both USB and electrical power
in a standard single gang opening
• Back and side wired
Switch Combo Outlet
• Switch Combo has two USB ports 2.1
Amp, 5 Volt DC, Type A, class 2.0
• Isolated 15 Amp, 120V AC single pole/
3-way switch
Weather Resistant Type A&C
USB Charger
• One Type A and one Type-C port
configurations
• Meets Section 406.9 of NEC®
• 5 Amp, 5 Volt USB output
• Power indicating green LED light
4 Port Outlet
• 4 Port outlet, 5 Amp, 5V DC, Type-C,
Type A&C and Type A class 2.0
• 4 Port has switch activated port door;
when closed, all power is switched OFF
Identification
• Patented Bryant TR technology uses cam
action shutters;
the friction-free design of
the mechanism’s
doors requires much less
force to open
• Green LED indicator to show USB power
available
A-17
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
USB Charger Receptacles and Outlets
4 Port USB Charger Outlets
Back and Side Wired
Decorator
(4) Type-C Ports
(2) Type A &
(2) Type-C Port
(4) Type A Ports
USBB4CBK
USBB4C
USBB4CGY
USBB4CI
USBB4CLA
USBB4CW
USBB4ACBK
USBB4AC
USBB4ACGY
USBB4ACI
USBB4ACLA
USBB4ACW
USBB4BK
USBB4
USBB4GY
USBB4I
USBB4LA
USBB4W
Duplex 4 Port 2 Port
A
B
C
D
E
3.28" (83.3)
1.75" (44.5)
2.62" (66.5)
1.73" (43.9)
0.27" (6.8)
3.28" (83.3)
1.72" (43.8)
2.62" (66.5)
1.73" (43.9)
0.27" (6.8)
3.28" (83.3)
1.75" (44.5)
2.62" (66.5)
1.01" (25.8)
0.30" (7.6)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
A
EE
C
DB
A C
DB
E
A C
DB
4 PortDuplex Receptacles
Switch Combo Outlets
Switch Combo,
(2) Type A Ports
USBB102BK
USBB102
USBB102GY
USBB102I
USBB102LA
USBB102W
Weather Resistant Receptacle Features
• Meets Section 406.9 of NEC®
• 5 Amp, 5 Volt USB output
• Type A&C USB ports
• Power indicating green LED light
15A and 20A 125V USB Charger Receptacles
Wiring Back and Side Wired
Face Decorator
Rating Color (2) Type-C Ports
(1) Type A & (1) Type-C Port
(2) Type A Ports
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Lt. Almond
White
USBB15C5BK
USBB15C5
USBB15C5GY
USBB15C5I
USBB15C5LA
USBB15C5W
USBB15AC5BK
USBB15AC5
USBB15AC5GY
USBB15AC5I
USBB15AC5LA
USBB15AC5W
USBB15A5BK
USBB15A5
USBB15A5GY
USBB15A5I
USBB15A5LA
USBB15A5W
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Lt. Almond
White
USBB20C5BK
USBB20C5
USBB20C5GY
USBB20C5I
USBB20C5LA
USBB20C5W
USBB20AC5BK
USBB20AC5
USBB20AC5GY
USBB20AC5I
USBB20AC5LA
USBB20AC5W
USBB20A5BK
USBB20A5
USBB20A5GY
USBB20A5I
USBB20A5LA
USBB20A5W
Note: See page R-6 for tamper-resistant description.
See page A-29 for technical specifications.
TR
Weather and Tamper-Resistant
USB Charger Duplex Receptacles
Description Color 15A 125V 20A 125V
Type A&C USB Charger Receptacle,
One Type A and one Type-C port
congurations, high power 5 Amp,
5 Volt USB output, weather/tamper-
resistant USB ports rated 10,000
cycles; Commercial Grade.
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
USBB15AC5BKWR
USBB15AC5WR
USBB15AC5GYWR
USBB15AC5IWR
USBB15AC5LAWR
USBB15AC5WWR
USBB20AC5BKWR
USBB20AC5WR
USBB20AC5GYWR
USBB20AC5IWR
USBB20AC5LAWR
USBB20AC5WWR
Note: Outdoor circuits should be GFCI protected per national and local electric codes.
TR
WR
A-18 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
15A 125V Quick Thread TR Receptacles
Wiring Push and Side Wired Eight Push Wire
Holes Only
Grounding Self-Grounding #14 AWG Only
Rating Color Catalog Number Catalog Number
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
RR15QBKTR
RR15QTR
—
RR15QITR
RR15QLATR
RR15QWTR
RR15EQBKTR
RR15EQTR
—
RR15EQITR
RR15EQLATR
RR15EQWTR
15A 125V Duplex and Decorator Receptacles
Push and Side Wired
Self-Grounding Grounding
Duplex Decorator Duplex Decorator Earless Duplex
—
RR15S
—
RR15SI
RR15SLA
RR15SW
RRD15SBK
RRD15S
RRD15SGY
RRD15SI
RRD15SLA
RRD15SW
RR15BK
RR15
—
RR15I
RR15LA
RR15W
RRD15BK
RRD15
RRD15GY
RRD15I
RRD15LA
RRD15W
—
RR15K
—
RR15KI
—
RR15KW
15A 125V Duplex and Decorator Tamper-Resistant Receptacles
Wiring Push and Side Wired Eight Push Wire Holes Only, #14 AWG Back and Side Wired
Grounding Self-Grounding Grounding Self-Grounding Grounding Self-Grounding Self-Grounding
Rating Color Decorator Earless Duplex Earless Decorator Duplex Decorator
Decorator with Two
Nightlight Sources
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
RRD15SBKTR
RRD15STR
RRD15SGYTR
RRD15SITR
RRD15SLATR
RRD15SWTR
—
RR15KTR
—
RR15KITR
RR15KLATR
RR15KWTR
RRD15KBKTR
RRD15KTR
RRD15KGYTR
RRD15KITR
RRD15KLATR
RRD15KWTR
RR15EBKTR
—
RR15EGYTR
RR15EITR
RR15ELATR
RR15EWTR
RRD15EBKTR
RRD15ETR
RRD15EGYTR
RRD15EITR
RRD15ELATR
RRD15EWTR
—
—
—
DR15NLIV
DR15NLLA
DR15NLWH
Note: See page R-6 for tamper-resistant description.
TR
Residential Grade Duplex and Decorator Receptacles
TR
Best Solution for Residential
15A & 20A Branch Circuit Wiring
1
2
3
Strip
the wire
Insert
the wire
Clamp
the connection
External Clamping
XClamp Duplex Receptacles
Description Color Catalog Number
Tamper-Resistant, 15A 125V,
2 Pole, 3 Wire Grounding,
20A Circuit Rated
Ivory
Light Almond
White
RR15SITRX
RR15SLATRX
RR15SWTRX
Fast and
Secure
XClamp and Duplex Receptacles
• Eliminates the need to loop the wire
• External back-wire clamp for fast and easy
installation of 15A & 20A branch circuits in
residential applications
• Compression plates maximize holding power to
provide a stronger, more secure connection
• Terminate up to 8 wires
• Accomodates #12 & #14 AWG wire
• Break-off tabs for switched receptacle applications
• Tamper-resistant shutter complies with NEC®
A-19
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
15A 125V Duplex and Decorator Weather
Resistant and Tamper-Resistant Receptacles
Wiring Push and Side Wired
Grounding Self-Grounding
Rating Color Duplex Decorator
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
RR15SBKWRTR
RR15SWRTR
RR15SGYWRTR
RR15SIWRTR
RR15SLAWRTR
RR15SWWRTR
RRD15SBKWRTR
RRD15SWRTR
RRD15SGYWRTR
RRD15SIWRTR
RRD15SLAWRTR
RRD15SWWRTR
Note: See page R-6 for tamper-resistant and weather resistant descriptions.
Duplex Decorator Single Single Decorator
A
B
C
D
E
4.19" (10 6.4)
3.28" (83.3)
1.41" (35.8)
0.93" (23.6)
2.62" (66.6)
4.19" (10 6.4)
3.28" (83.3)
—
0.93" (23.6)
2.62" (66.6)
4.20" (106.7)
3.28" (83.3)
1.41" (35.8)
1.01" (25.7)
2.08" (52.8)
4.20" (106.7)
3.28" (83.3)
—
1.01" (25.7)
2.08" (52.8)
WR
TR
15A and 20A 125V and 250V Single Self-Grounding Receptacles
Style Standard Tamper-Resistant Weather Resistant
Weather Resistant
Tamper-Resistant
Rating Color Duplex Decorator Duplex Decorator Duplex Duplex
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
RR151BK
RR151
RR151GY
RR151I
RR151LA
RR151W
RRD151BK
RRD151
RRD151GY
RRD151I
RRD151LA
RRD151W
RR151BKTR
RR151TR
RR151GYTR
RR151ITR
RR151LATR
RR151WTR
RRD151BKTR
RRD151TR
RRD151GYTR
RRD151ITR
RRD151LATR
RRD151WTR
—
—
—
—
—
—
RR151BKWRTR
RR151WRTR
RR151GYWRTR
RR151IWRTR
RR151LAWRTR
RR151WWRTR
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
RR201BK
RR201
RR201GY
RR201I
RR201LA
RR201W
RRD201BK
RRD201
RRD201GY
RRD201I
RRD201LA
RRD201W
RR201BKTR
RR201TR
RR201GYTR
RR201ITR
RR201LATR
RR201WTR
RRD201BKTR
RRD201TR
RRD201GYTR
RRD201ITR
RRD201LATR
RRD201WTR
—
—
—
—
—
—
RR201BKWRTR
RR201WRTR
RR201GYWRTR
RR201IWRTR
RR201LAWRTR
RR201WWRTR
NEMA 6-15,
15A 250V
G
15A 250V
NEMA 6-15R
UL CSA
1.5 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
RR155BK
RR155
RR155GY
RR155I
RR155LA
RR155W
RRD155BK
RRD155
RRD155GY
RRD155I
RRD155LA
RRD155W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RR155BKWR
RR155WR
RR155GYWR
RR155IWR
RR155LAWR
RR155WWR
—
—
—
—
—
—
NEMA 6-20,
20A 250V
G
20A 250V
NEMA 6-20R
UL CSA
2 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
RR205BK
RR205
RR205GY
RR205I
RR205LA
RR205W
RRD205BK
RRD205
RRD205GY
RRD205I
RRD205LA
RRD205W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RR205BKWR
RR205WR
RR205GYWR
RR205IWR
RR205LAWR
RR205WWR
—
—
—
—
—
—
WR
TR
TR
WR
TR
Residential Grade Single and Single Decorator Receptacles
Residential Grade Duplex and Decorator Receptacles
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
A-20 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
• Hand grip features wide-rib, non-slip design
• Double wall construction provides extra protection
for internal components
• Universal cord grip design accepts .300 - .655 in.
(7.6 – 16.6mm) cord without inserts or adapters
• Impact/chemical resistant, toughened nylon
construction
• Face and body feature alignment keys for
easy assembly
• Amperage, voltage and NEMA® configuration
imprinted on face for easy identification
15A and 20A 125V and 250V Plugs and Connectors, 2-Pole 3-Wire Inches (mm)
Device Type Plug Connector
Rating
Cord
Diameter Color Nylon
Nylon/
Polymer
Corrosion-
Resistant
Nylon/Polymer Nylon
Nylon/
Polymer
Corrosion-
Resistant
Nylon/Polymer
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
.300"-.655"
(7.6-16.6)
Black/White BRY5266NP — — BRY5269NC — —
.245"-.655"
(6.2-16.6)
Black
Orange
Yellow
—
—
—
BRY5266NPB
BRY5266NPOR
BRY5266NPSY
—
—
BRY5266NPCR
—
—
—
BRY5269NCB
—
BRY5269NCSY
—
—
BRY5269NCCR
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
.300"-.655"
(7.6-16.6)
Black/White BRY5366NP — — BRY5369NC — —
.245"-.655"
(6.2-16.6)
Yellow — BRY5366NPSY BRY5366NPCR — BRY5369NCSY BRY5369NCCR
NEMA 6-15,
15A 250V
G
15A 250V
NEMA 6-15R
UL CSA
1.5 HP
.300"-.625"
( 7. 6 -15 . 9)
Black/White BRY5666NP — — BRY5669NC — —
.245"-.655"
(6.2-16.6)
Yellow — BRY5666NPSY — — — —
NEMA 6-20,
20A 250V
G
20A 250V
NEMA 6-20R
UL CSA
2 HP
.300"-.625"
( 7. 6 -15 . 9)
Black/White BRY5466NP — — BRY5469NC — —
.245"-.655"
(6.2-16.6)
Yellow — BRY5466NPSY — — BRY5469NCSY —
Triple Gripper® Extra Heavy Duty Industrial Plugs and Connectors
A
B
C
A
B
C
Plug Connector
Plug Connector
A
B
C
1.52" (38.6)
2.18" (55.4)
1.38" (35.1)
1.52" (38.6)
2.95" (74.9)
1.38" (35.1)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Patented Triple Gripper®
Bryant's Tech-Spec® plugs and connectors represent
some of the industry's most recognized products as
well as one of the finest series of plugs and connectors
on the market. The quality of the non-slip, wide-ribbed
handgrip, heavy duty double wall housing and tough,
impact/chemical resistant nylon construction are
second to none. They are easy to assemble and
automatically center and secure the cord as the
assembly screws are tightened - no external clamps
or additional screws are required. An elastomeric
dust seal prevents dust, moisture and contaminants
from entering the wiring chamber.
NEMA® is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
A-21
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
15A and 20A 125V and 250V Plugs and Connectors, 2-Pole 3-Wire Inches (mm)
Device Type Plug Connector
Rating Cord Diameter
High Visibility
Nylon Yellow
Insulation Displacement
Nylon Black
High Visibility
Nylon Yellow
Insulation Displacement
Nylon Black
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
.220"-.660"
( 7. 6 -16 .8 )
BRY5965Y 5966VBK BRY5969Y 5969VBK
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
.220"-.660"
( 7. 6 -16 .8 )
5364Y — 5369Y —
NEMA 6-15,
15A 250V
G
15A 250V
NEMA 6-15R
UL CSA
1.5 HP
.220"-.660"
( 7. 6 -16 .8 )
5666Y — 5669Y —
NEMA 6-20,
20A 250V
G
20A 250V
NEMA 6-20R
UL CSA
2 HP
.220"-.660"
( 7. 6 -16 .8 )
5464Y — 5469Y —
C
B
A
C
B
A
C
B
A
C
B
A
Plug Connector
Yellow Black Yellow Black
A
B
C
1.25" (31.8)
1.13" (28.7)
1.88" (47.8)
1.24" (31.5)
1.17" (29.7 )
1.60" (40.6)
1.25" (31.8)
1.12" (28.4)
2.62" (66.5)
1.25" (31.8)
1.17" (29.7 )
2.25" (57.2)
COBRA
COBRA
COBRA® Heavy Duty Plugs and Connectors
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
BRY5965Y 5966VBK BRY5969Y 5969VBK
Why Bryant's COBRA Plugs
and Connectors are Superior
Bryant’s Cobra line of plugs and connectors
have “high-visibility” yellow devices that are
economical and fast to wire. The removable
cord grip inserts offer a simple way of
accommodating a wide range of cord
diameters, while providing a powerful hold
to prevent slippage and strain. The tough
nylon body is designed for easy installation
and includes captive screws which stay in
place while wiring.
• Hinged one piece body opens wide for
easy wiring
• High visibility yellow for easy identification
• Impact/chemical resistant nylon construction
• Clamp-type terminals ensure secure wire
terminations
• Adjustable cord inserts accommodate
.220 - .660 in. (5.6 - 16.8mm) diameter cord
• Internal cord grips prevent conductor slippage
• Amperage/voltage rating molded in face
A-22 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
TECH-SPEC® Plugs and Connectors
Plug
Standard Watertight Angled Plug
A
B
C
1.53" (38.9)
2.10" (53.3)
1.38" (35.1)
—
3.16" (80.3)
1.85" (47.1)
1.25" (31.8)
2.07" (52.6)
—
Connector
Standard Watertight
A
B
C
1.53" (38.9)
2.68" (68.1)
1.38" (35.1)
—
4.42" (112.1)
1.85" (47.1)
A
B
C
B
C
Plug Watertight Plug
A
B
Angled Plug
A
B
C
B
C
Connector Watertight Connector
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Weather Protective Accessories
Weather Protective Boots Sealing Ring
Material Color
For Use with
5266B Series Plug
For Use with
5269B Series Connector
For Use with
5200BC Series Connector Boot
Thermoplastic
elastomer
Black
Yellow
5200BPB**
5200BP**
5200BCB**
5200BC**
5200BSRB**
5200BSR**
Note: **Not UL Listed or CSA Certied.
15A and 20A 125V and 250V Plugs and Connectors, 2-Pole 3-Wire Inches (mm)
Device Type Plug Connector
Standard Watertight Angle 12 Position Standard Watertight
Cord Diameter .245"-.655" (6.2-16.6) .300"-.655" (7.6-16.6) .300"-.655" (7.6-16.6).245"-.655" (6.2-16.6) .300"-.655" (7.6-16.6)
Rating Color Thermoplastic Elastomeric Nylon Thermoplastic Elastomeric
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Black
Gray
Yellow
Black/White
5266B
5266BGRY
5266BY
—
BRY14W47BK
—
BRY14W47
—
—
—
—
5295
5269B
—
5269BY
—
—
—
BRY15W47
—
Hi-Viz Green
Hi-Viz Orange
5156HVG*
5156HVO*
—
—
—
—
5159HVG*
5159HVO*
—
—
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Black
Gray
Yellow
Black/White
5364B
—
5364BY
—
—
—
BRY14W33
—
—
—
—
5395
5369B
—
5369BY
—
—
—
BRY15W33
—
NEMA 6-15,
15A 250V
G
15A 250V
NEMA 6-15R
UL CSA
1.5 HP
Yellow
Black/White
—
—
BRY14W49
—
—
5695
—
—
BRY15W49
—
Black 5666B — — 5669B —
NEMA 6-20,
20A 250V
G
20A 250V
NEMA 6-20R
UL CSA
2 HP
Yellow
Black/White
—
—
BRY14W48
—
—
5475N
—
—
BRY15W48
—
Black 5464B — — 5469B —
Note: *Hi-Viz green and orange devices are shipped in a display pack.
A-23
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
20A 3ØY 120/208V AC Plug,
4-Pole 4-Wire Inches (mm)
Device Type Plug
Cord Diameter .375"-1.00" (9.5-25.4)
Rating Color Thermoplastic Construction
NEMA 18-20,
20A 3ØY
120/208V AC
ZX
W
Y
Y
Z
W
X
20A 3ØY 120/208V AC
NEMA 18-20R
UL Listed
2 HP
20A 3ØY 120/208V AC
NEMA 18-20P
UL Listed
2 HP
Gray 7251N*
Note: *Device has no provision for a grounding conductor. Intended for use in
applications where a separate grounding means is provided.
A
B
A
B
Industrial Grade Connectors and Receptacles
Plug Connector Receptacle
8754NS 9151N 7251N 9755N 9326
A
B
C
D
E
1.12" (28.7)
1.60" (40.6)
—
—
—
1.31" (33.3)
2.50" (63.5)
—
—
—
2.12" (53.8)
2.35" (59.7)
—
—
—
1.12" (28.4)
2.62" (66.5)
—
—
—
3.28" (83.3)
2.38" (60.5)
1.39" (35.2)
1.16" (2 9.4)
1.50" (38.1)
Single ReceptacleConnector
CE
A
D
B
Plug
20A 125/250V Receptacle and Plug,
3-Pole 3-Wire Inches (mm) Plates for Single Receptacles
Device Type Plug Single Receptacle
Plates for Single ReceptaclesCord Diameter .320"-.910" (8.1-23.1) —
Rating Color Nylon with Cord Grip Thermoset, Side Wired Description Gang Catalog Number
NEMA 10-20,
20A 250V
20A 125V/250V
NEMA 10-20R
UL Listed
2(1) HP
20A 125V/250V
NEMA 10-20P
UL Listed
2(1) HP
W
X
Y
W
X
Y
Black/White
Black
9151N
—
—
9326
302/304 stainless steel 1-Gang
2-Gang
SS7
SS747
Outdoor cast aluminum
plate with lift cover
1-Gang 7418B
Note: See Section P more information on plates.
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
15A 125V Plug and Connector, 2-Pole 2-Wire Inches (mm)
Device Type Plug Connector Adapter Sleeve Weather Protective Boot
Cord Diameter .281"-.625" (7.1-15.9) .281"-.625" (7.1-15.9)
Description
Catalog
Number Description
Catalog
NumberRating Color Polarized Polarized
NEMA 1-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 1-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
15A 125V
NEMA 1-15P
UL CSA
0.5 HP
W
W
Black/White
Black
9754NS
9754NSB
9755N
—
Sleeve, strain relief,
converts SPT cord
to round, white,
not UL Listed
9700S Yellow neoprene
boot for use on
both 9754NS and
9755N, yellow,
not UL Listed
7400BCR
A-24 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
Floor Box Assemblies and Display Receptacles
Rating
Floor Box Assemblies Display Receptacles
Description
Brushed
Brass Plate Description
Smooth Brushed
Brass Finish
Nickel Plated
Finish
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Specification grade
single receptacle,
gasketing and floor
rated single gang
steel box
5236BOX Specification
grade single
receptacle
3799G 3799GS
Nightlight Only
Nightlight Devices
Description
Catalog
Number
LED 1.5 Lumen nightlight
with polycarbonate full
face lens for maximum
illumination, 6 in. pre-wired
stranded wire
D100NLIV
D100NLLA
D100NLW
Clock Hangers
Rating
Specication Grade Residential Grade Single Receptacle Duplex
Description
Smooth Brushed
Brass Plate
Nickel Plated
Finish Description Material/Color Tamper-Resistant Tamper-Resistant
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Specification
grade single
receptacle
2828G 2828GS Clock hanger/
recessed
receptacle,
grounding,
side wire
terminations
Brass
Stainless Steel
RR151CHBSTR
RR151CHSSTR
—
—
Ivory
Light Almond
White
RR151CHITR
—
RR151CHWTR
RR1510I
RR1510LA
RR1510W
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
— — Brass
Stainless Steel
—
RR201CHSSTR
—
—
Ivory
White
RR201CHITR
RR201CHWTR
—
—
Note: See Section O for oor and under cabinet box options. Note: See page R-6 for tamper-resistant description.
TR
TR
Special Use Products
Display
Receptacles
Residential
Clock Hanger Nightlight Only
A
B
C
D
E
F
4.50" (114.3)
2.38" (60.5)
2.75" (69.9)
1.86" (47. 2)
3.28" (83.3)
—
4.63" (117.5)
2.51" (63.8)
2.88" (73.0)
2.10" (53.3)
2.08" (52.8)
1.51" (38.4)
4.20" (106.8)
3.28" (83.4)
1.74" (44. 2)
1.13" (33.3)
2.73" (69.4)
1.16" (2 9.3)
A
B
C
D
E
A
B
C
D
E
F
AB
C D
E
F
Display Receptacles Residential Clock Hanger Nightlight Only
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
A-25
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
RP123 RP101 RP102 RP646/RP648 RP649
Plugs, Taps and Adapters
Description
Duplex Receptacle,
Six Outlets
Single Receptacle,
Three Outlets
Single Receptacle,
Three Outlets
Two Wire to
U-Ground
Cube Tap,
without Ground
Male end: 10A 250V,
15A 125V, Locking
Female end: 15A 125V,
Straight Blade
Male end: 15A 125V,
Straight Blade
Female end: 10A 250V,
15A 125V, LockingRating NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V
Ivory
White
Orange
RT600I
RT600W
—
RT300I
RT300W
—
—
—
RT303
RT200
—
—
—
RT100W
—
—
9053AB*
—
—
9054AB*†
—
Note: Adapters are not intended to be used as a replacement for permanent devices. They are intended for temporary use only.
*Not UL Listed.
†Must always be used with grounded receptacle.
Residential Grade Plugs, Connectors, Taps and Adapters
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
RP123 RP101 RP102 RP646/RP648 RP649
A
B
C
D
1.41" (35.8)
1.25" (31.8)
0.89" (22.6)
—
1.73" (43.9)
1.25" (31.8)
0.89" (22.6)
—
2.19" (55.6)
1.25" (31.8)
0.83" (21.2)
—
2.00" (50.8)
1.50" (38.1)
1.60" (40.6)
0.71" (17.9 )
2.67" (67.8)
1.49" (37.8)
1.60" (40.6)
0.73" (18.5)
CB
A
CB
A
CB
A
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
D
Plugs and Connectors
Device Type Straight Plug Straight Connector
Rating Color
Non-
Polarized,
Two Blade,
Spt 1
and 2 Cord 18/2
and 16/2 AWG
Polarized, Two
Blade, Spt 1
and 2 Cord 18/2
and 16/2 AWG
Polarized, Two
Blade, Light Duty,
Wire Range: #16-18
AWG, Up to .25 In.
Diameter Cord
Non-Polarized, Two
Blade, Heavy Duty,
Wire Range: #14-18
AWG, Up to .33 In.
Diameter Cord
Polarized, Two
Blade, Heavy Duty,
Wire Range: #14-18
AWG, Up to .33 In.
Diameter Cord
Polarized, Two
Blade, Light Duty,
Wire Range: #16-18
AWG, Up to .25 In.
Diameter Cord
Polarized, Two
Blade, Heavy Duty,
Wire Range: #14-18
AWG, Up to .33 In.
Diameter Cord
NEMA 1-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 1-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
15A 125V
NEMA 1-15P
UL CSA
0.5 HP
W
W
Black
Ivory
White
—
RP123I
RP123W
—
RP123PI
RP123PW
RP101BK
—
RP101W
RP646
—
—
RP648
—
—
RP102BK
—
RP102W
RP649
—
—
A-26 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
30A 125V, 250V, 125/250V AC and 3Ø 250V AC Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles Inches (mm)
Device Type Plug Connector Receptacle
Standard
Angle
12 Position
Angle
Residential Grade Standard Flush Surface
Cord Diameter
.425"-1.320"
(10.8-33.5)
.625"-1.380"
(15.9-35.1)
.600"-1.110"
(15.2-28.2)
.425"-1.320"
(10.8-33.5)
Color
Reinforced
Thermoplastic
Polyester
Residential
Grade
Residential
GradeRating Color Thermoplastic Nylon
Black
without Ground Thermoplastic
NEMA 5-30,
30A 125V
2-Pole 3-Wire
30A 125V
NEMA 5-30R
UL CSA
2 HP
30A 125V
NEMA 5-30P
UL CSA
2 HP
G
W
G
W
Black/White
Gray
—
9530NP
9530ANPB
—
—
—
—
9530NC
Black 9530FR — —
Orange
Isolated
Ground
9530IG — —
NEMA 6-30,
30A 250V
2-Pole 3-Wire
30A 250V
NEMA 6-30R
UL CSA
2 HP
30A 250V
NEMA 6-30P
UL CSA
2 HP
G
G
Black/White
Gray
—
9630NP
9630ANPB —
—
—
9630NC
Black 9630FR — —
Orange
Isolated
Ground
9630IG — —
NEMA 10-30,
30A 125/250V AC
3-Pole 3-Wire
30A 125/250V
NEMA 10-30P
UL Listed
2(2) HP
30A 125/250V
NEMA 10-30R
UL Listed
2(2) HP
W
X
Y
W
X
Y
Black/White
Gray
9337NP*
—
—
—
RR335P*
Supplied with
interchangeable
blades for
30 or 50 amp
configuration
—
9337NC*
Black 9303* RR330F* RR330*
NEMA 14-30,
30A 125/250V AC
3-Pole 4-Wire
30A 125/250V
NEMA 14-30P
2(2) HP
30A 125/250V
NEMA 14-30R
2(2) HP
YX
G
W
G
W
YX
Black/White
Gray
—
—
9432ANPB
—
RR435P
Supplied with
interchangeable
blades for
30 or 50 amp
configuration
—
—
Black
White
Black
9430FR
—
RR430F
RR430FW
RR430
—
Panel Mount
RR430PM
NEMA 15-30,
30A 3Ø 250V AC
3-Pole 4-Wire
30A 125/250V
NEMA 14-30P
2(2) HP
30A 125/250V
NEMA 14-30R
2(2) HP
YX
G
W
G
W
YX
Black/White
Gray
8430NP
—
8432ANPB
—
—
—
—
—
Black 8430FR — —
Note: *Device has no provision for a grounding conductor. Intended for use in applications where a separate grounding means is provided.
Receptacles can be mounted in single or two gang boxes.
See Section C for isolated ground products.
30 Amp Industrial Grade Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles
A
B
C
B
AA
C
B
A
BCD
E
F
A
B
C
Plug Connector
Gray Black/White Angled Plug Gray Black/White Receptacle
A
B
C
D
E
F
3.12" (79.2)
3.81" (96.8)
—
—
—
2.88" (73.0)
4.13" (104.8)
—
—
—
—
3.25" (82.6)
4.19" (10 6.4)
1.75" (82.6)
—
—
2.59" (65.8)
5.19" (131.8)
3.12" (79.2)
—
—
2.88" (73.0)
5.75" (14 6.1)
2.50" (63.5)
—
—
—
2.25" (57.2)
3.68" (93.5)
2.12" (54.0)
2.50" (63.5)
2.37" (60.3)
1.81" (46.0)
Gray Plug Black/White Plug Gray Connector Black/White Connector ReceptacleAngled Plug
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
A
B
A-27
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
50A 125V, 250V, 125/250V AC, 3Ø 250V AC and 3ØY 120/208V AC
Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles Inches (mm)
Device Type Plug Connector Receptacle
Standard
Angle
12 Position
Angle
Residential Grade Standard Flush Surface
Cord Diameter
.425"-1.320"
(10.8-33.5)
.625"-1.380"
(15.9-35.1)
.600"-1.110"
(15.2-28.2)
.425"-1.320"
(10.8-33.5)
Color
Reinforced
Thermoplastic
Polyester
Residential
Grade
Residential
GradeRating Color Thermoplastic Nylon
Black without
Ground Thermoplastic
NEMA 5-50,
50A 125V
2-Pole 3-Wire
50A 125V
NEMA 5-50P
UL CSA
2 HP
50A 125V
NEMA 5-50R
UL CSA
2 HP
G
W
G
W
Black/White — 9550ANPB — — Black 9550FR — —
NEMA 6-50,
50A 250V
2-Pole 3-Wire
50A 250V
NEMA 6-50P
UL CSA
3 HP
50A 250V
NEMA 6-50R
UL CSA
3 HP
G
G
Black/White
Gray
—
9650NP
9650ANPB
—
—
—
—
9650NC
Black 9650FR — —
NEMA 10-50,
50A 125/250V AC
3-Pole 3-Wire
50A 125/250V
NEMA 10-50P
UL Listed
3(2) HP
50A 125/250V
NEMA 10-50R
UL Listed
3(2) HP
W
X
Y
W
X
Y
Black/White 7513NP* — RR335P*
Supplied with
interchangeable
blades for
30 or 50 amp
configuration
7516NC*
—
Black
Brown
—
9306*
— RR350*
NEMA 14-50,
50A 125/250V AC
3-Pole 4-Wire
G
W
YX
G
W
YX
50A 125/250V
NEMA 14-50P
UL CSA
3(2) HP
50A 125/250V
NEMA 14-50R
UL CSA
3(2) HP
Black/White 9450NP 9452ANPB RR435P
Supplied with
interchangeable
blades for
30 or 50 amp
configuration
— Black
White
Black
9450FR
—
RR450F
RR450FW
RR450
Panel Mount
RR450PM
NEMA 15-50,
50A 3Ø 250V AC
3-Pole 4-Wire
Z
X
G
Y
G
Y
ZX
50A 3Ø 250V AC
NEMA 15-50P
UL CSA
7.5 HP
50A 3Ø 250V AC
NEMA 15-50R
UL CSA
7.5 HP
Black/White 8450NP 8452ANPB — — Black 8450FR — —
NEMA 18-50,
50A 3ØY 120/208V AC
4-Pole 4-Wire
Y
ZX
W
Z
XY
W
50A 3ØY
120/208V AC
NEMA 18-50P
UL Listed
7.5 HP
50A 3ØY
120/208V AC
NEMA 18-50R
UL Listed
7.5 HP
Black/White — 8352ANPB — — Black 8350FR — —
Note: *Device has no provision for a grounding conductor. Intended for use in applications where a separate grounding means is provided.
Receptacles can be mounted in single or two gang boxes.
See page A-24 for additional product dimensions.
A
C
B
AD
B
C
Black/White Plug Black/White Connector Surface Receptacle
Plug,
Black/White
Connector,
Black/White
Surface
Receptacle
A
B
C
D
2.88" (73.0)
4.13" (104.8)
—
—
2.59" (65.8)
5.19" (131.8)
3.12" (79.2)
—
2.50" (63.5)
5.49" (139.5)
2.50" (63.5)
2.21" (56.2)
50 Amp Industrial Grade Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
A
B
A-28 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
60A 125/250V AC, 3Ø 250V AC and 3ØY 120/208V AC Plugs and Receptacles Inches (mm)
Device Type Plug Receptacle Stainless Steel Wallplate
Standard Angle 12 Position Flush For Flush Receptacles
Cord Diameter .425"-1.320" (10.8-33.5) .625"-1.380" (15.9-35.1) Reinforced Black
Thermoplastic Polyester Descripton Catalog NumberRating Color Thermoplastic Nylon
NEMA 14-60,
60A 125/250V
3-Pole 4-Wire
YX
G
W
G
W
YX
60A 125/250V
NEMA 14-60P
UL CSA
3(2) HP
60A 125/250V
NEMA 14-60R
UL CSA
3(2) HP
Black/White 9460NP 9462ANPB 9460FR 2-gang, 1-single
2.40" (63.0)
diameter hole
SS701
NEMA 15-60,
60A 3Ø 250V AC
3-Pole 4-Wire
Z
X
G
Y
G
Y
ZX
60A 3Ø 250V AC
NEMA 15-60P
UL CSA
10 HP
60A 3Ø 250V AC
NEMA 15-60R
UL CSA
10 HP
Black/White 8460NP 8462ANPB 8460FR
NEMA 18-60,
60A 3ØY
120/208V AC
4-Pole 4-Wire
Y
ZX
W
ZX
Y
W
60A 3ØY
120/208V AC
NEMA 18-60P
UL Listed
7.5 HP
60A 3ØY
120/208V AC
NEMA 18-60R
UL Listed
7.5 HP
Black/White — 8362ANPB* 8360FR*
Note: *Device has no provision for a grounding conductor. Intended for use in applications where a separate grounding means is provided.
Receptacles fit standard boxes 4¹¹⁄₁₆ in. square and not less than 2.23 in. (54.0) deep.
60 Amp Industrial Grade Plugs and Receptacles
Plug Angled Plug Receptacle
A
B
C
D
E
F
2.88" (73.0)
4.13" (104.8)
—
—
—
—
3.25" (82.6)
4.19" (10 6.4)
1.75" (82.6)
—
—
—
2.25" (57.2)
3.68" (93.5)
2.12" (54.0)
2.50" (63.3)
2.37" (60.3)
1.81" (46.0)
A
BBCD
E
A
F
A
B
C
Plug ReceptacleAngled Plug
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
A-29
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
PLUGBOX® Devices
Description
Used with
15A and 20A Plugs
Used with
20A and 30A Plugs
Used with
30A, 50A and 60A Plugs
Red polypropylene lockout device BLDMP BLD BLD2
Adapter Sleeves
Description Color Catalog Number
Rubber adapter sleeve, strain relief for use with 2-pole 2-wire
straight blade nylon plugs and connectors, NEMA 1-15
White 9700S
Weather Protective Boots
Description Color
For use
with Plugs
For use with
Connectors
Sealing Cap for use with
5200BC Series Connector Boot
Thermoplastic elastomer boot for use with
15A nylon locking and straight blade devices
Black
Yellow
5200BPB
5200BP
5200BCB
5200BC
5200BSRB
5200BSR
Neoprene boot for use with 15A 2-pole 2-wire, NEMA 1-15,
straight blade nylon plugs and connectors
Yellow 7400BCR 7400BCR —
Thermoplastic elastomer boot for use with 7465N plug when used
with 7464N connector or 7468N female equipment receptacle,
also for use with connector when used with 7466N male base
Black 7460BP — —
Thermoplastic elastomer boot for use with 7464N connector
when used with 7465N plug
Black — 7460BC —
• Complies with OSHA Lockout/Tagout
regulation 29CFR 1910.147
• Protects against unexpected start-up
of equipment during maintenance
and repair work and discourages
unauthorized use of tools and
equipment
• UV stabilized polypropylene housing
• Thermoplastic elastomer construction
helps prevent moisture, dust and other
contaminants from infiltrating plugs and
connectors for excellent ozone and
weather resistance
• Resistant to deterioration by oils and heat
• Connector sealing ring provides extra
protection when plug and connector
are not mated
L
O
C
K
L
O
C
K
L
O
C
K
L
O
C
K
SLIDE
CLOSE
OPEN
A
F
C
B
E
Max
D
Min. - Max.
Diameter
G
Max.
Cable Dia.
Recommended
Plug Sizes
Weather Protective Boots, Adapter Sleeves and PLUGBOX® Devices
BLDMP BLD BLD2
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
3.14" (79.8)
4.22" (107.2)
(2) 0.32" (8.1)
2.57" (65.3)
3.70" (94.0)
0.79"-1.73" (20.1-43.9)
0.64" (16.3)
4.27" (108.5)
7. 27" (18 4.7 )
(4) 0.39" (9.9)
3.10" ( 78.7)
4.75" (120.7)
1.50"-2.75" (38.1-69.9)
1.11" (28.2)
6.31" (160.3)
12.51" (317.8)
(4) 0.39" (9.9)
5.00" (127.0)
10 .15" (25 7.8 )
1.90"-4.50" (48.3-114.3)
1.45" (36.8)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
BLD
A-30 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
Hospital and Industrial
Grade Receptacles
Description
Hospital Grade Standard
Duplex Decorator Duplex Decorator
Typical specification
catalog number
BRY8200 9200 BRY5262 9252
Manufacturer’s identification Bryant BRY8200 Bryant 9200 Bryant BRY5262 Bryant 9252
Description Hospital grade straight blade
receptacle, back and side wired
Industrial grade straight blade duplex
receptacle, back and side wired
Type 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding
Rating 15A 125V, NEMA 5-15R 15A 125V, NEMA 5-15R
Certification
UL Listed to 498,
CSA Certified to C22.2, No. 42
Complies with NEMA® WD-1 and WD-6 requirements
Verified under Fed. Spec. WC596 (Standard only)
Materials Inches (mm)
Components Hospital Grade Materials
Industrial Grade Materials
Duplex Decorator
Cover and base Nylon Nylon Nylon cover with
thermolastic polyester base
Terminal screws Combination brass #10-32 Combination brass
#10-32
Combination brass #8-32
Grounding contacts High-performance copper alloy High-performance
copper alloy
High-performance brass
Auto grounding assembly High-performance copper alloy, tin plated High performance
copper alloy
Heavy copper rivets
Line contacts Nickel plated High performance copper alloy
Clamp nut Brass Steel-zinc plated
Mounting yoke Steel, nickel and brass plated 0.05" (1.3mm) Steel, nickel and brass plated 0.05" (1.3mm)
Grounding screw/clip Combination brass screw (green) #8-32 Stainless steel clip
Mounting screws Combination steel-zinc plated Combination steel-zinc plated
Circuit ID Hot stamp (N/A on Decorator) Hot stamp (N/A on Decorator)
Performance
Electrical
Dielectric voltage Withstands 2,000V minimum
Max. working voltage 125V - 250V as rated
Current interrupting Certified for current interrupting at full rated current
Temperature rise Max 30°C temperature rise at full rated current after 50 cycles of overload at 150% of rated direct current
Mechanical
Terminal identification Terminals identified in accordance with UL 498 (brass, white, green)
Terminal accommodation #14-10 AWG solid or stranded copper conductor only
Product identification Ratings are a permanent part of the device
Environmental
Flammability Top and base - UL 94 V2
Operating temperatures Maximum continuous 60°C, minimum -40°C (without impact)
Technical Specifications - Hospital and Industrial Grade Receptacles
NEMA® is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
A-31
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
Commercial Receptacles
Description
Standard Hospital Grade
Duplex Decorator Charger Receptacle
Typical specification
catalog number
CRS15 (TR, WRTR) DRS15 (TR, WRTR) USBB8300
Manufacturer’s identification Bryant CRS15 Bryant DRS15 USBB8300
Description Commercial grade straight blade
receptacle, back and side wired
USB charger, two USB ports 5A, 5V DC,
type A, class 2.0, LED green indicator
Type 2-pole, 3-wire, Grounding 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding
Rating 15A 125V, NEMA 5-15R 20A, 125V AC, USB 3.8 Amp, 5V DC
Certification
UL Listed to 498,
CSA Certified to C22.2, No. 42
Complies with NEMA® WD-1 and WD-6 requirements
Verified under Fed. Spec. WC596 (Standard only)
NEMA® WD-6 Compliant (USB8200 and 8300 series
only). cULus Listed to UL498 and UL1310
Materials Inches (mm)
Components Materials Materials
Cover and base Nylon
WR version Nylon - UV rated
Nylon
Double-wipe power contacts Brass - 0.030" (.8mm) 0.030" (.8mm) Cooper Alloy
Wire clamp 0.062" (1.6mm) steel-nickel plated Plated steel
Mounting strap Steel (galvanized) - 0.040" (1mm) Steel (galvanized) - 0.040" (1mm)
Ground contact Brass - 0.030" (.8mm) Brass
Line terminal screws #8-32 plated steel, multiple drive Plated steel
Ground screw #8-32 plated steel, multiple drive Plated steel
Self-grounding staple Stainless steel Stainless steel
Mounting screws Zinc plated steel,
WR version - stainless steel
Zinc plated steel
Performance
Electrical
Dielectric voltage Withstands 2,000V minimum
Max. working voltage 125V as rated
Current interrupting Certified for current interrupting at full rated current
Temperature rise Max 30°C temperature rise at full rated current after 50 cycles of overload at 150% of rated
direct current at a power factor of 75%
Mechanical
Terminal identification Terminals identified in accordance with UL 498
(brass, white, green)
Terminals identified in accordance with UL 498
and CSA (brass, white, green)
Terminal accommodation #14-10 AWG solid or stranded copper conductor only
Product identification Ratings are a permanent part of the device
Circuit feed-through — 20 Amp 125 Volt
USB port — Stainless steel rated for 10,000 plug insertions
and removal
Environmental
Flammability UL 94 V2 UL 94 V5
Operating temperatures Maximum continuous 75°C, minimum -40°C (without impact)
Technical Specifications - Commercial Receptacles
NEMA® is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
A-32 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Straight Blade Devices
Materials
Components Materials
Face/cord grip Impact modified nylon
Cover (housing) High-impact, V-O Valox®
Terminal cover Clear polycarbonate
Dust seal Thermoplastic elastomer
Plug blades Brass
Connector contacts High performance copper alloy
Terminal clamp nut Zinc-plated steel
Terminal screws #8-32 brass, silver finish on neutral screw, green finish on grounding screw
Assembly screws Zinc-plated steel
Performance Inches (mm)
Electrical
Dielectric voltage Withstands 1500V per UL498
Max. working voltage 250V AC or DC
Current interrupting Certified for current interrupting at full rated current
Temperature rise Max 30°C temperature rise at full rated current after 50 cycles of overload at 150% of rated direct current
Mechanical
Terminal identification Terminals identified in accordance with UL 498 (brass, white, green)
Terminal accommodation #18-10 AWG flexible cord
Product identification Ratings and NEMA® identification are permanently marked on device
Cord accommodation Round portable service cords in accordance with device ratings as defined in UL Standard 62,
CSA C22.2 No. 49
Cord Grip Range 0.25"-0.66" (6.2-16.6mm)
Environmental
Flammability HB or better per UL 94
Operating temperatures Maximum continuous 60°C, minimum -40°C (without impact)
Plugs and Connectors
Description
Typical specification
catalog number
BRY5266NP, BRY5269NC
Manufacturer’s identification Bryant BRY5266NP, BRY5269NC
Description Heavy duty straight blade plug/connector
Type 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding
Rating 15A 125V, NEMA 5-15
Certification
UL Listed, Guide AXUT
CSA Certified, Guide 20T2
Listed to UL Standard 498
(attachment plug and receptacles)
CSA Certified to C22.2, No. 42
(general use receptacles)
Fed. Spec. WC596 (where applicable)
Complies with NEMA® Standards WD-1, WD-6
Technical Specifications - Plugs and Connectors
NEMA® is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
Valox® is a registered trademark of Sabic Innovative Plastics.
Table of Contents Page
Hospital Grade • Devices
Heavy Duty Self-Grounding Receptacles ......................................................B-2
Heavy Duty Duplex and Fashion Series® 9000 Receptacles ........................................B-3
USB Charger Receptacles .................................................................B-4
QUADPLEX® Receptacles and Cord Sets .....................................................B-5
Impact Resistant Plugs and Connectors .......................................................B-6
Commercial GFCI Receptacles
Standard and Tamper-Resistant .............................................................B-7
Tamper-Resistant and Weather Resistant .....................................................B-8
Surge Suppression Receptacles .............................................................B-9
Portable GFCI Products
Healthcare Outlet Assemblies (HCOA) .......................................................B-10
Portable Surge Protection Devices (SPD) .....................................................B-11
Technical Specifications
Surge Suppression Receptacles ............................................................B-12
Portable Surge Protection Devices (SPD) .....................................................B-12
Section B
Hospital Grade Devices
B-1
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
B-2 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Why Hospital Grade?
Bryant hospital grade receptacles are specifically
designed to provide maximum safety and
withstand severe abuse in hospitals and heavy
duty industrial applications. The green dot •
signifying UL hospital grade listing is more than
just a symbol of compliance. It is your assurance
that each device has passed the most stringent
requirements for grounding reliability, security of
assembly, strength and durability.
• Heavy duty, copper-alloy self-grounding system
(tin plated)
• Double-wipe, copper-alloy grounding contacts
• ID surface for marking identification of circuits
• Heavy duty, brass over nickel plated wrap-around steel
yoke locked in for maximum strength and security
15A and 20A 125V and 20A 250V Receptacles
Wiring Back and Side Wired Stranded Wire LeadsBack and Side Wired
Face Duplex Duplex Single
Rating Color Standard Weather Resistant Lighted Face Tamper-Resistant Standard Weather Resistant
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
Orange*
BRY8200
BRY8200GRY
BRY8200I
BRY8200RED
BRY8200W
BRY8200IG
BRY8200WR
BRY8200GRYWR
BRY8200IWR
BRY8200REDWR
BRY8200WWR
—
—
BRY8200GRYL
BRY8200IL
BRY8200REDL
BRY8200WL
—
BRY8200TR
BRY8200GTR
BRY8200ITR
BRY8200RTR
BRY8200WTR
—
8210
8210GRY
8210I
8210RED
8210W
8210IG
8210WR
8210GRYWR
8210IWR
8210REDWR
8210WWR
—
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
Orange*
BRY8300
BRY8300GRY
BRY8300I
BRY8300RED
BRY8300W
BRY8300IG
BRY8300WR
BRY8300GRYWR
BRY8300IWR
BRY8300REDWR
BRY8300WWR
—
—
BRY8300GRYL
BRY8300IL
BRY8300REDL
BRY8300WL
—
BRY8300TR
BRY8300GTR
BRY8300ITR
BRY8300RTR
BRY8300WTR
—
8310
8310GRY
8310I
8310RED
8310W
8310IG
8310WR
8310GRYWR
8310IWR
8310REDWR
8310WWR
—
NEMA 6-20,
20A 250V
G
20A 250V
NEMA 6-20R
UL CSA
2 HP
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
Orange*
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8410BRN
8410GRY
8410I
8410RED
8410W
8410IG
—
—
—
—
—
—
Note: *Orange is Isolated Ground. See Section C for isolated ground products.
See page R-6 for tamper-resistant and weather resistant descriptions.
See page A-28 for technical specifications.
Heavy Duty Self-Grounding Receptacles
E
A
B
C D
C
B
A
D E
F
Duplex Standard,
Weather Resistant
and Lighted Face
Duplex,
Tamper-Resistant
Single Standard and
Weather Resistant
A
B
C
D
E
F
4.06" (103.1)
3.28" (83.3)
1.54" (39.1)
1.16" (29.5)
2.69" (68.3)
—
4.06" (103.1)
3.28" (83.3)
1.65" (41.9)
2.75" (69.9)
1.30" (33.0)
—
4.06" (103.1)
3.28" (83.3)
2.38" (60.5)
1.38" (35.1)
0.91" (23.1)
1.78" (45.2)
WR
TR
WR
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Hospital Grade Devices
B-3
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Hospital Grade Devices
15A and 20A 125V Duplex Receptacles
Wiring Back and Side Wired
Face Duplex Decorator
Rating Color Standard Tamper-Resistant Power Ind. LED TR & LED Duplex Isolated Ground Lighted Face
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
Orange
8200HB
8200HBGRY
8200HBI
8200HBRED
8200HBW
—
8200HBTR
8200HBGRYTR
8200HBITR
8200HBREDTR
8200HBWTR
—
8200HBL
8200HBGRYL
8200HBIL
8200HBREDL
8200HBWL
—
8200HBLTR
8200HBGRYLTR
8200HBILTR
8200HBREDLTR
8200HBWLTR
—
9200
9200GRY
9200I
9200RED
9200W
—
—
9200IGGRY
9200IGI
9200IGRED
9200IGW
9200IG
—
9200GRYL
9200IL
9200REDL
9200WL
—
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
Orange
8300HB
8300HBGRY
8300HBI
8300HBRED
8300HBW
—
8300HBTR
8300HBGRYTR
8300HBITR
8300HBREDTR
8300HBWTR
—
8300HBL
8300HBGRYL
8300HBIL
8300HBREDL
8300HBWL
—
8300HBLTR
8300HBGRYLTR
8300HBILTR
8300HBREDLTR
8300HBWLTR
—
9300
9300GRY
9300I
9300RED
9300W
—
—
9300IGGRY
9300IGI
9300IGRED
9300IGW
9300IG
—
—
9300IL
9300REDL
9300WL
—
Note: *Orange is Isolated Ground. See Section C for isolated ground products.
See page A-28 for technical specifications.
• Hospital Grade and Specification Grade
• Tamper-Resistant... NOT Plug Resistant™
• Power indicating LED feature optional
• Circuit ID marking area on Hospital Grade
• Steel mounting strap, self-grounding
Heavy Duty Receptacles
• High-impact thermoplastic face and base
• Back and side wired
• Break-off tab for two-circuit wiring
• Heavy duty, wrap-around steel yoke
TR
TR
C
D
A
B
Receptacle
A 3.28" (83.3)
B 1.36" (34.5)
C 1.03" (26.2)
D 2.75" (69.9)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Fashion Series® 9000
The built-in features of the 9200 self-grounding
receptacle reflect the super-safe design, solid
construction, and attention to details — the Face of
Quality of Bryant’s full line of Fashion Series 9000
designer receptacles. This line assures you of the
exact device you need for hospital, industrial or
commercial applications.
Heavy Duty Receptacles
The Hubbell Tamper-Resistant Mechanism eliminates
the frustration and difficulty experienced using TR
receptacles with plugs that have sharp, or bent
blades. Hubbell TR receptacles work so well there
is virtually no perceptible difference in the feel
between the TR receptacles and our conventional
non-TR receptacles. Trust Hubbell to deliver Tamper-
Resistant protection that feels like it’s not even there.
B-4
Hospital Grade Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
USB Charger Receptacles
ED
AC
B
USB Receptacle
A
B
C
D
E
3.28" (83.3)
1.75" (44.5)
2.62" (66.5)
1.73" (43.9)
0.27" (6.8)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
TR
15A and 20A 125V USB Charger Receptacles
Wiring Back and Side Wired
Face Decorator
Rating Color (2) Type-C Ports (1) Type A and (1) Type-C Port (2) Type A Ports
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
USBB8200C5BK
USBB8200C5
USBB8200C5GY
USBB8200C5I
USBB8200C5LA
USBB8200C5R
USBB8200C5W
USBB8200AC5BK
USBB8200AC5
USBB8200AC5GY
USBB8200AC5I
USBB8200AC5LA
USBB8200AC5R
USBB8200AC5W
USBB8200A5BK
USBB8200A5
USBB8200A5GY
USBB8200A5I
USBB8200A5LA
USBB8200A5R
USBB8200A5W
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
USBB8300C5BK
USBB8300C5
USBB8300C5GY
USBB8300C5I
USBB8300C5LA
USBB8300C5R
USBB8300C5W
USBB8300AC5BK
USBB8300AC5
USBB8300AC5GY
USBB8300AC5I
USBB8300AC5LA
USBB8300AC5R
USBB8300AC5W
USBB8300A5BK
USBB8300A5
USBB8300A5GY
USBB8300A5I
USBB8300A5LA
USBB8300A5R
USBB8300A5W
Note: See page R-6 for tamper-resistant description.
See page A-29 for technical specifications.
USB Charger Receptacles
More Ways to Charge Faster with Bryant’s line of
USB Chargers, available in Type-C, Combination
Type A&C or the legacy Type A, all with a USB high
power output of 5 Amp 5 Volt DC. Bryant’s USB
Charger Duplex Receptacle provides both USB and
electrical power in a standard single gang opening.
Designed to provide maximum charging for portable
electronics, the USB ports are capable of charging
two tablets simultaneously.
• Green LED indicator to show USB power available
• USB stainless steel ports rated for minimum
10,000 insertions and removals
• Tamper-Resistant (TR) decorator duplex
• Back and side wire for solid or stranded wire
• Complies with battery charging specification BC1.2
• Designed for commercial, industrial and home use
• Compatible with USB 1.1/2.0/3.0 devices,
including Apple® products
B-5
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Cord Sets
Rating
6 Foot Cord Sets, 12/3 SJO
Color Surge Suppression
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Ivory T1254SI6A
Hospital Grade Devices
15A and 20A 125V Receptacles
Wiring Terminal Screws Wire leads
Rating Color Standard Color
Isolated
Ground Color
Surge Suppression
Isolated Ground Color Standard
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
1254HB
1254HGY
1254HI
1254HR
1254HW
Orange — Blue
Ivory
1254HSA
1254HSIA
Brown
Ivory
—
—
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
21254HB
21254HGY
21254HI
21254HR
21254HW
Orange 21254HIGO Blue
Ivory
21254HSA
21254HSIA
Brown
Ivory
21254HBL
21254HIL
Note: See Section C for isolated ground products. See page A-15 for additional information on QUADPLEX® surge receptacles.
QUADPLEX®
Mounts directly to 4" square or octagon
boxes. No cover plate required. Can be
retrofitted to 1 and 2-gang device boxes,
mud rings on 4" boxes or 4 ¹¹⁄₁₆" boxes
using adapter plate. Rugged impact
resistant construction. Break-off tabs for
split circuit wiring (except surge units).
• Accepts up to four straight or angle plugs
• Heavy duty, triple-wipe, high performance
brass line contacts for excellent retention and
conductivity
• Break-off tab for two-circuit wiring (except surge)
• Saves wiring and installation time
• “A” and “B” circuits molded into face for easy
identification
• Easily removable knockouts for mounting to
octagon concrete ring or box
QUADPLEX® Receptacles and Cord Sets
Receptacle Adapter Plate Portable Box
A
B
C
D
E
F
4.30" (109.2)
3.38" (85.9)
3.02" (76.7)
0.92" (23.4)
0.10" (2.6)
−
4.78" (121.4)
4.25" (108.0)
3.38" (85.9)
2.75" (69.9)*
0.38" (9.5)
2.75" (6.9)
4.30" (109.2)
4.05" (102.9)
3.28" (85.9)
0.84" (21.3)
0.75" (19.1)
−
Note: *Mounting dimensions for 4¹¹⁄₁₆" adapter plate.
HOSPITAL
GRADE
D
E
A
C
B
D
E
(2) Each .66" (16.7) Dia.Cord Hole
B
A
C
E
F
CD
B
A
Portable BoxAdapter PlateReceptacle
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Adapter Plates and Portable Boxes
Color
Adapter Plates Portable Boxes
For 1- & 2-Gang
Device Boxes
For 411/16"
Boxes with Cord Grip
Feed-thru with
Two Cord Grips
Black
Blue
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Orange
Red
White
ADAPBLK
ADAPBLU
ADAPB
ADAPGRY
ADAPI
ADAPO
ADAPR
ADAPW
—
—
—
—
ADAPIS
—
—
—
4SQBXBLK
4SQBXBLU
4SQBXB
4SQBXGRY
4SQBXI
4SQBXO
4SQBXR
4SQBXW
4SQBXFBLK
—
—
—
4SQBXFI
—
4SQBXFR
—
B-6 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Hospital Grade Devices
15A and 20A 125V and 20A 250V Plugs and Connectors, 2-Pole 3-Wire Inches (mm)
Device Type Straight Plug Angled Plug Connector
Rating Cord Diameter
White
Thermoplastic
Transparent
Nylon/Polycarbonate
Transparent
Nylon/Polycarbonate
White
Thermoplastic
Transparent
Nylon/Polycarbonate
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
.245"-.655"
(6.2-16.6)
BRY8266NP 8266T 8295T BRY8269NC 8269T
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
.245"-.655"
(6.2-16.6)
BRY8366NP 8366T 8395T BRY8369NC 8369T
NEMA 6-20,
20A 250V
G
20A 250V
NEMA 6-20R
UL CSA
2 HP
.300"-.625"
(7.6-15.9)
BRY8466NP — 8495T BRY8469NC —
Angled Plugs
All Bryant angle devices are ideally suited
for any location where space restrictions or
obstructions require the power cord to lay
close to the wall or flat against the floor.
Bryant hospital grade transparent angle
plugs are designed for straight blade
applications in hospitals, as well as
industrial, commercial and institutional
environments – wherever attachment plugs
must withstand severe abuse.
•Impact-resistant thermoplastic construction with
automatic cord grip
• Transparent polycarbonate cover allows
visual inspection of wire terminations without
disassembly
• Pre-attached TPE (thermoplastic elastomer) dust
seal helps prevent contaminants from entering
wiring chamber
• Single side terminal screws reduce wiring time
and are color coded for proper terminations
Impact Resistant Plugs and Connectors
Plug Angled Plug Connector
A 1.52" (38.6) 1.30" (33.0) 1.52" (38.6)
B 2.18" (55.4) 2.07" (52.6) 2.95" ( 74.9)
C 1.38" (35.1) 1.52" (38.6) 1.38" (35.1)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
B
CA
B
C
A
Angled Plug ConnectorPlug
B
C
A
B-7
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
• Patented CIRCUITPRO® self test technology includes
disconnecting power to the receptacle if critical
components are damaged and GFCI protection is lost
• Tamper-Resistant version has Patented shutter design
for extra protection
• Compliant with NEC® 406.12 and NEC® 517-18(c)
• Alarm version provides audible notication of a
trip condition
• Internal back wiring clamp and guide for quick and
secure termination
• Night light option includes light sensor controls for
automatic ON and OFF, custom dual lens for optimum
light output
• Fed. Spec. UL Listed (Hospital Grade)
TR
TR
GFCI Receptacle
A 3.27" (83.1)
B 2.75" (69.8)
C 1.75" (44.5)
D 1.47" (37.4)
E 1.10" (27.9)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
D
AB
C
E
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Tamper-Resistant version has Patented shutter design
automatic ON and OFF, custom dual lens for optimum
Hospital Grade • Standard and Tamper-Resistant
Rating Color Standard0 Night Light
Two LED Night Lights
Alarm
Standard0
Tamper-Resistant
Standard0 Tamper-Resistant
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
GFST82AL
GFST82BK
GFST82
GFST82GY
GFST82I
GFST82LA
GFST82R
GFST82W
GFST82ALNL
GFST82BKNL
GFST82NL
GFST82GYNL
GFST82INL
GFST82LANL
GFST82RNL
GFST82WNL
GFST82ALTRNL
GFST82BKTRNL
GFST82TRNL
GFST82GYTRNL
GFST82ITRNL
GFST82LATRNL
GFST82RTRNL
GFST82WTRNL
GFST82ALB
GFST82BKB
GFST82B
GFST82GYB
GFST82IB
GFST82LAB
GFST82RB
GFST82WB
GFST82ALTRB
GFST82BKTRB
GFST82TRB
GFST82GYTRB
GFST82ITRB
GFST82LATRB
GFST82RTRB
GFST82WTRB
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
GFST83AL
GFST83BK
GFST83
GFST83GY
GFST83I
GFST83LA
GFST83R
GFST83W
GFST83ALNL
GFST83BKNL
GFST83NL
GFST83GYNL
GFST83INL
GFST83LANL
GFST83RNL
GFST83WNL
GFST83ALTRNL
GFST83BKTRNL
GFST83TRNL
GFST83GYTRNL
GFST83ITRNL
GFST83LATRNL
GFST83RTRNL
GFST83WTRNL
GFST83ALB
GFST83BKB
GFST83B
GFST83GYB
GFST83IB
GFST83LAB
GFST83RB
GFST83WB
GFST83ALTRB
GFST83BKTRB
GFST83TRB
GFST83GYTRB
GFST83ITRB
GFST83LATRB
GFST83RTRB
GFST83WTRB
Hospital Grade Devices
Commercial Standard and Tamper-Resistant GFCI Receptacles
UL Standard 943
Class A GFCI
B-8 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
TR
WR
Hospital Grade • Tamper-Resistant and Weather Resistant
Rating Color Standard Isolated Ground
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Orange
Red
White
GFST82ALTR
GFST82BKTR
GFST82TR
GFST82GYTR
GFST82ITR
GFST82LATR
—
GFST82RTR
GFST82WTR
GFST82ALIG
GFST82BKIG
GFST82IG
GFST82GYIG
GFST82IIG
GFST82LAIG
GFST82ORIG
GFST82RIG
GFST82WIG
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Orange
Red
White
GFST83ALTR
GFST83BKTR
GFST83TR
GFST83GYTR
GFST83ITR
GFST83LATR
—
GFST83RTR
GFST83WTR
GFST83ALIG
GFST83BKIG
GFST83IG
GFST83GYIG
GFST83IIG
GFST83LAIG
GFST83ORIG
GFST83RIG
GFST83WIG
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
UL Standard 943
Class A GFCI
•Patented shutter design for tamper-resistant protection
•Tamper-Resistant/Weather Resistant Series meets NEC®
requirements for TR (517-18c) and WR (406.9), UV and
corrosion resistance for harsh and damp applications
•Weather Resistant Only Series meets NEC® requirements
for weather resistance (406.9), UV and corrosion
resistance for harsh and damp applications
•Patented CIRCUITPRO® self test technology
•Protects against line and load reversal, no power to
the face or downstream if device is miswired
GFCI Receptacle
A 3.27" (83.1)
B 2.75" (69.8)
C 1.75" (44.5)
D 1.47" (37.4)
E 1.10" (27.9)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
D
AB
C
E
Commercial Tamper-Resistant and Weather Resistant GFCI Receptacles
Hospital Grade Devices
B-9
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Hospital Grade • Standard and Isolated Ground Surge Suppression Receptacles
Surge Suppression Receptacles with Light and Alarm,
240 Joules/15,000 Amps per Mode
Face Nylon Face
Hospital Grade
Rating Color Standard with Isolated Ground
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Blue
Gray
Ivory
Orange
Red
White
SP82A
SP82GYA
SP82IA
—
—
SP82WA
SP82IGA
SP82IGGYA
SP82IGIA
SP82IGOA
SP82IGRA
SP82IGWA
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Blue
Gray
Ivory
Orange
Red
White
SP83A
SP83GYA
SP83IA
—
—
SP83WA
SP83IGA
SP83IGGYA
SP83IGIA
SP83IGOA
SP83IGRA
SP83IGWA
• Damage-alert alarm sounds when surge protection is no longer
functioning, muting screw allows damage-alert alarm to be
silenced until device is replaced
• Power-on indicator light verifies that suppression circuit is fully
functional, light off means power has been interrupted, flashing
light indicates surge protection circuitry has been damaged
• Automatic grounding clip
• High-impact nylon face resists breakage
• Distinctive surge symbol provides quick visual identification of
surge suppression receptacle
Surge Suppression Receptacles
20A 125V AC
N
ALARM OFF
H
PROTECTIVE
T
D
E
P
SURGE
C
O
T
E
DEVICE
E
E
G
D
T
R
H
L
I
W
B
CD
E
A
Receptacle
A
B
C
D
E
4.04" (102.6)
2.80" (71.1)
1.72" (43.7)
1.60" (40.6)
1.24" (31.5)
Note: See page A-5 for dimensions on adapter
plates and portable boxes.
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Lexan® is a registered trademark of Sabic Innovative Plastics.
Hospital Grade Devices
B-10
Hospital Grade Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Non-Metallic Strips Metallic Strips
SPD and
Power Strip
SPD with
Fax Modem
SPD w/ Fax/Modem
CATV/Satelite
SPD and
Power Strip
A11.2" (284.5) 14.75" (374.7) 10.4" (264.2) 12.25" (311.2)
B2.36" (59.9) 2.36" (59.9) 3.8" (96.5) 2.5" (63.5)
C1.85" (47.0) 1.85" (47.0) 1.44" (36.6) 1.5" (38.1)
Healthcare Outlet Assemblies (HCOA)
• First UL2930 Product Ever Sold
• 15A and 20A 125V Versions
• 6 ft. or 15 ft. Cord Length
• Surge Protected Models in all Configurations
• #12/3 AWG Cord
Healthcare Outlet Assemblies (HCOA)
•
•
•
11.90 [302.3]
2.22 [56.4]
.32 [8.1]
1
.92 [48.7]
8.32 [211.3]
12 AWG POWER CORD WITH
MOLDED HOSPITAL GRADE PLUG
BRY6MGRPT6 SHOWN.
EQUIPMENT GROUNDING TERMINAL
.25 [6.4]
Surge Protection Plug Strips
UL2930 Health Care Outlet Assembly (HCOA)
Number of Outlets Six
Joule Rating 110 0
Peak AMP Rating 30 kA
Down Line Warranty $2,500
Length 6 Foot 15 Foot
UL 2930 HCOA with L-N
Surge Protection, White
15A BRY6MG6 BRY6MG15
20A BRY6MG620 BRY6MG1520
UL 2930 HCOA Relocatable
Power Tap (RPT), White
15A BRY6MGRPT6 BRY6MGRPT15
20A BRY6MGRPT620 BRY6MGRPT1520
UL2930 Listed
UL2930 Healthcare Outlet Assembly (HCOA)
BRY6MG Series BRY6MGRPT Series
Electrical Specications
Current
Voltage
Frequency
Surge Component
15A
125V
60Hz
MOV
20A
125V
60Hz
MOV
15A
125V
60Hz
N/A
20A
125V
60Hz
N/A
Performance
UL VPR L- N
L-G, N-G
EMI Noise Filtration:
In (Nominal
Discharge Current)
MCOV
Peak Current Rating L-N
Leakage Current:
Total Joules (L-N)
600V
N/A
-11 dB to -68 dB
(10kHz to 100MHZ)
3kA
150V
30KA
<.1mA
550j
N/A
Environmental Specications
Operating Temperature -40°F to 160°F (-40°C to 70°C)
Certications
UL 2930; UL File # E488399; RoHs Compliant; NFPA 99
2012 ed; ANSI / IEEE Category A (HBL6MG Series Only)
B-11
Hospital Grade Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
A
C
B
Non-Metallic Strips Metallic Strips
SPD and
Power Strip
SPD with
Fax Modem
SPD with Fax/Modem
CATV/Satelite
SPD and
Power Strip
A11.2" (284.5) 14.75" (374.7) 10.4" (264.2) 12.25" (311.2)
B2.36" (59.9) 2.36" (59.9) 3.8" (96.5) 2.5" (63.5)
C1.85" (47.0) 1.85" (47.0) 1.44" (36.6) 1.5" (38.1)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Portable Surge Protection Devices (SPD)
SPD SPD with Fax/Modem
SPD with Fax/Modem/
CATV/Satellite
Power Strip
(No surge protection)
Number of Outlets Six Seven Eight Six
Joule Rating
350 (Non-Metallic)
1050 (Metallic) 1050 2100 N/A
Peak AMP Rating
6.5 kA (Non-Metallic)
19.5 kA (Metallic) 19.5 kA 39 kA N/A
Down Line Warranty $2,500 $10,000 $25,000 N/A
Length 6 Foot 15 Foot 6 Foot 6 Foot 6 Foot
Non-Metallic, Office White BRY6PS350 BRY6PS35015 BRY7PS1050M BRY8PS2100D BRY6PPS
Metallic, Office White BRY6MPS1050 — — — BRY6MPS
Note: See page C-8 for technical information on plug strips.
•Hospital Grade • Tamper-Resistant
Receptacles with a Hospital Grade Plug
• Heavy Duty Metal Housing
• Available with a 2-Port USB Charging
Outlet
• Tamper-Resistant Receptacles with a
Heavy Duty Plug
• Heavy Duty Metal Housing
• Metallic and non-metallic units
• Six, seven and eight outlet units
• No surge, 350 joule, 1050 joule and
2100 joule protection units
• Transformer spaced outlets available
on some units
• 15A resettable ON/OFF circuit
breaker switch and power and
ground indicating LEDs
• Available with fax/modem, cable TV
and satellite protection on some units
Listed to UL1449
and UL1363
Surge Protection Plug Strips
SPD with Hospital Grade •
Tamper-Resistant Receptacles
SPD with Industrial Grade
Tamper-Resistant Receptacles
Number of Outlets Six Six
Joule Rating 1100
Peak AMP Rating 30 kA
Down Line Warranty $2,500 $10,000 $25,000
Length 6 Foot 15 Foot 6 Foot 15 Foot
UL Type 3 SPD, Heavy Duty Metal
Housing, White
15A BRY6HG6 BRY6HG15 BRY6SS6 BRY6SS15
20A BRY6HG620 BRY6HG1520 BRY6SS620 BRY6SS1520
UL Type 3 SPD, Heavy Duty Metal
Housing with 2-Port USB, White
15A BRY6HGUSB6 — — —
B-12
Hospital Grade Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Surge Receptacles
Description
Typical specification –
catalog number
SP82IGA Description Industrial grade isolated ground surge
suppression duplex receptacle
Manufacturer’s identification Bryant SP82IG Series Type 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding
Rating 15A 125V, NEMA 5-15R
Certification
UL Listed, UL Standards 1449 surge protective devices and
498 receptacles
Certified to CSA, C22.2, No. 42
ANSI/IEEE C62.41 (IEEE 587) categories “A” and “B”
NEMA WD-6
Meets UL and CSA varistor thermal protection requirements
Materials Inches (mm) Performance
Components Materials Electrical
Cover and base Nylon UL voltage protection level 600V
Line contacts High performance brass alloy Operating voltage 125V AC
Mounting yoke 0.05 inch (1.3mm) Frequency 60 Hz
Terminal screws Brass #8-32 Protection modes Normal mode (L-N),
common mode (L-G) (N-G)
Clamp nut Brass - 0.03" (.8mm) Noise filtration RFI and EMI 100KHz,
4MHz-10DB to -20DB
Grounding screw Brass (green) #8-32 Response time Less than 5 nanoseconds (ns)
Ground contacts High performance Peak energy 10X 1000µs 240 joules
Auto grounding assembly Stainless steel Peak current 8X 20µs 15,000 Amps
Flat head mounting screws ZinD-plated steel Mechanical
Terminal identification Terminals identified in accordance with
UL 498 (brass, white, green)
Terminal accommodation #14-10 AWG copper conductor only,
solid or stranded
Product identification Ratings are a permanent part of the device
Environmental
Flammability Cover and base: UL 94 V2
Operating temperatures Maximum continuous 20°C to 55°C
Technical Specifications - Portable Surge Protection Devices
SPD - Healthcare and Industrial Series
BRY6SS/BRY6HG Series 15 Amp 20 Amp
Electrical Specications
Current
Voltage
Frequency
Surge Component
Over Current Protection
2-Port USB (BRY6HGUSB6)
15A
125V
60Hz
MOV
15A CB
5V DC Type A
20A
125V
60Hz
MOV
20A CB
N/A
UL VPR L- N L- G N - G
500V 600V 600V
MCOV
Peak Current Rating L-N
Leakage Current:
EMI / RFI Noise Rejection
Total Joules (all modes)
150V
30KA
<.5mA
-11 dB to -68 dB (10kHz to 100MHZ)
1100 j
Certications
cULus Listed to UL1449 4th Edition; UL File # E143272; RoHs Compliant;
NFPA 99 2012 ed; ANSI / IEEE Category A; cULus Listed to UL1310 (2-Port USB)
Environmental Specications
Operating Temperature -40°F to 160°F (-40°C to 70°C)
SPD - Commercial and Residential Series
BRYPS350
Series
BRYPS1050
Series
BRYPS2100
Series
BRYMPS1050
Series
Operating Specications
MCOV 130V
Max Surge Current 6.5kA 19.5kA 39.0kA 19.5kA
Frequency 50/60Hz
Operating Temperature -40°F to 160°F (-40°C to 70°C)
Physical Specications
Housing Type ABS Metal
Color Ofce White
Performance
UL VPR 400V
EMI / RFI Noise Rejection --20dB -
Warranty
Downline Warranty $2,500 $10,000 $25,000 $2,500
Certication UL 1449 3rd Edition
Technical Specifications - Surge Receptacles
Table of Contents Page
Bryant GFCI Receptacles
Bryant Self-Test GFCI Patented Technology and Features .........................................C-2
Commercial GFCI Receptacles
Tamper-Resistant ........................................................................C-3
Standard and Hospital Grade ...............................................................C-4
Tamper-Resistant and Weather-Resistant .....................................................C-5
Weather-Resistant Only ...................................................................C-5
Common Questions and Answers ...........................................................C-6
Technical Specifications ...................................................................C-6
GFCI Sensing Modules ...........................................................C-7
Portable GFCI Products
Industrial Grade, Manual Set GFCI Line Cords ..................................................C-8
Plug-In Portable GFCI .....................................................................C-8
Commercial Grade, Manual and Automatic Set GFCI Line Cords ....................................C-9
Technical Specifications ..................................................................C-12
Temporary Power Distribution Boxes
Features and Benefits ....................................................................C-10
Temporary Power Boxes, Cable Sets and Replacement Parts .....................................C-11
Technical Specifications ..................................................................C-12
Section C
Ground Fault Devices
C-1
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
C-2
Ground Fault Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Bryant Self-Test GFCI Patented Technology and Features
Bryant CIRCUITPRO® GFCI receptacles continually
test and monitor for “people protection capability”
automatically. This patented safety feature includes
disconnecting power to the receptacle if critical
components are damaged and GFCI protection
is lost. GFCI auto-monitoring is conducted
continuously within every 30 seconds.
Also, clear visual indicators are provided on
the device face representing power status, trip
condition, ground fault condition and end of life
status. In addition, for added safety, power will be
denied to the receptacle face if reverse wiring of
line and load was to occur.
UL (Underwriters Laboratory) now requires all manufacturers to provide self-test monitoring capability
effective June 29, 2015. When was the last time you tested a GFCI receptacle? Industry studies indicate only
a very small number of installations are actually being tested as is recommended by the manufacturer and UL.
This is the fundamental reason this new revision has been incorporated into UL 943 standard for 2015.
Each Ground Fault Receptacle
must automatically monitor
GFCI functionality periodically
If the unit can no longer provide
GFCI protection, it must comply
with the following
Reverse line and load miswire
function – (repeated)
Automatically test within (5)
seconds of power to line and
load terminals, periodically means
every (3) hours or less.
Deny Power (trip with the inability to
reset), if unit does reset it is subject to
the next auto-monitoring test cycle.
Visual and/or audible indication that it
no longer can provide protection.
If the line conductor is wired to
the load terminal, power to the
receptacle face will be denied.
This includes both the initial
installation and any subsequent
reinstallations.
Bryant Self-Test GFCI Patented Technology
Features
• Patented CIRCUITPRO® Technology — Continuously Self-Tests
functionality and disconnects power to receptacle if critical
components are damaged and GFCI protection is lost
• Federal Communications Commission Part 15 — Compliant for
radiated and conducted emissions
• Thermoplastic Nylon Housing — High-impact and ultraviolet
resistant construction provides resilience in harsh environments
• Clear Visual Indication of Ground Fault Receptacle Status —
LED indicating lights:
• Green LED (power to the device)
• Red LED (trip condition/ground fault condition)
• Flashing Red LED (end of life)
• Internal Back Wiring Clamp and Guide Pocket — Quick and
dependable termination
• Protection Against Line and Load Reversal — No power to the
face or downstream receptacles if device is miswired
• Installation Ease, Lower Labor Cost — With auto-grounding clip,
captive mounting screws and single tab “breakoff” ears and full
“breakoff” for OEM raised covers
• Night Light Option — Light sensor controls for automatic “ON/OFF”
and custom dual lens for optimum light output
Tamper- ResistantWeather-Resistant Hospital Grade Combo Switch/GFCI Audible Alarm Night Light Isolated Ground
CIRCUITPRO® Self-Test Technology 1st introduced by Bryant over 10 years ago!
…self-test monitoring now required in 2015 UL 943 GFCI Safety Standard…
C-3
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
TR
TR
Features
• Patented CIRCUITPRO® self-test technology
includes disconnecting power to the receptacle
if critical components are damaged and GFCI
protection is lost
• Patented shutter design for tamper-resistant
protection
• Compliant with NEC® 406.12 and NEC® 517-18(c)
• Alarm version provides audible notication of a
trip condition
Tamper-Resistant
Rating Color Standard
Night Light
Two LED Night Lights Alarm
Combination Switch
15A 120V Switch
Standard 3-Pack
Three Devices per Pack
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
GFTRST15AL
GFTRST15BK
GFTRST15
GFTRST15GY
GFTRST15I
GFTRST15LA
GFTRST15R
GFTRST15W
GFTRST15ALNL
GFTRST15BKNL
GFTRST15NL
GFTRST15GYNL
GFTRST15INL
GFTRST15LANL
GFTRST15RNL
GFTRST15WNL
GFTRST15ALB
GFTRST15BKB
GFTRST15B
GFTRST15GYB
GFTRST15IB
GFTRST15LAB
GFTRST15RB
GFTRST15WB
—
—
—
—
GFSPST15I
GFSPST15LA
—
GFSPST15W
—
—
—
—
GFTRST15I3
GFTRST15LA3
—
GFTRST15W3
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
GFTRST20AL
GFTRST20BK
GFTRST20
GFTRST20GY
GFTRST20I
GFTRST20LA
GFTRST20R
GFTRST20W
GFTRST20ALNL
GFTRST20BKNL
GFTRST20NL
GFTRST20GYNL
GFTRST20INL
GFTRST20LANL
GFTRST20RNL
GFTRST20WNL
GFTRST20ALB
GFTRST20BKB
GFTRST20B
GFTRST20GYB
GFTRST20IB
GFTRST20LAB
GFTRST20RB
GFTRST20WB
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
GFTRST20I3
GFTRST20LA3
—
GFTRST20W3
Hospital Grade •
Tamper-Resistant
Rating Color
Night Light
Two LED Night Lights Alarm
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
GFST82ALTRNL
GFST82BKTRNL
GFST82TRNL
GFST82GYTRNL
GFST82ITRNL
GFST82LATRNL
GFST82RTRNL
GFST82WTRNL
GFST82ALTRB
GFST82BKTRB
GFST82TRB
GFST82GYTRB
GFST82ITRB
GFST82LATRB
GFST82RTRB
GFST82WTRB
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
GFST83ALTRNL
GFST83BKTRNL
GFST83TRNL
GFST83GYTRNL
GFST83ITRNL
GFST83LATRNL
GFST83RTRNL
GFST83WTRNL
GFST83ALTRB
GFST83BKTRB
GFST83TRB
GFST83GYTRB
GFST83ITRB
GFST83LATRB
GFST83RTRB
GFST83WTRB
GFCI Receptacle
A3.27" (83.1)
B2.75" (69.8)
C1.75" (44.5)
D1.47" (37.4)
E1.10 " ( 27.9)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
D
AB
C
E
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Ground Fault Devices
Commercial Tamper-Resistant GFCI Receptacles
UL Standard 943
Class A GFCI
C-4 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Commercial Standard and Hospital Grade GFCI Receptacles
UL Standard 943
Class A GFCI
Standard
Rating Color Standard
Night Light
Two LED Night Lights
Alarm
Blank Face
Available in 20A Only
Standard 3-Pack
Three Devices per Pack
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
GFRST15AL
GFRST15BK
GFRST15
GFRST15GY
GFRST15I
GFRST15LA
GFRST15R
GFRST15W
GFRST15ALNL
GFRST15BKNL
GFRST15NL
GFRST15GYNL
GFRST15INL
GFRST15LANL
GFRST15RNL
GFRST15WNL
GFRST15ALB
GFRST15BKB
GFRST15B
GFRST15GYB
GFRST15IB
GFRST15LAB
GFRST15RB
GFRST15WB
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
GFRST15I3
GFRST15LA3
—
GFRST15W3
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
GFRST20AL
GFRST20BK
GFRST20
GFRST20GY
GFRST20I
GFRST20LA
GFRST20R
GFRST20W
GFRST20ALNL
GFRST20BKNL
GFRST20NL
GFRST20GYNL
GFRST20INL
GFRST20LANL
GFRST20RNL
GFRST20WNL
GFRST20ALB
GFRST20BKB
GFRST20B
GFRST20GYB
GFRST20IB
GFRST20LAB
GFRST20RB
GFRST20WB
GFBFST20AL
GFBFST20BK
GFBFST20
GFBFST20GY
GFBFST20I
GFBFST20LA
GFBFST20R
GFBFST20W
—
—
—
—
GFRST20I3
GFRST20LA3
—
GFRST20W3
Features
• Patented CIRCUITPRO® self-test technology includes
disconnecting power to the receptacle if critical
components are damaged and GFCI protection is lost
• Internal back wiring clamp and guide for quick and
secure termination
• Night light option includes light sensor controls for
automatic ON and OFF, custom dual lens for optimum
light output
• Fed. Spec. UL Listed (Hospital Grade)
Hospital Grade •
Rating Color Standard0
Night Light
Two LED Night Lights
Alarm
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
GFST82AL
GFST82BK
GFST82
GFST82GY
GFST82I
GFST82LA
GFST82R
GFST82W
GFST82ALNL
GFST82BKNL
GFST82NL
GFST82GYNL
GFST82INL
GFST82LANL
GFST82RNL
GFST82WNL
GFST82ALB
GFST82BKB
GFST82B
GFST82GYB
GFST82IB
GFST82LAB
GFST82RB
GFST82WB
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
GFST83AL
GFST83BK
GFST83
GFST83GY
GFST83I
GFST83LA
GFST83R
GFST83W
GFST83ALNL
GFST83BKNL
GFST83NL
GFST83GYNL
GFST83INL
GFST83LANL
GFST83RNL
GFST83WNL
GFST83ALB
GFST83BKB
GFST83B
GFST83GYB
GFST83IB
GFST83LAB
GFST83RB
GFST83WB
GFCI Receptacle
A3.27" (83.1)
B2.75" (69.8)
C1.75" (44.5)
D1.47" (37.4)
E1.10 " ( 27.9)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
D
AB
C
E
Ground Fault Devices
C-5
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
UL Standard 943
Class A GFCI
WR
Weather-Resistant Only
Rating Color Standard
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
GFWRST15AL
GFWRST15BK
GFWRST15
GFWRST15GY
GFWRST15I
GFWRST15LA
GFWRST15R
GFWRST15W
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
GFWRST20AL
GFWRST20BK
GFWRST20
GFWRST20GY
GFWRST20I
GFWRST20LA
GFWRST20R
GFWRST20W
Features
• Patented shutter design for tamper-resistant protection
• Tamper-Resistant/Weather-Resistant Series meets
NEC® requirements for TR (517-18c) and WR (406.9),
UV and corrosion resistance for harsh and damp
applications
• Weather-Resistant Only Series meets NEC®
requirements for weather resistance (406.9), UV and
corrosion resistance for harsh and damp applications
• Patented CIRCUITPRO® self-test technology
• Protects against line and load reversal, no power to
the face or downstream if device is miswired
TR
WR
TR
WR
Tamper-Resistant
Weather-Resistant
Rating Color Standard Isolated Ground
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Orange
Red
White
GFTWRST15AL
GFTWRST15BK
GFTWRST15
GFTWRST15GY
GFTWRST15I
GFTWRST15LA
—
GFTWRST15R
GFTWRST15W
GFTWRST15ALIG
GFTWRST15BKIG
GFTWRST15IG
GFTWRST15GYIG
GFTWRST15IIG
GFTWRST15LAIG
GFTWRST15ORIG
GFTWRST15RIG
GFTWRST15WIG
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Orange
Red
White
GFTWRST20AL
GFTWRST20BK
GFTWRST20
GFTWRST20GY
GFTWRST20I
GFTWRST20LA
—
GFTWRST20R
GFTWRST20W
GFTWRST20ALIG
GFTWRST20BKIG
GFTWRST20IG
GFTWRST20GYIG
GFTWRST20IIG
GFTWRST20LAIG
GFTWRST20ORIG
GFTWRST20RIG
GFTWRST20WIG
Hospital Grade •
Tamper-Resistant
Weather-Resistant
Rating Color Standard Isolated Ground
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Orange
Red
White
GFST82ALTR
GFST82BKTR
GFST82TR
GFST82GYTR
GFST82ITR
GFST82LATR
—
GFST82RTR
GFST82WTR
GFST82ALIG
GFST82BKIG
GFST82IG
GFST82GYIG
GFST82IIG
GFST82LAIG
GFST82ORIG
GFST82RIG
GFST82WIG
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Orange
Red
White
GFST83ALTR
GFST83BKTR
GFST83TR
GFST83GYTR
GFST83ITR
GFST83LATR
—
GFST83RTR
GFST83WTR
GFST83ALIG
GFST83BKIG
GFST83IG
GFST83GYIG
GFST83IIG
GFST83LAIG
GFST83ORIG
GFST83RIG
GFST83WIG
GFCI Receptacle
A3.27" (83.1)
B2.75" (69.8)
C1.75" (44.5)
D1.47" (37.4)
E1.10 " ( 27.9)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
D
AB
C
E
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection
Association (NFPA).
Ground Fault Devices
Commercial Tamper-Resistant and/or Weather-Resistant GFCI Receptacles
C-6
Ground Fault Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Performance
Certications Standards
UL File # E41978 Underwriters Laboratories 943 Class A GFCI 2015 and UL 498 Receptacles
CSA File # LR24886 Canadian Standards Association C22.2 Number 42
Industry Standards NEMA® WD 6, ANSI® C-73, NOM, NEC® and CEC
FCC Part 15 Class B Certied conformance to radiated and conducted emission testing per FCC
Electrical Performance Specications
Trip Level 4 – 6 mA
Trip Time .025 sec
Frequency 60 Hz
Voltage 120V AC +10% - 15%
Amperage 15A/20A, 20A feed-thru
Dielectric voltage withstand 1500V minimum per UL 498
AC Horsepower Rating 1 HP
Current Interrupting 10,000 amps
Green LED Indicator On when power is available to the device
Red Trip Indicator On when device is in the tripped position
Red “EOL” Indicator Rapid ash when unit has reached end of life and/or cannot provide GFCI protection
Mechanical
Terminal Accommodations #14 – #10 AWG
Product Identication Ratings are a permanent part of the device
Environmental
Flammability UL94 V2
Operating Temperature -35° to +66° C (- 30° to + 150° F)
Maximum Humidity 95%
Common Questions and Answers
Q: Why are ground fault receptacles changing?
A: Underwriters Laboratory per revised Standard 943 has published new self-test monitoring requirements that apply to all
permanently installed GFCI products, effective June 29, 2015.
Q: What is the primary benet from these changes?
A: Every Ground Fault Receptacle must now test itself for the ability to provide GFCI protection. Industry studies show installed
ground fault receptacles are not being tested as required by the end user (minimum monthly).
Q: Can I continue to use current generation GFCI receptacles after June 28th?
A: Absolutely, the current Bryant GFCI receptacles can no longer be produced after June 28, 2015. However, these devices
produced prior to June 28, 2015 can be sold by manufacturers and distributors until their inventories are depleted. There is no
time limitation on use of this product.
Q: What is different about this new version?
A: A power denial feature has been added to this next generation of self-test Ground Fault Receptacle product. If critical
components are damaged and GFCI protection is lost, power to the receptacle will be disconnected.
Q: What types of indicators do the CIRCUITPRO® ground fault receptacles have?
A: Every Ground Fault Receptacle includes a solid green LED to indicate power to the face, a solid red LED for a tripped condition
and a ashing red LED to indicate end of life when the unit should be replaced.
Q: How does the Alarm version function?
A: The Alarm Ground Fault Receptacle includes all LED indicators that are in the standard product. In addition, an audible alarm will
sound when either the unit trips and/or is in end of life. A “silencing feature” is provided on the face of the device to turn off as needed.
NEMA® is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
ANSI® is a registered trademark of the American National Standards Institute.
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Technical Specifications
C-7
Ground Fault Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
GFCI Sensing Modules 50A Maximum
Automatic Manual
120V AC GFMD120A GFMD120M
240V AC GFMD240A GFMD240M
• In the event of a ground fault, the load is interrupted by way of the hydraulic magnetic
circuit breaker utilizing a shunt trip coil
• Automatic or manual “safe start” reset feature
• Rated from 1 to 50 amps
• Ideal for portable generator integration protecting all outlets on a generator
• Achieves a NEMA 4X Rating when mounted with the supplied gasket
• Meets the proposed requirements for generators Underwriters Laboratory subject 2201,
UL/cUL 943 Listed, Class A 4-6mA trip level and UL 1053 Compliant
SPLIT PHASE 120/240VAC (L1, L2, N, GRND)
YELLOW (SHUNT)
BLACK
WHITE
L1
L2
LOAD
LINE
N
GROUND
120VAC GFCI
SENSING
MODULE
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
NO
C
Current carrying leads must
be twisted as they go through
the sensing module.
G
LOAD--->
120/240
VAC IN
GFMDCB240XX3P
L1
N
L2
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
GROUND
SINGLE PHASE 120VAC (HOT, NEUTRAL, GRND)
YELLOW (SHUNT)
BLACK
WHITE
N
H
LOAD
LINE
NO
C
ORANGE
SHUNT
JUMPER
ORANGE
SHUNT
JUMPER
ORANGE
SHUNT
JUMPER
Current carrying leads must
be twisted as they go through
the sensing module.
G
N
GFMDCB120XX1P
LOAD--->
H
120 V
AC
IN
LINE
LOAD
L1
L2
RED
BLACK
YELLOW (SHUNT)
SINGLE PHASE 240VAC (L1, L2, GRND)
GROUND
240VAC GFCI
SENSING
MODULE
120VAC GFCI
SENSING
MODULE
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
NO
C
Current carrying leads must
be twisted as they go through
the sensing module.
G
240 VAC
IN
L2
L1
GFMDCB240XX2P
LOAD--->
Wiring Schematics
GFCI Sensing Module Circuit Breakers
Catalog Number Configurator
Example Catalog Number: GFMDCB120401P
GFMDCB* 120 40 1P
Ground Fault
MoDule
Circuit Breaker
120V AC 1 thru 50
Amp
1P
240V AC 2P
120/240V AC 3P
Other Examples: GFMDCB240502P: 240V 50A 2P,
FMDCB240203P: 240V 20A 3P
*GFMDCB = Ground Fault MoDule Circuit Breaker
GFCI Sensing Modules
A: See Length Above
C
D
EB
C-8 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Manual Set Portable GFCI Line Cords Feet (cm) QUADPLEX® Ground Fault Cord Sets Feet (cm)
Description 18 In. (45.7) 6' (182.9) 25' (762.0) Description 6' (182.9)
15A 120V AC,
#14-3 SJTW-A
GFCI115 GFCI615 GFCI2515 15A 120V AC
12/3 SJO cord, pilot light,
yellow, thermoplastic
T1254GF6
Description Catalog Number
15A 120V AC,
Three outlet plug-in
GFP153R
IP20
SUITABILITY
• Easy-to-operate sealed key pad
• High-impact PVC watertight housing
• SJTW-A cord #14/3
• Sealed molded plug
• Bright fault light
• Three NEMA 5-15R portable plug-in GFCI
• One piece sealed key pad test and reset buttons
• High-impact ABS housing UV stabilized 94VO
• Large neon indicating light for ground fault
indication
• Ultrasonically welded housing
GFCI Line Cord
A
B
C
D
E
18.00" (457.2)
5.19" (131.8)
2.56" (65.0)
1.58" (40.1)
9.00" (228.6)
Plug-In GFCI
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
5.83" (148.0)
5.50" (139.7)
3. 45" (87.6)
3.82" (97.0)
1.53" (38.9)
1.76" (44.7)
0.82" (20.8)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Plug-In Portable GFCI
F
AB
D
CE G
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Portable GFCI Line Cords
Portable GFCI Line Cords provide ground fault
protection both indoors and out. They interrupt
electrical power to protect personnel when leakage
to ground is 4-6 milliamperes. Available in lengths of
18 inches (45.7 cm), 6 feet (182.9 cm), and 25 feet
(762.0 cm). A 15 feet (457.2 cm) OEM version with
stripped leads is also available. They are offered with
Manual Set feature to meet your application.
Ground Fault Devices
Manual Set Portable GFCI Line Cords
C-9
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
• Available with an automatic or manual
“safe start” reset feature
• Single and triple power tap configurations
• Recessed “test and reset” buttons
• LED indicates power and fault status
Portable GFCI Feet (cm)
Description Set
GFCI Line Cord In-Line GFCI
Single Tap Triple Tap Single Tap Triple Tap
2' (61.0) 25' (762.0) 2' (61.0) 2' (61.0) 2' (61.0)
15A 120V AC,
12/3 SJEOW
Automatic
Manual
GFC2A
GFC2M
—
GFC25M
GFC2TRIA
GFC2TRIM
GFCI15125A
GFCI15125M
GFCI15125TRIA
GFCI15125TRIM
OEM Equipment Integrated Cord Sets Feet (cm)
Description Set
GFCI with Flying Leads
15 (457.2)
Field Wireable
Black Plug
15A 120V AC,
14/3 SJEOW
Automatic
Manual
GFCL15A
—
GFP15A
GFP15MA
GFCI Plug
A
B
C
D
E
5.16" (131.0)
4.25" (108.0)
1.72" (43.7)
1.90" (48.3)
1.06" (26.8)
GFCI In-Line – Single & Triple Tap 15A
This In-Line Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter is rated
for 15 Amps at 120V AC. Product is available with
an automatic or manual “safe start” reset features
Product variations include single and triple power tap
configurations. Recessed “test and reset” buttons
avoid accidental contact during handling and use.
LED indicates power and fault status at a glance.
Heavy duty construction is rated NEMA 3R.
RESET
TEST
GFCI
A
B
CD
“LED” indicator
Reset button green color
Test button blue color
Warning label engraved
Ground Fault Devices
Portable GFCI Products
C-10
Ground Fault Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Universities/Schools
• Graduation Ceremonies
• Concerts/Lectures
• Sporting Events
Construction Sites
• Renovations
• New Construction
• Demolition
Stage/Theater
• Movie/Broadcasting
• Concerts
• Plays/Musicals
Outdoor Entertainment
• Carnivals
• Festivals
• Professional Sports
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
• Designed to address temporary power needs on construction
sites and outdoor events
• Boxes are UL Type 3R for outdoor rainproof applications
• Weatherproof boots available for connecting plugs for
additional protection from elements
Temporary Power Distribution Boxes
• Bryant’s Temporary Power Distribution Boxes meet NEC®
305.6 requirements for personal protection
• Listed to the latest UL 1640 standard for Portable Power
Distribution Equipment
Certifications
Applications
Features and Benefits
Housing Design
• Durable hi-visibility yellow powder
coated steel construction
• Weatherproof receptacle lift covers
• Features 50A locking input and output
Receptacles
• Available with six 20A straight blade
or locking covered receptacles
Safety
• Over current protection for each circuit
• Individual GFCI module for each
receptacle
• NEMA 3R enclosures
Leg Design
• Nesting leg design allows boxes to
be easily stacked, saving space in
the warehouse and on the truck
Temporary Power Distribution Boxes
C-11
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
• Weatherproof receptacle lift covers
• Available with six 20A straight blade or locking receptacles
• Features 50A locking input and output
• Over current protection for each circuit
• Individual GFCI module for each receptacle
• Nested leg design allows boxes to be easily stacked
• UL Type 3R for outdoor rainproof applications
Cable Sets Replacement Parts
Description 50 Ft. Cable 100 Ft. Cable Description 20A 125V 30A 250V 50A 125/250V
50A cord set, #6/3,
#8/1 cable type,
with 50A locking plug
and connector,
not UL Listed or
CSA Certied
TPC50B* TPC100B* Straight blade receptacle CRS20 — —
Locking receptacle —70530FR CS6369L
Plug — — CS6365L
Connector — — CS6364L
Inlet — — CS6375L
Weather protective plate
for receptacle
RW51470 7420B 7774CR
Weather protective plate
for inlet
— — 7780
TPD Box
A12.52" (317.9)
B10.23" (259.8)
C14.50" (368.3)
D21.50" (5 46.1) A
C
B
D
Temporary Power Distribution Boxes
Rating Type Qty
Receptacle
Ratings
Protection
Overload
GFCI
Protected Catalog Number
50A 120/240V AC (Max.) Straight Blade
Locking
Locking (inlet)
Locking (outlet)
6
1
1
1
20A 125V
30A 250V
50A 125/250V
50A 125/250V
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
TPDSB
50A 120/240V AC (Max.) Locking
Locking
Locking (inlet)
Locking (outlet)
6
1
1
1
20A 125V
30A 250V
50A 125/250V
50A 125/250V
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
TPDLB
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Ground Fault Devices
Temporary Power Boxes, Cable Sets and Replacement Parts
C-12
Ground Fault Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Portable GFCI
Certification
Meets UL943 Class A, UL Listed, CSA Certified
Meets all NEC® and CEC requirements
Materials
Components Portable GFCI Line Cords Portable Plug-In GFCI
Housing High-impact, UV stabilized PVC, UL 94V-0
flammability classification, Meets UL and CSA
watertight requirements, adhesive bonded
High-impact ABS
Input NEMA 5-15P NEMA 5-15P
Output — Three NEMA 5-15R
Power “ON” indication LED indicator light —
Cord type #14 AWG SJTW-A (UL), SJTW (CSA —
Fault indication —Indicator light
Visual fault indication light on LED Indicates fault —
Center screw —For optional permanent mounting
Performance
Electrical
Trip level 4 – 6 mA
Trip time .025 sec nominal
Frequency 60Hz
Voltage 120V AC +10% - 15%, incorporates no voltage release feature
Amperage 15A
Maximum interrupting capacity 2,000 Amps
Terminal accommodations #14 - #10 AWG stranded or solid copper conductors only
Environmental
Maximum humidity 95%
Operating temperatures -35° C to +66° C (-30° F to +150° F)
Temporary Power Distribution Box
Certification
Boxes Cable
UL 1640, UL 943
NEC®, ANSI/NFPA 70
Connectors: UL/CSA, Cable: MSHA
Performance
Environmental Indoor and outdoor wet and dry locations
Box Enclosure type 3R, rainproof, suitable for use in damp locations
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Technical Specifications
D-1
Section D
Surge and Isolated Ground Devices
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Table of Contents Page
Surge Suppression Receptacles
Hospital and Specification Grade Receptacles ................................................D-2
QUADPLEX® Receptacles .................................................................D-3
Cord Sets and Electrical Specifications ......................................................D-3
Portable Surge Protection Devices
Healthcare Outlet Assemblies (HCOA) .......................................................D-4
Portable Surge Protection Devices (SPD) .....................................................D-5
Isolated Ground Receptacles
Straight Blade 15, 20, 30 and 50 Amp Receptacles ............................................D-6
Locking 15, 20 and 30 Amp Receptacles .....................................................D-7
Technical Specifications
Surge Suppression Receptacles ............................................................D-8
Portable Surge Protection Devices (SPD) .....................................................D-8
Surge and Isolated Ground Devices
D-2 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Hospital Grade • and Specification Grade,
Standard and Isolated Ground Surge Suppression Receptacles
Surge Suppression Receptacles with Light and Alarm,
240 Joules/15,000 Amps per Mode
Face Nylon Face
Hospital Grade Specification Grade
Rating Color Standard with Isolated Ground Standard with Isolated Ground
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Blue
Gray
Ivory
Orange
Red
White
SP82A
SP82GYA
SP82IA
—
—
SP82WA
SP82IGA
SP82IGGYA
SP82IGIA
SP82IGOA
SP82IGRA
SP82IGWA
SP52A
SP52GYA
SP52IA
—
—
SP52WA
SP52IGA
SP52IGGYA
SP52IGIA
SP52IGOA
—
SP52IGWA
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Blue
Gray
Ivory
Orange
Red
White
SP83A
SP83GYA
SP83IA
—
—
SP83WA
SP83IGA
SP83IGGYA
SP83IGIA
SP83IGOA
SP83IGRA
SP83IGWA
SP53A
SP53GYA
SP53IA
—
—
SP53WA
SP53IGA
SP53IGGYA
SP53IGIA
SP53IGOA
—
SP53IGWA
• Damage-alert alarm sounds when surge protection is no longer functioning,
muting screw allows damage-alert alarm to be silenced until device is replaced
• Power-on indicator light verifies that suppression circuit is fully functional,
light off means power has been interrupted, flashing light indicates surge
protection circuitry has been damaged
• Automatic grounding clip
• High-impact nylon face resists breakage
• Distinctive surge symbol provides quick visual identification of surge
suppression receptacle
Surge Suppression Receptacles
20A 125V AC
N
ALARM OFF
H
PROTECTIVE
T
D
E
P
SURGE
C
O
T
E
DEVICE
E
E
G
D
T
R
H
L
I
W
B
CD
E
A
Receptacle
A
B
C
D
E
4.04" (102.6)
2.80" (71.1)
1.72" (43.7)
1.60" (40.6)
1.24" (31.5)
Note: See page A-5 for dimensions on adapter
plates and portable boxes.
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Lexan® is a registered trademark of Sabic Innovative Plastics.
Surge and Isolated Ground Devices
D-3
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Adapter Plates and Portable Boxes Inches (mm)
Color
Adapter Plates Portable Boxes
For 1- and 2-Gang
Device Boxes
4" (101.6) Square
with Two Cord Grips
Blue
Ivory
ADAPBLU
ADAPI
4SQBXBLU*
4SQBXI*
Note: *Portable boxes not UL Listed or CSA Certified. For indoor use only.
QUADPLEX® Receptacles
QUADPLEX® Surge Supression Receptacles with Light
80 Joules/6,500 Amps per Mode
Lexan®
Hospital Grade Specification Grade
Color Surge Suppression Surge Suppression
with Isolated Ground
and Wire Leads
Blue
Ivory
1254HSA
1254HSIA
1254SA
1254SIA
—
—
Blue
Ivory
21254HSA
21254HSIA
21254SA
21254SIA
21254SLA
21254SILA
Note: See page A-5 for additional information on QUADPLEX® receptacles.
• Damage-alert alarm sounds when surge protection is no longer functioning,
muting screw allows damage-alert alarm to be silenced until device is replaced
• Power-on indicator light verifies that suppression circuit is fully functional,
light off means power has been interrupted, flashing light indicates surge
protection circuitry has been damaged
• Automatic grounding clip
• High-impact nylon face resists breakage
• Distinctive surge symbol provides quick visual identification of surge
suppression receptacle
QUADPLEX® Receptacles
QUADPLEX®
A
B
C
D
E
4.30" (109.2)
3.38" (85.9)
3.02" (76.7)
0.92" (23.4)
0.10" (2.6)
Note: See page A-5 for dimensions on adapter
plates and portable boxes.
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
HOSPITAL
GRADE
D
E
A
C
B
Lexan® is a registered trademark of Sabic Innovative Plastics.
Cord Sets
Rating
6 Foot Cord Sets, 12/3 SJO
Color Surge Suppression
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Ivory T1254SI6A
Electrical Specifications
Catalog Number T1254SI6A — Surge Suppression
• Transient suppression capacity peak energy • Capacitance @ 1 kHz, 2000 pf ± 30%
80 joules for a 10 X 1000 µS* pulse • Response time: approximately 5ns
• Common and normal mode protection, (nanoseconds)
common mode transients: hot to ground • Suppressed voltage
and neutral to ground, normal mode 530V (3000 amp) nominal
transients: hot to neutral 436V (750 amp)
• Maximum clamping voltage test current 412V (500 amp)
100 amperes peak (8X20µS*), 360 volts 400V (125 amp)
• Varistor peak clamping voltage 212V (1 mA)
212 volts minimum, 243 volts maximum • Current 20 ampere max branch circuit
@ 1 milliampere DC • Receptacle rating 15 and 20 ampere 125V
• Varistor continuous RMS voltage rating: 150 volts • Input voltage 125V AC, 60 Hz
Note: *µS (microseconds).
D-4
Surge and Isolated Ground Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Healthcare Outlet Assemblies (HCOA)
• 15A and 20A 125V Versions
• 6 ft. or 15 ft. Cord Length
• Surge Protected Models in all Configurations
• #12/3 AWG Cord
Healthcare Outlet Assemblies (HCOA)
•
•
•
Surge Protection Plug Strips
UL2930 Health Care Outlet Assembly (HCOA)
Number of Outlets Six
Joule Rating 110 0
Peak AMP Rating 30 kA
Down Line Warranty $2,500
Length 6 Foot 15 Foot
UL 2930 HCOA with L-N
Surge Protection, White
15A BRY6MG6 BRY6MG15
20A BRY6MG620 BRY6MG1520
UL 2930 HCOA Relocatable
Power Tap (RPT), White
15A BRY6MGRPT6 BRY6MGRPT15
20A BRY6MGRPT620 BRY6MGRPT1520
UL2930 Listed
UL2930 Healthcare Outlet Assembly (HCOA)
BRY6MG Series BRY6MGRPT Series
Electrical Specications
Current
Voltage
Frequency
Surge Component
15A
125V
60Hz
MOV
20A
125V
60Hz
MOV
15A
125V
60Hz
N/A
20A
125V
60Hz
N/A
Performance
UL VPR L- N
L-G, N-G
EMI Noise Filtration:
In (Nominal
Discharge Current)
MCOV
Peak Current Rating L-N
Leakage Current:
Total Joules (L-N)
600V
N/A
-11 dB to -68 dB
(10kHz to 100MHZ)
3kA
150V
30KA
<.1m A
550j
N/A
Environmental Specications
Operating Temperature -40°F to 160°F (-40°C to 70°C)
Certications
UL 2930; UL File # E488399; RoHs Compliant; NFPA 99
2012 ed; ANSI / IEEE Category A (HBL6MG Series Only)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
UL 2930 HCOA
with Surge Protection with Relocatable Power Tap
A11.90" (302.5) 15.20" (386.1)
B2.22" (56.4) 2.22" (56.4)
C1.92" (48.7) 1.92" (48.7)
11.90 [302.3]
2
.22 [56.4]
.32 [8.1]
1
.92 [48.7]
8.32 [211.3]
12 AWG POWER CORD WITH
MOLDED HOSPITAL GRADE PLUG
BRY6MGRPT6 SHOWN.
EQUIPMENT GROUNDING TERMINAL
.25 [6.4]
A
B
C
D-5
Surge and Isolated Ground Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
A
C
B
Non-Metallic Strips Metallic Strips
SPD and
Power Strip
SPD with
Fax Modem
SPD with Fax/Modem
CATV/Satelite
SPD and
Power Strip
A11.2" (284.5) 14.75" (374.7) 10.4" (264.2) 12.25" (311.2)
B2.36" (59.9) 2.36" (59.9) 3.8" (96.5) 2.5" (63.5)
C1.85" (47.0) 1.85" (47.0) 1.44" (36.6) 1.5" (38.1)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Portable Surge Protection Devices (SPD)
SPD SPD with Fax/Modem
SPD with Fax/Modem/
CATV/Satellite
Power Strip
(No surge protection)
Number of Outlets Six Seven Eight Six
Joule Rating
350 (Non-Metallic)
1050 (Metallic) 1050 2100 N/A
Peak AMP Rating
6.5 kA (Non-Metallic)
19.5 kA (Metallic) 19.5 kA 39 kA N/A
Down Line Warranty $2,500 $10,000 $25,000 N/A
Length 6 Foot 15 Foot 6 Foot 6 Foot 6 Foot
Non-Metallic, Office White BRY6PS350 BRY6PS35015 BRY7PS1050M BRY8PS2100D BRY6PPS
Metallic, Office White BRY6MPS1050 — — — BRY6MPS
Note: See page D-8 for technical information on plug strips.
•Hospital Grade • Tamper-Resistant
Receptacles with a Hospital Grade Plug
• Heavy Duty Metal Housing
• Available with a 2-Port USB Charging Outlet
• Tamper-Resistant Receptacles with a
Heavy Duty Plug
• Heavy Duty Metal Housing
• Metallic and non-metallic units
• Six, seven and eight outlet units
• No surge, 350 joule, 1050 joule and
2100 joule protection units
• Transformer spaced outlets available
on some units
• 15A resettable ON/OFF circuit
breaker switch and power and
ground indicating LEDs
• Available with fax/modem, cable TV
and satellite protection on some units
Listed to UL1449
and UL1363
Surge Protection Plug Strips
SPD with Hospital Grade •
Tamper-Resistant Receptacles
SPD with Industrial Grade
Tamper-Resistant Receptacles
Number of Outlets Six Six
Joule Rating 1100
Peak AMP Rating 30 kA
Down Line Warranty $2,500 $10,000 $25,000
Length 6 Foot 15 Foot 6 Foot 15 Foot
UL Type 3 SPD, Heavy Duty Metal
Housing, White
15A BRY6HG6 BRY6HG15 BRY6SS6 BRY6SS15
20A BRY6HG620 BRY6HG1520 BRY6SS620 BRY6SS1520
UL Type 3 SPD, Heavy Duty Metal
Housing with 2-Port USB, White
15A BRY6HGUSB6 — — —
Surge and Isolated Ground Devices
D-6 Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Extra Heavy Duty Industrial, Hospital Grade • and Specication Grade Receptacles
Extra Heavy Duty Specication Grade
Face Nylon Face Nylon Lexan®
Wiring Back and Side Back and Side Terminal Screws Wire Leads
Style Duplex Decorator Single Duplex
QUADPLEX®
Rating Color Hospital Grade Industrial Grade Hospital Grade
Hospital
Grade Industrial Grade
Commercial
Grade
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Gray
Ivory
Orange
Red
White
—
—
BRY8200IG
—
—
BRY5262IGGRY
BRY5262IGI
BRY5262IG
—
BRY5262IGW
9200IGGRY
9200IGI
9200IG
9200IGRED
9200IGW
—
—
8210IG
—
—
5261IGGRY
5261IGI
5261IG
—
5261IGW
CR15IGRY
CR15IGI
CR15IG
—
CR15IGW
—
—
1254IGO
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Gray
Ivory
Lt. Almond
Orange
Red
White
—
—
—
BRY8300IG
—
—
BRY5362IGGRY
BRY5362IGI
—
BRY5362IG
—
BRY5362IGW
9300IGGRY
9300IGI
—
9300IG
9300IGRED
9300IGW
—
—
—
8310IG
—
—
5361IGGRY
5361IGI
—
5361IG
—
5361IGW
CR20IGRY
CR20IGI
CR20IGLA
CR20IG
—
CR20IGW
—
—
—
21254IGO
—
—
—
—
—
21254IGOL
—
—
NEMA 6-15,
15A 250V
G
15A 250V
NEMA 6-15R
UL CSA
1.5 HP
Orange — BRY5662IG — — —
NEMA 6-20,
20A 250V
G
20A 250V
NEMA 6-20R
UL CSA
2 HP
Orange — BRY5462IG — — 8410IG
30 and 50 Amp Straight Blade Receptacles
Rating Color RTP Nylon Face, 2-Pole 3-Wire
NEMA 5-30,
30A 125V
30A 125V
NEMA 5-30R
UL CSA
2 HP
30A 125V
NEMA 5-30P
UL CSA
2 HP
G
W
G
W
Orange 9530IG NEMA 6-30,
30A 250V
30A 250V
NEMA 6-30R
UL CSA
2 HP
30A 250V
NEMA 6-30P
UL CSA
2 HP
G
G
9630IG
NEMA 5-50,
50A 125V
50A 125V
NEMA 5-50P
UL CSA
2 HP
50A 125V
NEMA 5-50R
UL CSA
2 HP
G
W
G
W
Orange 9550IG NEMA 6-50,
50A 250V
50A 250V
NEMA 6-50P
UL CSA
3 HP
50A 250V
NEMA 6-50R
UL CSA
3 HP
G
G
9650IG
• Limits electrical noise on the equipment
grounding circuit by providing two
grounding paths for the installation
• Nylon deep face design
• Triple-wipe brass line contacts
• Ground contacts and ground termination
• Nickel and brass plated wrap-around
steel yoke
Isolated Ground Straight Blade Receptacles
Decorator
Single
Duplex
30-50A Single
B
C
D
E
A
B
D
F
E
A
C
B
D
E
AC
F
B
C
D
E
A
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Duplex Decorator Single 15/20A 30-50A
A4.06" (103.1) 3.81" (96.8) 4.0 6" (103.1) 3.68" (93.5)
B3.28" (83.3) 3.28" (83.3) 3.28" (83.3) 2.37" (60.3)
C1.38" (35.1) 1.38" (35.1) 2.38" (60.5) 2.12" (54.0)
D2.6 8" ( 68.1) 2.69" (68.3) 1.38" (35.1) 2.25" (57.2)
E0.92" (23.4) 0.93" (23.6) 1.78" (45.2) 2.35" (59.9)
F — — 0.91" (23.1) 1.79" (45.6)
Pre-Marked
Wallplates
Opening Color “Isolated Ground” “Computer Only”
Duplex
Duplex
Single receptacle
Decorator type
Decorator type
Orange
Ivory
Orange
Orange
Ivory
NP8OIG
—
NP7OIG
NP26OIG
—
NPJ8CO
NPJ8C
—
—
NPJ26C
Lexan® is a registered trademark of Sabic Innovative Plastics.
Surge and Isolated Ground Devices
D-7
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Isolated Ground Locking Receptacles
• Limits electrical noise on the equipment
grounding circuit by providing two
grounding paths for the installation
• Nylon deep face design
• Triple-wipe brass line contacts
• Ground contacts and ground termination
• Nickel and brass plated wrap-around
steel yoke
Extra Heavy Duty Industrial Grade Receptacles
Amp 15A Amp 20A Amp 30A
Face RTP Nylon Face, Orange Face RTP Nylon Face, Orange Face RTP Nylon Face, Orange
Wiring Back and Side Wired Wiring Back and Side Wired Wiring Back and Side Wired
Style Duplex Single Style Single Style Single
NEMA L5-15,
15A 125V,
2-Pole 3-Wire
15A 125V
NEMA L5-15R
UL/CSA
GW
4700DRIG 4710IG NEMA L5-20,
15A 125V,
2-Pole 3-Wire
20A 125V
NEMA L5-20R
UL/CSA
1 HP
G
W
70520IG NEMA L5-30,
30A 125V,
2-Pole 3-Wire
30A 125V
NEMA L5-30R
UL/CSA
2 HP
G
W
70530IG
NEMA L6 -15,
15A 250V,
2-Pole 3-Wire
15A 250V
NEMA L6-15R
UL/CSA
GX
Y
70615DRIG 70615IG NEMA L6-20,
20A 250V,
2-Pole 3-Wire
20A 250V
NEMA L6-20R
UL/CSA
2 HP
G
X
Y
70620IG NEMA L6-30,
30A 250V,
2-Pole 3-Wire
30A 250V
NEMA L6-30R
UL/CSA
2 HP
G
X
Y
70630IG
Note: *Reinforced Thermoplastic Polyester.
**See page G-7 for dimensions on 4710
and 70615 series receptacles.
NEM A L14-20,
20A 125/250V,
3-Pole 4-Wire
20A 125/250V AC
NEMA L14-20R
UL/CSA
2 (1) HP
GW
X
Y
71420IG NEMA L14-30,
30A 125/250V,
3-Pole 4-Wire
30A 125/250V AC
NEMA L14-30R
UL/CSA
2 (2) HP
GW
X
Y
71430IG
NEMA L21-20,
20A 120/208V 3ØY,
4-Pole 5-Wire
20A 3ØY
120/208V AC
NEMA L21-20R
UL/CSA
2 HP
WY
X
Z
G
72120IG NEMA L21-30,
30A 120/208V 3ØY,
4-Pole 5-Wire
30A 3ØY
120/208V AC
NEMA L21-30R
UL/CSA
3 HP
WY
X
Z
G
72130IG
15A Duplex 15A Single 20A Single 30A Single
A
B
C
D
E
F
3.28" (83.3)
2.74" (69.5)
1.70" (43.2)
1.17" (29.7 )
0.93" (23.6)
—
3.28" (83.3)
2.38" (60.5)
1.38" (35.1)
1.41" (35.8)
1.01" (25.7)
0.82" (19.3)
3.28" (83.3)
2.38" (60.5)
1.56" (39.6)
1.70" (43.2)
1.24" (31.5)
0.98" (24.9)
3.28" (83.3)
2.38" (60.5)
1.56" (39.6)
1.70" (43.2)
1.30" (33.0)
1.04" (26.4)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
B
CD
E
AB
DE
F
C
A
Duplex Single
Pre-Marked
Wallplates Inches (mm)
Opening Color “Isolated Ground” “Computer Only”
Duplex
Duplex
Single receptacle
Locking 1.60" (40.6) ID
Orange
Ivory
Orange
Orange
NP8OIG
—
NP7OIG
NP720OIG
NPJ8CO
NPJ8C
—
—
D-8
Surge and Isolated Ground Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Surge Receptacles
Description
Typical specification –
catalog number
SP52IGA Description Industrial grade isolated ground surge
suppression duplex receptacle
Manufacturer’s identification Bryant SP52IG Series Type 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding
Rating 15A 125V, NEMA 5-15R
Certification
UL Listed, UL Standards 1449 surge protective devices and
498 receptacles
Certified to CSA, C22.2, No. 42
ANSI/IEEE C62.41 (IEEE 587) categories “A” and “B”
NEMA WD-6
Meets UL and CSA varistor thermal protection requirements
Materials Inches (mm) Performance
Components Materials Electrical
Cover and base Nylon UL voltage protection level 600V
Line contacts High performance brass alloy Operating voltage 125V AC
Mounting yoke 0.05 inch (1.3mm) Frequency 60 Hz
Terminal screws Brass #8-32 Protection modes Normal mode (L-N),
common mode (L-G) (N-G)
Clamp nut Brass - 0.03" (.8mm) Noise filtration RFI and EMI 100KHz,
4MHz-10DB to -20DB
Grounding screw Brass (green) #8-32 Response time Less than 5 nanoseconds (ns)
Ground contacts High performance Peak energy 10X 1000µs 240 joules
Auto grounding assembly Stainless steel Peak current 8X 20µs 15,000 Amps
Flat head mounting screws ZinD-plated steel Mechanical
Terminal identification Terminals identified in accordance with
UL 498 (brass, white, green)
Terminal accommodation #14-10 AWG copper conductor only,
solid or stranded
Product identification Ratings are a permanent part of the device
Environmental
Flammability Cover and base: UL 94 V2
Operating temperatures Maximum continuous 20°C to 55°C
Technical Specifications - Surge Receptacles
Technical Specifications - Portable Surge Protection Devices
SPD - Healthcare and Industrial Series
BRY6SS/BRY6HG Series 15 Amp 20 Amp
Electrical Specications
Current
Voltage
Frequency
Surge Component
Over Current Protection
2-Port USB (BRY6HGUSB6)
15A
125V
60Hz
MOV
15A CB
5V DC Type A
20A
125V
60Hz
MOV
20A CB
N/A
UL VPR L- N L- G N - G
500V 600V 600V
MCOV
Peak Current Rating L-N
Leakage Current:
EMI / RFI Noise Rejection
Total Joules (all modes)
150V
30KA
<.5mA
-11 dB to -68 dB (10kHz to 100MHZ)
110 0j
Certications
cULus Listed to UL1449 4th Edition; UL File # E143272; RoHs Compliant; NFPA
99 2012 ed; ANSI / IEEE Category A; cULus Listed to UL1310 (2-Port USB)
Environmental Specications
Operating Temperature -40°F to 160°F (-40°C to 70°C)
SPD - Commercial and Residential Series
BRYPS350
Series
BRYPS1050
Series
BRYPS2100
Series
BRYMPS1050
Series
Operating Specications
MCOV 130V
Max Surge Current 6.5kA 19.5kA 39.0kA 19.5kA
Frequency 50/60Hz
Operating Temperature -40°F to 160°F (-40°C to 70°C)
Physical Specications
Housing Type ABS Metal
Color Ofce White
Performance
UL VPR 400V
EMI/RFI Noise Rejection --20dB -
Warranty
Downline Warranty $2,500 $10,000 $25,000 $2,500
Certication UL 1449 3rd Edition
E-1
Section E
Switches
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Table of Contents Page
Industrial Grade Switches
Extra Heavy Duty Standard, Illuminated and Pilot Toggle Switches ................................ E-2
Extra Heavy Duty Locking Switches .........................................................E-3
Maintained and Momentary Contact Switches .................................................E-3
Push Button Switches and Weatherproof Cover ...............................................E-4
Specification Grade Switches
Heavy Duty Toggle Switches .............................................................. E-4
Commercial Grade Switches
Toggle and Decorator Rocker Switches ...................................................... E-5
Residential Grade Switches
Standard, Illuminated and Pilot Toggle and Decorator Rocker Switches ............................ E-6
Combination Switches in Toggle and Decorator Rocker Series ................................... E-7
USB Switch Combo Outlet ................................................................ E-7
Combination Pilot Light in Toggle and Decorator Rocker Series ................................... E-8
Accessories
Pilot Lights and Accessories ............................................................... E-8
Door Switches .........................................................................E-9
In-Line Cord Switches .................................................................... E-9
Technical Specifications ......................................................... E-10
Wiring Diagrams ................................................................. E-11
Motor Controllers and Disconnects (See Section G for Product Details)
Quick Reference Guide .................................................................. E-12
E-2
Switches
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
• High-impact and chemical resistant nylon toggle
• Corrosion-resistant brass and nickel-plated yoke
• Dual-grounding options, grounding terminal or stainless steel
self-grounding clip
• Back wiring, each clamp-type terminal accepts two wires,
avoiding the need to pigtail
Extra Heavy Duty Industrial Specification Grade Toggle Switches,
Back and Side Wired
Amp Color Single Pole Double Pole 3-Way 4-Way
15A
120-277V AC
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
4801BLK
4801
4801GRY
4801I
4801RED
4801W
4802BLK
4802
4802GRY
4802I
4802RED
4802W
4803BLK
4803
4803GRY
4803I
4803RED
4803W
4804BLK
4804
4804GRY
4804I
4804RED
4804W
20A
120-277V AC
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
4901BLK
4901
4901GRY
4901I
4901RED
4901W
4902BLK
4902
4902GRY
4902I
4902RED
4902W
4903BLK
4903
4903GRY
4903I
4903RED
4903W
4904BLK
4904
4904GRY
4904I
4904RED
4904W
30A
120-277V AC
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
—
3001
—
3001I
—
—
—
3002BRN
3002GRY
3002I
—
—
—
3003BRN
3003GRY
3003I
—
—
Illuminated and Pilot Toggle Switches, Back and Side Wired
Illuminated Toggle Switch
Illuminates when Switch is OFF
Pilot Toggle Switch
Illuminates when Switch is ON
Amp Color Single Pole 3-Way Amp Color Single Pole Double Pole 3-Way
15A
120-277V AC
Ivory 4801GLI 4803GLI 20A
120V AC
Clear
Green
Red
4901PLC120
4901PLG120
4901PLR120
—
—
4902PLR120
4903PLC120
—
4903PLR120
20A
120-277V AC
Clear
Ivory
4901GLC
4901GLI
4903GLC
4903GLI
20A
277V AC
Clear
Red
4901PLC277
4901PLR277
—
4902PLR277
—
4903PLR277
30A
120V AC
Red 3001PLR120 3002PLR120 —
30A
277V AC
Red — 3002PLR277 —
Extra Heavy Duty Industrial Specification Grade Toggle Switches
Horsepower
Ratings
Rating 15A 20A 30A
120V ½ HP 1 HP 2 HP
240V 2 HP 2 HP 2 HP
277
VAC
2 HP 2 HP 2 HP
Product Dimensions
Inches (mm)
A
B
C
D
E
4.06" (103.1)
3.28" (83.3)
1.30" (33.0)
1.11" (28.2)
2. 27" ( 57.7 )
BRYANT
OFF
B
D
E
A
C
E-3
Switches
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
• Tapered head steel lock construction resists impact
• Six point tumbler cylinder provides superior protection
• Barrel locking key for maximum security
• Locks keyed alike for planned security use by authorized personnel
Extra Heavy Duty Industrial Specification Grade Locking Switches,
Back and Side Wired
Description Amp Single Pole Double Pole 3-Way 4-Way Replacement Key
Catalog Number
Locking switch,
straight key
included
15A
120-277V AC
4801L 4802L 4803L 4804L Straight-key, one
key provided with
each straight
locking switch
6006
20A
120-277V AC
4901L 4902L 4903L 4904L
Barrel locking
switch, barrel
key included
20A
120-277V AC
4901RKL 4902RKL 4903RKL 4904RKL Barrel-key, two
keys provided with
each barrel-key
locking switch
6006RKL
Three-Position Two-Circuit Maintained and
Momentary Contact Switches, “Center OFF”
Amp Color
Maintained Contact Momentary Contact
Single Pole, Double-Throw Double Pole, Double-Throw Single Pole, Three-Position
Nylon Toggle Locking Nylon Toggle Locking Nylon Toggle Locking
15A
120-277V AC
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
White
—
4822
—
4822I
—
4822L
—
—
—
—
—
4825
—
4825I
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4821
4821GRY
4821I
—
4821L
—
—
—
—
20A
120-277V AC
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
White
—
4922
4922GRY
4922I
4922W
—
—
—
—
—
—
4925
—
4925I
4925W
4925L
—
—
—
—
—
4921
4921GRY
4921I
—
4921L
—
—
—
—
30A
120-277V AC
Brown
Ivory
—
—
—
—
3025BRN
3025I
—
—
Note: See above for replacement
key 6006 information.
Extra Heavy Duty Industrial Specification Grade Locking Switches
Product Dimensions
Inches (mm)
A
B
C
D
E
4.06" (103.1)
3.28" (83.3)
1.30" (33.0)
1.11" (28.2)
2. 27" ( 57.7 )
Product Dimensions
Inches (mm)
Locking Barrel Lock
A
B
C
D
E
4.06" (103.1)
3.28" (83.3)
1.31" (33.3)
1.13" (28.6)
2.28" (57.9)
4.06" (103.1)
3.28" (83.3)
1.25" (31.8)
1.66" (42.2)
2.28" (57.9)
BRYANT
B
D
E
A
C
B
D
E
A
C
Industrial Grade, Maintained and Momentary Contact Switches
E-4
Switches
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Push Button Switches
Description Color
Push Button Switch
Single Pole Double Pole 3-Way 4-Way
Standard,
20A 120-277V AC
Brown 4981 4982 4983* 4984*
Pilot light, pilot illuminates
when switch is ON,
20A 120V AC
Red 4997PLR —4998PLR* —
Note: *Pilot Light is not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
Weatherproof Cover
Description Catalog Number
1-Gang, clear silicone rubber cover,
fits both FS/FD and standard boxes
1795WP
Note: Weatherproof cover is not CSA Certified.
Push Button Switches
Heavy Duty Specification Grade Toggle Switches
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Push Button Switch Weatherproof Cover
A
B
C
D
E
3.28" (83.3)
2.38" (60.5)
1.50" (38.1)
0.97" (24.6)
2.44" (62.0)
4.63" (117.6)
3.25" (82.6)
2.38" (60.5)
2.9 4" ( 74.7)
1.88" (47.8)
B
D
E
A
C
B
E
C
A
D
Heavy Duty Specification Grade Self-Grounding Toggle Switches,
Back and Side Wired
Amp Color Single Pole Double Pole 3-Way 4-Way
15A
120-277V AC
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
4801BBLK
4801B
4801BGRY
4801BI
4801BLA
4801BRED
4801BW
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4803BBLK
4803B
4803BGRY
4803BI
4803BLA
4803BRED
4803BW
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
20A
120-277V AC
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
4901BBLK
4901B
4901BGRY
4901BI
4901BLA
4901BRED
4901BW
4902BBLK
4902B
4902BGRY
4902BI
4902BLA
4902BRED
4902BW
4903BBLK
4903B
4903BGRY
4903BI
4903BLA
4903BRED
4903BW
4904BBLK
4904B
4904BGRY
4904BI
4904BLA
4904BRED
4904BW
Product Dimensions
Inches (mm)
A
B
C
D
E
3.28" (83.3)
2.33" (59.1)
1.25" (31.8)
1.13" (28.7)
2.28" (57.9)
BRYANT
OFF
B
D
E
A
C
E-5
Switches
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Commercial Grade Self-Grounding Toggle Switches
Amp
Wiring Back and Side Wired Side Wired Only
Color Single Pole Double Pole 3-Way 4-Way Single Pole 3-Way
15A
120-277V AC
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
CSB115BBLK
CSB115B
CSB115BGRY
CSB115BI
CSB115BLA
CSB115BW
CSB215BBLK
CSB215B
CSB215BGRY
CSB215BI
CSB215BLA
CSB215BW
CSB315BBLK
CSB315B
CSB315BGRY
CSB315BI
CSB315BLA
CSB315BW
CSB415BBLK
CSB415B
CSB415BGRY
CSB415BI
CSB415BLA
CSB415BW
CS115BLK
CS115B
CS115BGRY
CS115BI
CS115BLA
CS115BW
CS315BLK
CS315B
CS315BGRY
CS315BI
CS315BLA
CS315BW
20A
120-277V AC
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
CSB120BBLK
CSB120B
CSB120BGRY
CSB120BI
CSB120BLA
CSB120BRED
CSB120BW
CSB220BBLK
CSB220B
CSB220BGRY
CSB220BI
CSB220BLA
CSB220BRED
CSB220BW
CSB320BBLK
CSB320B
CSB320BGRY
CSB320BI
CSB320BLA
CSB320BRED
CSB320BW
CSB420BBLK
CSB420B
CSB420BGRY
CSB420BI
CSB420BLA
CSB420BRED
CSB420BW
CS120BLK
CS120B
CS120BGRY
CS120BI
CS120BLA
—
CS120BW
CS320BLK
CS320B
CS320BGRY
CS320BI
CS320BLA
—
CS320BW
Commercial Grade Self-Grounding Decorator Rocker Switches, Back and Side Wired
Amp Color
Standard Decorator Rocker
Illuminated Rocker
Illuminates when switch is OFF
Pilot Light Rocker
Illuminates when
switch is ON
Rocker with
Nightlight
Single Pole Double Pole 3-Way 4-Way Single Pole 3-Way Single Pole Single Pole
15A
120-277V AC
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
White
—
9801
9801GRY
9801I
9801W
—
—
—
—
—
—
9803
9803GRY
9803I
9803W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
20A
120-277V AC
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Lt. Almond
White
9901BLK
9901
9901GRY
9901I
—
9901W
9902BLK
—
9902GRY
9902I
—
9902W
9903BLK
9903
9903GRY
9903I
—
9903W
9904BLK
9904
9904GRY
9904I
—
9904W
—
—
—
9901GLI*
—
9901GLW*
—
—
—
9903GLI*
—
9903GLW*
—
—
—
9901PLI120
—
9901PLW120
—
—
—
9901NLI**
9901NLLA**
9901NLW**
Note: *Light glows through the top portion of the rocker when switch is in the OFF position. Does not require a neutral wire.
**Nightlight projects through the top portion of the rocker when switch is in the OFF position. Requires a neutral wire.
Commercial Grade Toggle and Decorator Rocker Switches
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Toggle Decorator
A
B
C
D
E
4.18" (10 6.2)
3.28" (83.3)
1.30" (33.0)
1.08 " (27.4)
2.31" (58.7)
3.81" (96.8)
3.28" (83.3)
1.48" (37.6)
1.13" (28.7)
2.78" (70.6)
OFF
B
D
E
A
C
B
D
E
A
C
Toggle Decorator
E-6
Switches
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Residential Grade Toggle and Decorator Rocker Switches, 15A 120V AC
Wiring
Toggle Switch Decorator Switch
Push and Side Wired Side Wire Push, Back and Side Wired
Type Single Pole 3-Way 4-Way Single Pole Double Pole 3-Way 4-Way
Color Grounding Self-Grounding Grounding Self-Grounding Self-Grounding Self-Grounding Self-Grounding Self-Grounding Self-Grounding
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Lt. Almond
White
RS115BK
RS115
—
RS115I
RS115LA
RS115W
—
RS115S
—
RS115SI
RS115SLA
RS115SW
RS315BK
RS315
—
RS315I
RS315LA
RS315W
—
RS315S
—
RS315SI
RS315SLA
RS315SW
—
RS415
—
RS415I
RS415LA
RS415W
RSD115BK
RSD115
RSD115GY
RSD115I
RSD115LA
RSD115W
RSD215BK
RSD215
RSD215GY
RSD215I
RSD215LA
RSD215W
RSD315BK
RSD315
RSD315GY
RSD315I
RSD315LA
RSD315W
RSD415BK
RSD415
RSD415GY
RSD415I
RSD415LA
RSD415W
• Elongated strap with continuous plaster ears positions device flush to the wall surface
• Tough thermoplastic ultrasonically welded cover and base
• High-visibility yellow base for easy installation in low light working conditions
• Quiet snap action mechanism
• UL Listed and CSA Certified
Residential Grade Toggle and Decorator Switches
Product Dimensions
Inches (mm)
Toggle Decorator
A4.19" (10 6.5) 3.81" (96.8)
B3.28" (83.3) 3.28" (83.3)
C1.30" (33.0) 1.47" (37.3)
D1.08 " (27.4) 1.16" (29.6)
E2.31" (58.7) 1.8 8 " (47.7 )
B
D
E
A
C
B
D
E
A
C
Toggle
Decorator
Residential Grade Illuminated Toggle, Illuminated and
Pilot Decorator Rocker Switches, 15A 120V AC
Illuminated Toggle Switch, Frame is
Clear and Illuminates, Toggle is Colored,
Does Not Require a Neutral Wire
Illuminated Decorator, Illuminates
when Switch is OFF, Does Not
Require a Neutral Wire
Pilot Light Decorator,
Illuminates when Switch is ON,
Requires a Neutral Wire
Wiring Push and Side Wired Push, Back and Side Wired Push, Back and Side Wired
Self-Grounding Self-Grounding Self-Grounding
Color Single Pole 3-Way Single Pole 3-Way Single Pole
Clear
Ivory
Lt. Almond
White
RS115ILC
RS115ILI
RS115ILLA
RS115ILW
RS315ILC
RS315ILI
RS315ILLA
RS315ILW
—
RSD115ILI
RSD115ILLA
RSD115ILW
—
RSD315ILI
RSD315ILLA
RSD315ILW
—
RSD115PLI
RSD115PLLA
RSD115PLW
E-7
Switches
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
TR
Residential Grade Combination Switch with Receptacle, GFCI and USB
Toggle Switch
with Receptacle
Decorator Switch
with Receptacle
Switch
with GFCI
USB Switch
Combo Outlet
Rating 15A 120V AC/15A 125V 15A 120V AC/15A 125V
15A 120V AC/
15A 125V
15A 120V AC/
3A 5V DC
Color
(1) Single Pole
(1) Receptacle
(1) 3-Way
(1) Receptacle
(1) Single Pole
(1) Receptacle
(1) 3-Way
(1) Receptacle
(1) Single Pole
(1) GFCI
(1) Single Pole
(2) USB Ports
Standard Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Lt. Almond
White
—
RC108
—
RC108I
RC108LA
RC108W
—
RC308
—
RC308I
—
RC308W
RCD108BK
—
RCD108GY
RCD108I
RCD108LA
RCD108W
RCD308BK
—
—
RCD308I
RCD308LA
RCD308W
—
—
—
—
—
—
USBB102BK
USBB102
USBB102GY
USBB102I
USBB102LA
USBB102W
Tamper-
Resistant
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Lt. Almond
White
—
RC108TR
—
RC108ITR
RC108LATR
RC108WTR
—
RC308TR
—
RC308ITR
—
RC308WTR
RCD108BKTR
—
RCD108GYTR
RCD108ITR
RCD108LATR
RCD108WTR
RCD308BKTR
—
—
RCD308ITR
RCD308LATR
RCD308WTR
—
—
—
GFSPST15I
GFSPST15LA
GFSPST15W
—
—
—
—
—
—
Note: See page R-6 for tamper-resistant description.
• Combination devices provide compact switches in a single gang opening
• Self-grounding tab is standard
• High-visibility yellow base for easy installation in low light working conditions
• Low profile, less than 1 inch allows for maximum wiring room in the box
• Elongated strap with continuous plaster ears positions device flush to the wall surface
• UL Listed and CSA Certified
Residential Grade Combination Devices
B
D
E
A
C
B
D
E
A
C
A
D E
B
C
Product Dimensions
Inches (mm)
Toggle Decorator
A
B
C
D
E
4.20" (106.7)
3.27" (83.0)
1.32" (33.6)
0.97" (24.6)
2.82" (71.7)
4.20" (106.7)
3.27" (83.0)
1.32" (33.6)
0.97" (24.6)
2.82" (71.7)
USB Combo
A
B
C
D
E
3.28" (83.3)
2.62" (66.5)
1.75" (44.5)
0. 2 9" ( 7.4)
1.72" (43.7)
Toggle
Decorator
USB Combo
Residential Grade Combination Switches, Side Wired Only
Wiring
Toggle Switch Decorator Switch
Side Wired Only Side Wired Only
Rating 15A 120V AC 15A 120-277V AC
Color (2) Single Pole
(1) Single Pole
(1) 3-Way (2) 3-Way (3) Single Pole (2) Single Pole
(1) Single Pole
(1) 3-Way (2) 3-Way
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Lt. Almond
White
—
RC101
—
RC101I
RC101LA
RC101W
—
RC103
—
RC103I
RC103LA
RC103W
—
RC303
—
RC303I
RC303LA
RC303W
—
—
—
RCD111I
RCD111LA
RCD111W
RCD101BK
—
RCD101GY
RCD101I
RCD101LA
RCD101W
RCD103BK
—
RCD103GY
RCD103I
RCD103LA
RCD103W
RCD303BK
—
—
RCD303I
RCD303LA
RCD303W
E-8
Switches
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Residential Grade Combination Switch and Pilot Light
Clear Lens, Amber Neon Bulb, Neutral Required for Pilot Light
Rating 15A 120V AC
Device Toggle Switch Decorator Rocker
Color
(1) Single Pole
(1) Pilot Light
(1) 3-Way
(1) Pilot Light
(1) Single Pole
(1) Pilot Light
(1) 3-Way
(1) Pilot Light
Brown
Ivory
Light Almond
White
RC109
RC109I
RC109LA
RC109W
RC309
RC309I
—
RC309W
—
RCD109I
RCD109LA
RCD109W
—
RCD309I
RCD309LA
RCD309W
Neon Pilot Light
Description Color Neon Pilot Light
Plastic jewel, 1/25 watts,
back and side wired
Opal
Red
480710
48071R
Toggle Switch Lockout
Description Color Toggle Switch Lockout
Thermoplastic Red BSLD
Note: Not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
Residential Grade Combination Devices
B
D
E
A
C
Accessories
Product Dimensions
Inches (mm)
A4.20" (106.7)
B3.27" (83.0)
C1.32" (33.6)
D0.97" (24.6)
E2.82" (71.7)
Accessories
Description Color Plastic Jewels
Rectangular for standard
switch plate opening
Red
Green
746
746GREEN
Note: Not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
E-9
Switches
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Compact Design Door Switches and Replacement Switches
Description
ON When Door
is Open
OFF When Door
is Open
Door switch with cover plate
and box, zinc plated steel,
3A 125V AC
RDS50* RDS30*
Replacement switch only
complete with #18 AWG wire
leads and adjustable plunger,
6A 125V, 3A 250V
1205BRY** 1206BRY**
Note: *Not UL Listed.
**Not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
In-Line Cord Switches
Mini In-Line Cord Switch Heavy Duty In-Line Cord Switch
Description Color Catalog Number Description Color Catalog Number
Mini in-line cord switch,
#18 AWG, for use with at
lamp cord, SPT 1 and SPT 2,
6A 125V AC
White RS100W Heavy duty in-line cord switch,
#18/2-#16/2, SPT 1 and SPT 2,
6A 125V AC, ¹⁄₆ HP
Ivory
White
RS101I
RS101W
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
4.00" (10.16)
3.13 " ( 7. 95)
1.50" (3.81)
1.76" (4.47)
2.67" (6.78)
1.34" (3.40)
½ KO 0.87" (2.21)
B
D
EG
A
F
C
In-Line Cord Switches
Door Switch Accessories
E-10
Switches
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Technical Specifications
Switches
Description Industrial Grade Commercial Grade Residential
Typical specification –
catalog number
4801, 4901 9801, 9901 RS D115
Manufacturer’s identification Bryant 4801, 4901 Bryant 9801, 9901 R SD115
Description Industrial grade AC switch,
back and side wired
Commercial grade fashion series
rocker switch
Residential decorator series
rocker switch
Type Single pole, single-throw, grounded Single pole, double pole, 3-way and 4-way
Rating 15A and 20A, 120-277V AC 15A and 20A, 125V-277V AC
Certification
UL Listed, Guide #WMUZ
Verified under Fed. Spec. #WS 896
Complies with UL 20 and NEMA® Standard WE-1
Listed to UL Standard 20
CSA Certified
Materials
Components Materials Materials
Cover
Base
Thermoset
(Face color coded by amperage)
Polycarbonate
PVC
Toggle
Rocker
Nylon
—
—
Polycarbonate
Terminal High performance copper-alloy Brass
Terminal screws Brass #8 combination head Steel
Mounting yoke Brass and nickel-plated steel Galvanized steel
Contacts Silver cadmium oxide Silver alloy
Movable contact arm High performance copper-alloy Copper alloy
Ground terminal Brass and nickel-plated steel —
Ground screw Brass (green) —
Auto ground clip Stainless steel —
Performance
Electrical Electrical
Dielectric voltage Withstands 1500V minimum for 1 min Withstands 1500V minimum for 1 min
Maximum working voltage 277V AC 277V AC (Commercial) 120V (Residential)
Overload —1.5 times rating
Temperature rise 30°C maximum at rated current —
Maximum continuous current 15A, 20A, 30A —
Endurance 50,000 cycles minimum, tungsten
filament lamp load (Fed. Spec.),
#WS 896, single pole, double pole,
3-way and 4-way
30,000 cycles minimum
Mechanical
Terminal accommodation #14 AWG minimum - #10 AWG
maximum
Back and side wire: up to #10 AWG
max. solid and stranded copper
wire only
Back and side wire: #14 AWG min.
to #12 AWG max. solid and stranded
copper wire only, push wire: #14 AWG
solid copper wire only
Environmental
Flammability UL 94 V2 UL 94 V2 UL V0
Operating temperatures Maximum continuous 75°C,
minimum -40°C (without impact)
Maximum continuous 60°C, minimum -20°C (without impact)
NEMA® is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
E-11
Switches
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
HOT
HOT
NEUTRAL
Single-Pole
Pilot Light Switch
Handle Glows
When Switch Is ON
Single-Pole
Glow Handle Switch
Handle Glows When
Switch Is OFF
Center OFF Maintained
and Momentary Contact
Single-Pole
Double Throw Switches
LINE
LOAD
GRD LOAD
BLACK WHITE BLACK BLACK
LOAD LOAD LOAD
GRD GRD
LOAD
BLACK RED
GRD
LOAD
L-2
B-2
A-2 L-1
A-1
B-1
Center OFF
Maintained Contact
Double-Pole
Double Throw Switches
Single-Pole
LOAD
GRD
WHITE BLACK
Double-Pole
LOAD
GRD
RED
BLACK
3-Way To 3-Way
LOAD
GRD GRD GRD
3-Way
GRD
BLACK
4-Way 3-Way
GRD
LOAD
B
HOT
HOT
NEUTRAL
BB
B
BLACK
M
3-Way To 3-Way
120V AC Pilot Light Switch
Handle Glows When Switch Is ON
HO
T
HOT
NEUTRAL
GRD
BLACK LOAD
GRD
BBB
GRD BLACK GRD LOAD
B
3-Way To 3-Way
277V AC Pilot Light Switch
Handle Glows When Switch Is ON
BLACK
LEAD
WHITE
LEAD
WHITE
LEAD
BLACK
LEAD
The handles of the two
3-way 120V AC pilot
light switches will glow
in both open and closed
position when the load
is disconnected.
277V AC pilot light
switches require a third
“runner” wire between
the two switches.
These pilot light
switches operate on
either 120 or 277V AC.
AC Switches
Wiring Diagrams
Hot
Single Pole
Neutral
Pilot Light Wiring Diagram Pilot Light Wiring Diagram
3-Way Switch
3-Way
Hot
Neutral
E-12
Switches
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Quick Reference Guide
Toggle and Rotary Enclosed Switches
Suitable as Disconnects (See Section G for Product Features)
HP Ratings
Catalog
Number
Description Amp Phase Poles 120V AC 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC
NEMA 1 aluminum – toggle 30 122510 15 30102D
NEMA 1 aluminum – toggle 30 3337. 5 15 20 30103D
NEMA 3/3R non-metallic 30 122510 15 30322D
NEMA 3/3R non-metallic 30 3337.5 15 20 30323D
NEMA 3R die cast aluminum 30 122510 15 30312D
NEMA 3R die cast aluminum 30 3337.5 15 20 30313D
NEMA 3R aluminum 30 122510 15 30302D
NEMA 3R aluminum 30 3337.5 15 20 30303D
NEMA 3R aluminum 60 1 2 — 10 15 20 60302D
NEMA 3R aluminum 60 3 3 — 10 25 30 60303D
NEMA 4X stainless steel 30 3337. 5 15 20 664S33D
NEMA 4X stainless steel 60 3 3 — 10 25 30 664S63D
NEMA 4X rotary motor controller 30 3337. 5 15 20 664X33D
NEMA 4X rotary motor controller 40 3337. 5 15 20 664X43D
NEMA 4X rotary motor controller 60 3 3 — 10 25 30 664X63D
Toggle AC Motor Controllers
Suitable as Disconnects (See Section G for Product Features)
HP Ratings
Catalog
Number
Description Amp Phase Poles 120V AC 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC
Toggle switch 30 122510 15 30002D
Short toggle switch 30 122510 15 30002DS
Toggle switch 30 3337.5 15 20 30003D
Short toggle switch 30 3337.5 15 20 30003DS
Toggle switch 40 122510 15 40002D*
Toggle switch 40 3337. 5 15 25 40003D
Toggle switch 50 122510 15 50002D
Toggle switch 50 3337. 5 15 25 50003D
Toggle switch 60 1 2 — 10 15 20 60002D
Toggle switch 60 3 3 — 10 25 30 60003D
Toggle switch – front wire 60 1 2 — 10 15 20 60002FWD
Toggle switch – front wire 60 3 3 — 10 25 30 60003FWD
Toggle switch 85 1 2 — 10 15 20 85002D
Toggle switch 85 3 3 — 10 25 40 85003D
Note: *For motor controller only, use catalog number 4002.
Rotary AC Manual Motor Controllers
Suitable as Disconnects (See Section G for Product Features)
HP Ratings
Catalog
Number
Description Amp Phase Poles 120V AC 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC
Rotary switch 30 122510 15 66032D
Rotary switch 30 3337. 5 15 20 66033D
Rotary switch 40 122510 15 66042D
Rotary switch 40 3337. 5 15 25 66043D
Rotary switch 60 1 2 — 10 15 20 66062D
Rotary switch 60 3 3 — 10 25 30 66063D
Accessories (See Section G for Product Features)
Description Catalog Number
Finger guards, red, for use with 30, 40 and 50 amp switches (set of 2) 30003FG
Handle kit for rotary switch, includes handle, shaft, mounting brackets and required screws 6610MK
Weatherroo it for rotar swith, iues seas, eoree ushi a ris 664XWP
Auiiar otat , iues 1 otat for use with usho terias 660AC
Mounting feet for NEMA 4X enclosure 664XFT
Neutral buss connector for NEMA 4X enclosure 6603N
F-1
Section F
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Table of Contents Page
Energy Savings with Occupancy Sensors ..................................... F-2
Sensor Application Chart ........................................................ F-3
Occupancy and Vacancy Sensors - Wall Switches
Adaptive Technology Dual and Ultrasonic Wall Switches ........................................ F-5
Adaptive and Non-Adaptive Passive Infrared Wall Switches ...................................... F-6
Digital Timers and Low Voltage Switches ...................................... F-7
Occupancy Sensors - Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors
Adaptive Technology Ceiling Sensors ........................................................ F-9
Line Voltage and Low Voltage Ceiling Sensors ................................................ F-9
Wall Mount Sensors ..................................................................... F-9
Control Units and Add-A-Relay ............................................................ F-9
Sensor Accessories ...................................................................... F-7
High Bay and Low Bay Sensors and Controls
OPTIMYZER® High Bay Controls .......................................................... F-10
Harsh Environment Occupancy Sensors ...................................... F-11
Permanently Marked Receptacles for Automatic Outlet Control Systems ...... F-13
Dimmers and Fan Speed Controls
Architectural Grade Preset Slide Dimmers ................................................... F-14
Specification Grade Dimmers and Fan Speed Controls ......................................... F-15
Replacement Control Knobs .............................................................. F-15
Specifications and Wiring Schematics
Wall Switch Sensors .................................................................... F-16
Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors ........................................................... F-18
Control Units and Add-A-Relay ........................................................... F-18
OPTIMYZER® High Bay Controls .......................................................... F-21
Harsh Environment Occupancy Sensors .................................................... F-21
F-2
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Energy Consumption and Standards Compliance
Electricity consumption in commercial buildings has changed dramatically over the past decade. Energy efficient lighting sources like
LEDs have reduced their contribution on a commercial building’s total electricity consumption from 40% to approximately 17%. Today
plug and process loads consume up to 30% of a typical commercial building’s energy costs. Energy Efficiency Codes & Standards are
becoming more stringent in an effort to reduce energy consumption in all areas of commercial buildings.
Hubbell Load:Logic® series of control devices offers a broad range of space, centralized and distributed controls that meet the latest
codes and standards and qualify for LEED certification points. Hubbell devices feature ease of installation, setup, operation and
commissioning process. The result is an “install-and-forget” experience.
Additional features include:
• Occupancy or time-based controls
• Integration with third party energy management or
climate control systems
• Manual ON mode requires user operation to turn
lights ON but automatically turns lights OFF when a
space is unoccupied after a specified period of time
• Daylight Harvesting sensors for dimming or to keep
the lights OFF when natural light is sensed
• Automatic receptacle control
Energy Savings with Occupancy Sensors
LEED® is a registered trademark of the U.S. Green Building Council.
Backed by Bryant Service and Support
Bryant Energy Efciency Solutions focuses on environmental stewardship,
innovative products and efcient building operations. Bryant also offers
superior service and support with:
• Online worksheets for calculating energy savings and ROI
• Detailed online F-learning courses
• Product selection guide to assist in choosing the right technology
• Online specication assistance
• Comprehensive layout and takF-off services
• Highly knowledgeable network of trained professionals and staff
• BIM models and 3D coverage patterns
Adaptive Technology Provides Better Control
Bryant’s patented breakthrough in advanced control feature smart
microprocessors constantly monitoring the controlled area and adjust
the sensitivity and timer based on environmental history.
• Lower energy costs and utility bills
• No need to manually adjust for occupancy changes
Electrical bill impact for a typical ofce building
Climate Control
Lighting
Cooking
and
Refrigeration
Other
33.23%
18.70%
17.14%
Ofce
Equipment
and
Computing
Commercial Buildings Electricity Consumption
Plug Load
30.97%
F-3
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Typical Applications
Applications are generalized. Consult your BRYANT representative for the type of technology and products that fit your needs.
Application Sensor Technology Sensor Style
Adaptive
Dual Ultrasonic PIR Wall Switch Ceiling Wall
Office Small + + +
Large + + +
Open Office + + +
Storage/
Warehouse
Small + +
Large + + + +
Rest Room Small + + +
Large + + +
Conference
Room
Small + + +
Large + + +
Classroom Small + + +
Large + + +
Hall + + +
Based on average occupancy and installation complexity.
Faster
Payback
Supply Closets
Restrooms
Break Rooms
Conference
Rooms
Offices
Open
Offices
Halls
Application ROI Index
Sensor Application Chart
How to Select the Right Technology for the Proper Application
Dual technology occupancy sensors
combine both passive infrared (PIR) and
ultrasonic (US) technologies for maximum
reliability. Because US and PIR need to
both detect occupancy to turn lighting ON,
dual technology sensors minimize the risk
of lights coming ON when the space is
unoccupied—false triggering. Continued
detection by only one technology then
keeps lighting ON as necessary. Dual
technology sensors offer the best
performance for most applications.
Dual Technology
Ultrasonic (US) technology senses occupancy
by bouncing sound waves (32 kHz - 45 kHz)
off of objects and detecting a frequency shift
between the emitted and reflected sound
waves. Movement by a person or object within
a space causes a shift in frequency, which
the sensor interprets as occupancy. While US
occupancy sensors have a limited range, they
are excellent at detecting even minor motion
such as typing and filing, and they do not require
an unobstructed linF-of-sight. This makes US
technology sensors ideal for an application like
an office with cubicles or a restroom with stalls.
Ultrasonic (US)
Passive infrared (PIR) technology senses
occupancy by detecting the movement of
heat emitted from the human body against
the background space. Unlike US technology,
PIR sensors require an unobstructed linF-
of-sight for detection. These sensors use a
segmented lens, which divides the coverage
area into zones. Movement between zones
is then interpreted as occupancy. PIR
sensors are ideal for detecting major motion
(e.g. walking), and they work best in small,
enclosed spaces with high levels of occupant
movement.
Passive Infrared (PIR)
F-4
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Adaptive Technology Wall Switches
Combines PIR and US technology, minimizing the risk of lights
turning ON when the space is unoccupied. Once occupancy is
detected by both technologies within the space lights are turned
ON, only one technology is necessary to keep the lights ON.
Adaptive technology provides better control. Bryant’s patented
breakthrough in advanced control feature smart microprocessors
constantly monitoring the controlled area and adjust the sensitivity
and timer based on environmental history.
The optimum choice when performance is paramount.
Requires a clear, unobstructed line of sight for detection, because
it senses occupancy as movement of heat emitted from the body
against the background space. A segmented Fresnel lens divides
a coverage area into zones. Movement across zones is
interpreted as occupancy.
Excellent for small room control.
Dual (Ultrasonic and Passive Infrared) Adaptive Series
Standard Passive Infrared WS Series
Housing Design
• Steel mounting strap
• High impact molded plastics
• Color matching tamper resistant lens
Coverage and Electrical Ratings
• Dual technology - 1,000 sq. ft.
Ultrasonic only - 400 sq. ft.
• 120/277V AC 50/60 Hz; no neutral
required; 24V DC, 33mA
• Zero-arc point switching
• Compatible with CFL/LED
and motor loads
Housing Design
• Plated steel mounting strap
• High Impact molded plastics
• Recessed tamper resistant lens
• Night light option
Operation
• WS2000 series - Selectable Auto or
Manual ON operating modes
• Vacancy only version
• Dual relay version for bi-level switching
or lighting/fan control applications
• Photocell for extra energy savings
Coverage and Electrical Ratings
• High density PIR - 1,200 sq. ft.
• WS1000 series - 120V AC 60Hz
WS2000 series - 120/277V AC 60Hz;
multi-way capable
• No neutral required
• Compatible with CFL/LED and
motor loads
Operation
• Selectable Auto or Manual ON
operating modes
• Vacancy only version
• Dual relay version for bi-level switching
or lighting/fan control applications
• Photocell for extra energy savings
F-5
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Adaptive Technology Wall Switches
Dual (Ultrasonic and Passive Infrared)
Single Circuit Dual Circuit
Description Color
1 Button for
Manual/Auto Control
Auto Control
with No Button
2 Buttons for
Manual/Auto Control
Auto Control
with No Button
Dual (Ultrasonic and Passive Infrared)
1000 square foot coverage with pho-
tocell, 800W Incandescent, 1000W
Fluorescent at 120V AC, 1800W
Fluorescent at 277V AC, 50/60Hz
Black
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
MSD2000BK1
MSD2000GY1
MSD2000I1
MSD2000LA1
MSD2000W1
MSD2000BK1N
MSD2000GY1N
MSD2000I1N
MSD2000LA1N
MSD2000W1N
MSD2000BK2
MSD2000GY2
MSD2000I2
MSD2000LA2
MSD2000W2
MSD2000BK2N
MSD2000GY2N
MSD2000I2N
MSD2000LA2N
MSD2000W2N
Dual Manual ON (Vacancy)
1000 square foot coverage with pho-
tocell, 800W Incandescent, 1000W
Fluorescent at 120V AC, 1800W
Fluorescent at 277V AC, 50/60Hz
Black
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
MSD2001BK1
MSD2001GY1
MSD2001I1
MSD2001LA1
MSD2001W1
—
—
—
—
—
MSD2001BK2
MSD2001GY2
MSD2001I2
MSD2001LA2
MSD2001W2
—
—
—
—
—
Note: See page F-14 for technical specications and wiring schematics. Wallplate sold separately, see Section P for more information.
Ultrasonic
Single Circuit Dual Circuit
Description Color
1 Button for
Manual/Auto Control
2 Buttons for
Manual/Auto Control
Ultrasonic
400 square foot coverage with photocell,
800W Incandescent, 1000W Fluorescent
at 120V AC, 1800W Fluorescent at 277V
AC, 50/60Hz
Black
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
MSU2000BK1
MSU2000GY1
MSU2000I1
MSU2000LA1
MSU2000W1
MSU2000BK2
MSU2000GY2
MSU2000I2
MSU2000LA2
MSU2000W2
Ultrasonic Manual ON (Vacancy)
400 square foot coverage with photocell,
800W Incandescent, 1000W Fluorescent
at 120V AC, 1800W Fluorescent at 277V
AC, 50/60Hz
Black
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
MSU2001BK1
MSU2001GY1
MSU2001I1
MSU2001LA1
MSU2001W1
MSU2001BK2
MSU2001GY2
MSU2001I2
MSU2001LA2
MSU2001W2
Note: See page F-14 for technical specications and wiring schematics. Wallplate sold separately, see Section Q for more information.
MSU2000 SeriesMSD2000 Series
28'
28'
24'
29'
26'21'
50'
14.5'
14.5'
24'
26' 21'
Coverage Patterns
Major Motion: Ultrasonic
Ultrasonic
PIR
PIR
Minor Motion:
Major Motion: Ultrasonic
Ultrasonic
PIR
PIR
Minor Motion:
• “Install and forget” operation
• Zero arc point switching
• Dual 120/277V AC operation, no neutral required
• Auto or manual ON operating modes (2000 series)
• Manual ON (Vacancy) operating mode (2001 series)
• No minimum load requirements
• Hard lens (dual technology, passive infrared)
• Steel mounting strap
• Bi-level switching or dual load control (2 or 2N sufx)
• Compatible with most LED and CFL
• “Install and forget” operation
• Zero arc point switching
• Dual 120/277V AC operation, no neutral required
• Auto or manual ON operating modes (2000 series)
• Manual ON (Vacancy) operating mode (2001 series)
• No minimum load requirements
• Hard lens (dual technology, passive infrared)
• Steel mounting strap
• Bi-level switching or dual load control (2 or 2N sufx)
• Compatible with most LED and CFL
F-6
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Wall Switches
MS2000AT, MS2000, MS1000 Series
12'
16'
12'
16'
40'
20'
Mounting Height
48" (121.9 cm)
20' (6.1m)
40' (12.2m)
Vertical Coverage
MS2000AT, MS2000, MS1000 Series
Passive Infrared
Description Color Standard with Nightlight
Manual adjusting, selectable manual/auto-ON operation,
dual-voltage 120/277V AC, 3-way capable
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
MS2000GY
MS2000I
MS2000LA
MS2000W
MS2000NGY
MS2000NI
MS2000NLA
MS2000NW
Same as above, with neutral Ivory
White
MS2004I
MS2004W
MS2004NI
MS2004NW
Manual adjusting, auto-ON operation, 120V AC only Ivory
White
MS1000I
MS1000W
MS1000NI
MS1000NW
Manual adjusting, manual-ON operation, 120V AC only Ivory
White
MS1001I
MS1001W
MS1001NI
MS1001NW
Note: See page F-15 for technical specications and wiring schematics.
• Passive infrared technology
• Manual adjustment time delay
(20 sec. to 30 min.)
• Photocell (WS2000 series)
• No neutral required
• 1200 sq. ft. coverage
• Wallplate included
• Steel mounting strap
• Compatible with most LED and CFL
• CEC Title 24 Compliant
• cULus
Coverage Patterns
Major Motion: PIR
PIR
Minor Motion:
Major Motion: PIRPIR
Minor Motion:
F-7
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Low Voltage Switches
Description Color
Latching,
1 Button
Momentary,
1 Button
Momentary,
2 Button
Low voltage switch Ivory
White
MSL30I1
MSL30W1
MSM30I1
MSM30W1
MSM30I2
MSM30W2
Note: Wallplate sold separately, see Section Q for more information.
Digital Timers
Count Down Timers
Description Color
30 Minutes:
OFF, 5, 10, 20, 30
60 Minutes:
OFF, 15, 30, 45, 60
12 Hours:
OFF, 2, 4, 8, 12
1000W @ 120V AC and
1400W @ 277V AC
Ivory
Light Almond
White
DT5030I
DT5030LA
DT5030W
DT5060I
DT5060LA
DT5060W
DT5012I
DT5012LA
DT5012W
Note: Wallplate sold separately, see Section P for more information.
Digital Timer
Description Color Catalog Number
Dip switch enabled preset
intervals, user adjustable up
to 4 hours, 3-way capable,
960W @ 120V AC and 1200W
@ 277V AC. Includes an ON/
OFF momentary push button
switch feature
White DT20H
• Attractive, architectural design
• Available latching or momentary contact
• Mounts to standard single gang box
• 2-year warranty
Ceiling Sensors Accessories
Ceiling Sensor Infrared,
NEMA Type 4X Enclosure
Ceiling Mount
Raceway Adapter
Ceiling Mount
Wire Guard
MSP4X MSCRA MSWGC
Wall Mount Sensors Accessories
Wall Switch
Wire Guard
Wall Mount
Wire Guard
MSWGS MSWGW
Sensor Accessories
F-8
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Housing Design
• High-impact, plastic (UL94, 5VA)
• 12-element segmented Fresnel lens;
32kHz ultrasonic transmitter and
receiver
• Mounting base provided
Housing Design
• High-impact, plastic (UL94, 5VA)
• 12-element segmented Fresnel lens;
32kHz ultrasonic transmitter and
receiver
• Mounting base provided
Coverage and Ratings
• Up to 2,000 sq. ft. between 8ft and
12ft mounting height. 24V DC active
high-logic control signal
• Option of a N/O + N/C contacts;
SPDT; 500 mA rated @ 24V DC; threF-
wire isolated relay for HVAC or energy
management systems integration
Coverage and Ratings
• Up to 1,600 sq. ft. between 8ft and
12ft mounting height. (30ft for high bay,
aisle model) 24V DC active high-logic
control signal
• Option of a N/O + N/C contacts;
SPDT; 500 mA rated @ 24V DC; threF-
wire isolated relay for HVAC or energy
management systems integration
Operation
• Self adjusting sensitivity thresholds
and timers; automatic false ON/
false OFF corrections, strong airflow
compensation mode
• Compatible with Bryant's distributed
and centralized control systems
Operation
• Self adjusting sensitivity thresholds
and timers. Automatic false ON/false
OFF corrections airflow compensation
mode
• Compatible with Bryant's distributed
and centralized control systems
Combines PIR and Ultrasonic technology, minimizing the risk of
lights turning ON when the space is unoccupied. Once occupancy
is detected by both technologies within the space lights are turned
ON, only one technology is necessary to keep the lights ON.
Adaptive technology provides better control. Bryant’s patented
breakthrough in advanced control feature smart microprocessors
constantly monitoring the controlled area and adjust the sensitivity
and timer based on environmental history.
The absolute choice for advanced control and precise performance.
Passive infrared sensors are specifically designed for long- range
major motion activity sensitivity, making them ideal for large open
areas.
Various models are suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
where NEMA 4X rating is required. Other units are suitable for
extreme temperatures areas providing unsurpassed flexibility for
almost every application.
Dual (Ultrasonic and Passive Infrared) Ceiling Mount
Standard Passive Infrared Wall Mount
Adaptive Technology Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors
F-9
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Ceiling Wall Mount*
Type Coverage Field of View Low Voltage Line Voltage Coverage Description Catalog Number
Dual (Ultrasonic and
Passive Infrared)
2000 sq. ft.
1000 sq. ft.
360°
180°
MSD2000C
MSD1000C
MSD2000CL
MSD1000CL
1600 sq. ft. Low Voltage 32kHz MSD1600W
Ultrasonic 2000 sq. ft.
1000 sq. ft.
360°
180°
MSU2000C
MSU1000C
MSU2000CL
MSU1000CL
— — —
Passive Infrared 1500 sq. ft. 360° MSP1500C MSP1500CL 1600 sq. ft.
120 Linear ft.
Wide angle coverage
For aisle and high bay
MSP1600W
MSP120HB
Note: Ceiling and Wall Mount sensors must use a Control Unit.
* Swivel mounting bracket included for wall or ceiling mounting.
See page F-6 for ceiling sensors accessories.
See page F-16 for technical specications and wiring schematics.
• Dual technology sensing combines the individual advantages of passive infrared and
ultrasonic detection
• Adaptive technology - “Install and forget” operation, analyzes environment and adjusts
sensitivity and timer, eliminating the need for manual adjustment
• Digital, crystal controlled ultrasonic transmitter and receiver for coverage in each
direction for superior sensing of motion
• Dual element passive infrared detector and lens sense heat in motion
• Red LED indicates passive infrared detection, green LED indicates ultrasonic detection
Adaptive Technology Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors
32'
64'
45'
23'
23'
32'
32'
23'
56'
16'
32'
64'
45'
23'
23'
32'
32'
23'
56'
16'
MSU2000C MSU1000C MSU2000C
Hallway Application
MSD2000C MSD1000C MSP1500C
Major Motion: UltrasonicUltrasonic PIRPIR
Minor Motion:
22'
64'
45'
12'
23'
32'
22'
32'
23'
12'
23'
32'
22' 12'
32'
64'
45'
23'
23'
32'
32'
23'
56'
16'
20
10
0
30 0 10 20 30 40 50
7'
7'
MSP120HB Series
Top View
Side View
32'
40'
23'
20'
32'
23'
40'
20'
MSD1600W MSP1600W
Control Units
Description Automatic ON Manual ON
Auto or Manual
ON Add-A-Relay
The MSCU series provides a 24V DC power supply for sensors or
sensor/Add-A-Relay combinations. The control units contain an internal
relay for the control of an external load. Control units are plenum rated
cULus Listed. 120/277V AC, 50/60 Hz for use with MSD, MSU and
MSP series ceiling/wall mount sensors.
MSCU MSCUM MSCUHD MSAR
Coverage Patterns
F-10
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Harsh Environment Occupancy Sensors
MAXX™ products are designed to withstand these harsh
environments manufactured with cold and heat resistant
components. These sensors tolerate extremes of weather and
applications. MAXX™ products provide users with methods
to reduce energy usage in harsh environments where other
commercial grade products can't.
Requires a clear, unobstructed line of sight for detection,
because it senses occupancy as movement of heat emitted
from the body against the background space. A segmented
Fresnel lens divides a coverage area into zones. Movement
across zones is interpreted as occupancy.
Excellent for small room control.
MAXX™ Harsh Environment Sensing Devices Pendant Mount Series
Standard Passive Infrared Fixture Mount Series
Housing Design
• IP66, TYPE 4X, outdoor rated
• Housing manufactured from
chemical resistant thermoplastic
• Multiple mounting kits for existing
work boxes and hubs; pendant
or wall mounting flexibility
Protection
• Integrated lens guard protects
against accidental damage
• Photocell makes sure lights stay OFF
when there is sufficient daylight
• Isolated relay provides signalling to
HVAC and ventilation systems
Housing Design
• IP65, NEMA 3R watertight, and
outdoor rated
• Fixture or work box mounting with
½" threaded nipple
Coverage and Electrical Ratings
• Digital passive infrared (PIR) sensor
• Two (upward/downward) photocells
options for daylight harvesting
• Supplied with 360º lens; aisle, end-
of-aisle and 180º lenses available
separately
• -40°F to 149°F (-40°C to 65°C) operat-
ing temperature range; compatible
with CFL/LED and motor loads
Access Cover
• Stainless steel hardware and
settings access cover
F-11
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Harsh Environment Occupancy Sensors
OPTIMYZER® Watertight End Mount PIR Sensor
IP65, NEMA Type 3R, outdoor rated, -40°F to 149°F (-40°C to 65°C) operating temperature range.
Description Voltage Catalog Number
Single relay with photocell 120-347V AC MSHB21UPCW
2 relays with photocell 120-347V AC MSHB22UPCW
Low voltage with photocell 24V DC MSHB2LVPCW*
Note: 360° high bay lens included. Low bay lens options sold separately, see below for details.
*For use with MSCUHD (120/277V AC, 50/60Hz) control unit.
See page F-8 for replacement lenses and accessories.
See page F-19 for technical specications and coverage patterns.
Watertight Wall Mount PIR Sensor
IP66, NEMA Type 4X, outdoor rated, heavy duty wall or pendant mount sensor with -40°F to 149°F
(-40°C to 65°C) operating temperature range and 160° of coverage.
Description Voltage Catalog Number
PIR sensor, with isolated relay and photocell 24V DC MSHT1600WRP
Adaptor plate for single gang FS boxes —MSHAP1
Adaptor hub and nipple for Killark NJ series boxes —MSHAP2
Adaptor plate for Killark® NV series boxes —MSHAP3
½" NPT threaded hub —MSHAP4
Note: For use with MSCUHD (120/277V AC, 50/60Hz) control unit.
See page F-19 for technical specications and coverage patterns.
Extreme Temperature PIR Ceiling Sensor
Upgraded ceiling sensor with -40°F to 149°F (-40°C to 65°C) operating temperature range.
Use MSP4X to make NEMA Type 4X watertight.
Description Voltage Catalog Number
Sensor with isolated relay and photocell 24V DC MSHT1500CRP
IP66, NEMA Type 4X enclosure —MSP4X
Note: For use with MSCUHD (120/277V AC, 50/60Hz) control unit.
See page F-19 for technical specications and coverage patterns.
Heavy Duty Control Unit
Robust latching relay provides reliable performance over many different applications, including plug
loads, 20A 100-277V AC, 1HP @ 120V AC, 2HP @ 240/277V AC. Auto or Manual-ON operation.
Powers up to six low voltage sensors.
Description Voltage Catalog Number
Heavy duty control unit 120-277V AC MSCUHD
Note: See page F-16 for technical specications.
MSHT1500CRP
22'
26'18'
12'
14'
20'
22'
64'
45'
12'
23'
32'
22'
32'
23'
12'
23'
32'
22' 12'
11'
7'
40'
20'
32'
23'
32'
23'
40'
20'
MSHT1600WRP
Coverage Pattern
Major Motion: PIRPIR
Minor Motion:
F-12
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Daylight Harvesting Passive Infrared
Fluorescent High Bay PIR Sensor
Color Voltage 1 Relay 2 Relays with Photocell
White 120-347V AC MSHB219 MSHB229 —
White 24V DC — — MSHB2LV9*
Note: 360° high bay lens included. Low bay lens options sold separately, see below for details.
*For use with MSCUHD (120/277V AC, 50/60Hz) control unit.
See page F-19 for technical specications.
R
1
H
= 0' to 30'
R
2
R
1
= 1.4 x H
R
2
= 1.1 x H
H
= 30' to 45'
• Digital passive infrared (PIR) sensor
• Multiple (single and dual) output versions
• Single and dual timer operation
• Low-profile design
• Supports mounting heights up to 45 feet (High Bay)
• Supports mounting heights between 8-16 feet (Low Bay)
• Area and aisle coverage
OPTIMYZER® High Bay and Low Bay Sensors
Coverage Patterns
Major Motion: PIRPIR
Minor Motion:
Daylight Harvesting
• Multiple calibration options
• Selectable 3- or 8-second dimming rate
• Low-profile design
• Light-sensitivity wide range of options
Description Voltage with ON/OFF Control with Dimming Control
Daylight tracker 24V DC MDHT* MDHTD†
Note: *For use with MSCU series control units.
†For use with 0-10V DC dimming ballasts.
Replacement Lenses and Accessories
Description 180° Lens 360° Lens Aisle Lens End of Aisle Lens Mounting Extension Adapter
High Bay MSHBL180 MSHBL360 MSHBLA MSHBLEA MSHBSA
Low Bay MSLBL180 MSLBL360 MSLBLA MSLBLEA MSHBSA
F-13
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Permanently Marked Receptacles for Automatic Outlet Control Systems
ASHRAE 90.1-2010 mandates that 50% of all outlets in private ofces, open ofces, and
computer classrooms must be automatically controlled by occupancy or time based schedules.
This also includes outlets in modular furniture. Bryant provides solutions for compliance that
are cost effective and installer friendly. See bellow for example. Additional examples and design
resources are located at www.Bryant-wiring.com/energy.aspx
Wiring Diagram
Utilizing low voltage wiring provides installers with a familiar method of wiring and installation.
Specify MSCUHD to control outlets and use MSAR or MSCU to control the lighting. Utilize
alternating outlet or split receptacle wiring as required to control at least 50% of the outlets
in the space.
MSCUHD
Controlling 50% of Outlets
MSCUxx
MSD, MSU and MSP Series Sensors
Heavy Duty Control Unit
Robust latching relay provides reliable performance over many different applications, including plug loads.
20A 100-277V AC, 1HP @ 120V AC, 2HP @ 240/277V AC. Auto or Manual-ON operation. Powers up to
six low voltage sensors.
Description Voltage Catalog Number
Heavy duty control unit 100-277V AC MSCUHD
Heavy duty latching relay, for use with MSCUHD MSAR20P
Note: See page F-16 for technical specications and wiring schematics.
Permanently Marked Receptacles for Automatic Outlet Control Systems
Description Color 15A Duplex 20A Duplex 15A Decorator 20A Decorator
Permanently marked
receptacles
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
CBRS15C1GRY
CBRS15C1I
CBRS15C1LA
CBRS15C1WHI
CBRS20C2GRY
CBRS20C2I
CBRS20C2LA
CBRS20C2WHI
DRS15C1GRY
DRS15C1I
DRS15C1LA
DRS15C1WHI
DRS20C2GRY
DRS20C2I
DRS20C2LA
DRS20C2WHI
Note: See Section A for additional products and colors.
• Permanent power symbol remains clearly visible
after installation
• Factory broken split tab on the half controlled
units saves field installation time
• Ideal for commercial buildings, retail, schools,
hotel rooms
• Compliment Bryant’s Load:Logic Automatic Outlet
Control systems as well as existing systems
• Listed for 20A enclosed switching
• Heavy duty 60A rated mechanical latching relay,
silver alloy contacts
• Low voltage output short circuit protection
• 24V DC, 250mA DC power output on
applicable units
• UL 2043 plenum rated
• Compatible with most LED and CFL
• Zero cross switching
Power when
you need it...
Energy savings
when you don’t
F-14
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Architectural Preset Slide Dimmers, Single Pole/3-Way
Single Pole/3-Way, 120V AC, 60 Hz
Color 2000W 1500W 1000W 600W
Ivory
White
BAS203I
BAS203W
BAS153I
BAS153W
BAS103I
BAS103W
BAS63I
BAS63W
AD
C
C
B
• Full-range dimming preset slider
• Advanced RFI protection circuitry
• Complete solid-state electronics
• Rating stamped on yoke for permanent identification
• Advanced circuitry reduces motor hum and radio interference
• Reduces energy costs
Standard toggle switches provide the basic ON/OFF
control for home lighting and appliances.
• Optimum CFL and LED control
• Low end adjustment for fine tuning
• Decorator and traditional toggle styling available
• No neutral required
Architectural Grade Preset Slide Dimmers
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
BAS203/BAS153 BAS103/BAS63
A4.50" (114.3) 4.50" (114.3)
B4.50" (114.3) 2.75" (69.9)
C1.31" (33.3)* 1.31" (33.3)*
D2.75" (69.9) 2.75" (69.9)
E0.62" (15.7) 0.62" (15.7)
Note: *High watt models up to 1.71 in. (43.4).
Slide and Rotary Dimmers
Adjustment dial to set
the low-light level
CFL/LED Dimmers
Description Toggle Dimmer Decorator Dimmer
Rating CFL/LED 150W Incadescent/Halogen 600W 120V AC, 60Hz
Termination Single Pole/Three Way Single Pole/Three Way
Ivory
Light Almond
White
RAYCL153PI
RAYCL153PL A
RAYCL153PW
RDVCL153PI
RDVCL153PLA
RDVCL153PW
F-15
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Slide and Rotary Dimmers, and Fan Speed Controls
Preset Slide Dimmers and Rotary Dimmers with ON/OFF Switch, 120V AC
Color
Incandescent
Incandescent Rotary
Push ON/OFF Dimmer
600W 600W
Single Pole,
Slide to OFF Single Pole 3-Way Single Pole Single Pole 3-Way
Ivory
Light Almond
White
RS600I*
RS600LA*
RS600W*
RS600PI
RS600PLA
RS600PW
RS603PI
RS603PLA
RS603PW
RD600RI
—
RD600RW
RD600PDK**
—
RD600PDK**
RD603PDK**
—
RD603PDK**
Note: *Slide to OFF series dimmers do not have an ON/OFF switch.
**Control knobs included for both ivory and white. See below for replacement slide knobs.
Fan Speed Controls, 120V AC
Color
Rocker Fan Control,
3-Speed, Slide Adjustment
Slide Fan Control,
3-Speed, Slide to OFF
Toggle Fan Control,
3-Speed
Rotary Fan Control,
3-Speed
1.5A 1.5A 1.5A 1.5A
Single Pole/3-Way Single Pole Single Pole/3-Way Single Pole
Ivory
Light Almond
White
RDVFSQFI
RDVFSQFLA
RDVFSQFW
RSFSQFI
RSFSQFLA
RSFSQFW
RAYFSQFI
RAYFSQFLA
RAYFSQFW
RFSQ2FDK**
—
RFSQ2FDK**
Note: **Control knobs included for both ivory and white.
Replacement Control Knobs
Color Replacement Slide Knobs
Replacement Knobs for
Rotary/Push Dimmer
Replacement Knobs for
3-Speed Fan Control
Ivory
Light Almond
White
RSKI
RSKLA
RSKW
RRKDK**
—
RRKDK**
R28032406
—
R28032401
Note: **Control knobs included for both ivory and white.
Electrical MSD2000 and MSU2000 Series
Power supply 120/277V AC, 50/60Hz
Load capacity Incandescent
120V AC ballast
277V AC ballast
0 to 800 watts
0 to 1000 watts
0 to 1800 watts
Motor load 1/4HP
Agency approvals cULus Listed
Physical
Housing High-impact plastic (UL 94-5V)
Lens Dual element pyrometer and 12 element cylindrical hard lens (MSD and MSU series only)
Dimensions Face 2.57"H x 1.71"W, 0.53"D (from wall out)
Mounting height 42 to 54 inches above floor
Environmental
Operating 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C), 0% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity
Storage -20°F to 160°F (-29°C to 66°C), 0% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity
Controls
Time delay Digital, adaptive 4 to 30 minutes (20 min default MSU only)
Ambient light Adjustable ambient light override, 10 to 500 foot candles
Front press switch Auto/OFF
Sensitivity Adaptive 0% to 100%
Service switch Air gap OFF
Sensing Indicator
Passive infrared Red LED (MSD series only)
Ultrasonic Green LED (MSD series only)
Load 1
Red
Black
120/277V AC
Green
Ground
Red
Blue
Black
White
Line circuit
120/277V AC
Green
Ground
Load 1
Load 2
Red
Blue
Black
Line circuit 1
120/277V AC
Green
Ground
Load 1
Load 2
F-16
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Specifications and Wiring Schematics
Wiring Schematic MSD and MSU Series Wall Switch Sensors
Single Circuit Wiring Dual Circuit Sensor,
Wired for Dual Circuits
Dual Circuit Sensor,
Wired for Dual Circuits with Neutral
Neutral
Hot
Ground
Black Red
Green
Neutral
Hot
Ground
Black
Red
Green
Blue
Lighting
Load A
Lighting
Load A
Lighting
Load B
Single Circuit Sensors, Wired as 3-Way Sensors* Dual Circuit Sensors, Wired as 3-Way Sensors*
Note: *Load can not exceed the rating of one switch.
Sensor is shipped with all dip switches in the OFF position (factory default).
For step dimming,
bi-level, and dual
ballasted xtures
F-17
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Electrical MS2000 Series MS1000 Series
Power supply 120/277V AC, 60Hz 120V AC, 60Hz
Load capacity Incandescent
120V AC Ballast
277V AC Ballast
0 to 1000 watts
0 to 1000 watts
0 to 1800 watts
0 to 500 watts
0 to 500 watts
N/A
Motor load N/A N/A
Agency approvals cULus Listed cULus Listed
Physical
Housing Flame retardant (UL 94 V-0 ABS)
Lens Polyethylene
Dimensions Face 2.59"H x 1.30"W, 0.61"D (from wall out)
Mounting height 42 to 54 inches above floor
Environmental
Operating 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C) with rate of change not exceeding 20°F (11°C) per hour,
20% to 90% non-condensing relative humidity
Storage -40°F to 150°F (-40°C to 65°C), 20% to 90% non-condensing relative humidity
Controls
Time delay Auto (MS2000AT series)
Manual 20 seconds to 30 minutes (MS2000 series)
Manual 20 seconds to 30 minutes
Ambient light Digital, push button, 10 to 500 foot candles N/A
Front press switch ON/OFF ON/OFF
Sensitivity N/A N/A
Service switch OFF (service), Vaccancy (manual-ON),
Occupancy (auto-ON)
OFF (service), ON (normal operation)
Sensing Indicator
Passive infrared Red LED Red LED
Ultrasonic N/A N/A
Hot
Hot
Ground
Ground
Green
Green Green
Yellow
Neutral Neutral
Red
Normal Wiring
Sensors Wired as
3-Way Sensors*
(MSxxxAT/MS2000 Only)
White (Neutral Versions Only)
Black White
Black
Red Red
Yellow
White (Neutral
Version Only) Load Load
MSxxxAT/
MS2000 Only
Specifications and Wiring Schematics
Wiring Schematic MS2000 and MS1000 Series Wall Switch Sensors
Note: *Load can not exceed the rating of one switch.
Sensor is shipped with all dip switches in the OFF position (factory default).
F-18
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Electrical MSD, MSU, MSP Series Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors
Power requirements 24V DC nominal, 33mA from Bryant MSCU series control unit
Isolated relay (sensors with RP suffix) Normally open and normally closed, Terminals available
Agency approvals UL Listed
Physical Ceiling Sensors Wall Mount Sensors
Housing Flame retardant UL 94 V-0 ABS Flame retardant UL 94 V-0 ABS
Lens Polyethylene Polyethylene
Dimensions 1.5"H x 4.5"D 6"H x 2"W x 1.5"D
Color Office white Office white
Mounting height 8 to 12 feet 8 to 12 feet, 8 to 30 feet (ATP120HB series)
Environmental
Operating 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C) with rate of change not exceeding 20°F (11°C) per hour,
0% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity
Storage -20°F to 150°F (-29°C to 65°C), 0% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity
Controls
Time delay Test (8 seconds), adaptive 8 to 40 minutes
Ambient light 1 to 1000 foot candles
Sensitivity Adaptive 0 to 100%
Sensing Indicators
Ultrasonic (MSD and MSU series) Green LED
Passive infrared (MSD and MSP series) Red LED
Specifications
Electrical MSCU(M) MSCUHD MSAR
Power supply 120-277V AC, 50/60Hz 100-277V AC, 50/60Hz N/A
Power output 24V DC, 150mA 24V DC, 250mA N/A
Power input N/A N/A 24V DC nominal, 33mA from Bryant
MSCU series control unit
Load capacity
Incandescent, LED & CFL
120V ballast
230V ballast
277V ballast
347V ballast
0 to 1800 watts
0 to 2400 watts
N/A
0 to 5540 watts
N/A
20A, 100-277V AC, 1HP @ 120V AC,
2HP @ 240/277V AC
Motor Loads:
1HP @ 120V
2HP @ 240/277V
0 to 1800 watts
0 to 2400 watts
0 to 3680 watts
0 to 5540 watts
0 to 5205 watts
AT sensor/AAR capacity 1 to 4 combined 1 to 6 combined N/A
Agency approvals UL Listed, cULus Certified UL Listed, cULus Certified UL Listed
Physical
Housing Flame retardant UL 94-5VA
thermoplastic
Flame retardant UL 94-5VA
thermoplastic
Flame retardant UL 94-5VA
thermoplastic
Dimensions 3.69"L x 2.33"W x 1.36"H 4.00"L x 3.4"W x 1.73"H 3.69"L x 2.33"W x 1.36"H
Color Black Black Black
Environmental
Operating 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C), 0% to 90%
non-condensing relative humidity
-40°F to 149°F (-40°C to 65°C), below
32°F (0°C) must use suitably rated non-
metallic enclosure, 0% to 90% humidity,
non-condensing
32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C), 0% to 90%
non-condensing relative humidity
Storage -20°F to 150°F (-29°C to 65°C), 0% to
90% non-condensing relative humidity
-20°F to 150°F (-29°C to 65°C), 0% to
90% non-condensing relative humidity
Adaptive Dual Technology, Ultrasonic, and Passive Infrared Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors
MSD, MSU and MSP Series Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors
MSCU Series Control Unit
White
Black
Red
Red
Lighting Load
Red
Black
Blue
MSD, MSU and MSP Series Sensors**
Blue
Black
Red
Blue
Black
Red
Blue
Black
Red
NH
Switch*
*Optional Override OFF Switch
White
Black
Red
Red
Lighting Load
NH
Red
Red
Lighting Load
NH
MSCU Series Control Unit
Red
Black
Blue
Red
Black
Blue
MSD, MSU and MSP Series Sensors**
Blue
Black
Red
Blue
Black
Red
MSAR Add-A-Relay
Circuit 1
Circuit 2
White
Black
Red
Red
Lighting Load
NH
Red
Red
Lighting Load
MSCU Series Control Unit
Red (+24V)
Black
Blue
Red (+24V)
Black
Blue
MSD, MSU and MSP Series Sensors**
Blue
Black
Red
Blue
Black
Red
Blue
Black
Red
Blue
Black
Red
White
White
Black
White
MSCU Series Control Unit
BlackBlue
MSCU Series Control Unit
MSD, MSU and MSP Series Sensors**
MSCU Series Control Unit
(Specify Voltage)
Circuit 1
Circuit 2
White
Black
Red
Red
Lighting Load
NH
NH
Lighting Load
Red (+24V)
Black
Blue
Red (+24V)
Black
Blue
Blue
Black
Red
Blue
Black
Red
Blue
Black
Red
Blue
Black
Red
White BlackBlue
White
Black
Red
Red
White
Two Circuit Application:
1 to 4 sensors wired to control unit and Add-A-Relay (control
unit switches circuit 1, Add-A-Relay switches circuit 2).
Note: **For wiring sensors with isolated relay and photocell option (models
with “RP” suffix): Photocell Option: Cap off Blue sensor wire.
Connect Gray sensor wire to Blue control unit wire. Isolated Relay
Option: Common-Blue/White wire, Normally Closed-Black/White
wire, Normally Open-Yellow/White wire.
Two Circuit Application:
Two control units wired in two circuits to operate 2 to 8 sensors
in a single zone. Maximum 4 sensors per control unit any
sensor will activate both lighting loads.
Single Circuit Application:
Two control units wired in parallel to operate 5 to 8 sensors
in a single zone. Maximum 4 sensors per control unit any
sensor will activate lighting.
Single Circuit Application:
1 to 4 sensors wired to control unit with optional override
off switch.
F-19
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors Wiring Schematics
Adaptive Dual Technology, Ultrasonic, and Passive Infrared Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors
MSD, MSU and MSP Series Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors
NH
MSCU Series Control Unit
(Specify Voltage)
Red
Black
Blue
Red
Black
Blue
Red
Black
Blue
Red
Black
Blue
Red
Red
Black
White White
Inboard Ballast
Outboard Ballast
MSD, MSU and MSP Series Sensors**
Single Pole Switch
Single Pole Switch
N
H
MSCU Series Control Unit
(Specify Voltage)
Red
Black
Blue
Red
Black
Blue
Red
Black
Blue
Red
Black
Blue
Red
Red
Black
White White
MSD, MSU and MSP Series Sensors**
Traveler
3-Way Switch 3-Way Switch
Traveler
Lighting Load
NH
MSCU Series Control Unit
(Specify Voltage)
Red
Black
Blue
Red
Black
Blue
Red
Black
Blue
Red
Black
Blue
Red
Red
Black
White White
MSD, MSU and MSP Series Sensors**
Traveler
3-Way Switch 4-Way Switch
Traveler
Lighting Load
3-Way Switch
Traveler
Lighting Contactor
NH
MSCU Series Control Unit
MSD, MSU and MSP Series Sensors*
*
White
Black
Red
Red
Red (+24V)
Black
Blue
Blue
Black
Red
Blue
Black
Red
White
C
Multipole, Normally Open
Lighting contactor to be
supplied by Contractor
Single Circuit, Dual Level Switching Application:
1 to 4 sensors wired to control unit with optional override
off switches.
Single Circuit, 4-Way Switching Application:
1 to 4 sensors wired to control unit with optional override
off switches.
Single Circuit, 3-Way Switching Application:
1 to 4 sensors wired to control unit with optional override
off switches.
Multi-Circuit Application:
1 to 4 sensors wired to control unit that is wired to a
multi-pole lighting contactor.
Note: **For wiring sensors with isolated relay and photocell option (models
with “RP” suffix): Photocell Option: Cap off Blue sensor wire.
Connect Gray sensor wire to Blue control unit wire. Isolated Relay
Option: Common-Blue/White wire, Normally Closed-Black/White
wire, Normally Open-Yellow/White wire.
F-20
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors Wiring Schematics
Valox® is a trademark of SABIC Innovative Plastics, acquired from General Electric Company.
Electrical Harsh Environment Occupancy Sensors MSHT Series
Power requirements
Isolated relay (sensors with RP suffix)
Agency approvals
24V DC nominal, 33mA from Bryant MSCU series control unit
Normally open and normally closed, terminals available
cULus Listed
Physical Ceiling Sensor Wall Mount Sensor
Housing
Protection
Lens
Dimensions
Color
Mounting height
Flame retardant UL 94 V-0 ABS
NEMA Type 4X, when used with MSP4X
Polyethylene
4.5" Diameter x 1.5" Height
Office White
8 to 12 feet
Flame retardant UL 94 V-0 Valox®
NEMA Type 4X, IP66, outdoor use rated
Polyethylene
6"H x 2"W x 1.5"D
Gray
8 to 12 feet
Environmental
Operating -40°F to 149°F (-40°C to 65°C) with rate of change not exceeding 20°F (11°C) per hour, 0% to 95%
non-condensing relative humidity
Controls
Time delay
Ambient light
Sensitivity
Test (8 seconds), adaptive 8 to 40 minutes
1 to 1000 foot candles
Adaptive 0 to 100%
Sensing Indicators
Passive infrared Red LED
OPTIMYZER® High Bay Controls MSHB Series OPTIMYZER®
MSHBxxUPCW Series
User interface (1) twelve pin dip switch
Timer timF-outs Primary: 8-second test mode, 4, 8, 16 and 30 minute timF-outs
Secondary: (Can be disabled) 30, 60 and 90 minute timF-outs
Passive infrared Dual element pyrometer and spherical Fresnel lens
Daylight sensor Dual element pyrometer and spherical Fresnel lens designed for robust detection of a walking person*
Coverage 360° lens provided, 180° aisle and end-of-aisle lenses also available
Load ratings
(line voltage units)
120V AC: 0 to 800W ballast or tungsten
277V AC: 0 to 1200W ballast
347V AC: 0 to 1500W ballast
208/240V AC: 0 to 1200W ballast
480V AC: 0-2400W ballast
1/4HP motor load @ 120V AC, 1/6HP @ 347V AC
Output (Low voltage sensors):
• 24V DC active high-logic control signal
• Relay: N/O + N/C contacts, 500mA rated @ 24V DC, 3-wire isolated relay
Operating environment Indoor use only, operating temperature: (standard version) 32°F to
149°F (0°C to 65°C), relative humidity (non-condensing): 0% to 95%
Indoor & outdoor use, operating temperature:
-40°F to 149°F (-40°C to 65°C)
Construction Casing: High-impact injection-molded thermoplastic
Size and weight Size: 4.0" Diameter x 1.5" Height, Weight: 7 oz.
Color White
Mounting Mounts directly to end of a xture through an extended ½ inch chase nipple for deeper body xtures, an optional
Extender Adapter (MSHBSA available separately) positions the sensor ush or below the bottom of the reector
for a full eld of view
Certications cULus Listed Conforms to UL STD 508, UL STD 244A,
Conforms to IP65
Warranty 5 year limited
Note: *When used with program start ballast, a 1-2 second delay from occupancy detection to lamp turn-on may be experienced.
F-21
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Specifications
Black
Red
Phase 1
Phase 2
White
Blue
Phase 1 Phase 2
Violet
To Next Device
Lighting Load
Red (+24VDC)
Black (common)
Blue (control)
Red
Red
Low Voltage Sensors(devices)
Lighting
Load A
Neutral
Hot
Red (+24VDC)
Black (common)
Blue (control)
Red
Red
Black
White
MSCU(M)
MSCUHD for Watertight Version
Power Pack Gray (Occupancy and Photo Sensor Control)
Blue/White (Relay Common)
Black/White (Relay Normally Closed)
Yellow/White (Relay Normally Open)
Lighting
Load B
ON When Occupied
ON When Occupied
+ Low Light Level
MSAR or MSAR20P for Watertight Version
Slave Pack
Override Switch
(Optional)
Override Switch
(Optional)
Red (+24VDC)
Black (common)
Blue (control)
White (Neutral)
Black
Red
Hot
Neutral
White
Violet (2-Relay Version)
Blue (2-Relay Version)
A B
Gray
Black
Single Fixture
Lighting Load
White (Neutral)
Black
Red
Hot
Neutral
White
Violet (2-Relay Version)
Blue (2-Relay Version)
Black
Black White
Lighting Load
ALighting Load
B
OPTIMYZER® High Bay Controls MSHB Series, Low Voltage Sensor with Control Unit
OPTIMYZER® High Bay Controls
MSHB Series, Dual Relay, Single Fixture
OPTIMYZER® High Bay Controls
MSHB Series, Dual Relay, Two Fixtures
F-22
Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Wiring Schematics
G-1
Section G
Motor Control Products
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Table of Contents Page
Toggle AC Manual Motor Controllers/Disconnects
30, 40, 50, 60 and 85 Amp 600V AC and Accessories ......................................... G-2
NEMA 1 and 3/3R Enclosed AC Manual Motor Controllers/Disconnects
30 and 60 Amp 600V AC ................................................................ G-3
Rotary AC Manual Motor Controllers/Disconnects
30, 40 and 60 Amp 600V AC and Accessories ............................................... G-4
NEMA 4X Enclosed Rotary Motor Controllers/Disconnects
30, 40 and 60 Amp 600V AC and Accessories ............................................... G-5
Quick Reference Guide .......................................................... G-6
Pendant Control Stations
Ordering Information .................................................................... G-7
Contact Ratings and Wiring Diagram ....................................................... G-7
Technical Specifications ........................................................ G-8
G-2
Motor Control Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Toggle AC Manual Motor Controllers/Disconnects
Poles
HP Rating
30A 40A 50A 60A 85A
Back and Side Wired Side Wired Side Wired Front Wired Back Wired Back Wired
120V AC 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC
Standard
Toggle
Short
Toggle
Standard
Toggle
Standard
Toggle
Standard
Toggle
Standard
Toggle
Standard
Toggle
2
2
3
2
3
3
2
2
3
—
—
—
5
5
7.5
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
25
25
15
15
20
20
30
40
30002D
—
30003D
—
—
—
30002DS
—
30003DS
—
—
—
40002D
4002*
40003D
—
—
—
50002D
—
50003D
—
—
—
—
—
—
60002FWD
60003FWD
—
—
—
—
60002D
60003D
—
—
—
—
85002D
—
85003D
Note: *Motor controller only.
Accessories
Description Catalog Number
Finger guards, red, for use with 30, 40 and 50 amp switches (set of 2)
30003FG
Toggle AC Manual Motor Controllers/Disconnects
• Ideal motor controller suitable as a disconnect
• High temperature thermoset body
• Provides high resistance to electrical arc tracking
• Strong ON/OFF action with quick-make, slow break
operation provides long-life and reliability
• Superior dielectric strength
• Optional side guard, for close wall applications
and finger safe environments
• Can be built into equipment and enclosures with
either box or panel-mount installation
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
30002D, 30003D, 40002D, 40003D,
50002D, 50003D
60002D, 60003D,
85002D, 85003D 4002
A
B
C
D
E
F
3.78" (96.0)
3.28" (83.3)
2.38" (60.4)
2.25" (57.2)
1.53" (38.9)
2.43" (62.0)
3.78" (96.0)
3.28" (83.3)
2.38" (60.4)
3.56" (90.4)
1.92" (48.8)
2.83" (71.9)
4.06" (103.1)
2.38" (60.5)
2. 26 " (57.4)
1.25" (31.8)
1.11" (28.2)
(2) #6-32 TAP
30002D, 30003D, 40002D, 40003D,
50002D, 50003D
60002D, 60003D,
85002D, 85003D
4002
ON
OFF
ON
A
B
D
F
C
E
A
B
D
C
F
E
A
B
D
C
F
E
Motor Control Products
G-3
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
OFF
ON
A
E
G
I
F
B
D
C
H
A
E
F
G
B
C
D
H
A
B
D
F
E
C
NEMA 1 and 3/3R Enclosed AC Manual Motor Controllers/Disconnects
• Die cast aluminum enclosure, gray zinc
powder coat finish
• Heavy duty flip lid, 3-sided protection
• Lockout/tagout capability
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
30102D,
30103D, 3100
30322D,
30323D
30302D,
30303D, 30300
60302D,
60303D, 60300
A4.72" (120.0) 5. 42" (137.7 ) 5.52" (140.2) 10.11" (256.8)
B2.75" (69.8) 4.76" (120.9) 4.28" (108.7) 4.28" (108.7)
C2.44" (61.9) 2.99" (75.9) 4.40" (111.8) 4.4 0" (111.8)
D3.20" (81.2) 2.22" (56.4) 3.30" (83.3) 3.30" (83.8)
E3.15" (80.0) 4.55" (115.6) 2.75" (69.9) 2.75" (69.9)
F2.41" (61.3) 2.99" (75.9) 1.99" (50.5) 2.00" (50.8)
G0.92" (23.2) —1.06" (26.9) 1.52" (38.6)
H(2) ½" (12.7)
Knockouts
— (2) ¾
Knockouts
(2) ¾ X 1
Knockouts
I½ x ¾
Knockout
each end
———
Enclosed AC Manual Motor Controllers/Disconnects
Enclosed Switch Motor Controllers/Disconnects NEMA 1 NEMA 3/3R NEMA 3R
Ideal for use in: Indoor Environments Outdoor Equipment Outdoor Environments
Poles
HP Rating
30A
Thermoplastic Aluminum Cast
30A 60A120V AC 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC 30A
2
3
2
3
2
3
—
—
5
7.5
10
10
10
15
15
25
15
20
20
30
30102D
30103D
—
—
30322D*
30323D*
—
—
30312D
30313D
—
—
30302D
30303D
—
—
—
—
60302D
60303D
Enclosures Without Controller/Disconnect 30100 30300 30300 60300
Note: *Drill weephole to alter from NEMA 3 to NEMA 3R.
30102D, 30103D, 30100
30302D, 30303D, 30300,
60302D, 60303D, 60300
30322D,
30323D,
30300
• All aluminum cover and base, base is
pre-drilled for rear surface mounting
• Raintight enclosures
• Lockout/tagout capability
G-4
Motor Control Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Rotary AC Manual Motor Controllers/Disconnects
• Ideal motor controller suitable as a disconnect
• Rotary controllers can be built into equipment and
enclosures for either box or panel-mount installation
• Provides high resistance to electrical arc tracking
• Thermoset body withstands high temperatures
• Superior dielectric strength
• #10 brass terminal screw and clamping plate for secure
back or side wiring
• Optional side guard, for close wall applications
and finger safe environments
Accessories
Accessory Finger Guards Handle Kit
Weatherproong Kit Auxiliary Contact
Description
For use with 30-50A
switches (set of 2)
For rotary switch, includes handle, shaft,
mounting brackets and required screws
For rotary switch, includes 4 seals,
neoprene bushing and 3 “O” rings
NO/NC, includes 1 contact for
use with push-on terminals
Catalog Number
30003FG 6610MK 664XWP 660AC
Rotary AC Manual Motor Controllers/Disconnects
Poles
HP Rating 30A 40A 60A
120V AC 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC Back and Side Wired Side Wired Back Wired
2
3
2
3
2
3
—
—
5
7.5
10
10
10
15
15
25
15
20
20
30
66032D
66033D
—
—
66042D
66043D
—
—
—
—
66062D
66063D
A
B
C
G
D
E
F
A
B
C
G
H
D
E
F
A
B
C
G
D
E
F
A
B
C
G
H
D
E
F
66032D, 66033D,
66042D, 66043D
with Handle Kit 6610MK
66062D, 66063D
with Handle Kit 6610MK
A3.78" (96.0) 3.78" (96.0)
B3.40" (86.4) 3.40" (86.4)
C3.09" (78.5) 3.56" (90.3)
D1.50" (38.1) 1.50" (38.1)
E1.56" R. (36.6 R.) 1.56" R. (36.6 R.)
F2.81" (71.4) 2.81" (71.4)
G2.44" (61.9) 2.96" (75.2)
H—2.31" (58.7)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Motor Control Products
G-5
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Enclosed Rotary Motor Controllers/Disconnects
NEMA 4X
Stainless steel enclosures ideal for use in
environments where washdown is necessary
(i.e., food processing, laboratories, etc.)
Non-metallic enclosures used primarily in heavy
wash-down and corrosive environments
Poles
HP Rating
30A 60A 30A 40A 60A120V AC 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC
2
3
3
2
3
—
5
7.5
10
10
15
25
15
20
30
—
664S33D
—
—
—
664S63D
—
664X33D
—
—
664X43D
—
—
—
664X63D
Note: *Drill weephole to alter from NEMA 3 to NEMA 3R.
Accessories
Accessory Finger Guards Auxiliary Contact Mounting Feet Neutral Buss Connector
Description
For Use with 30-50A
Switches (set of 2) NO/NC, Pilot Duty For NEMA 4X Enclosure For NEMA 4X Enclosure
Catalog Number
30003FG 660AC 664XFT 6603N
NEMA 4X Enclosed Rotary Motor Controllers/Disconnects
• 304 stainless steel enclosure, chemical
and corrosion-resistant
• PBT handle and collar, chemical and
impact resistant
• Lockout/tagout capability
D F G
B
A
C
E
90
CF
E
B
A
D
664S33D 664S63D
66X33D,
66X43D 66X63D
A7.4 4" (18 9. 0) 9.44" (239.8) 6.70" (170.2) 9.00" (228.6)
B6.75" (171.5) 8.75" (222.3) 6.00" (152.4) 8.30" (210.8)
C6.00" (152.4) 8.00" (203.4) 5.50" (139.7) 5.50" (139.7)
D6.96" (176.8) 6.95" (176.5) 4.80" (121.9) 4.80" (121.9)
E4.00" (101.6) 4.00" (101.6) 5.55" (141.0) 5.55" (141.0)
F6.10" (154.9) 6.10" (154.9) 3.80" (96.5) 3.80" (96.5)
G4.25" (108.0) 4.25" (108.0) — —
664X33D, 664X63D664S33D, 664S63D
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Valox® is a registered trademark of SABIC Innovative Plastics, acquired from General Electric Company.
• Undrilled case allows custom placement
of entry positions with normal tools
and knockouts
• All thermoplastic, non-corrosive,
non-metallic enclosure
• Clearly identified “ON/OFF” indicators
G-6
Motor Control Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Quick Reference Guide
Toggle And Rotary Enclosed Switches Suitable as Disconnects
HP Ratings
Description Amp Phase Poles 120V AC 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC Catalog
Number
NEMA 1 aluminum – toggle 30 122510 15 30102D
NEMA 1 aluminum – toggle 30 3337.5 15 20 30103D
NEMA 3/3R non-metallic 30 122510 15 30322D
NEMA 3/3R non-metallic 30 3337.5 15 20 30323D
NEMA 3R die cast aluminum 30 122510 15 30312D
NEMA 3R die cast aluminum 30 3337.5 15 20 30313D
NEMA 3R aluminum 30 122510 15 30302D
NEMA 3R aluminum 30 3337. 5 15 20 30303D
NEMA 3R aluminum 60 1 2 — 10 15 20 60302D
NEMA 3R aluminum 60 3 3 — 10 25 30 60303D
NEMA 4X stainless steel 30 3337. 5 15 20 664S33D
NEMA 4X stainless steel 60 3 3 — 10 25 30 664S63D
NEMA 4X rotary motor controller 30 3337.5 15 20 664X33D
NEMA 4X rotary motor controller 40 3337.5 15 20 664X43D
NEMA 4X rotary motor controller 60 3 3 — 10 25 30 664X63D
Toggle AC Motor Controllers Suitable as Disconnects
HP Ratings
Description Amp Phase Poles 120V AC 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC Catalog
Number
Toggle switch 30 122510 15 30002D
Short toggle switch 30 122510 15 30002DS
Toggle switch 30 3337. 5 15 20 30003D
Short toggle switch 30 3337.5 15 20 30003DS
Toggle switch 40 122510 15 40002D*
Toggle switch 40 3337. 5 15 25 40003D
Toggle switch 50 122510 15 50002D
Toggle switch 50 3337. 5 15 25 50003D
Toggle switch 60 1 2 — 10 15 20 60002D
Toggle switch 60 3 3 — 10 25 30 60003D
Toggle switch – front wire 60 1 2 — 10 15 20 60002FWD
Toggle switch – front wire 60 3 3 — 10 25 30 60003FWD
Toggle switch 85 1 2 — 10 15 20 85002D
Toggle switch 85 3 3 — 10 25 40 85003D
Note: *For motor controller only, use catalog number 4002.
Rotary AC Manual Motor Controllers Suitable as Disconnects
HP Ratings
Catalog
Number
Description Amp Phase Poles 120V AC 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC
Rotary switch 30 122510 15 66032D
Rotary switch 30 3337.5 15 20 66033D
Rotary switch 40 122510 15 66042D
Rotary switch 40 3337.5 15 25 66043D
Rotary switch 60 1 2 — 10 15 20 66062D
Rotary switch 60 3 3 — 10 25 30 66063D
Accessories
Description Catalog Number
Finger guards, red, for use with 30, 40 and 50 amp switches (set of 2) 30003FG
Handle kit for rotary switch, includes handle, shaft, mounting brackets and required screws 6610MK
Weatherproong kit for rotary switch, includes 4 seals, neoprene bushing and 3 “O” rings 664XWP
Auxiliary contact NO/NC, includes 1 contact for use with push-on terminals 660AC
Mounting feet for NEMA 4X enclosure 664XFT
Neutral buss connector for NEMA 4X enclosure 6603N
Motor Control Products
G-7
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Pendant Control Stations, Two Button, NEMA 4X
Ideal for use on
outdoor equipment.
With Mechanical Interlock
Between Push Buttons
Normally Open-Normally Closed
Without Mechanical Interlock
Single-Speed Two-Speed Single-Speed
PCS002 PCS202 PCS102
Note: Included with product: nylon cord grip and sealing washer (must be installed to achieve NEMA 4X rating).
Indication label pack. Cord dia. range .375–.625 in. (9.5–15.9).
Ambient temperatures: 25°F to 140°F (32°C to 60°C).
Typical applications: Package electric motor hoists. Remote control of machinery.
Pendant Control Stations
• Compact size, designed for comfort fit
• Raised button guards
• Safety-yellow “Super-Tuff” polymer enclosure
• Heavy duty nickel-plated copper contacts
• Mechanical interlock on single- and two-speed stations
• “Saddle” type wire terminations
• Excellent strain relief
Top
Ctr.
Bot.
N.O.1 N.O.2Com.
Single-Speed* PCS002
Momentary (Start/Stop) PCS102
Top
Ctr.
Bot.
N.O.1 N.O.2Com.
Two-Speed* PCS202
Top
Tab
Bot.
N.O.1 N.O.2
Ctr.
2.0
(50.8)
1.5
(38.1)
.4
(10.2)
(Crimp)
Cable stripped
length
Two-speed only
1.5
(38.1)
2.5
(63.5)
Cord connector
kit
Ground screw
(green)
Internal
strain
relief
Ensure
gasket
is
properly
seated
9.13"
(231.9)
2.38"
(80.5)
1.31"
(33.27)
Note: *Mechanical “floating ball”
interlock prevents actuating
both push buttons
simultaneously.
Contact Ratings - Compact Pendant Push Button Stations, PCS Series
Single-Speed Two-Speed
Voltage Current Voltage Current
AC
35% power factor
120V
240V
6.0 Amp
3.0 Amp
120V
240V
3.0 Amp
1.5 Amp
DC
Inductive
125V
250V
1.1 Amp
0.55 Amp
—
—
—
—
Note: Contacts will carry the above currents on a continuous basis and have the same interrupting ratings.
Wiring Diagram
IP55
SUITABILITY
G-8
Motor Control Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
AC Manual Toggle and Rotary Motor Controllers/Disconnects
Certification
UL 508
Industrial Control Equipment File #E70402
CSA-C22.2 No.14
Industrial Control Equipment File #LR-46186
Performance
Electrical
Dielectric voltage 2,200V AC minimum for 1 minute
Electrical life
6,000 cycles at general rating load
Max working voltage 600V AC RMS
Controllers 10,000 Rms
Short circuit
Withstand rating
As motor disconnect
30A and 40A
50A
60A and 85A
60A max J fuses
50A max J fuses
80A max J fuses
Short circuit withstand rating
as motor controller
All controllers 125A max RK5 fuses
Mechanical
Mechanical life 10,000 cyc min.
Terminal accommodations Amps AWG Minimum AWG Maximum
30
40 and 50
60 and 85
#14
#14
#14
#10
# 8 - with UL listed ring terminal
# 4
Terminal torque 30 - 50
60 - 85
20 inch pounds
25 inch pounds
Environmental
Flammability UL94HB/V
Operating temperature Maximum continuous 30, 40 and 60A, 60°C
Maximum continuous 50 and 85A, 75°C
Minimum continuous without impact, -40°C
Technical Specifications – Controllers/Disconnects and Enclosures
Table of Contents Page
NEMA Configuration Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-2
Product Features
Triple Gripper® Locking Plug and Connector and Locking Receptacle ................................H-3
20 Amp Receptacle and Equipment Devices ...................................................H-3
15 Amp NEMA Locking Devices
Midget ................................................................................H-4
125V, 2-Pole 2-Wire ......................................................................H-5
125V, 250V and 277V AC, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding .............................................H-6
20 Amp NEMA Locking Devices
250V, 2-Pole 2-Wire ......................................................................H-5
125V, 250V, 277V AC, 480V AC and 600V AC, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding .............................H-8
3Ø 125/250V AC, 250V AC and 3Ø 480V AC, 3-Pole 3-Wire and 3-Pole 4-Wire .......................H-9
3ØY 120/208V AC, 3ØY 277/480V AC and 3ØY 347/600V AC, 4-Pole 4-Wire and 4-Pole 5-Wire .........H-10
30 Amp NEMA Locking Devices
125V, 250V, 277V AC, 480V AC and 600V AC, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding ............................H-11
125/250V AC, 3Ø 250V AC, 3Ø 480V AC and 3Ø 600V AC, 3-Pole 3-Wire and 3-Pole 4-Wire ...........H-12
3ØY 120/208V AC, 3ØY 277/480V AC and 3ØY 347/600V AC, 4-Pole 4-Wire and 4-Pole 5-Wire .........H-13
400Hz 20 and 30 Amp Locking Devices
20 Amp 400 Hertz 3ØY 120/208V, 4-Pole 5-Wire Grounding ......................................H-14
30 Amp 28V DC, 400 Hertz 120V, 400 Hertz 3Ø∆ 120V and 400 Hertz 3ØY 120/208V .................H-14
Non-NEMA Locking Devices
10 Amp 250V and 15 Amp 125V ...........................................................H-15
20 Amp 125/250V, 250V AC and 3ØY 120/208V AC ............................................H-16
30 Amp 125/250V, 3ØY 120/208V and 250V AC ...............................................H-17
Locking Kits, Accessories and Boots
Locking Kits – Pool Pump Kit and Generator Kit ...............................................H-18
Angle Adapters and PLUGBOX® Lockout Devices ..............................................H-19
Weather Protective Boots .................................................................H-20
50 Amp Locking Devices
125V, 250V, 480V AC, 125/250V AC, 3Ø 250V AC and 3Ø 480V AC ...............................H-21
250V DC and 600V AC ..................................................................H-22
Accessories – Wallplates, Weatherproof Plates and Boots ........................................H-23
Power Interrupting Locking Devices
20 Amp 125V AC or DC and 10 Amp 250V DC, 480V AC ........................................H-24
30 Amp 600V AC, 20 Amp 250V DC ........................................................H-25
60 Amp 600V AC .......................................................................H-26
Accessories ...........................................................................H-27
Technical Specifications
Locking Receptacles, Plugs and Connectors ..................................................H-28
H-1
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Section H
Locking Devices
15 Ampere 20 Ampere 30 Ampere
Receptacle Plug Receptacle Plug Receptacle Plug
2-Pole 2-Wire
125V ML1 H-4
ML-1R
H-4
ML-1P
125V L1 H-5
L1-15R
H-5
L1-15P
250V L2 H-5
L2-20R
H-5
L2-20P
2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding
125V ML2 H-4
ML-2R
H-4
ML-2P
125V L5 H-6, H-7
L5-15R
H-6
L5-15P
H-8, H-18
L5-20R
H-8
L5-20P
H-11
L5-30R
H-11
L5-30P
250V L6 H-6, H-7
L6-15R
H-6
L6-15P
H-8
L6-20R
H-8
L6-20P
H-11
L6-30R
H-11
L6-30P
277V AC L7
H-6, H-7
L7-15R
H-6
L7-15P
H-8
L7-20R
H-8
L7-20P
H-11
L7-30R
H-11
L7-30P
480V AC L8 H-8
L8-20R
H-8
L8-20P
H-11
L8-30R
H-11
L8-30P
600V AC L9 H-8
L9-20R
H-8
L9-20P
H-11
L9-30R
H-11
L9-30P
28V DC FSL1 H-14
FSL1
W
G
W
G
H-14
FSL1
W
G
W
G
400Hz 120V FSL2 H-14
FSL2
W
G
W
G
H-14
FSL2
W
G
W
G
3-Pole 3-Wire
125/250V AC ML3 H-4
ML-3R
H-4
ML-3P
125/250V AC L10 H-9
L10 -20R
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
H-9
L10 -20P
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
H-12
L10 -30R
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
H-12
L10 -30P
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
3Ø 250V AC L11 H-9
L11-20R
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
H-9
L11-20P
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
H-12
L11-30R
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
H-12
L11-30P
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
3Ø 480V AC L12 H-9
L12-20R
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
H-9
L12-20P
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
H-12
L12-30R
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
H-12
L12-30P
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
3Ø 600V AC L13
H-12
L13-30R
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
H-12
L13-30P
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
3-Pole 4-Wire Grounding
125/250V AC L14 H-9
L14-20R
H-9
L14-20P
H-12 , H-18
L14-30R
H-12
L14-30P
3Ø 250V AC L15 H-9
L15 -20R
H-9
L15 -20P
H-12
L15 -30R
H-12
L15 -30P
3Ø 480V AC L16 H-9
L16 -20R
H-9
L16 -20P
H-12
L16 -30R
H-12
L16 -30P
3Ø 600V AC L17 H-12
L17-30 R
H-12
L17-30 P
400Hz 3Ø 120V FSL3 H-14
FSL3
Y
Z
G
X
Y
Z
G
X
H-14
FSL3
Y
Z
G
X
Y
Z
G
X
4-Pole 4-Wire
3ØY 120/208V AC L18 H-10
L18 -20R
H-10
L18 -20P
H-13
L18 -30 R
H-13
L18 -30 P
3ØY 277/480V AC L19 H-10
L19 -20R
H-10
L19 -20P
H-13
L19 -30R
H-13
L19 -30P
3ØY 347/600V AC L20
H-10
L20-20R
H-10
L20-20P
H-13
L20-30R
H-13
L20-30P
4-Pole 5-Wire Grounding
3ØY 120/208V AC L21
H-10
L21-20R
H-10
L21-20P
H-13
L21-30R
H-13
L21-30P
3ØY 277/480V AC L22 H-10
L22-20R
H-10
L22-20P
H-13
L22-30R
H-13
L22-30P
3ØY 347/600V AC L23 H-10
L23-20R
H-10
L23-20P
H-13
L23-30R
H-13
L23-30P
400Hz
3ØY 120/208V FSL4 H-14
FSL4
Y
Z
W
X
Y
Z
W
X
H-14
FSL4
Y
Z
W
X
Y
Z
W
X
NEMA® is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
H-2
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
NEMA® Configuration Chart
High-performance
copper-alloy contacts
have excellent
conductivity and spring
properties to provide
superior contact
pressure.
Internal “self-centering”
Triple Gripper® cord
grip with “radius teeth”
design provides secure
cord retention.
Transparent terminal
cover, extended
“teardrop” wiring
pockets and backed
out “captive” terminal
screws simplify wiring.
Nylon angle adapter
(70204ANA) converts
20A and 30A nylon
locking plugs and
connectors into space-
saving angle devices.
Resiliant dust seal
surrounds cord,
helping to prevent
moisture and
contaminants from
entering wiring
chamber.
Triple Gripper® Locking Plug
• Hand grip features wide-rib, non-slip design
• Configuration-specific plug face surrounds blades to
prevent infiltration of contaminants
• Captive, combination Slot/Phillips assembly screws
• Double wall construction for extra durability
• Neutral blade is nickel-plated for easy identification
Triple Gripper® Locking Connector
• Face and body feature alignment keys for
easy assembly
• Amperage, voltage and NEMA configuration
imprinted on face for easy identification
• Impact/chemical resistant, toughened nylon
construction
Locking Receptacle
• Combination back and side wiring terminals accept #14
through #8 AWG solid or stranded conductors
• Heavy duty mounting straps are nickel-plated to resist
corrosion, wide width design assures secure assembly
• NEMA rating and configuration are molded into face for
easy identification
• One-piece, rivetless copper-alloy contact design reduces
heat buildup and provides secure blade retention
H-3
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Product Features
Angle AdapterEPDM Dust SealContact Triple Gripper®Terminal Cover
Midget 15A 125V Locking Devices Inches (mm)
Rating
Poles/
Wires
Cord
Diameter Color
Nylon with Non-metallic Cord Grip,
Plugs are Polarized
Flanged Devices
Equipment Base with Nylon White Cup
Plug Connector Male Female
NEMA ML1, 15A 125V 2-Pole
2-Wire
.220-.425"
(5.6-10.8)
Black/White
Black
7465N
7465NB
7464N*
7464NB*
7466N
—
7468N*
—
Plug
15A 125V
NEMA ML-1P
W
Connector
15A 125V
NEMA ML-1R
Note: *Will accommodate both polarized and nonpolarized plugs.
See page H-20 for weather protective boots for midget locking devices.
Midget 15A 125V and 125/250V Locking Devices Inches (mm)
Rating
Poles/
Wires
Cord
Diameter Color
Nylon with
Quad Gripper® Cord Grip
Flanged Devices
Equipment Base with Nylon White Cup
Plug Connector Male Female
NEMA ML2, 15A 125V 2-Pole
3-Wire
.281"-.625"
(7.1-15.9)
Black/White 7594NP 7593NC 7595MB 7596ER
Plug
15A 125V
NEMA ML-2P
W
GR
Connector
15A 125V
NEMA ML-2R
NEMA ML3, 15A 125/250V 3-Pole
3-Wire
.281"-.625"
(7.1-15.9)
Black/White 7485NP 7484NC 7486MB 7487ER
Plug
15A 125/250V
NEMA ML-3P
Connector
15A 125/250V
NEMA ML-3R
X
Y
W
Note: See page H-20 for weather protective boots for midget locking devices.
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Plug Connector
A1.60" (40.6) 2.15" (54.6)
B1.12" (28.4) 1.12" (28.4)
C1.25" (31.8) 1.25" (31.8)
Flanged Devices
7466N 7468N MB/ER Series
A1.63" (41.4) 1.63" (41.4) 2.06" (52.3)
B1.38" (35.1) 1.38" (35.1) 1.75" (44.5)
C1.08" (27.4) 0.95" (24.1) O.D. 1.62" (41.1)
D1.19" (30.2) 1.09" (27.7) 1.23" (31.2)
E0.09" (2.3) 0.09" (2.3) 1.17" (29.7)
A
C
B
A
C
B
B
C
AD
E
C
D
AE
B
H-4
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Midget 15 Amp Locking Devices
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
H-5
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Receptacle Accessories
Single Receptacle Wallplate Duplex Receptacle Wallplate Weatherproof Covers
Stainless Steel Nylon Stainless Steel Nylon Zinc Die Cast Zinc Die Cast Thermoplastic
SS7 NP7BK SS8 NP8BK RW51550 RW51470 RW57300
Note: See Section Q for additional information on wallplates and weatherproof covers.
15A 125V and 20A 250V Locking Devices Inches (mm)
Rating
Poles/
Wires
Cord
Diameter
Black/White Nylon Polarized,
with Non-metallic Cord Grip Receptacle
Black Phenolic,
Back and Side Wired
Flanged Devices
Equipment Base with
Binding Screw Terminals
Plug Connector Single Duplex Male Female
NEMA L1-15, 15A 125V 2-Pole
2-Wire
.296"-.562"
(7.5-14.3)
7548 7506 7535 7540 7523 7526
Plug
15A 125V
NEMA L1-15P
UL Listed
0.5 HP
W
Connector
15A 125V
NEMA L1-15R
UL Listed
0.5 HP
W
NEMA L2-20, 20A 250V 2-Pole
2-Wire
.296"-.562"
(7.5-14.3)
7102N
9102N*
7101** 7210B —8808MB 8809ER
Plug
20A 250V
NEMA L2-20P
UL Listed
2 HP
Connector
20A 250V
NEMA L2-20R
UL Listed
2 HP
Note: *Plug is black/white nylon with dual non-metallic cord grip.
**Connector is thermoplastic with cord grip.
Plug Connector
A1.97" (50.0) 2.78" (70.6)
B1.53" (38.8) 1.53" (38.8)
Receptacle Flanged Devices
Single Duplex Male/Female
A3.28" (83.3) 3.28" (83.3) 2.56" (65.1)
B2.38" (60.5) 1.50" (38.1) 2.19" (55.6)
C1.38" (34.9) 0.91" (23.1) 1.69" (42.9)
D1.00" (25.4) 2.72" (69.1) 1.72" (43.7)
E15A - 1.39" (35.3) — 0.06" (1.5)
20A - 2.09" (53.1) — —
A
B
A
B
D
ABCE
D
ABCE
C
B
AD
2
V
.
5
5
1
.
A
1
B
C
A
D
E
2
V
.
5
5
1
.
A
1
B
C
A
D
E
15 and 20 Amp Locking Devices
Triple Gripper Locking (B/W) Locking (All Black) Angled
Plug Connector Plug Connector Plug
A
B
C
2.18" (55.4)
1.38" (35.1)
1.53" (38.9)
2.95" (75.0)
1.38" (35.1)
1.53" (38.9)
2.00" (50.8)
1.56" (39.6)
1.53" (38.9)
2.78" (70.6)
2.33" (59.2)
1.53" (38.9)
2.07" (52.6)
1.30" (33.0)
1.52" (38.6)
A
B
C
A
C
A
C
B
B
A
C
A
C
B
B
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
F
BC
D E
Flanged Devices
Male/Female
A
B
C
D
E
F
2.50" (63.5)
2.19" (55.6)
2.00" (50.8)
1.84" (46.8)
1.68" (42.6)
1.58" (40.1)
Note: See page S-8 for horsepower ratings.
H-6
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
15 Amp Plugs, Connectors and Flanged Devices
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Weather Protective Boots
Description For use with Color For Use with Plugs For Use with Connectors
Thermoplastic
elastomer boot
7465N plug when used with 7464N connector or
7468N female equipment receptacle, also for use
with connector when used with 7466N male base
Black 7460BP —
7464N connector when used with 7465N plug Black — 7460BC
Neoprene boot 15 amp 2-pole 2-wire and midget locking nylon
plugs and connectors, NEMA L1-15, ML-2 and ML-3
Yellow 7400BCR 7400BCR
15A 125V, 250V and 277V Locking Devices, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding Inches (mm)
Rating
Cord
Diameter Description
Nylon Plug
Clamp-type Terminals
Nylon Connector
Clamp-type Terminals
Flanged Devices
Equipment Base with
Nylon White Cup
Tripple Gripper Regular Tripple Gripper Regular Male Female
NEMA L5-15, 15A 125V .300"-.655"
(7.6-16.6)
Black/White
All Black
4721NP
4721NPB
—
4726BRY
4732NC
4732NCB
4730
—
4716MB
—
4715ER
—
Plug
15A 125V
NEMA L5-15P
UL/CSA
0.5 HP
G
W
Connector
15A 125V
NEMA L5-15R
UL/CSA
GWCorrosion-Resistant
Yellow
4721NPCR — 4732NCCR — — —
Angled 12-position
Black/White
— 4722N — — — —
NEMA L6-15, 15A 250V .300"-.655"
(7.6-16.6)
Black/White 70615NP — 70615NC — 70615MB 70615ER
Plug
15A 250V
NEMA L6-15P
UL/CSA
1.5 HP
G
X
Y
Connector
20A 250V
NEMA L6-20R
UL/CSA
2 HP
G
X
Y
NEMA L7-15, 15A 277V AC .300"-.655"
(7.6-16.6)
Black/White 4770NP — 4779NC — 4786MB 4785ER
Plug
15A 277V AC
NEMA L7-15P
UL/CSA
2 HP
WG
Connector
15A 277V AC
NEMA L7-15R
UL/CSA
GW
D
AB
ABC E
ABC
C
DE
F
F
DE
Receptacle
Duplex Single
A
B
C
D
E
F
3.28" (83.3)
2.74" (69.6)
1.70" (43.2)
1.17" (29.7)
0.93" (23.6)
—
3.28" (83.3)
2.38" (60.5)
1.38" (35.1)
1.41" (35.8)
1.37" (37.8)
1.01" (25.7)
Panel Mounting
A
B
C
D
E
F
2.38" (60.5)
1.75" (44.5) or 1.94" (49.3)
1.38" (35.1)
1.41" (35.8)
1.09" (27.7)
0.33" (8.4)
H-7
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
15A 125V, 250V and 277V Locking Devices, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding Inches (mm)
Rating Description
Back and Side Wired
Duplex Receptacle Single Receptacle
Reinforced
Thermoplastic
Polyester (RTP) Nylon
Panel Mount
Mounting Hole Center Mounted on a
4" (101.6)
Round Cover1.94" (49.3) 1.75" (44.5)
NEMA L5-15, 15A 125V Black
Brown
Ivory
—
4700DR
4700DRI
4710
—
—
4712BRY
—
—
4713BRY
—
—
4711BRY
—
—
Plug
15A 125V
NEMA L5-15P
UL/CSA
0.5 HP
G
W
Connector
15A 125V
NEMA L5-15R
UL/CSA
GWIsolated Ground
Orange
4700DRIG 4710IG — — —
Corrosion-Resistant
Yellow
4700DRCR 4710CR — — —
NEMA L6-15, 15A 250V Black
Brown
—
70615DR
70615FR
—
7061594
—
7061575
—
—
—
Plug
15A 250V
NEMA L6-15P
UL/CSA
1.5 HP
G
X
Y
Connector
15A 250V
NEMA L6-15R
UL/CSA
GX
Y
Isolated Ground
Orange
70615DRIG 70615IG — — —
NEMA L7-15, 15A 277V AC Black
Brown
—
4750DR
4760
—
—
—
—
—
4761
—
Plug
15A 277V AC
NEMA L7-15P
UL/CSA
2 HP
WG
Connector
15A 277V AC
NEMA L7-15R
UL/CSA
GW
Note: See Section D for more information on isolated ground devices and Section J for more information on corrosion-resistant devices.
15 Amp Locking Receptacles
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Receptacle Accessories
Single Receptacle Wallplate Duplex Receptacle Wallplate Weatherproof Covers
Stainless Steel Nylon Stainless Steel Nylon Zinc Die Cast Zinc Die Cast Thermoplastic
SS7 NP7BK SS8 NP8BK RW51550 RW51470 RW57300
Note: See Section Q for additional information on wallplates and weatherproof covers.
H-8
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
20 Amp Plugs, Connectors Flanged Devices and Receptacles
20A 125V, 250V, 277V AC, 480V AC and 600V AC Locking Devices,
2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding Inches (mm)
Rating
Cord
Diameter Description
Tripple Gripper
Flanged Devices
Equipment Base with
Nylon White Cup
Weather Protective
Power Inlets Single Nylon
Receptacle,
All BlackNylon Plug Nylon Connector Male Female
Die Cast
Aluminum Plate*
NEMA L5-20,
20A 125V
.300"-.655"
(7.6-16.6)
Black/White
All Black
70520NP
70520NPB
70520NC
70520NCB
70520MB
—
70520ER
—
70520MBWP
—
—
70520FR
Plug
20A 125V
NEMA L5-20P
UL/CSA
1 HP
G
W
Connector
20A 125V
NEMA L5-20R
UL/CSA
1 HP
G
W
Corrosion-Resistant
Yellow/White
70520NPCR 70520NCCR — — — 70520FRCR
Isolated Ground
Orange
— — — — — 70520IG
NEMA L6-20,
20A 250V
.300"-.655"
(7.6-16.6)
Black/White 70620NP 70620NC 70620MB 70620ER 70620MBWP 70620FR
Plug
20A 250V
NEMA L6-20P
UL/CSA
2 HP
G
X
Y
Connector
20A 250V
NEMA L6-20R
UL/CSA
2 HP
G
X
Y
Corrosion-Resistant
Yellow/White
70620NPCR 70620NCCR — — — —
Isolated Ground
Orange
— — — — — 70620IG
NEMA L7-20,
20A 277V AC
.300"-.655"
(7.6-16.6)
Black/White 70720NP 70720NC 70720MB 70720ER —70720FR
Plug
20A 277V AC
NEMA L7-20P
UL/CSA
2 HP
Connector
20A 277V AC
NEMA L7-20R
UL/CSA
2 HP
G
W
NEMA L8-20,
20A 480V AC
.300"-950"
(7.6-24.1)
Black/White 70820NP 70820NC 70820MB 70820ER —70820FR
Plug
20A 480V AC
NEMA L8-20P
UL/CSA
3 HP
G
X
Y
Connector
20A 480V AC
NEMA L8-20R
UL/CSA
3 HP
G
X
Y
NEMA L9-20,
20A 600V AC
.300"-950"
(7.6-24.1)
Black/White 70920NP 70920NC 70920MB 70920ER —70920FR
Plug
20A 600V AC
NEMA L9-20P
UL/CSA
G
X
Y
Connector
20A 600V AC
NEMA L9-20R
UL/CSA
G
X
Y
Note: *Supplied with gaskets, mounting screws and spring-loaded, self-closing lift cover.
See Section D for more information on isolated ground devices and Section J for more information on corrosion-resistant devices.
See page H-20 for weather protective boots for 20 amp nylon locking plugs.
Plug
A2.86" (72.4)
B1.89" (48.0)
C2.13" (54.1)
Connector
A3.90" (99.1)
B1.89" (48.0)
C2.13" (54.1)
A
C
A
C
B
B
ABCE
F
D
C
Bolt Circle
F
(3) Equally
Spaced
A
B
D
E
Receptacle Flanged Devices
Single Male/ Female
A3.28" (83.3) 2.88" (73.2)
B2.38" (60.5) 120˚
C1.56" (39.6) 2.00" (50.8)
D1.70" (43.2) 2.02" (51.3)
E2.67" (67.8) 2.05" (52.1)
F1.24" (31.5) (3) 0.19" (4.8)
Note: See page S-8 for horsepower ratings.
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
H-9
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
20 Amp Plugs, Connectors Flanged Devices and Receptacles
20A 125/250V, 3Ø 250V AC and 3Ø 480V AC Locking Devices,
3-Pole 3-Wire and 3-Pole 4-Wire Grounding Inches (mm)
Rating
Poles/
Wires
Cord
Diameter Description
Tripple Gripper
Flanged Devices
Equipment Base with
Nylon White Cup
Weather Protective
Power Inlets Single Nylon
Receptacle,
All BlackNylon Plug
Nylon
Connector Male Female
Die Cast
Aluminum Plate*
NEMA L10-20,
20A 125/250V AC
3-Pole
3-Wire
.300"-.655"
(7.6-16.6)
Black/White 71020NP 71020NC 71020MB 71020ER —71020FR
Plug
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
Connector
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
NEMA L11-20,
20A 3Ø 250V AC
3-Pole
3-Wire
.300"-.655"
(7.6-16.6)
Black/White 71120NP 71120NC 71120MB 71120ER —71120FR
Plug
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
Connector
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
NEMA L12-20,
20A 3Ø 480V AC
3-Pole
3-Wire
.300"-.655"
(7.6-16.6)
Black/White 71220NP 71220NC 71220MB 71220ER —71220FR
Plug
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
Connector
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
NEMA L14-20,
20A 125/250V AC
3-Pole
4-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White 71420NP 71420NC 71420MB 71420ER 71420MBWP 71420FR
Plug
20A 125/250V AC
NEMA L14-20P
UL/CSA
2 (1) HP
WG
X
Y
Connector
20A 125/250V AC
NEMA L14-20R
UL/CSA
2 (1) HP
GW
X
Y
Isolated Ground
Orange
———— —71420IG
NEMA L15-20,
20A 3Ø 250V AC
3-Pole
4-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White 71520NP 71520NC 71520MB 71520ER 71520MBWP 71520FR
Plug
20A 3Ø 250V AC
NEMA L15-20P
UL/CSA
3 HP
YG
X
Z
Connector
20A 3Ø 250V AC
NEMA L15-20R
UL/CSA
3 HP
GY
X
Z
NEMA L16-20,
20A 3Ø 480V AC
3-Pole
4-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White 71620NP 71620NC 71620MB 71620ER 71620MBWP 71620FR
Plug
20A 3Ø 480V AC
NEMA L16-20P
UL/CSA
5 HP
YG
X
Z
Connector
20A 3Ø 480V AC
NEMA L16-20R
UL/CSA
5 HP
GY
X
Z
Note: *Supplied with gaskets, mounting screws and spring-loaded, self-closing lift cover.
See Section D for more information on isolated ground devices and Section J for more information on corrosion-resistant devices.
See page H-20 for weather protective boots for 20 amp nylon locking plugs.
ABCE
F
D
C
Bolt Circle
F
(3) Equally
Spaced
A
B
D
E
A
C
A
C
B
B
Receptacle Flanged Devices
Single 71020MB/ER 71520MB/ER
A3.28" (83.3) 2.88" (73.2) 3.06" (77.7)
B2.38" (60.5) 120˚ 120˚
C1.56" (39.6) 2.50" (63.5) 2.68" (68.1)
D1.70" (43.2) 2.02" (51.3) 2.03" (51.6)
E2.67" (67.8) 71520FR
2.50" (63.5) 71020FR
2.12" (53.8) 2.16" (54.9)
F1.14" (29.0) 71520FR
0.98" (2.50) 71020FR
(3) 0.19" (4.8) (3) 0.19" (4.8)
Note: See page S-8 for horsepower ratings.
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Plug
A2.86" (72.4)
B1.89" (48.0)
C2.13" (54.1)
Connector
A3.90" (99.1)
B1.89" (48.0)
C2.13" (54.1)
H-10
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
A
C
A
C
B
B
20 Amp Plugs, Connectors Flanged Devices and Receptacles
20A 3ØY 120/208V AC, 3ØY 277/480V AC and 3ØY 347/600V AC Locking Devices,
4-Pole 4-Wire and 4-Pole 5-Wire Grounding Inches (mm)
Rating
Poles/
Wires
Cord
Diameter Description
Tripple Gripper
Flanged Devices
Equipment Base with
Nylon White Cup Single Nylon
Receptacle,
All BlackNylon Plug
Nylon
Connector Male Female
NEMA L18-20,
20A 3ØY 120/208V AC
4-Pole
4-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White 71820NP 71820NC 71820MB 71820ER 71820FR
Plug
20A 3ØY
120/208V AC
NEMA L18-20P
UL Listed
2 HP
YW
X
Z
Connector
20A 3ØY
120/208V AC
NEMA L18-20R
UL Listed
2 HP
WY
X
Z
NEMA L19-20,
20A 3ØY 277/480V AC
4-Pole
4-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White 71920NP 71920NC 71920MB 71920ER 71920FR
Plug
20A 3ØY
277/480V AC
NEMA L19-20P
UL Listed
5 HP
YW
X
Z
Connector
20A 3ØY
277/480V AC
NEMA L19-20R
UL Listed
5 HP
Y
W
X
Z
NEMA L20-20,
20A 3ØY 347/600V AC
4-Pole
4-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White 72020NP 72020NC 72020MB 72020ER 72020FR
Plug
20A 3ØY
347/600V AC
NEMA L20-20P
UL Listed
W
Y
X
Z
Connector
20A 3ØY
347/600V AC
NEMA L20-20R
UL Listed
Y
W
X
Z
NEMA L21-20,
20A 3ØY 120/208V AC
4-Pole
5-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White
All Black
72120NP
72120NPB
72120NC
72120NCB
72120MB
—
72120ER
—
—
72120FR
Plug
20A 3ØY
120/208V AC
NEMA L21-20P
UL/CSA
2 HP
YW
X
Z
G
Connector
20A 3ØY
120/208V AC
NEMA L21-20R
UL/CSA
2 HP
WY
X
Z
G
Isolated Ground
Orange
————72120IG
NEMA L22-20,
20A 3ØY 277/480V AC
4-Pole
5-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White 72220NP 72220NC 72220MB 72220ER 72220FR
Plug
20A 3ØY
277/480V AC
NEMA L22-20P
UL/CSA
5 HP
YW
X
Z
G
Connector
20A 3ØY
277/480V AC
NEMA L22-20R
UL/CSA
5 HP
Y
W
X
Z
G
NEMA L23-20,
20A 3ØY 347/600V AC
4-Pole
5-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White 72320NP 72320NC 72320MB 72320ER 72320FR
Plug
20A 3ØY
347/600V AC
NEMA L23-20P
UL/CSA
W
G
Y
X
Z
Connector
20A 3ØY
347/600V AC
NEMA L23-20P
UL/CSA
W
G
Y
X
Z
Note: See Section D for more information on isolated ground devices and Section J for more information on corrosion-resistant devices.
See page H-20 for weather protective boots for 20 amp nylon locking plugs.
ABCE
F
D
C
Bolt Circle
F
(3) Equally
Spaced
A
B
D
E
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Plug
A2.86" (72.4)
B1.89" (48.0)
C2.13" (54.1)
Connector
A3.90" (99.1)
B1.89" (48.0)
C2.13" (54.1)
Receptacle Flanged Devices
Single Male/ Female
A3.28" (83.3) 3.06" (77.7)
B2.38" (60.5) 120˚
C1.56" (39.6) 2.68" (68.1)
D1.70" (43.2) 2.03" (51.6)
E2.67" (67.8) 2.16" (54.9)
F1.24" (31.5) (3) 0.19" (4.8)
Note: See page S-8 for horsepower ratings.
H-11
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
30 Amp Plugs, Connectors Flanged Devices and Receptacles
30A 125V, 250V, 277V AC, 480V AC and 600V AC Locking Devices,
2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding Inches (mm)
Rating
Cord
Diameter Description
Tripple Gripper
Flanged Devices
Equipment Base with
Nylon White Cup
Weather Protective
Power Inlets Single Nylon
Receptacle,
All BlackNylon Plug
Nylon
Connector Male Female
Die Cast
Aluminum Plate*
NEMA L5-30,
30A 125V
.300"-.950"
(7.6-24.1)
Black/White
All Black
70530NP
70530NPB
70530NC
70530NCB
70530MB
—
70530ER
—
70530MBWP
—
—
70530FR
Plug
20A 125V
NEMA L5-20P
UL/CSA
1 HP
G
W
Connector
20A 125V
NEMA L5-20R
UL/CSA
1 HP
G
W
Corrosion-Resistant
Yellow/White
70530NPCR 70530NCCR — — — 70530FRCR
Isolated Ground
Orange
—————70530IG
NEMA L6-30,
30A 250V
.300"-.950"
(7.6-24.1)
Black/White
All Black
70630NP
70630NPB
70630NC
70630NCB
70630MB
—
70630ER
—
70630MBWP
—
—
70630FR
Plug
20A 250V
NEMA L6-20P
UL/CSA
2 HP
G
X
Y
Connector
20A 250V
NEMA L6-20R
UL/CSA
2 HP
G
X
Y
Corrosion-Resistant
Yellow/White
70630NPCR 70630NCCR — — — —
Isolated Ground
Orange
—————70630IG
NEMA L7-30,
30A 277V AC
.300"-.950"
(7.6-24.1)
Black/White 70730NP 70730NC 70730MB 70730ER —70730FR
Plug
20A 277V AC
NEMA L7-20P
UL/CSA
2 HP
Connector
20A 277V AC
NEMA L7-20R
UL/CSA
2 HP
G
W
NEMA L8-30,
30A 480V AC
.300"-.950"
(7.6-24.1)
Black/White 70830NP 70830NC 70830MB 70830ER —70830FR
Plug
20A 480V AC
NEMA L8-20P
UL/CSA
3 HP
G
X
Y
Connector
20A 480V AC
NEMA L8-20R
UL/CSA
3 HP
G
X
Y
NEMA L9-30,
30A 600V AC
.300"-.950"
(7.6-24.1)
Black/White 70930NP 70930NC 70930MB 70930ER —7093 0FR
Plug
20A 600V AC
NEMA L9-20P
UL/CSA
G
X
Y
Connector
20A 600V AC
NEMA L9-20R
UL/CSA
G
X
Y
Note: *Supplied with gaskets, mounting screws and spring-loaded, self-closing lift cover.
See Section D for more information on isolated ground devices and Section J for more information on corrosion-resistant devices.
See page H-20 for weather protective boots for 20 amp nylon locking plugs.
A
C
A
C
B
B
ABCE
F
D
C
Bolt Circle
F
(3) Equally
Spaced
A
B
D
E
Note: See page S-8 for horsepower ratings.
Receptacle Flanged Devices
Single Male/Female
A3.28" (83.3) 2.88" (73.2)
B2.38" (60.5) 120˚
C1.56" (39.6) 2.50" (63.5)
D1.70" (43.2) 2.02" (51.3)
E2.67" (67.8) 2.05" (52.1)
F1.24" (31.5) (3) 0.19" (4.8)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Plug
A2.86" (72.4)
B1.89" (48.0)
C2.13" (54.1)
Connector
A3.90" (99.1)
B1.89" (48.0)
C2.13" (54.1)
H-12
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
30 Amp Plugs, Connectors Flanged Devices and Receptacles
30A 125/250V, 3Ø 250V AC, 3Ø 480V AC and 3Ø 600V AC Locking Devices,
3-Pole 3-Wire and 3-Pole 3-Wire and 3-Pole 4-Wire Grounding Inches (mm)
Rating
Poles/
Wires
Cord
Diameter Description
Tripple Gripper
Flanged Devices
Equipment Base with
Nylon White Cup
Weather Protective
Power Inlets Single Nylon
Receptacle,
All BlackNylon Plug
Nylon
Connector Male Female
Die Cast
Aluminum Plate*
NEMA L10-30,
30A 125/250V AC
3-Pole
3-Wire
.300"-.950"
(7.6-24.1)
Black/White 71030NP 71030NC 71030MB 71030ER —71030FR
Plug
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
Connector
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
NEMA L11-30,
30A 3Ø 250V AC
3-Pole
3-Wire
.300"-.950"
(7.6-24.1)
Black/White 71130NP 71130NC 71130MB 71130ER —71130FR
Plug
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
Connector
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
NEMA L12-30,
30A 3Ø 480V AC
3-Pole
3-Wire
.300"-.950"
(7.6-24.1)
Black/White 71230NP 71230NC 71230MB 71230ER —71230FR
Plug
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
Connector
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
NEMA L13-30,
30A 3Ø 600V AC
3-Pole
3-Wire
.300"-.950"
(7.6-24.1)
Black/White 71330NP 71330NC 71330MB 71330ER —71330FR
Plug
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
Connector
NEMA L11-20
NEMA L10-20
NEMA L12-20
NEMA L10-30
NEMA L11-30
NEMA L12-30
NEMA L13-30
NEMA L14-30,
30A 125/250V AC
3-Pole
4-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White 71430NP 71430NC 71430MB 71430ER 71430MBWP 71430FR
Plug
20A 125/250V AC
NEMA L14-20P
UL/CSA
2 (1) HP
WG
X
Y
Connector
20A 125/250V AC
NEMA L14-20R
UL/CSA
2 (1) HP
GW
X
Y
Isolated Ground
Orange
————— 71430IG
NEMA L15-30,
30A 3Ø 250V AC
3-Pole
4-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White 71530NP 71530NC 71530MB 71530ER 71530MBWP 71530FR
Plug
20A 3Ø 250V AC
NEMA L15-20P
UL/CSA
3 HP
YG
X
Z
Connector
20A 3Ø 250V AC
NEMA L15-20R
UL/CSA
3 HP
GY
X
Z
Isolated Ground
Orange
————— 71530IG
NEMA L16-30,
30A 3Ø 480V AC
3-Pole
4-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White 71630NP 71630NC 71630MB 71630ER —71630FR
Plug
20A 3Ø 480V AC
NEMA L16-20P
UL/CSA
5 HP
YG
X
Z
Connector
20A 3Ø 480V AC
NEMA L16-20R
UL/CSA
5 HP
GY
X
Z
NEMA L17-30,
30A 3Ø 600V AC
3-Pole
4-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White 71730NP 71730NC 71730MB 71730ER —71730FR
Plug
20A 3Ø 480V AC
NEMA L16-20P
UL/CSA
5 HP
YG
X
Z
Connector
20A 3Ø 480V AC
NEMA L16-20R
UL/CSA
5 HP
GY
X
Z
Note: *Supplied with gaskets, mounting screws and spring-loaded, self-closing lift cover.
See Section D for more information on isolated ground devices and Section J for more information on corrosion-resistant devices.
See page H-13 for 30 amp NEMA locking device dimensions..
See page H-20 for weather protective boots for 30 amp nylon locking plugs.
H-13
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
A
C
A
C
B
B
30A 3ØY 120/208V AC, 3ØY 277/480V AC and 3ØY 347/600V AC Locking Devices,
4-Pole 4-Wire and 4-Pole 5-Wire Grounding Inches (mm)
Rating
Poles/
Wires
Cord
Diameter Description
Tripple Gripper
Flanged Devices
Equipment Base with
Nylon White Cup
Single Nylon
Receptacle,
All BlackNylon Plug Nylon Connector Male Female
NEMA L18-30,
30A 3ØY 120/208V AC
4-Pole
4-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White 71830NP 71830NC 71830MB 71830ER 71830FR
Plug
30A 3ØY
120/208V AC
NEMA L18-30P
UL Listed
3 HP
W
Y
X
Z
Connector
30A 3ØY
120/208V AC
NEMA L18-30R
UL Listed
3 HP
WY
X
Z
NEMA L19-30,
30A 3ØY 277/480V AC
4-Pole
4-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White 71930NP 71930NC 71930MB 71930ER 71930FR
Plug
30A 3ØY
277/480V AC
NEMA L19-30P
UL Listed
10 HP
YW
X
Z
Connector
30A 3ØY
277/480V AC
NEMA L19-30R
UL Listed
10 HP
Y
W
X
Z
NEMA L20-30,
30A 3ØY 347/600V AC
4-Pole
4-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White 72030NP 72030NC 72030MB 72030ER 72030FR
Plug
30A 3ØY
347/600V AC
NEMA L20-30P
UL Listed
YW
X
Z
Connector
30A 3ØY
347/600V AC
NEMA L20-30R
UL Listed
Y
W
X
Z
NEMA L21-30,
30A 3ØY 120/208V AC
4-Pole
5-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White 72130NP 72130NC 72130MB 72130ER 72130FR
Plug
30A 3ØY
120/208V AC
NEMA L21-30P
UL/CSA
3 HP
W
Y
X
Z
G
Connector
30A 3ØY
120/208V AC
NEMA L21-30R
UL/CSA
3 HP
WY
X
Z
G
Isolated Ground
Orange
————72130IG
NEMA L22-30,
30A 3ØY 277/480V AC
4-Pole
5-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White 72230NP 72230NC 72230MB 72230ER 72230FR
Plug
30A 3ØY
277/480V AC
NEMA L22-30P
UL/CSA
10 HP
YW
X
Z
G
Connector
20A 3ØY
277/480V AC
NEMA L22-20R
UL/CSA
5 HP
Y
W
X
Z
G
NEMA L23-30,
30A 3ØY 347/600V AC
4-Pole
5-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White 72330NP 72330NC 72330MB 72330ER 72330FR
Plug
30A 3ØY
347/600V AC
NEMA L23-30P
UL/CSA
YW
X
Z
G
Connector
30A 3ØY
347/600V AC
NEMA L23-30R
UL/CSA
Y
W
X
Z
G
Note: See Section D for more information on isolated ground devices and Section J for more information on corrosion-resistant devices.
See page H-20 for weather protective boots for 30 amp nylon locking plugs.
30 Amp Plugs, Connectors Flanged Devices and Receptacles
Receptacle Flanged Devices
Single Male/ Female
A3.28" (83.3) 3.06" (77.7)
B2.38" (60.5) 120˚
C1.56" (39.6) 2.68" (68.1)
D1.70" (43.2) 2.03" (51.6)
E2.67" (67.8) 2.16" (54.9)
F1.24"(31.5) (3) 0.19" (4.8)
ABCE
F
D
C
Bolt Circle
F
(3) Equally
Spaced
A
B
D
E
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Note: See page S-8 for horsepower ratings.
Plug
A2.86" (72.4)
B1.89" (48.0)
C2.13" (54.1)
Connector
A3.90" (99.1)
B1.89" (48.0)
C2.13" (54.1)
Plug
A2.86" (72.4)
B1.89" (48.0)
C2.13" (54.1)
Connector
A3.90" (99.1)
B1.89" (48.0)
C2.13" (54.1)
ABE
F
D
C
C
Bolt Circle
F
(3) Equally
Spaced
A
B
D
E
A
C
A
C
B
B
Single Receptacle Flanged Devices
A3.28" (83.3) 3.06" (77.7)
B2.38" (60.5) 120˚
C1.56" (39.6) 2.68" (68.1)
D1.71" (43.4) 2.03" (51.6)
E2.50" (63.5) 2.16" (54.9)
F1.14" (29.0) FSL1FR
1.20" (30.5) 40045FR
(3) 0.19" (4.8)
Note: See page S-8 for horsepower ratings.
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
H-14
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
400 Hertz 20A and 30A Locking Devices
20A 400Hz 3ØY 120/208V and 30A 28V DC, 400Hz 120V, 3Ø∆ 120V and 3ØY 120/208V Locking
Devices, 2-Pole 3-Wire, 3-Pole 4-Wire and 4-Pole 5-Wire Grounding Inches (mm)
Rating
Poles/
Wires
Cord
Diameter Description
Tripple Gripper
Flanged Devices
Equipment Base with
Nylon White Cup Single Urea
Receptacle,
All BlackNylon Plug Nylon Connector Male Female
20A 400Hz,
3ØY 120/208V
4-Pole
5-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White 40045NP 40045NC 40045MB 40045ER 40045FR
Plug
Y
Z
G
W
X
Y
ZG
W
X
Connector
Y
Z
G
W
X
Y
ZG
W
X
NEMA FSL1,
30A 28V DC
2-Pole
3-Wire
.300"-.950"
(7.6-24.1)
Black/White FSL1NP FSL1NC — — FSL1FR
Plug
W
G
W
G
Connector
W
G
W
G
NEMA FSL2,
30A 400Hz 120V
2-Pole
3-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White FSL2NP FSL2NC — — FSL2FR
Plug
W
G
W
G
Connector
W
G
W
G
NEMA FSL3,
30A 400Hz 3Ø∆ 120V
3-Pole
4-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White FSL3NP FSL3NC — — FSL3FR
Plug
Y
Z
G
X
Y
Z
G
X
Connector
Y
Z
G
X
Y
Z
G
X
NEMA FSL4,
30A 400Hz 3ØY 120/280V
4-Pole
5-Wire
.465"-1.150"
(11.8-29.2)
Black/White FSL4NP FSL4NC — — FSL4FR
Plug
Y
Z
W
X
Y
Z
W
X
Connector
Y
Z
W
X
Y
Z
W
X
Note: 400 Hertz locking devices have a unique locking configuration that is not interchangeable with existing locking configurations. They have been designed, tested
and approved for use on 400 Hz (400 cycles per second) circuits.
This higher frequency (400 Hz) is used in place of the normal 60 Hz in certain military, industrial and aircraft applications. Where power, size and weight are
important factors, the application of 400 Hz, in aircraft for example, permits the use of small, powerful electric motors that result in a substantial weight reduction.
The National Electrical Code requires that “receptacles connected to circuits having different voltages, frequencies or types of current (AC or DC) on the same
premises shall be of such design that the attachment plugs used on these circuits are not interchangeable.” Thus users of 400 Hz and 60 Hz attachment plugs
and receptacles must segregate the frequencies when used on the same premises.
See page H-20 for weather protective boots for 20 amp nylon locking plugs.
Duplex Receptacles Single Receptacles
10A 10A 20A
A3.28" (83.3) 3.28" (83.3) 3.28" (83.3)
B2.38" (60.5) 2.38" (60.5) 2.38" (60.5)
C1.38" (35.1) 1.38" (35.1) 1.38" (35.1)
D1.41" (35.8) 1.41" (35.8) 1.39" (35.3)
E1.37" (34.8) 1.37" (34.8) 2.20" (55.9)
F1.01" (25.7) 1.01" (25.7) 0.86" (21.8)
Flanged Devices
10A 20A
A2.38" (60.5) 2.87" (73.9)
B2.19" (55.5) 2.20˚
C2.00" (50.8) 2.50" (63.5)
D1.84" (46.7) 1.27" (32.3)
E1.68" (42.6) 2.01" (51.1)
F1.58" (40.1) (3) 0.19" (4.8)
Connector
10A 20A
A2.95 (75.0) 3.73 (94.7)
B1.38" (35.1) 1.80 (45.7)
C1.53" (38.9) 2.11 (53.6)
A
F
BC
D
E
A
F
BC
D
E
C
Bolt Circle
F
(3) Equally
Spaced
A
B
D
E
C
Bolt Circle
F
(3) Equally
Spaced
A
B
D
E
20A Devices10A Devices
A
C
A
C
B
B
A
C
A
C
B
B
D
AB
ABC E
C
F
D
E
ABE
F
D
C
10A Duplex 10A Single 20A Single
Plug
10A 20A
A2.18" (55.4) 2.60" (66.0)
B1.38" (35.1) 1.80" (45.7)
C1.53" (38.9) 2.11" (5 3.6)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
H-15
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
10 Amp and 15 Amp Non-NEMA Locking Devices
10A 250V and 15A 125V Locking Devices,
3-Pole 3-Wire Non-Grounding and 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding Inches (mm)
Rating
Poles/
Wires
Cord
Diameter Description
Triple Gripper
Flanged Devices
Equipment Base with
Binding Screw Terminals
Receptacle,
Back and Side Wired
Nylon Plug
Nylon
Connector
Male
White Nylon
Female
White Nylon
Single
All Black Nylon
Duplex
All Black RTP
10A 250V,
Non-Grounding
3-Pole
3-Wire
.300"-.655"
(7.6-16.6)
Black/White 7568NP 7565NC 7556MB 7557ER 7582 7580DR
Plug Connector Corrosion-
Resistant
Yellow/White
7568NPCR 7565NCCR — — — —
15A 125V,
Grounding
2-Pole
3-Wire
All Black ————7582G 7580GDR
Plug Connector
Note: Wiring devices on this page are no longer listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and are intended for replacement use only in existing installations.
We recommend that they not be used in new installations. These devices formerly complied with UL Standards, however, due to revisions of these Standards, the
devices can no longer be listed. For new installations, refer to the NEMA configuration chart on page H-2 for the products suited for your particular current and
voltage requirements. CAUTION: To Avoid Electric Shock-Review premises carefully and do not use if slot or blade configuration (design) is already in a circuit
having a rating differing from the rating of this device.
See page H-20 for weather protective boots for 10 and 15 amp nylon locking plugs.
Plug
A2.60" (66.0)
B1.80" (45.7)
C2.11" (5 3.6)
Connector
A3.73" (94.7)
B1.80" (45.7)
C2.11" (5 3.6)
Single Receptacle Flanged Devices
A3.28" (83.3) 3.06" (77.7)
B2.38" (60.5) 120˚
C1.56" (39.6) 2.68" (68.1)
D1.71" (43.4) 2.27" (57.7)
E2.50" (63.5) 2.23" (56.6)
F1.14" (29.0) (3) 0.19" (4.8)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
H-16
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
20A 125/250V, 250V AC and 3ØY 120/208V AC Locking Devices,
Grounding and Non-Grounding Inches (mm)
Rating
Poles/
Wires
Cord
Diameter Description
Nylon Construction
Flanged Devices
Equipment Base with
Binding Screw Terminals
Single Receptacle
Back and Side Wired
Plug Connector
Male
White Nylon
Female
White Nylon All Black Urea
20A 125/250V AC,
Non-Grounding
3-Pole
3-Wire
.375"-1.000"
(9.5-25.4)
Black/White
All Black
9965
9965NB
7314
7314NB
7327
—
7328
—
—
7310
Plug
20A 125/250V
Non-NEMA
Not UL Listed
W
X
Y
3P 3W
Connector
20A 125/250V
Non-NEMA
Not UL Listed
W
X
Y
3P 3W
Sentinel Yellow 9965NSY 7314NSY ———
20A 250V AC,
Grounding
2-Pole
3-Wire
All Black ————7310G*
Plug
20A 250V AC
Non-NEMA
Not UL Listed
W
X
Y
2P 3W
Connector
W
X
Y
20A 250V AC
Non-NEMA
Not UL Listed
2P 3W
20A 3ØY 120/208V,
Non-Grounding
4-Pole
4-Wire
.625"-1.150"
(15.9-29.2)
Black/White 9967 7414 7408MB 7409ER 7410
7417**
Plug
20A 3Ø Y
120/208V AC
Non-NEMA
Not UL Listed
Y
W
XZ
4P 4W
Connector
20A 3Ø Y
120/208V AC
Non-NEMA
Not UL Listed
Y
W
X
Z
4P 4W
Sentinel Yellow 9967NSY 7414NSY ———
20A 250V AC,
Grounding
3-Pole
4-Wire
All Black ————7410G*
Plug
20A 250V AC
Non-NEMA
Grounding
Y
W
XZ
3P 4W
Connector
20A 250V AC
Non-NEMA
Grounding
Y
W
X
Z
3P 4W
20A 3ØY 120/208V AC,
Grounding
4-Pole
5-Wire
.625"-1.150"
(15.9-29.2)
Black/White 3521 3523 ———
Plug
Y
W
XZ
20A 3ØY 120/208V AC
Non-NEMA
Grounding
4P 5W
Connector
20A 3ØY 120/208V AC
Non-NEMA
Grounding
Y
W
X
Z
4P 5W
Note: Rating Change: All devices listed on this page are intended for replacement use only in existing installations. We recommend that they not be used in new
installations. Both standard and suffix “G” devices were formerly dual rated 20 Amp 250V AC or DC, 10 Amp 600V AC. Suffix “G” devices are intended for
equipment grounding applications and formerly complied with UL Standards. However, due to revisions of these Standards, suffix “G” devices are no longer
UL Listed and the rating of non-grounding devices has been changed to 20 Amp 125/250V. For new installations, refer to the NEMA configuration chart on H-2
for the products suited for your particular current and voltage requirements. CAUTION: To Avoid Electric Shock-Review premises carefully and do not use if
slot or blade configuration (design) is already in a circuit having a rating differing from the rating of this device.
See page H-20 for weather protective boots for 20 amp nylon locking plugs.
*Not UL Listed. For Replacement use only.
**Catalog number 7410 on 4 in. (101.6) round metal box cover. Not CSA Certified.
20 Amp Non-NEMA Locking Devices
A
C
A
C
B
B
ABE
F
D
C
C
Bolt Circle
F
(3) Equally
Spaced
A
B
D
E
Plug
A2.85" (72.4)
B1.89" (48.0)
C2.13" (54.1)
Connector
A3.90" (99.1)
B1.89" (48.0)
C2.13" (54.1)
Single Receptacle
A3.28" (83.3)
B2.38" (60.5)
C1.56" (39.6)
D1.71" (43.4)
E2.50" (63.5)
F1.20" (30.5)
ABE
FD
C
A
C
A
C
B
B
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
H-17
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
30 Amp Non-NEMA Locking Devices
30A 125/250V, 250V AC and 3ØY 120/208V AC Locking Devices,
Grounding and Non-Grounding Inches (mm)
Rating
Poles/
Wires
Cord
Diameter Description
Triple Gripper
Single Receptacle
Back and Side Wired
Nylon Plug Nylon Connector All Black Urea
30A 125/250V AC,
Non-Grounding
3-Pole
3-Wire
.300"-.950"
(7.6-24.1)
Black/White 3331 3333 3330
Plug
30A 125/250V
Non-NEMA
Not UL Listed
W
X
Y
3P 3W
Connector
30A 125/250V
Non-NEMA
Not UL Listed
W
X
Y
3P 3W
30A 250V AC,
Grounding
2-Pole
3-Wire
All Black — — 3330G*
Plug
30A 125/250V
Non-NEMA
Grounding
W
X
Y
2P 3W
Connector
30A 125/250V
Non-NEMA
Not UL Listed
W
X
Y
2P 3W
30A 3ØY 120/208V,
Non-Grounding
4-Pole
4-Wire
.625"-1.150"
(15.9-29.2)
Black/White 3431 3433 3430BRY
Plug
Non-NEMA
30A 3Ø Y
120/208V AC
Not UL Listed
X
Z
W
Y
4P 4W
Connector
30A 3Ø Y
120/208V AC
Non-NEMA
Not UL Listed
X
Z
W
Y
4P 4W
30A 250V AC,
Grounding
3-Pole
4-Wire
All Black — — 3430G*
Plug
Non-NEMA
30A 250V AC
Grounding
X
Z
W
Y
3P 4W
Connector
30A 250V AC
Non-NEMA
Grounding
X
Z
W
Y
3P 4W
Note: Rating Change: Effective July 1, 1981, the ratings of devices listed on this page were changed from 30 Amp 250V to 30 Amp 125/250V in order to comply with
Underwriters Laboratories' requirements. Note that although the voltage rating has changed, the configuration will remain the same. Suffix “G” devices are
intended for equipment grounding applications and formerly complied with UL Standards. However, due to revisions of these Standards, suffix “G” devices are
no longer UL Listed. Devices listed on this page are intended for replacement use only. For new installations, refer to the NEMA configuration chart on page H-2
for your particular current and voltage requirements. CAUTION: To Avoid Electric Shock-Review premises carefully and do not use if slot or blade configuration
(design) is already in a circuit having a rating differing from the rating of this device.
See page H-20 for weather protective boots for 30 amp nylon locking plugs.
*Not UL Listed. For Replacement use only.
• Tinted lid is aesthetically pleasing in any location
• High-impact, polycarbonate standard while-in-use cover
will not rust or corrode, cover is NEMA 3R rated
• Compact 2-gang design
• Locking receptacle prevents unintentional disconnection
of mating pump plug
• Deep weatherproof box gives installers the room
needed to wire the box efficiently
• State-of-the-art powder-coated finish provides years
of protection against the elements
• Installation hardware, gasket and ground screw
are provided
• Male inlet is securely mounted to the cover for
additional durability
H-18
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
20 Amp Pool Pump Kit
20 Amp Generator Power Connection Kit
Description Rating Receptacle Poles/Wires Catalog Number
Pump Kit Contains:
•Heavy duty, industrial grade locking receptacle
•Single pole switch (20A 120-277V AC).
•Two-gang, 2 inch deep die-cast aluminum weatherproof box with
(4) ¾ inch threaded outlets
•Two-gang, weatherproof while-in-use cover
•Includes mounting hardware, gasket, wire connector and
(3) closure plugs
•Complete assembly instructions
NEMA L5-20,
20A 125V
Grounding
20A 125V
NEMA L5-20R
UL/CSA
1 HP
G
W2-Pole
3-Wire
PKL520
Description Rating Receptacle Poles/Wires Catalog Number
Generator Power Kit Contains:
•Heavy duty industrial grade male base integrated with
cast aluminum weatherproof cover
•Single-gang, 2 inch deep cast aluminum box
•Mounting hardware, grounding screw and gasket
NEMA L14-30,
30A 125/250V
30A 125/250V AC
NEMA L14-30P
UL/CSA
2 (2) HP
GW
X
Y
3-Pole
4-Wire
RB58405
• Nylon angle adapters convert 20 and 30 amp
nylon locking plugs/connectors into space-
saving angle devices
• Adapters permit wire to exit parallel to the
receptacle, eliminating space needed for
wire to bend
• PLUGBOX® devices provide an assured method of complying
with OSHA lockout/tagout regulation
• Protect against unexpected start-up of equipment during
maintenance and repair work
• Discourages unauthorized use of tools and equipment
• UV stabilized polypropylene housing
• High visibility red for easy identification
B
C
DE
A
B
C
DE
A
+ =
+ =
OR
PLUGBOX® Lockout Devices
Description
Accomodates
15 Amp up to 277V Rating 20 Amp 30 Amp 50 Amp
3-Wire 2- and 3-Wire 3-Wire 4- and 5-Wire 4- and 5-Wire 3- and 4-Wire
Locking
Molded-On
Plugs
Locking
Plugs
Power
Interrupting
Plugs
NEMA and
Non-NEMA
Locking Plugs
NEMA and
Non-NEMA
Locking Plugs
Power
Interrupting
Plugs
Locking
Plugs
Red polypropylene BLDMP BLD BLD BLD BLD BLD2 BLD2
Adapter with Plug
A2.88" (73.2)
B2.25" (57.2) Plug
3.35" (85.1) Connector
C1.33" (33.8)
D1.86" (47.2)
E1.80" (45.7)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
H-19
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Angle Adapters for 20 and 30 Amp Locking Plugs and Connectors
PLUGBOX® Lockout Devices
Triple Gripper®
Angle Adapters Inches (mm)
Description Cord Grip Catalog Number
Angle adapter,
black nylon
.50 0"-1.00"
(12.7-25.4)
70204ANA
L
O
C
K
L
O
C
K
L
O
C
K
L
O
C
K
SLIDE
CLOSE
OPEN
Min. - Max.
Diameter
Max.
Cable Dia.
Recommended
Plug Sizes
B
F
C
D
E
Max
G
A
BLDMP BLD BLD2
A 4.22" (107.2) 7.27" (184.7) 12.51" (317.8)
B 3.14" (79.8) 4.27" (108.5) 6.31" (160.3)
C(2) 0.32" (8.1) (4) 0.39" (9.9) (4) 0.39" (9.9)
D 2.57" (65.3) 3.10" (78.7) 5.00" (127.0)
E 3.70" (94.0) 4.75" (120.7) 10.15" (257.8)
F 0.79"-1.73" (20.1-43.9) 1.50"-2.75" (38.1-69.9) 1.90"-4.50" (48.3-114.3)
G 0.64" (16.3) 1.11" (28.2) 1.45" (36.8)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
H-20
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
• For use with Bryant Tech-Spec® locking plugs and connectors
• Help prevent moisture, dust and other contaminants from
infiltrating plugs and connectors
• Thermoplastic elastomer construction in high visibility yellow or
standard black
• Excellent ozone and weather resistance and resistant to
deterioration by oils and heat
• Connector sealing ring provides extra protection when plug
and connector are not mated
Weather Protective Boots and Adapter Sleeves
Adapter Sleeves
Description Color Catalog Number Catalog Number
Rubber adapter sleeve, strain relief for use with 2-pole 2-wire
straight blade nylon plugs and connectors, NEMA 1-15, ML-2 and ML-3
Black
White
5200S
—
—
9700S
Weather Protective Boots
Description For use with Color
For Use
with Plugs
For Use with
Connectors
Sealing Cap for Use with
Connector Boot
Thermoplastic
elastomer boot
10 and 15 amp nylon locking, 15 and 20 amp
straight blade devices
Black
Yellow
5200BPB
5200BP
5200BCB
5200BC
5200BSRB
5200BSR
7465N plug when used with 7464N connector or
7468N female equipment receptacle, also for use
with connector when used with 7466N male base
Black 7460BP — —
7464N connector when used with 7465N plug Black — 7460BC —
Neoprene boot 15 amp 2-pole 2-wire and midget locking nylon
plugs and connectors, NEMA L1-15, ML-2 and ML-3
Yellow 7400BCR 7400BCR —
20 and 30 amp nylon locking plugs Black
Yellow
72002BPB
72002BP
72002BCB
72002BC
—
—
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
H-21
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
50 Amp Plugs, Connectors, Flanged Devices and Receptacles
50A 125V, 250V, 480V, 125/250V, 3Ø 250V AC and 3Ø 480V AC Locking Devices,
2-Pole 3-Wire and 3-Pole 4-Wire Grounding Inches (mm)
Rating
Poles/
Wires Cord Diameter Description Plug Connector
Flanged Devices Single Armored
ReceptacleMale Male with Cover
50A 125/250V AC 3-Pole
4-Wire
.65"-1.20"
(16.5-30.5)
Black Nylon CS6365L CS6364L CS6375L CS6375LC CS6369L
Plug
G
W
X
Y
50A
125/250V AC
UL/CSA
Connector
G
W
X
Y
50A
125/250V AC
UL/CSA
3-Pole
4-Wire
.830"-1.250"
(21.1-31.8)
Heavy Duty Black CS6365 CS6364 — — CS6369A
Steel Casing — — CS6375A — —
50A 3Ø 250V AC 3-Pole
4-Wire
.65"-1.20"
(16.5-30.5)
Black Nylon CS8365L CS8364L CS8375L CS8375LC CS8369L
Plug
G
X
Z
50A
3Ø 250V AC
UL/CSA
Y
Connector
G
X
Z
50A
3Ø 250V AC
UL/CSA
Y3-Pole
4-Wire
.830"-1.250"
(21.1-31.8)
Heavy Duty Black CS8365 CS8364 — — CS8369A
Steel Casing — — CS8375A — —
Steel Casting with
Weatherproof
Cover Plate
— — CS8375MBWP — —
50A 3Ø 480V AC 3-Pole
4-Wire
.830"-1.250"
(21.1-31.8)
Heavy Duty Black CS8165 CS8164 — — CS8169A
Steel Casing — — CS8175A — —
Plug
G
Z
X
Y
50A
3Ø 480V AC
UL/CSA
Connector
G
Z
X
Y
50A
3Ø 480V AC
UL/CSA
50A 125V AC 2-Pole
3-Wire
.830"-1.250"
(21.1-31.8)
Heavy Duty Black CS6361 CS6360 CS6377A —CS6370A
Plug
50A 125V
UL/CSA
W
G
Connector
50A 125V
UL/CSA
W
G
50A 250V AC 2-Pole
3-Wire
.830"-1.250"
(21.1-31.8)
Heavy Duty Black CS8265 CS8264 CS8275A —CS8269A
Plug
50A 250V
UL/CSA
X
G
Y
Connector
50A 250V
UL/CSA
X
G
Y
50A 480V AC 2-Pole
3-Wire
.830"-1.250"
(21.1-31.8)
Heavy Duty Black CS8465 CS8464 CS8475A —CS8469A
Plug
50A 480V AC
UL/CSA
X
G
Y
Connector
50A 480V AC
UL/CSA
X
G
Y
Note: See page H-23 for weather protective boots and accessories.
Plug
CS6365L CS6365
A
B
5.80" (147)
2.40" (61)
6.38 (162.1)
2.56 (65.0)
Connector
CS6364L CS6364
A
B
C
5.50" (140)
2.40" (61)
—
6.50 (165.1)
2.56 (65.0)
0.62 (15.7)
Single Receptacle Flanged Devices
CS6369L CS6369 CS6375L CS6375
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
3.30" (84.0)
2.70" (69.0)
2.10" (53.0)
2.40" (61.0)
1.10" (25.0)
2.10" (53.0)
—
3.28" (83.3)
—
2.12" (53.8)
2.44" (62.0)
1.03" (26.2)
2.69" (68.3)
0.62" (15.7)
—
2.10" (53.0)
2.70" (69.0)
2.20" (56.0)
0.19" (4.8)
—
—
3.50" (88.9)
2.12" (53.8)
2.77" (70.4)
2.17" (55.1)
0.19" (4.8)
—
—
D
E
G
F
C
AB
A
C
B
D
E
A
B
A
C
B
A
B
A
C
B
H-22
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
50 Amp Plugs, Connectors Flanged Devices and Receptacles
50A 250V DC 600V DC Locking Devices, 2-Pole 3-Wire and 3-Pole 4-Wire Grounding Inches (mm)
Rating
Poles/
Wires Cord Diameter Description Plug Connector
Male Flanged Devices
with Lift Cover and Gasket
Receptacle
Single Armored
50A 250V DC,
600V AC
2-Pole
3-Wire
.830"-1.250"
(21.1-31.8)
Heavy duty Black 3763* 3762* — 3771*
Plug
50A 250V DC
50A 600V AC
X
Y
G
Connector
50A 250V DC
50A 600V AC
Steel Casing — — 3767* —
50A 250V DC,
600V AC
3-Pole
4-Wire
.830"-1.250"
(21.1-31.8)
Heavy duty Black 3765* 3764* — 3769*
Plug
G Z
X
Y
50A 600V AC
50A 250V DC
Connector
G
Z
X
Y
50A 600V AC
50A 250V DC
Steel Casing — — 3768* —
50A 250V DC,
600V AC
3-Pole
4-Wire
.830"-1.250"
(21.1-31.8)
Heavy duty Black 7765** 7764** — 7379**
Plug
50A 600V AC
50A 250V DC
G
Z
X
Y
Connector
50A 600V AC
50A 250V DC
G
Z
X
Y
Steel Casing — — 7968** —
Note: *These devices are not interchangeable with other 50 amp configurations listed in this catalog.
**These devices are intended for replacement use only in existing installations. We recommend that they not be used in new installations.
See page H-23 for weather protective boots and accessories.
A
B
D
C
E
F
A
B
D
C
E
F
Plug Connector Single Receptacle Flanged Devices
A5.38" (162.1) 6.50" (165.1) 3.28" (83.3) 3.50" (88.9)
B2.56" (65.0) 2.56" (65.0) — 2.12" (53.8) SQ.
C— — 2.12" (53.8) 2.17" (55.1)
D— — 2.44" (62.0) 2.77" (70.4)
E— — 1.03" (26.2) 0.75" (19.1)
F— — 2.69" (68.3) 0.19" (4.8) Dia.
A
B
A
C
B
A
B
A
C
B
D
E
F
C
AB
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
H-23
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Wallplates and Weather Protective Plates for 50 Amp Receptacles
Stainless Steel 302/304 Aluminum Plate
1-Gang With Cover Without Cover
SS750 7382* 7383
Note: *Will only fit non-"CS" style 50A locking receptacles.
Weather Protective Boots
For use with Cordsets For use with Flanged Inlets
Plug Connector Connector
7716B 7717B 7716B
Note: Boots are not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
Weatherproof Plates for 50 Amp Receptacles
Weather Protective Plate
For use with Receptacles
Fits FS/FD Boxes
Die Cast Aluminum
Vertical Mount Cover
For use wirh Male Base
Flanged Devices
7774CR 7770 7780
50 Amp Locking Accessories
H-24
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Power Interrupting Devices
20A 125V AC or DC, 10A 250V DC, 480V AC, 2-Pole 3-Wire and 3-Pole 3-Wire Inches (mm)
Rating
Poles/
Wires
Cord
Diameter Description
Clamp-Type Terminals Single Receptacle,
Back WiredNylon Plug Nylon Connector
20A 125V AC or DC,
10A 250V DC, 480V AC,
Grounding
2-Pole
3-Wire
.320"-.660"
(8.1-16.8)
Black/White 23005G* 23002G* —
Plug
20A 125V
GR
W
Connector
20A 125V
GR
W
Black Phenolic — — 23000G*
20A 125V AC or DC,
10A 250V DC, 480V AC,
Non-Grounding
3-Pole
3-Wire
.320"-.660"
(8.1-16.8)
Black/White 23005 — —
Plug
20A 125V
GR
W
Note: *These devices are not UL Listed and are for replacement use only in existing installations.
See page H-27 for weather protective boots and accessories.
• Three-piece thermoplastic clamp assembly with fast-lead stainless screws
provides a more consistent durable grip
• Superior wire terminations are assured with box terminals and screws with
pressure pads
• No “lazy” connections because a sprinH-loaded safety shutter automatically
ejects the plug if it hasn’t been properly locked into the female device
• Insulated non-metallic housing enhances safety and resistance to impact
• Positive locking is ensured by the nose of the plug being keyed into
a detent in female device
Plug Connector Single Receptacle
A3.22" (81.8) 3.56" (90.4) 3.28" (83.3)
B1.72" (43.7) 1.62" (41.4) 2.38" (60.5)
C2.31" (58.7) — 1.38" (35.1)
D — — 2.50" (63.5)
E — — 1.62" (41.4)
F — — 1.47" (37.3)
A
B
A
C
B
A
B
A
C
B
F
D
E
ABC
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
H-25
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
30A 600V AC and 250V DC, 3-Pole 4-Wire and 4-Pole 5-Wire Grounding Inches (mm)
Rating
Poles/
Wires
Cord
Diameter Description Plug Connector
Flanged Devices
Cast Aluminum Single
ReceptacleMale Female
30A 600V AC,
20A 250V DC
3-Pole
4-Wire
.700"-1.20"
(17.8-30.5)
Black nylon with cord grip 21415 21414 — — —
For F.S. and F.D. boxes — — 20418 — 20403
Plug
30A 600V AC
20A 250V DC
X
Y
GR
Z
3P 4W
Connector
30A 600V AC
20A 250V DC
X
Y
GR
Z
3P 4W
Cast aluminum angle housing
with ¾ in. NPT hub
— — 21447 21420 —
30A 600V AC,
20A 250V DC
4-Pole
5-Wire
.700"-1.20"
(17.8-30.5)
Black nylon with cord grip 25415 25414 — — —
Metal housing for F.S. and F.D.
boxes, Blue finish
— — — — 25403
Plug
30A 600V AC
20A 250V DC
X
Y
W
GR
Z
4P 5W
Connector
30A 600V AC
20A 250V DC
X
Y
WGR
Z
4P 5W
Aluminum weather protective
housing/cover for F.S. and F.D.
boxes, Blue finish
— — — — 25250
Note: See page H-27 for weather protective boots and accessories.
30 Amp Power Interrupting Devices
3-Pole 4-Wire Devices
Plug Connector Single Receptacle
A5.62" (142.7) 6.00" (152.4) 3.28" (83.3)
B2.33" (59.2) 2.44" (62.0) 1.94" (49.3)
C0.94" (23.9) — 1.75" (44.5)
D — — 1.22" (31.0)
4-Pole 5-Wire Devices
Plug Connector Single Receptacle
A
B
C
D
E
F
6.56" (166.6)
2.25" (57.2)
2.50" (63.5)
0.05" (1.3)
—
—
6.78" (172.2)
2.69" (68.3)
2.50" (63.5)
—
—
—
4.56" (115.8)
3.25" (82.6)
2.84" (72.1)
1.88" (47.8)
1.25" (31.8)
1.69" (42.9)
Flanged Inlets
Male Angled Housing
A4.56" (115.8) 5.94" (151.0)
B3.25" (82.6) 3.25" (82.6)
C2.84" (72.1) 5.09" (129.3)
D1.88" (47.8) 1.50" (38.1)
E2.41" (61.2) 2.19" (55.6)
F1.81" (46.0) 3.25" (82.6)
G — 3.06" (77.7)
H — 2.25" (57.2)
A
B
A
C
B
D
A
A
B
C
C
B
A
B
A
C
B
D
A
A
B
C
C
B
BD
C
A
C
DE F
A
B
C
DE
F
A
B
45°
¾" NPT
L
N
L
C
K
O
R
T
U
U
N
C
O
K
HD
C
F
G
B
EA
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
H-26
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
60A Power Interrupting Accessories
Single Receptacle Accessories Box and Adapters (Box requires one adapter), Cast Aluminum
Box Straight Adapter Plate 45˚ Angle Adapter Plate
26401 26402 26404
60A 600V AC, 3-Pole 4-Wire and 4-Pole 5-Wire Grounding Inches (mm)
Rating
Poles/
Wires Cord Diameter Description Plug Connector
Flanged Devices
Cast Aluminum
Receptacle*Male Female
60A 600V AC,
Grounding
3-Pole
4-Wire
.920"-1.450"
(23.4-36.8)
Yellow polycarbonate outer cover
and adjustable cord grip
26419 26418 ———
Black phenolic with short
aluminum housing and lift cover
— — — — 26410
Plug
60A 600V
GR
X
Y
Z
3P 4W
Connector
60A 600V
GR
X
Y
Z
3P 4W
Steel housing — — 26422 26421 —
60A 600V AC,
Grounding
4-Pole
5-Wire
.920"-1.450"
(23.4-36.8)
Blue polycarbonate outer cover
and adjustable cord grip
26519 26516 ———
Black phenolic with long blue
aluminum housing and lift cover
————26520
Plug
60A 600V AC
GR
W
X
Y
Z
4P 5W
Connector
60A 600V AC
GR W
X
Y
Z
4P 5W
Steel housing — — 26522 26521 —
Note: *For receptacles, use box and adapters below.
See page H-27 for weather protective boots and accessories.
60 Amp Power Interrupting Devices
Plug Connector Single Receptacle
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
3.56" (90.4)
3.03" (76.9)
1.09" (27.6)
—
—
—
—
5.43" (137.9)
3.18" (80.8)
1.09" (27.6)
—
—
—
—
4.6 2" (116.8)
2.87" (72.8)
3.50" (88.9)
3.57" (90.6)
1.84" (46.7)
3.26" (82.8)
2.56" (65.0)
AC
B
AC
B
AC
B
AC
B
F
D
E
A
B
C
G
F
D
E
A
B
C
F
D
E
A
B
C
Flanged Inlets
Male Female
A4.12" (104.6) 4.12" (104.6)
B2.70" (68.6) 2.88" (73.0)
C1.20" (30.5) 1.20" (30.5)
D2.75" (69.9) 3.33" (84.5)
E90˚ 90˚
F0.19" (4.8) 0.19" (4.8)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
H-27
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
30A Power Interrupting Accessories
Liquid-Tight Metallic Conduit Adapters
for Use with Plugs and Connectors
Receptacle Plates,
Cast Aluminum “Mini” Weather Protective Boots
With ½ in. conduit With ¾ in. conduit
Weather Protective Plate
for Wet Locations
with Cover Closed No Lift Cover Female Connector Male Plug
SAB12A* SAB34A* 20405 20406 20424** 20425**
Note: *Not CSA Certified.
**Boots are not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
Boots are not available for 5-wire 30 amp power interrupting plugs and connectors.
20A Power Interrupting Accessories Inches (mm)
Single Gang 1.40" (35.6) Opening
Receptacle Plates,
Cast Aluminum “Mini” Weather Protective Boots
Stainless Steel,
Type 302/304 Brass Black Nylon
With Lift Cover,
Indoor Use Box Mount
Weather Protective with
Cover F.S. Box MountFemale Connector Male Plug
SS7 SB7 NP7BK 23007 7418B 20424** 20425**
Power Interrupting Accessories
AB
C
E
F
D
AB
C
E
F
D
AB
CD
E
Receptacle Plates
Cover No Cover Box
A4.56" (115.8) 4.56" (115.8) 4.59" (116.5)
B3.25" (82.6) 3.25" (82.6) 3.87" (98.2)
C2.84" (72.1) 2.84" (72.1) 2.71" (68.8)
D1.88" (47.8) 1.88" (47.8) 1.31" (33.3)
E1.16" (29.5) 0.59" (15.0) 1½" NPT TAP
F0.38" (9.7) 0.38" (9.7) —
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
NEMA® is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
H-28
Locking Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Technical Specifications - Locking Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles
Locking Plug and Connector Locking Receptacle
Description Description
Manufacturer’s Identication - Bryant 70520NP and 70520NC
Description - Heavy duty locking plug and connector
Type - 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding
Rating - 20A 125V, NEMA L5-20
Manufacturer’s Identication - Bryant 70520FR
Description - Heavy duty locking receptacle
Type - 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding
Rating - 20A 125V, NEMA L5-20
Certification Certification
UL Listed Standard 498 (attachment plug and receptacles)
Certied to CSA Standard C22.2 No. 42 (general use receptacles, attachment
plugs and similar devices) and C22.2 No. 182.2 (industrial locking type, special
use attachment plugs, receptacles and connectors) where applicable
UL Listed, Guide AXUT
CSA Certied, Guide 20T2
Federal Specications WC596 (where applicable)
Complies with NEMA® standards WD-1, WD-6 and UL-498
UL Listed Standard 498 (attachment plug and receptacles)
Certied to CSA Standard C22.2 No. 42 (general use receptacles,
attachment plugs and similar devices) and C22.2 No. 182.2 (industrial
locking type, special use attachment plugs, receptacles and connectors)
where applicable
UL Listed, Guide RTRT
CSA Certied, Guide 365-E-1
Federal Specications WC596 (where applicable)
Complies with NEMA® standards WD-1, WD-6
Material Material Inches (mm)
Components Materials Components Materials
Face/terminal assembly Nylon Base Reinforced thermoplastic polyester
Cover (housing) Toughened nylon Face Nylon
Terminal cover Clear polycarbonate Terminal contacts .040" (1.0) copper alloy
Cord grip assembly Impact modified nylon Terminal clamp .040" (1.0) copper alloy
Plug blades Brass (neutral blade nickel-plated) Ground contact (5-wire) .040" (1.0) copper alloy
Connector contacts High performance copper alloy Ground shunt .015" (.3) copper alloy
Terminal clamp nut Zinc-plated steel Mounting straps .050" (1.3) steel (nickel-plated)
Terminal screws #10-32 brass, silver finish (neutral screw),
green finish (grounding screw)
Back plate .040" (1.0) plated copper alloy
Assembly screws Zinc-plated steel Terminal screws #10 brass
Self-grounding clip Stainless steel (IG and 4-pole, 4-wire
receptacles)
Mounting screws Plated steel
Performance Inches (mm) Performance
Electrical Electrical
Dielectric voltage Withstands 3500V per UL498 Dielectric voltage Withstands 2,000V minimum
Max. working voltage 600V AC 250V DC Max. working voltage 250V
Current interrupting Certified for current interrupting at full
rated current
Current interrupting Certified for current interrupting at
full rated current
Temperature rise Maximum 30° temperature rise at full rated
current after 50 cycles overload at 150%
rated current for either AC or DC applications
per UL498
Temperature rise Max 30°C temperature rise at full rated
current after 50 cycles of overload at
150% of rated direct current
Mechanical Mechanical
Terminal identification (X, Y, Z brass, hot) (G, green, grounding)
(W, silver, neutral)
Terminal identification Terminals identified in accordance with
UL 498 (brass, white, green)
Terminal accommodation #18-8 AWG flexible cord Terminal accommodation #14-10 AWG (solid or stranded)
copper conductor only
Product identification Ratings and NEMA identification are
permanently marked on device
Product identification Ratings are a permanent part of the
device
Cord grip range 3-wire .30"-.95" (7.6-24.1mm),
4-, 5-wire .47"-1.15" (11.8-29.2mm)
Environmental Environmental
Flammability HB or better per UL 94 or CSA 22.2 No. 17 Flammability Top: UL 94 V2., Base: UL 94 V2
Operating temperatures Maximum continuous 60°C,
minimum -40°C without impact
Operating temperatures Maximum continuous 60°C,
minimum -40°C without impact
I-1
Section I
Watertight Products
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Table of Contents Page
Watertight Straight Blade Devices
15 and 20 Amp Straight Blade Devices ...................................................... I-4
Watertight Locking Devices
15 Amp Locking Devices ................................................................. I-5
20 Amp Locking Devices ................................................................. I-6
30 Amp Locking Devices ................................................................. I-7
Accessories
Lift Cover Assembly and Replacement Interiors ............................................... I-8
FD Boxes and Angled Adapters
Boxes and Adapters ..................................................................... I-9
GFCI Protected FD Boxes
Watertight FD Boxes with GFCI Module ..................................................... I-10
Weather Protective Lift Covers, Portable Outlet Boxes and Plates
Lift Covers, Portable Outlets and Plates ..................................................... I-11
Technical Information
Watertight Straight Blade and Locking ...................................................... I-12
I-2
Watertight Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Industry’s First
IP69k
Devices
Superior water ingress protection uniquely designed for the most
extreme wash down procedures, withstanding hot and high
pressure water, in addition to excessively dusty environments.
Watertight Devices
Features and Benefits
Gotcha® is a registered trademark of Hubbell, inc.
Housing Design
• LED version illuminates to let you know
that the device is wired properly
• Smooth body design minimizes
collection points simplifying the
wash down process
• Strain relief nut always seals on
the body regardless of cable size,
eliminating areas of debris collection
Cord Range
• Bryant’s patented Gotcha® ring
and collapsible bushing yields the
industry’s best strain relief
• Cone seal adjusts to any cable range
• Unique cone seal prevents dirt and
debris from collecting at the cable
entrance
Assembly
• Keyed interior for easy installation
• All stainless steel hardware and
corrosion resistant connection points
Terminals and Plug Blades
• High conductivity brass termination
• Corrosion resistant connection points
Protection
• Triple bypass seal keeps water away
from electrical connections and works
with previously installed devices
• Free-floating cap allows unwanted
material to wash away during sanitation
• The triple bypass seal provides a Watertight UL Type 4X and
IP69K seal where devices are mated
• The cone seal at the cable entrance provides protection from
water ingress
• Strongest strain relief for any Watertight device on the market,
utilizing the patented Gotcha ring and collapsible bushing
combination
• Nickel plated brass contacts and stainless steel screws provide
corrosion resistance for metallic components
• Impact resistant, smooth, thermoplastic elastomer body helps
collection point and aids in easy debris removal
• Floating cap rings allows for easy removal of dirt and debris
I-3
Watertight Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Housing Design
• Impact resistant PBT material lid
and cover plate
• Thermoplastic elastomer seal
Safety
• Lockable cover meets OSHA
Lockout/Tagout regulations
Assembly
• Stainless steel mounting hardware
• Stainless steel hinge spring and pin
Watertight Receptacles with Lift Covers
Bryant Watertight receptacles with lift covers provide an impact
resistant UL Type 4X seal combined with corrosion resistant
metallic components. These universal covers can house any
NEMA listed straight blade receptacles as well as any NEMA listed
locking receptacles. The Watertight receptacles can either be
mounted to FD/FS boxes (see page I-10) or panel mounted to a
flat surface. Combined, this makes a diversified product with the
high quality needed in industrial, wet and wash down applications.
UL Type 4, 4X
IP65, 66, 67, 69k
SUITABILITY
IP69k
Features and Benefits
I-4
Watertight Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
15A and 20A Straight Blade Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles Inches (mm)
Rating
Plug Connector
Poles/
Wires Cord Diameter Color
Thermoplastic Elastomer
Plug Connector
Receptacle
with Lift Cover
Duplex Recept.
with Lift Cover
NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V 2-Pole
3-Wire
.325"-.625"
(8.3-15.9)
Yellow
Black
Clear
BRY14W47
BRY14W47BK
BRY14W47WC
BRY15W47
BRY15W47BK
BRY15W47WC
BRY60W47
BRY60W47BK
—
BRY60W47D
—
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15P
UL CSA
G
W
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
NEMA 6-15, 15A 250V 2-Pole
3-Wire
.325"-.625"
(8.3-15.9)
Yellow BRY14W49 BRY15W49 BRY60W49 BRY60W49D
G
15A 250V
NEMA 6-15P
UL CSA
G
15A 250V
NEMA 6-15R
UL CSA
1.5 HP
NEMA 5-20, 20A 125V 2-Pole
3-Wire
.325"-.625"
(8.3-15.9)
Yellow BRY14W33
BRY14W33WC
BRY15W33
BRY15W33WC
BRY60W33
—
BRY60W33D
—
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20P
UL CSA
G
W
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
NEMA 6-20, 20A 250V 2-Pole
3-Wire
.325"-.625"
(8.3-15.9)
Yellow BRY14W48 BRY15W48 BRY60W48 BRY60W48D
G
20A 250V
NEMA 6-20P
UL CSA
G
20A 250V
NEMA 6-20R
UL CSA
2 HP
Note: *Single and duplex receptacles while in use, not with cover closed.
Black devices are available, consult factory.
AB
Ø .36"
(9.14)
B
A
C
H
D
E
F
G
CD
UL Type 4, 4X, 6P
IP65, 66, 67, 69k*
SUITABILITY
IP69k
15 and 20 Amp Straight Blade Devices
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
15A and 20A
Straight Blade
Plugs A
B
1.85" (47. 07 )
3.16" (80.27)
Connectors C
D
1.85" (47. 07 )
4.42" (112.14)
15A and 20A
Straight Blade Receptacles
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
4.56" (115.9)
3.10" ( 78.7)
1.20" (30.6)
3.25" (82.6)
1.88" (47.6)
1.26" (32.0)
1.63" (41.4)
5.00" (127.0)
I-5
Watertight Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
UL Type 4, 4X, 6P
IP65, 66, 67, 69k*
SUITABILITY
IP69k
AB
Ø .36"
(9.14)
B
A
C
H
D
E
F
G
CD
15A
Locking
20A
Locking
30A
Locking
Plugs A
B
1.85" (47. 07 )
3.21" (81.46)
2.51" (63.70)
3.96" (100.69)
2.77" (70.41)
3.94" (99.98)
Connectors C
D
1.85" (47. 07 )
4.62" (117.22)
2.51" (63.70)
5.69" (144.55)
2.77" (70.41)
5.67" (144.00)
Note: For BRY26W09 and BRY27W09 use 20 amp locking dimensions.
15A and 20A
Straight Blade Receptacles
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
4.56" (115.9)
3.10" ( 78.7)
1.20" (30.6)
3.25" (82.6)
1.88" (47.6)
1.26" (32.0)
1.63" (41.4)
15A, 20A and 30A
Locking Receptacles
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
4.56" (115.9)
3.10" ( 78.7)
1.20" (30.6)
3.25" (82.6)
1.88" (47.6)
1.26" (32.0)
1.63" (41.4)
15A Locking
F
G
1.4 6 " ( 37.1)
1.63" (41.4)
20A and 30A Locking
F
G
1.72" (43.7)
2.25" (57.2)
20A Locking Non-NEMA
F
G
2. 26 " (57.4)
2.25" (57.2)
30A Locking Non-NEMA
F
G
1.97" (50.0)
2.25" (57.2)
15 Amp Locking Devices
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
15A Locking Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles Inches (mm)
Rating
Plug Connector
Poles/
Wires Cord Diameter Color
Thermoplastic Elastomer
Plug Connector Receptacle Duplex Receptacle
NEMA L5-15, 15A 125V 2-Pole
3-Wire
.300"-.625"
( 7. 6 -15 . 9)
Yellow
Black
Clear
BRY24W47
BRY24W47BK
BRY24W47WC
BRY25W47
BRY25W47BK
BRY25W47WC
BRY65W47
—
—
BRY65W47D
—
—
15A 125V
NEMA L5-15P
UL/CSA
G
W
15A 125V
NEMA L5-15R
UL/CSA
1 HP
GW
NEMA L6-15, 15A 250V 2-Pole
3-Wire
.300"-.625"
( 7. 6 -15 . 9)
Yellow BRY24W49 BRY25W49 BRY65W49 BRY65W49D
15A 250V
NEMA L6-15P
UL/CSA
G
X
Y
15A 250V
NEMA L6-15R
UL/CSA
1.5 HP
GX
Y
NEMA L7-15, 15A 277V AC 2-Pole
3-Wire
.300"-.625"
( 7. 6 -15 . 9)
Yellow
Black
BRY24W34
BRY24W34BK
BRY25W34
BRY25W34BK
BRY65W34
—
BRY65W34D
—
15A 277V AC
NEMA L7-15P
UL/CSA
WG
15A 277V AC
NEMA L7-15R
UL/CSA
2 HP
GW
Note: *Single and duplex receptacles while in use, not with cover closed.
Black devices are available, consult factory.
I-6
Watertight Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
20A Locking Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles Inches (mm)
Rating
Plug Connector
Poles/
Wires Cord Diameter
Thermoplastic Elastomer
Color Plug Connector Receptacle
NEMA L5-20, 20A 125V 2-Pole
3-Wire
.325"-.750"
(8.3-19.1)
Yellow
Black
BRY26W47
BRY26W47BK
BRY27W47
BRY27W47BK
BRY67W47
—
20A 125V
NEMA L5-20P
UL/CSA
1 HP
G
W
20A 125V
NEMA L5-20R
UL/CSA
1 HP
G
W
NEMA L6-20, 20A 250V 2-Pole
3-Wire
.325"-.750"
(8.3-19.1)
Yellow
Black
Clear
BRY26W48
BRY26W48BK
BRY26W48WC
BRY27W48
BRY27W48BK
BRY27W48WC
BRY67W48
BRY67W48BK
20A 250V
NEMA L6-20P
UL/CSA
2 HP
G
X
Y
20A 250V
NEMA L6-20R
UL/CSA
2 HP
G
X
Y
NEMA L7-20, 20A 277V AC 2-Pole
3-Wire
.325"-.750"
(8.3-19.1)
Yellow BRY26W49 BRY27W49 BRY67W49
20A 277V AC
NEMA L7-20P
UL/CSA
20A 277V AC
NEMA L7-20R
UL/CSA
2 HP
NEMA L14-20, 20A 125/250V AC 3-Pole
4-Wire
.325"-.875"
(8.3-22.2)
Yellow BRY26W74 BRY27W74 BRY67W74
20A 125/250V AC
NEMA L14-20P
UL/CSA
2 (1) HP
WG
X
Y
20A 125/250V
NEMA L14-20R
UL/CSA
2 (1) HP
GW
X
Y
NEMA L15-20, 20A 3Ø 250V AC 3-Pole
4-Wire
.325"-.875"
(8.3-22.2)
Yellow
Black
BRY26W75
BRY26W75BK
BRY27W75
BRY27W75BK
BRY67W75
BRY67W75BK
20A 3Ø 250V AC
NEMA L15-20P
UL/CSA
3 HP
YG
X
Z
20A 3Ø 250V AC
NEMA L15-20R
UL/CSA
3 HP
GY
X
Z
NEMA L16-20, 20A 3Ø 480V AC 3-Pole
4-Wire
.325"-.875"
(8.3-22.2)
Yellow
Black
BRY26W76
BRY26W76BK
BRY27W76
BRY27W76BK
BRY67W76
BRY67W76BK
20A 3Ø 480V AC
NEMA L16-20P
UL/CSA
5 HP
YG
X
Z
20A 3Ø 480V AC
NEMA L16-20R
UL/CSA
5 HP
GY
X
Z
NEMA L21-20
20A 3ØY 120/208V AC
4-Pole
5-Wire
.350"-1.150"
(9-29)
Yellow
Black
BRY26W81
BRY26W81BK
BRY27W81
BRY27W81BK
BRY67W81
—
20A 3ØY
120/208V AC
NEMA L21-20P
UL/CSA
2 HP
YW
X
Z
G
20A 3ØY
120/208V AC
NEMA L21-20R
UL/CSA
2 HP
WY
X
Z
G
NEMA L22-20
20A 3ØY 277/480V AC
4-Pole
5-Wire
.350"-1.150"
(9-29)
Yellow BRY26W82 BRY27W82 BRY67W82
20A 3ØY
277/480V AC
NEMA L22-20P
UL/CSA
5 HP
YW
X
Z
G
20A 3ØY
277/480V AC
NEMA L22-20R
UL/CSA
5 HP
Y
W
X
Z
G
NEMA L23-20
20A 3ØY 347/600V
4-Pole
5-Wire
.350"-1.150"
(9-29)
Yellow BRY26W83 BRY27W83 BRY67W83
20A 3ØY
347/600V AC
NEMA L23-20P
UL/CSA
W
G
Y
X
Z
20A 3ØY
347/600V AC
NEMA L23-20R
UL/CSA
Y
W
X
Z
G
20A 125/250V, Non-NEMA 3-Pole
3-Wire
.325"-.875"
(8.3-22.2)
Yellow BRY26W08 BRY27W08 BRY67W08
20A 125/250V
Non-NEMA
W
X
Y
3P 3W
20A 125/250V
Non-NEMA
W
X
Y
3P 3W
20A 3ØY 120/208V AC
Non-NEMA
4-Pole
4-Wire
.375"-1.125"
(9.5-28.6)
Yellow BRY26W09 BRY27W09 BRY67W09
20A 3Ø Y
120/208V AC
Non-NEMA
Y
W
XZ
4P 4W
20A 3Ø Y
120/208V AC
Non-NEMA
Y
W
X
Z
4P 4W
Note: *Single receptacles while in use, not with cover closed.
Black devices are available, consult factory.
See page I-4 for product dimensions.
UL Type 4, 4X, 6P
IP65, 66, 67, 69k*
SUITABILITY
IP69k
20 Amp Locking Devices
I-7
Watertight Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
30A Locking Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles Inches (mm)
Rating
Plug Connector
Poles/
Wires Cord Diameter Color
Thermoplastic elastomer
Plug Connector Receptacle
NEMA L5-30, 30A 125V 2-Pole
3-Wire
.385"-.930"
(9.8-23.6)
Yellow
Black
BRY28W47
BRY28W47BK
BRY29W47
BRY29W47BK
BRY69W47
—
30A 125V
NEMA L5-30P
UL/CSA
2 HP
G
W
30A 125V
NEMA L5-30R
UL/CSA
2 HP
G
W
NEMA L6-30, 30A 250V 2-Pole
3-Wire
.385"-.930"
(9.8-23.6)
Yellow
Black
BRY28W48
—
BRY29W48
—
BRY69W48
BRY69W48BK
30A 250V
NEMA L6-30P
UL/CSA
2 HP
G
X
Y
30A 250V
NEMA L6-30R
UL/CSA
2 HP
G
X
Y
NEMA L7-30, 30A 277V 2-Pole
3-Wire
.385"-.930"
(9.8-23.6)
Yellow BRY28W49 BRY29W49 BRY69W49
30A 277V AC
NEMA L7-30P
UL/CSA
3 HP
30A 277V AC
NEMA L7-30R
UL/CSA
3 HP
G
W
NEMA L14-30, 30A 125/250V 3-Pole
4-Wire
.385"-.930"
(9.8-23.6)
Yellow BRY28W74 BRY29W74 BRY69W74
30A 125/250V
NEMA L14-30P
UL/CSA
2 (2) HP
GW
X
Y
30A 125/250V
NEMA L14-30R
UL/CSA
2 (2) HP
GW
X
Y
NEMA L15-30, 30A 3Ø 250V AC 3-Pole
4-Wire
.385"-1.050"
(9.8-26.7)
Yellow
Black
BRY28W75
BRY28W75BK
BRY29W75
BRY29W75BK
BRY69W75
BRY69W75BK
30A 3Ø 250V AC
NEMA L15-30P
UL/CSA
3 HP
G
Y
X
Z
30A 3Ø 250V AC
NEMA L15-30R
UL/CSA
3 HP
GY
X
Z
NEMA L16-30, 30A 3Ø 480V AC 3-Pole
4-Wire
.385"-1.050"
(9.8-26.7)
Yellow
Black
BRY28W76
BRY28W76BK
BRY29W76
BRY29W76BK
BRY69W76
BRY69W76BK
30A 3Ø 480V AC
NEMA L16-30P
UL/CSA
10 HP
YG
X
Z
30A 3Ø 480V AC
NEMA L16-30R
UL/CSA
10 HP
YG
X
Z
NEMA L17-30, 30A 3Ø 600V AC 3-Pole
3-Wire
.385"-.930"
(9.8-23.6)
Yellow BRY28W77 BRY29W77 BRY69W77
30A 3Ø 600V AC
NEMA L17-30P
UL/CSA
YG
X
Z
30A 3Ø 600V AC
NEMA L17-30R
UL/CSA
Y
G
X
Z
NEMA L18-30, 30A 3ØY
120/208V AC
4-Pole
4-Wire
.385"-1.050"
(9.8-26.7)
Yellow BRY28W78 BRY29W78 —
30A 3ØY
120/208V AC
NEMA L18-30P
UL Listed
3 HP
W
Y
X
Z
30A 3ØY
120/208V AC
NEMA L18-30R
UL Listed
3 HP
WY
X
Z
NEMA L21-30
30A 3ØY 120/208V AC
4-Pole
5-Wire
.350"-1.150"
(9-29)
Yellow
Black
BRY28W81
BRY28W81BK
BRY29W81
BRY29W81BK
BRY69W81
—
30A 3ØY
120/208V AC
NEMA L21-30P
UL/CSA
3 HP
W
Y
X
Z
G
30A 3ØY
120/208V AC
NEMA L21-30R
UL/CSA
3 HP
WY
X
Z
G
NEMA L22-30
30A 3ØY 277/480V AC
4-Pole
5-Wire
.350"-1.150"
(9-29)
Yellow BRY28W82 BRY29W82 BRY69W82
30A 3ØY
277/480V AC
NEMA L22-30P
UL/CSA
10 HP
YW
X
Z
G
30A 3ØY
277/480V AC
NEMA L22-30R
UL/CSA
10 HP
Y
W
X
Z
G
NEMA L23-30
30A 3ØY 347/600V AC
4-Pole
5-Wire
.350"-1.150"
(9-29)
Yellow BRY28W83 BRY29W83 BRY69W83
30A 3ØY
347/600V AC
NEMA L23-30P
UL/CSA
YW
X
Z
G
30A 3ØY
347/600V AC
NEMA L23-30R
UL/CSA
Y
W
X
Z
G
30A 125/250V, Non-NEMA 3-Pole
3-Wire
.385"-.930"
(9.8-23.6)
Yellow BRY28W08 BRY29W08 BRY69W08
30A 125/250V
Non-NEMA
Not UL Listed
W
X
Y
3P 3W
30A 125/250V
Non-NEMA
Not UL Listed
W
X
Y
3P 3W
30A 3ØY 120/208V AC,
Non-NEMA
4-Pole
4-Wire
.385"-1.050"
(9.8-26.7)
Yellow BRY28W09 BRY29W09 —
30A 3Ø Y
120/208V AC
Non-NEMA
Not UL Listed
X
Z
W
Y
4P 4W
30A 3Ø Y
120/208V AC
Non-NEMA
Not UL Listed
X
Z
W
Y
4P 4W
Note: *Single receptacles while in use, not with cover closed. Black devices are available, consult factory.
See page I-5 for product dimensions.
30 Amp Locking Devices
UL Type 4, 4X, 6P
IP65, 66, 67, 69k*
SUITABILITY
IP69k
I-8
Watertight Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Watertight Lift Covers
Description
Receptacle
with Lift Cover
For use with 15A or 20A straight blade receptacles and
15A locking receptacles, receptacle not included
BRY6500
For use with 20A locking receptacles, receptacle
not included
Note: When mating with BRY26W09, 20 amp Non-NEMA plug,
use BRY6800 cover.
BRY6700
For use with 30A locking receptacles, receptacle
not included
BRY6800
Replacement Interiors
Device Rating
Interiors
Plug Receptacle
Straight blade
Locking 15A 125V BRY14W47IN
BRY24W47IN
BRY15W47IN
—
Locking 15A 125V — BRY27W47IN
20A 3Ø 250V AC BRY26W75IN —
20A 3Ø 480V AC BRY26W76IN BRY27W76IN
Locking 30A 3Ø 250V AC BRY28W75IN BRY29W75IN
30A 3Ø 480V AC BRY28W76IN BRY29W76IN
Bushings, Cone Seals and Closure Caps
Device Bushings Cone Seals
Closure Caps
Yellow Black
15A Straight blade
15A Locking
BRYWTB1
BRYWTB1
BRYWTCS1
BRYWTCS1
BRY50W50
BRY50W50
BRY50W50BK
BRY50W50BK
20A Straight blade
20A Locking
BRYWTB1
BRYWTB2
BRYWTCS1
BRYWTCS2
BRY50W50
BRY50W52
BRY50W50BK
BRY50W52BK
30A Locking BRYWTB3 BRYWTCS3 BRY50W54 BRY50W54BK
Accessories
Watertight Lift Covers, for use
with standard receptacles.
UL Type 4X
IP65, 66
SUITABILITY
I-9
Watertight Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Portable Outlet Boxes Blank Cover Plates
A
B
C
D
E
F
4.56" (115.9)
3.25" (82.6)
2.9 4" ( 74.6)
3.28" (83.3)
0.875" (22.2)
1.87" (47.6)
4.56" (115.8)
2.84" (72.1)
—
—
—
—
Features and Benefits
FD Boxes
A D
B
E
C
F
A
B
Blank Cover Plates
Housing Design
• 30 cu. in. FD box made of high
impact thermoplastic material
• ¾" NPT and 1" NPT threaded
hub options
• Stainless steel mounting/grounding
bracket
• External mounting feet, accepts
#10 screw
Adapter
• 55° angle adapter (15 cu. in.)
• External mounting feet, accepts
#8 screw
• Accepts duplex and single recep-
tacles up to a 50A locking
FD Boxes and Angled Adapters
Bryant FD boxes and angled adapters are made of high impact resistant material. They are
the only NEC® compliant box system that has enough wiring room for a 50A locking device.
The stainless steel mounting and grounding bracket provides corrosion resistance, necessary in
direct wash down applications. The FD Boxes are UL Type 4X rated when used with Watertight
Lift Covers, i.e. BRY6500 or BRY6700 as well as with a blank plate such as BRY60CM88.
The box and angled adapter can either be purchased separately or as a kit. The FD box and
Adapter can be used with any single or duplex receptacle up to a 50A locking.
FD Boxes and Angled Adapters
Color
FD Boxes 55°
Angle Adapter**
Kits Blank
Cover Plates¾" NPT Hubs 1" NPT Hubs ¾" NPT Hubs 1" NPT Hubs
Yellow BRY60CM83A BRY60CM84A BRY60CM55** BRY60CM83AK BRY60CM84AK BRY60CM88
White BRY60CM83WA BRY60CM84WA BRY60CM55W** BRY60CM83WAK BRY60CM84WAK BRY60CM88W
Gray BRY6083 BRY6084 BRY6055** BRY6083AK BRY6084AK BRYP14FS
Note: *Plug, receptacle and FD box required for IP69K rating.
**Angled adapters are not UL listed or UL Type 4X.
UL Type 4X
IP65, 66, 69k*
SUITABILITY
IP69k
UL Type 4X
IP65, 66, 69k*
SUITABILITY
IP69k
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
I-10
Watertight Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
GFCI Protected FD Boxes
Description Catalog Number
Watertight FD Box, GFCI Module, 30A 120V, Yellow BRYWTGF120
Watertight FD Box, GFCI Module, 30A 240V, Yellow BRYWTGF240
4xN .23" (5.94)
Mounting Holes
3.53"
(90)
5.92" (150)
5.33" (135)
2.77"
(70)
5.24" (133)
6.44" (164)
2.27"
(58)
2.75"
(70)
18.00" (457)
2.27"
(58)
Mounting
Bracket
6x #6-32 Threaded Holes
Polytuff I Conduit
(Catalog # P075NGYA)
(2) Liquid Tight Fitting, ¾ NPT
(Includes Mounting Bracket)
FD Box Catalog# HBL60CM83A
(Catalog# GFHW23105, (240V)
(Catalog# GFHW13105, (120V)
GFCI Module
¾ NPT
Thread
4x .187" (4.75)
Mounting Holes
UL Type 4X
The GFCI protected FD box provides a UL Type 4X GFCI
enclosure made for wet and damp locations for 30A 120V and
240V Watertight receptacles. The GFCI response time does
not exceed .025 seconds ensuring a safe circuit shut down if
the current were to deviate from its path. Auto resetting GFCI
box, when connected to an FD box by utilizing a PolyTuff®
liquid tight conduit provides advanced safety features for
Watertight devices.
GFCI Protected FD Boxes
GFCI Housing Design
• UL enclosure Type 4X, for wet and
damp locations. Components are
UL and CSA listed
• 30A, 120V and 240V with auto reset
•
GFCI response time is .025 sec. Max.
• Grounded neutral protection trips if
ground and neutral touch at load side
FD Box
• Utilizes PolyTuff® liquidtight conduit
and fittings
• UL enclosure Type 4X, for wet and
damp locations. Components are
UL and CSA listed
• For use with single and duplex
watertight receptacles (single p
hase only)
Note: Watertight receptacles purchased separately.
Features and Benefits
Gotcha® is a registered trademark of Hubbell, inc.
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
I-11
Watertight Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Pre-Assembled Portable Outlet Boxes (with Cord Connector Installed) Inches (mm)
Description Cord Range Color Deep
Deep with
Feed-Thru
Deep with (2) Duplex
Cover Plates
Portable outlet boxes 0.38"-0.50" (9.7-12.7) Yellow BRY3099 BRY3090F BRY3000
Note: For use with NEMA Type 1 and Type 3R portable outlet box covers listed below.
Portable Outlet Box Cover Plates (NEMA Type 1) and Lift Covers (Type 3R)
Description
Duplex 1.39" Diameter Receptacle 1.572" Diameter Receptacle GFCI Blank
Box Cover
UL Type 1
Lift Cover
UL Type 3R
Box Cover
UL Type 1
Lift Cover
UL Type 3R
Box Cover
UL Type 1
Lift Cover
UL Type 3R
Box Cover
UL Type 1
Lift Cover
UL Type 3R
Lift Cover
UL Type 3R
Portable outlet
box cover plates BRY3051 BRY3056 BRY3052 BRY3057 BRY3055 BRY3058 BRY3060 BRY3061 BRY3054
B
A
C
FD E
Portable Outlet Boxes
A
B
C
D
E
F
4.30" (109.2)
5.00" (127.0)
2.77" (70.4)
3.28" (83.3)
5.79" (147.0)
7. 28 " (18 4. 9)
BE
A
C
D F
Drill Points
Provided
Gasket Coverplate,
Adhesive On One Side
Box Covers
A
B
C
D
E
F
3.78" (96.0)
2.28" (57.9)
0.27" (6.9)
3.28" (83.3)
1.87" (47.5)
3.25" (82.6)
Style shown is representative of all oppenings.
Box Suitable for Wet
and Damp Locations
IP44
SUITABILITY
UL Type 1, 3R
IP65, 66
SUITABILITY
• Wiring room large enough to accommodate
the broadest range of device requirements in
one box size
• Cord entry options include pre-defined range
of 0.38 in. to 0.50 in.
• Fully thermoplastic elastomer housing
exceeds UL crush requirements and is highly
impact-resistant, available in black or yellow
• Brass inserts for maximum strength
• Extended wall protects lift covers from
impact damage
• Impact-resistant PBT material
• UL Type 3R seal on a panel or
on a portable outlet box
• Stainless steel hinge and spring
Weather Protective Lift Covers, Portable Outlet Boxes and Plates
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
I-12
Watertight Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Technical Information
Performance Inches (mm)
Electrical
Dielectric voltage
Connectors:
Plugs:
Max working voltage
Current interrupting
Temperature rise
2000V AC if rated 300V or less, 3000V AC if rated above 300V
2500V AC if rated 300V or less, 3500V AC if rated above 300V
As marked
Rated for current interruption per UL498
30°C max per UL498 at rated current
Mechanical
Cord and terminal accommodations:
Plugs and Connectors
15 and 20A Straight blade
and 15A Locking
20A Locking except
BRY26W09 & BRY27W09
30A Locking including
BRY26W09 & BRY27W09
#16/3 SJ to #10/3 SJ, #18/3 S to #12/3 S (Ø.325" to Ø625") (Ø8.3mm to Ø15.9 mm)
Min. cord: #16/3 SJ, #18/3 S, #18/4 SJ, #18/4 S, #18/5 S (Ø.325") (Ø8.3 mm)
Max. cord: #10/3 S, #10/4 S, #10/5 S (.875") (22.2 mm)
Min. cords: #12/3 SJ, #16/3 S, #14/4 SJ, #18/4 S, #18/5 S (Ø.375") (Ø9.5 mm)
Max. cord: #8/3 S, #8/4 S, #10/5 S (1.125") (28.6 mm)
Receptacles – use solid or stranded building wire or flexible cord only as outlined below:
All Straight blade
15A Locking
20A and 30A Locking
#18 AWG to #10 AWG
#18 AWG to #10 AWG
#18 AWG to #8 AWG
Portable Outlet Boxes
Cord range
Wiring volume
.38" to .68" (BRY3099, BRY3090F, BRY3000) and .38" to 1.00" with user-specified cord connector
19.0 in3
Environmental
Moisture resistance
Flammability
Operating temperatures
UV resistance
UL Listed to 3R, 3RX, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 (plugs and connectors), 3R, 3RX, 4, 4X (receptacles), wet and damp locations
(portable outlet boxes), covers (POB) UL Type 3R and wet locations cover closed
UL94V0 (boxes, covers, and plates), UL94V2 (plugs, connectors, and interiors), UL94HB (caps, bushings, and cone seals)
-40°C (without impact) to +60°C continuous
All exposed materials are UV stabilized
Materials
Plug/Connector Materials
Blade/contact carrier
Terminal retainer
Housing
Housing insert
Strain relief nut
Blades/contacts
Terminal screws
Terminal screw size
Assembly screws
Bushings
Gotcha ring
Cone seal
Closure cap
Nylon, white
Polycarbonate, clear
Thermoplastic elastomer
Nylon, white
PBT thermoplastic, gray
Brass, nickel plated
Brass
#8-32 15A/20A Straight blade and 15A
Locking, #10-32 20A and 30A Locking
Stainless steel
Thermoplastic elastomer, black
Nylon
Thermoplastic elastomer, black
Thermoplastic elastomer
Receptacle Assembly Materials
Base, flip lid and backplate
Seal collar
Mounting screws
Spring and hinge pin
PBT thermoplastic
Thermoplastic elastomer
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Portable Outlet Box & Accessories Materials
Box enclosure
Strain relief nut
Grommet
Gotcha ring
Locknut
Threaded inserts
Receptacle screw
Cover plate
Cover plate seal
Cover plate spring
Hinge pin
Hinge bracket
Rivets
Thermoplastic elastomer
PBT thermoplastic
Thermoplastic elastomer
Nylon
Steel, zinc plate
Brass
Stainless steel
PBT thermoplastic
Neoprene
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Zinc plated steel
Zinc plated steel
Specifications
Listings (Plug/Connector and Flip Lid Assembly)
Listed to UL498
Certified to CSA C22.2 No. 42
Meets NEMA® WD-1, WD-6, and ANSI Standards
IP66 Suitability
NSF Certified (plugs, connectors and receptacles)
FD Box/Adapter Materials
Box enclosure
Ground bracket
Ground screw
Angle adapter
PBT thermoplastic
316 stainless steel
Brass
PBT thermoplastic
Environmental
Box UL Type 4X
(with UL Type 4X receptacle assembly)
UL Type 3R
(with weatherproof cover plate)
NEMA® is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
Table of Contents Page
Corrosion-Resistant Straight Blade Devices
15 and 20 Amp 125V, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding ................................................ J-2
15 and 20 Amp 250V, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding ................................................ J-2
Corrosion-Resistant Locking Devices
15 Amp 125V, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding ...................................................... J-3
20 Amp 125V, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding ...................................................... J-3
30 Amp 125V, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding ...................................................... J-3
Accessories
Weather Protective Boots .................................................................. J-4
J-1
Section J
Corrosion-Resistant Devices
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
A
A
C
C
B
B
Connector
Plug
DuplexSingle
A
B
C
D
E
D
C
E
A
B
• Nickel-plated copper-alloy metallic components
• Molded of impact/chemical resistant high-visibility yellow nylon
• Stainless steel screws
• Receptacles have a one-piece grounding system with built-in self-grounding strap
• Triple Gripper® cord grip on plugs and connectors which feature three captive
assembly screws to automatically tighten cord grip
• Pre-attached thermoplastic elastomer dust seal
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Plug
A
B
C
2.18" (55.4)
1.38" (35.1)
1.52" (38.5)
Connector
A
B
C
2.95" (74.9)
1.38" (35.1)
1.52" (38.5)
Receptacle
Single Duplex
A
B
C
D
E
4.06" (103.1)
3.28" (83.3)
1.38" (35.1)
.91" (23.1)
1.78" (45.2)
4.06" (103.1)
3.28" (83.3)
1.54" (39.1)
.92" (23.4)
2.69" (68.3)
15A and 20A Straight Blade Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles Inches (mm)
Rating
Plug Connector Cord Diameter Poles/Wires Color Nylon Polymer Plug
Nylon Polymer
Connector
Nylon Receptacle,
Back and Side Wired
Single Duplex
NEMA 5-15
15A 125V
.300"-.625"
(7.6-15.9)
2-Pole
3-Wire
Yellow
Brown
BRY5266NPCR
—
BRY5269NCCR
—
5261CR*
—
BRY5262CR
BRY5262BCR
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15P
UL CSA
G
W
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
NEMA 5-20
20A 125V
.300"-.625"
(7.6-15.9)
2-Pole
3-Wire
Yellow BRY5366NPCR BRY5369NCCR 5361CR* BRY5362CR
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20P
UL CSA
G
W
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
NEMA 6-15
15A 250V
.300"-.625"
(7.6-15.9)
2-Pole
3-Wire
Yellow ———BRY5662CR
G
15A 250V
NEMA 6-15P
UL CSA
1.5 HP
G
15A 250V
NEMA 6-15R
UL CSA
1.5 HP
NEMA 6-20
20A 250V
.300"-.625"
(7.6-15.9)
2-Pole
3-Wire
Yellow — — 5461CR* BRY5462CR
G
20A 250V
NEMA 6-20P
UL CSA
2 HP
G
20A 250V
NEMA 6-20R
UL CSA
2 HP
Note: *Not Fed. Spec.
See page A-27 for information on weather protective boots.
See page R-8 for horsepower ratings.
J-2
Corrosion-Resistant Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
15 and 20 Amp Straight Blade Devices
15A, 20A and 30A Locking Plugs, Connectors, Receptacles and Cord Set Inches (mm)
Rating
Plug Connector Cord Diameter Poles/Wires Color
Clamp-Type Terminals, Back Wired Nylon Receptacle
Nylon Plug Nylon Connector
Single,
Back and Side Wired
Duplex, Back Wired,
Clamp-Type Terminals
NEMA L5-15
15A 125V
.300"-.625"
(7.6-15.9)
2-Pole
3-Wire
Yellow 4721NPCR* 4732NCCR* 4710CR* 4700DRCR
15A 125V
NEMA L5-15P
UL/CSA
0.5 HP
G
W
15A 125V
NEMA L5-15R
UL/CSA
GW
NEMA L5-20
20A 125V
.300"-.950"
(7.6-24.1)
2-Pole
3-Wire
Yellow 70520NPCR* 70520NCCR 70520FRCR —
20A 125V
NEMA L5-20P
UL/CSA
1 HP
G
W
20A 125V
NEMA L5-20R
UL/CSA
1 HP
G
W
NEMA L5-30
30A 125V
.300"-.950"
(7.6-24.1)
2-Pole
3-Wire
Yellow 70530NPCR 70530NCCR 70530FRCR —
30A 125V
NEMA L5-30P
UL/CSA
2 HP
G
W
30A 125V
NEMA L5-30R
UL/CSA
2 HP
G
W
Note: *Not Fed. Spec.
See page A-47 for information on weather protective boots.
See page Q-8 for horsepower ratings.
15A Single Receptacle
D
AB
ABC E
ABC
C
DE
F
F
D
E
Connector
Plug
A
C
A
C
B
B
A
C
A
C
B
B
• Nickel-plated copper-alloy metallic components
• Molded of impact/chemical resistant high-visibility yellow nylon
• Stainless steel screws
• Receptacles have a one-piece grounding system with built-in self-grounding strap
• Triple Gripper® cord grip on plugs and connectors which feature three captive
assembly screws to automatically tighten cord grip
• Individual wire pockets with clamp-type terminals
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Plug
15A 20A/30A
A
B
C
2.18" (55.2)
1.38" (35.1)
1.53" (39.1)
2.85" (72.3)
1.83" (46.5)
2.13" (54.0)
Connector
15A 20A/30A
A
B
C
2.95" (75.0)
1.38" (35.1)
1.53" (39.1)
3.90" (99.0)
1.83" (46.5)
2.13" (54.0)
Single Receptacle Duplex Receptacle
15A 20A/30A 15A
A
B
C
D
E
F
3.28" (83.3)
2.38" (60.5)
1.38" (35.1)
1.41" (35.8)
1.37" (34.8)
1.01" (25.7)
3.28" (83.3)
2.38" (60.5)
1.56" (39.6)
1.70" (43.2)
2.67" (67.8)
1.24" (31.5)
3.28" (83.3)
2.74" (69.5)
1.70" (43.2)
1.17" (29.67)
.93" (23.72)
—
ABCE
F
D
20A/30A Single Receptacle
D
AB
ABC E ABC
C
DE
F
F
D
E
15A Duplex Receptacle
J-3
Corrosion-Resistant Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
15, 20 and 30 Amp Locking Devices
• For use with Bryant Tech-Spec® straight blade and locking plugs and connectors
• Help prevent moisture, dust and other contaminants from infiltrating plugs and connectors
• Thermoplastic elastomer construction in high-visibility yellow
• Excellent ozone and weather resistance and resistant to deterioration by oils and heat
• Connector sealing ring provides extra protection when plug and connector are not mated
J-4
Corrosion-Resistant Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Weather Protective Boots
Description For use with Color
For Use
with Plugs
For Use with
Connectors
Sealing Cap for Use
with Connector Boot
Thermoplastic elastomer boot 15 amp nylon straight blade and locking devices Yellow 5200BP 5200BC 5200BSR
Neoprene boot 20 and 30 amp nylon locking plugs Yellow 72002BP 72002BC —
Accessories - Weather Protective Boots
70530NPCR Plug
72002BP Boot
70530NCCR Connector
72002BC Boot
Weather Protective Boots
Table of Contents Page
IEC Configurations, Ratings and Catalog Numbering System ................K-2
Watertight Devices
Product Features ........................................................................K-3
20, 30 and 60 Amp North American Ratings ..................................................K-4
100 Amp North American Ratings ..........................................................K-5
16, 32, 63 and 125 Amp International Ratings .................................................K-5
Dimensional Data .......................................................................K-6
Technical Specifications .................................................................K-10
Splashproof Devices
16 and 32 Amp International Ratings ........................................................K-7
Technical Specifications .................................................................K-11
Accessories
Back Boxes, Adapter Plates and Closure Caps ................................................K-8
Switched Mechanical Interlocks
Unfused Mechanical Interlocks .............................................................K-9
Technical Specifications .................................................................K-12
Technical Specifications
Watertight Devices .....................................................................K-10
Splashproof Devices ...................................................................K-11
Mechanical Interlocks ..................................................................K-12
Horsepower Ratings ....................................................................K-12
K-1
Section K
Pin & Sleeve Devices
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Bryant’s Pin & Sleeve line safeguards against mismating devices of different amperage and voltage ratings. Conformance with IEC 60309-1
and IEC 60309-2 international standards results in a singly-rated, non-interchangeable configuration for each amperage/voltage type.
The voltage rating can be identified by the clock position of the female grounding sleeve relative to the housing keyway. With the keyway
always positioned at 6 o’clock, the female grounding sleeve is located at a specific clock position for each voltage rating.
First Digit
Wires Next Series of Digits
North American Amps Letter
Device Type Last Digit(s)
Clock Position Letter
Environmental Classification
3 – 3-Wire
4 – 4-Wire
5 – 5-Wire
20
30
60
100
– 20 Amp
– 30 Amp
– 60 Amp
– 100 Amp
P – Plug
C – Connector
R – Receptacle
B – Inlet
9 – After the letter. This denotes the
position of the ground sleeve and the
assigned voltage in the receptacle
as it relates to the hours of the
clock. This is done to eliminate
interchangeability between devices
with different voltages.
W – Watertight
S – Splashproof
International
16
32
63
125
– 16 Amp
– 32 Amp
– 63 Amp
– 125 Amp
The housing keyway is
always located at the 6
o’clock position on all
female devices and is clearly
visible to the user.
Female
Grounding Sleeve
Female
Housing Keyway
IEC Pin & Sleeve device
housings are color coded
by voltage rating for easy
identification.
Rated Voltage Color
100V-130V
125V/250V
200V-250V
277V
380V-480V
500V and above
4 30 C 9 W
Watertight
Female Ground Sleeve
at 9 O’Clock Position
(3Ø 250V AC)
“C”
Connector
4-Wire
30 Amp
Example:
125/250V AC
380V
50Hz
440V
60Hz
200/346V AC
240/415V AC
380-415V AC
3Ø 600V AC
125V AC
250V
DC
250V AC 277V AC
480V AC
3ØY 347/600V
3Ø480V AC
3ØY 277/
480V
3ØY
120/208V
3Ø
250V
380-
415V
440-460V
(60HZ)
11 12 123
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
4
-
P
o
l
e
5
-
W
i
r
e
2
-
P
o
l
e
3
-
W
i
r
e
3
-
P
o
l
e
4
-
W
i
r
e
K-2
Pin & Sleeve Devices IP67 Suitability
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
IEC Configurations Make Safe Connections As Easy As Clockwork
IEC Catalog Numbering System
Plug
Connector
Bryant’s exclusive 60A
and 100A contact design
features a well-defined
contact area and a
stainless steel clip to
provide more consistent
contact pressure
Box terminal design with
pressure plate (60A and 100A)
permits greater clamping
pressure without damaging
conductors
External housing key on male
devices mates with keyway
on female devices to provide
proper alignment and simplify
the connection of devices,
keyway is always located at the
6 o’clock position and is clearly
visible to the user, helping
to prevent the mismating of
devices with different ratings.
Wiring is simplified with
swing-away cord clamp.
Strain relief clamp assembly
swings out for greater access
when terminating individual
conductors and securing
cord clamp
• Gland nut and body have opposing thread profiles to prevent
pull-out and reduce wear (available in most ratings)
• No exposed metal screws or clamps promotes safe handling and
prevents snagging
• Toughened nylon housing protects against cracking, warping,
corrosion, and chemical abrasion
• Neoprene sealing glands provide a watertight seal
• Solid brass pins provide contact reliability, and superior conductivity.
Shrouded housing helps protect pins from contaminants and abuse
• Cord clamp screws fasten into threaded steel nuts to prevent
strip-out
Locking Connector
• Spring-loaded gasketed cover
• Self-adjusting contacts provide accurate pin
insertion, producing self-cleaning effect as
pin is inserted and withdrawn from sleeve
• High temperature contact carrier
• Radial rib exterior
• Phase contacts are recessed in deep insulated chambers
to minimize arcing
• Ground contact in forward position ensures first make, last break,
neutral contact connects next, then phase contacts
• Terminal screws are backed out for easy assembly
Housing Keyway Swing-Away Cord Clamp Box TerminalContact
K-3
Pin & Sleeve Devices IP67 Suitability
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Watertight Pin & Sleeve Features
Watertight 20A, 30A and 60A North American Ratings
Amps
Poles/
Wires
Configuration
Voltage
Watertight Devices
Recep./
Conn.
Plug/
Inlet Receptacle Plug Connector Inlet Back Box* Closure Cap**
20
2P 3W 125V AC 320R4W 320P4W 320C4W 320B4W BB201WA
BB301WA CC320A
2P 3W 250V AC 320R6W 320P6W 320C6W 320B6W BB201WA
BB301WA CC320A
2P 3W 480V AC 320R7W 320P7W 320C7W 320B7W BB201WA
BB301WA CC320A
3P 4W 125/250V AC 420R12W 420P12W 420C12W 420B12W BB201WA
BB301WA CC420A
3P 4W 3Ø 250V 420R9W 420P9W 420C9W 420B9W BB201WA
BB301WA CC420A
3P 4W 3Ø 480V 420R7W 420P7W 420C7W 420B7W BB201WA
BB301WA CC420A
3P 4W 3Ø 600V 420R5W 420P5W 420C5W 420B5W BB201WA
BB301WA CC420A
4P 5W 3ØY 120/208V 520R9W 520P9W 520C9W 520B9W BB201WA
BB301WA CC520
4P 5W 3ØY 277/480V 520R7W 520P7W 520C7W 520B7W BB201WA
BB301WA CC520
30
2P 3W 125V AC 330R4W 330P4W 330C4W 330B4W BB201WA
BB301WA CC330
2P 3W 250V AC 330R6W 330P6W 330C6W 330B6W BB201WA
BB301WA CC330
2P 3W 480V AC 330R7W 330P7W 330C7W 330B7W BB201WA
BB301WA CC330
3P 4W 125/250V AC 430R12W 430P12W 430C12W 430B12W BB201WA
BB301WA CC330
3P 4W 3Ø 250V 430R9W 430P9W 430C9W 430B9W BB201WA
BB301WA CC330
3P 4W 3Ø 480V 430R7W 430P7W 430C7W 430B7W BB201WA
BB301WA CC330
3P 4W 3Ø 600v 430R5W 430P5W 430C5W 430B5W BB201WA
BB301WA CC330
4P 5W 3ØY 120/208V 530R9W 530P9W 530C9W 530B9W BB201WA
BB301WA CC530
4P 5W 3ØY 277/480V 530R7W 530P7W 530C7W 530B7W BB201WA
BB301WA CC530
60
2P 3W 125V AC 360R4W 360P4W 360C4W 360B4W BB601WA
BB602WA CC560
2P 3W 250V AC 360R6W 360P6W 360C6W 360B6W BB601WA
BB602WA CC560
2P 3W 480V AC 360R7W 360P7W 360C7W 360B7W BB601WA
BB602WA CC560
3P 4W 125/250V AC 460R12W 460P12W 460C12W 460B12W BB601WA
BB602WA CC560
3P 4W 3Ø 250V 460R9W 460P9W 460C9W 460B9W BB601WA
BB602WA CC560
3P 4W 3Ø 480V 460R7W 460P7W 460C7W 460B7W BB601WA
BB602WA CC560
3P 4W 3Ø 600V 460R5W 460P5W 460C5W 460B5W BB601WA
BB602WA CC560
4P 5W 3ØY 120/208V 560R9W 560P9W 560C9W 560B9W BB601WA
BB602WA CC560
4P 5W 3ØY 277/480V 560R7W 560P7W 560C7W 560B7W BB601WA
BB602WA CC560
4P 5W 3ØY 347/600V 560R5W 560P5W 560C5W 560B5W BB601WA
BB602WA CC560
Note: *Back boxes for:
20 and 30 amp receptacles require AP2030 adapter plate (page K-8) ordered separately. Also see direct mounting back box DM20301 (page K-8).
60 amp receptacles require AP60 adapter plate ordered separately (page K-8). Also see direct mounting back box DM602 (page K-8).
**For use with plugs and inlets. Provides watertight protection.
K-4
Pin & Sleeve Devices IP67 Suitability
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Watertight 20, 30 and 60 Amp Devices
Watertight 16A, 32A, 63A and 125A International Ratings***
Amps
Poles/
Wires
Configuration
Voltage
Watertight Devices
Recep./
Conn.
Plug/
Inlet Receptacle Plug Connector Inlet Back Box* Closure Cap**
16
2P 3W 100-130V 316R4W 316P4W 316C4W 316B4W BB201WA
BB301WA CC320A
2P 3W 200-250V 316R6W 316P6W 316C6W 316B6W BB201WA
BB301WA CC320A
3P 4W 380-415V 416R6W 416P6W 416C6W 416B6W BB201WA
BB301WA CC420A
4P 5W 200/346V
240/415V
516R6W 516P6W 516C6W 516B6W BB201WA
BB301WA CC520
32
2P 3W 100-130V 332R4W 332P4W 332C4W 332B4W BB201WA
BB301WA CC330
2P 3W 200-250V 332R6W 332P6W 332C6W 332B6W BB201WA
BB301WA CC330
3P 4W 380-415V 432R6W 432P6W 432C6W 432B6W BB201WA
BB301WA CC330
3P 4W 380V 50Hz
440V 60Hz
432R3W 432P3W 432C3W 432B3W BB201WA
BB301WA CC330
4P 5W 200/346V
240/415V
532R6W 532P6W 532C6W 532B6W BB201WA
BB301WA CC530
63
2P 3W 200-250V 363R6W 363P6W 363C6W 363B6W BB601WA
BB602WA CC560
3P 4W 380-415V 463R6W 463P6W 463C6W 463B6W BB601WA
BB602WA CC560
4P 5W 200/346V
240/415V
563R6W 563P6W 563C6W 563B6W BB601WA
BB602WA CC560
125
3P 4W 380-415V 4125R6W 4125P6W 4125C6W 4125B6W BB1001WA
BB1002WA CC510
4P 5W 200/346V
240/415V
5125R6W 5125P6W 5125C6W 5125B6W BB1001WA
BB1002WA CC510
Note: *Back boxes for:
16 and 32 amp receptacles require AP2030 adapter plate ordered separately (page K-8). Also see direct mounting back box DM20301 (page K-8).
63 amp receptacles require AP60 adapter plate ordered separately (page K-8). Also see direct mounting back box DM602 (page K-8).
125 amp receptacles require AP100 adapter plate ordered separately (page K-8).
**For use with plugs and inlets. Provides watertight protection.
***Not UL Listed, nor CSA Certified.
DVE
Watertight 100A North American Ratings
Amps Poles/
Wires
Configuration
Voltage
Watertight Devices
Recep./
Conn.
Plug/
Inlet Receptacle Plug Connector Inlet Back Box* Closure Cap**
100
2P 3W 250V AC 3100R6W 3100P6W 3100C6W 3100B6W BB1001WA
BB1002WA
CC510
2P 3W 480V AC 3100R7W 3100P7W 3100C7W 3100B7W BB1001WA
BB1002WA
CC510
3P 4W 125/250V AC 4100R12W 4100P12W 4100C12W 4100B12W BB1001WA
BB1002WA
CC510
3P 4W 3Ø 250V 4100R9W 4100P9W 4100C9W 4100B9W BB1001WA
BB1002WA
CC510
3P 4W 3Ø 480V 4100R7W 4100P7W 4100C7W 4100B7W BB1001WA
BB1002WA
CC510
3P 4W 3Ø 600V 4100R5W 4100P5W 4100C5W 4100B5W BB1001WA
BB1002WA
CC510
4P 5W 3ØY
120/208V
5100R9W 5100P9W 5100C9W 5100B9W BB1001WA
BB1002WA
CC510
4P 5W 3ØY
277/480V
5100R7W 5100P7W 5100C7W 5100B7W BB1001WA
BB1002WA
CC510
Note: *Back boxes for 100 amp receptacles require AP100 adapter plate ordered separately (page K-8).
**For use with plugs and inlets. Provides watertight protection.
Pin & Sleeve Devices
K-5
IP67 Suitability
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Watertight 100 Amp and International Devices
Plug
Connector
Receptacle
Inlet (20-30A Shown)
Receptacle Opening
Inlet Side View
Receptacle Side View
Receptacle Opening
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
A
B
C
AC
B
A
J
C
BD
E
H
F
G
K
I
10
AC
B G
I
D
E F
HK
16/20A 30/32A 60/63A 100/125A
3-Wire 4-Wire 5-Wire 3-Wire 4-Wire 5-Wire 3-, 4-, 5-Wire 3-, 4-, 5-Wire
Plug
A2.75" (70.5) 3.04" (78.0) 3.37" (86.5) 3.67" (94.0) 3.67" (94.0) 3.96"(101.5) 4.43" (113.5) 4.88" (125.0)
B4.37" (112.0) 4.37" (112.0) 4.6 0" (118.0) 5.62" (144.0) 5.62" (144.0) 5.62" (144.0) 8.81" (226.0) 9.87" (253.0)
C5.42" (139.0) 5.42" (139.0) 5.66" (145.0) 6.67" (171.0) 6.67" (171.0) 6.67" (171.0) 9.91" (254.0) 11.15" (28 6.0)
D* .375"-.625" (9.52-15.5) .580"-.900" (14.7-22.8) .74"-1.270" (18.8-35.5) .95"-1.670" (24.1-42.4)
Connector
A2.75" (70.5) 3.04" (78.0) 3.37" (86.5) 3.67" (94.0) 3.67" (94.0) 3.96" (101.5) 4.2 9" (110.0) 4.91" (126.0)
B5.97" (153.0) 5.97" (153.0) 6.20" (159.0) 7.33 " (18 8. 0) 7. 3 3" (18 8 .0 ) 7.33 " (18 8. 0) 10.61" (272.0) 12.01" (308.0)
C3.00" (77.0) 3.24" (83.0) 3.63" (93.0) 3.86" (99.0) 3.86" (99.0) 4.17 " (107. 0) 4.43" (113.5) 4.99" (128.0)
D* .375"-.625" (9.52-15.5) .580"-.900" (14.7-22.8) .74"-1.270" (18.8-35.5) .95"-1.670" (24.1-42.4)
Receptacle
A2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 4 .17" (107.0) 4.68" (120.0)
B2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 3.90" (100.0) 4.68" (120.0)
C2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 3.32" (85.0) 3.90" (100.0)
D2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 3.00" (77.0) 3.90" (100.0)
E0.22" (5.5) 0.22" (5.5) 0.22" (5.5) 0.22" (5.5) 0.22" (5.5) 0.22" (5.5) 0.25" (6.5) 0.25" (6.5)
F0. 27 " (7. 0) 0. 27 " (7.0) 0.27" (7.0 ) 0.31" (8.0) 0.31" (8.0) 0.31" (8.0) 0.47" (12.0) 0.82" (21.0)
G0.66" (17.0) 1.01" (26.0) 0.66" (17.0) 1.40" (36.0) 1.40" (36.0) 0.74" (19.0) 2.20" (56.5) 1.95" (50.0)
H2.22" (57.0) 2.26" (58.0) 2.22" (57.0) 2.54" (65.0) 2.54" (65.0) 2.54" (65.0) 2.96" (76.0) 4.56" (117.0)
I2.96" (76.0) 3.24" (83.0) 3.63" (93.0) 3.90" (100.0) 3.90" (100.0) 3.90" (100.0) 4.41" (113.0) 5.03" (129.0)
J1.76" (45.0) 1.76" (45.0) 2.15" (55.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 3.43" (88.0) 3.62" (92.0)
K* 0.14" (3.5) 0. 27" ( 7.0) 0.45" (11.5) 0.47" (12.0) 0.47" (12.0) 0.66" (17.0) 0. 27 " (7. 0) 0.23" (6.0)
Inlet
A2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 4 .17" (107.0) 4.68" (120.0)
B2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 3.90" (100.0) 4.68" (120.0)
C2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 3.32" (85.0) 3.90" (100.0)
D2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 3.00" (77.0) 3.90" (100.0)
E0.22" (5.5) 0.22" (5.5) 0.22" (5.5) 0.22" (5.5) 0.22" (5.5) 0.22" (5.5) 0.25" (6.5) 0.25" (6.5)
F0. 27 " (7. 0) 0. 27 " (7.0) 0.27" (7.0 ) 0.31" (8.0) 0.31" (8.0) 0.31" (8.0) 0.47" (12.0) 0.82" (21.0)
G0.66" (17.0) 1.01" (26.0) 0.66" (17.0) 1.40" (36.0) 1.40" (36.0) 0.74" (19.0) 2.20" (56.5) 1.95" (50.0)
H2.22" (57.0) 2.26" (58.0) 2.22" (57.0) 2.54" (65.0) 2.54" (65.0) 2.54" (65.0) 2.96" (76.0) 4.56" (117.0)
I2.96" (76.0) 3.24" (83.0) 3.63" (93.0) 3.90" (100.0) 3.90" (100.0) 3.90" (100.0) 4.41" (113.0) 5.03" (129.0)
J1.76" (45.0) 1.76" (45.0) 2.15" (55.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 3.43" (88.0) 3.62" (92.0)
K* 0.14" (3.5) 0. 27" ( 7.0) 0.45" (11.5) 0.47" (12.0) 0.47" (12.0) 0.66" (17.0) 0. 27 " (7. 0) 0.23" (6.0)
Note: *Cable Grip.
K-6
Pin & Sleeve Devices IP67 Suitability
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Watertight Dimensions
Splashproof 16A and 32A International Ratings
Amps
Poles/
Wires
Configuration
Voltage
Receptacle Plug Connector Back Box*
Recep./
Conn.
Plug/
Inlet
16
2P 3W 100-130V 316R4S 316P4S 316C4S BB201WA
BB301WA
2P 3W 200-250V 316R6S 316P6S 316C6S BB201WA
BB301WA
3P 4W 380-415V 416R6S 416P6S 416C6S BB201WA
BB301WA
4P 5W 200/346V
240/415V
516R6S 516P6S 516C6S BB201WA
BB301WA
32
2P 3W 100-130V 332R4S 332P4S 332C4S BB201WA
BB301WA
2P 3W 200-250V 332R6S 332P6S 332C6S BB201WA
BB301WA
Note: *Requires AP2030 adapter plate, ordered separately (page K-8).
Also see direct mounting back box DM20301 (page K-8).
• Ground contact in forward position to ensure first make,
last break, neutral contact connects next, then phase
contacts
• Neoprene sealing glands seal out moisture and
contaminants at cord entry
• Gland nut and ring compress sealing gland around cord
to seal out contaminants
• Solid brass pins provide contact reliability and superior
conductivity
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Plug Connector Receptacle
AD
C
B
A
CD
B
AB
C
DE
F
GH
Plug
16A 32A
3-Wire 4-Wire 5-Wire 3-Wire
A1.99" (51.0) 2.26" (58.0) 2.50" (64.0) 2.57" (66.0)
B5.38" (138.0) 5.38" (138.0) 5.58" (143.0) 6.83" (175.0)
C3.99" (102.0) 3.99" (102.0) 4.17" (107.0) 5.07" (130.0)
D0.66" (17.0) 0.66" (17.0) 0.66" (17.0) 0.96" (24.5)
Receptacle
16A 32A
3-Wire 4-Wire 5-Wire 3-Wire
A2.44" (62.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0)
B1.88" (47. 0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0)
C0.22" (5.5) 0.22" (5.5) 0.21" (5.5) 0.21" (5.5)
D1.99" (51.0) 2.07" (53.0) 2.07" (53.0) 2.42" (62.0)
E0. 27 " (7. 0) 0.27 " (7.0 0.27" (7.0) 0.31" (8.0)
F0.66" (17.0) 1.01" (26.0) 0.66" (17.0) 1.40" (36.0)
G2.73" (70.0) 3.12" (80.0) 3.32" (85.0) 3.51" (90.0)
H1.76" (45.0) 1.76" (45.0) 2.15" (55.0) 2.34" (60.0)
Connector
16A 32A
3-Wire 4-Wire 5-Wire 3-Wire
A1.99" (51.0) 2.26" (58.0) 2.50" (64.0) 2.57" (66.0)
B5.85" (150.0) 5.89" (151.0) 6.05" (155.0) 7.33 " (18 8. 0)
C2.77" (71.0) 3.08" (79.0) 3.32" (85.0) 3.63" (93.0)
D0.66" (17.0) 0.66" (17.0) 0.66" (17.0) 0.96" (24.5)
K-7
Pin & Sleeve Devices IP44 Suitability
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Splashproof 16 and 32 Amp International Devices
DVE
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
K-8
Pin & Sleeve Devices IP67 Suitability
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
NEMA Type 1 Portable Outlet Box Cover Plates
For Use
With
Hub
Size In.
Back Boxes Adapter Plates
Direct Mount
Back Boxes Closure Caps
For Mounting Receptacles and Inlets Required to Mount
Receptacles and
Inlets to Back Boxes 15° Angle For Use With Catalog Number15° Angle Feed-Thru Four-Way
20/30A ¾"
1"
BB201WA*
BB301WA*
FT202WA*
FT302WA**
—
—
AP2030 DM20301
—
16/20A 3-Wire
4-Wire
5-Wire
CC320A
CC420A
CC520
60A 1¼"
1½"
BB601WA*
BB602WA*
—
—
—
FW60100A**
AP60 DM602
—
30/32A 3 & 4-Wire
5-Wire
CC330
CC530
100A 1½"
2"
BB1001WA*
BB1002WA*
—
—
FW60100A**
—
AP100 —
—
60/63A 3, 4 & 5-Wire
5-Wire
CC560
Note:
*Adapter plates: 20/30A devices requires AP2030, 60A devices require AP60 and 100A devices require
AP100 adapter plates, ordered separately.
**Requires AP60 adapter plate to mount 60A receptacle or inlet. 100A receptacle mounts directly to box.
100A inlet does not mount to this box.
100/125A 3, 4 & 5-Wire
5-Wire
CC510
• Back box features heavy duty cast aluminum construction
with a durable enamel finish
• Adapter plates allow receptacles and inlets to be mounted
to back boxes
• Cast aluminum direct mount back boxes permit receptacles
to be mounted directly to box without adapter plate
• Closure caps provide a watertight seal for male plugs and
flanged inlets when not mated
Back Boxes Adapter Plates Direct Mount Back Boxes
20/30A 60A 60/100A 100A
20/30A 60A 100A
15° Angle
15° Angle Feed-Thru 15° Angle Four-Way 15° Angle 20/30A 60A
A5.12" (130. 2) 8.25" (209.6) 7.25" (184.2) 8.75" (222.3) 8.12" (206.4) 3.76" (96.4) 4.51" (115.6) 5.52" (141.5) 5.07" (130.0) 5.81" (149.0)
B4.00" (101.6) 3 .0 6 " (7 7.8) 5.25" (133.4) 9.75" (247.7) 6.75" (171.5) 3.13" (80.3) 3.88" (99.5) 4.87" (124.9) 3.38" (78.0) 4.28 " (110.0)
C4.19" (10 6.4) 7.14" (181.4) 6.00" (152.4) 7.75" (19 6 .9 ) 6.88" (174.6) 2.76" (70.8) 3.03" (77.7) 4.25" (109.0) 4.13" (106.0) 4.56" (117.0)
D3.75" (95.3) 4.50" (114.3) 4.50" (114.3) 6.75" (171.5) 5.50" (139.7) 2.36" (60.5) 3.35" (85.9) 3.94" (101.0) 3.62" (92.0) 4.58 " (117. 0)
E3.00" (76.2) 3.75" (95.3) 3.75" (95.3) 6.00" (152.4) 4.75" (120.7) 0.22" (5.6) Dia. 0.22" (5.6) Dia. 0.22" (5.6) Dia. — —
F4.00" (101.6) 3.13" (79.5) 6.19 " (157. 2) — 6.94" (176.2) 0.18" (4.6) Dia. 0.18" (4.6) Dia. 0.18" (4.6) Dia. — —
G* 30.0" (492) 48.0" (787) 80.0" (1312) 210.0" (3444) 130.0" (2132) — — — 20.0" (328.0) 40.0" (656.0)
Note: *Capacity cu. in. (cm3).
A
F
C
B
ED
15°
Angle Box
AC
B
D
15°
Direct Mount Back Box
A
C
B
ED
15°
Four-Way Box
A
C
F
B
ED
Feed-Through Box 60A Adapter Plate
100A Adapter Plate
20/30A Adapter Plate
EF
B
D
C
A
B
D
C
A
EF
E F
BC
D
A
Accessories
Amps
Poles/
Wires
Configuration
Voltage Interlock Mating Plug*
Recep./
Conn.
Plug/
Inlet
20
3P 4W 240V AC 3Ø 420SMI9W 420P9W
3P 4W 480V AC 3Ø 420SMI7W 420P7W
3P 4W 600V AC 3Ø 420SMI5W 420P5W
30
2P 3W 120V AC 330SMI4W 330P4W
2P 3W 240V AC 330SMI6W 330P6W
2P 3W 480V AC 330SMI7W 330P7W
3P 4W 240V AC 3Ø 430SMI9W 430P9W
3P 4W 480V AC 3Ø 430SMI7W 430P7W
3P 4W 600V AC 3Ø 430SMI5W 430P5W
4P 5W 120/208V AC 3ØY 530SMI9W 530P9W
4P 5W 277/480V AC 3ØY 530SMI7W 530P7W
32 3P 4W 380V AC 3Ø 50Hz
440V AC 3Ø 60Hz 432SMI3W 432P3W
60
2P 3W 120V AC 360SMI4W 360P4W
2P 3W 240V AC 360SMI6W 360P6W
2P 3W 480V AC 360SMI7W 360P7W
3P 4W 240V AC 3Ø 460SMI9W 460P9W
3P 4W 480V AC 3Ø 460SMI7W 460P7W
3P 4W 600V AC 3Ø 460SMI5W 460P5W
4P 5W 120/208V AC 3ØY 560SMI9W 560P9W
4P 5W 277/480V AC 3ØY 560SMI7W 560P7W
4P 5W 347/600V AC 3ØY 560SMI5W 560P5W
100
2P 3W 240V AC 3100SMI6W 3100P6W
3P 4W 240V AC 3Ø 4100SMI9W 4100P9W
3P 4W 480V AC 3Ø 4100SMI7W 4100P7W
3P 4W 600V AC 3Ø 4100SMI5W 4100P5W
4P 5W 120/208V AC 3ØY 5100SMI9W 5100P9W
Note: *Mating plug sold separately.
• 30 and 60 amp units provide top or bottom feed option
(20 and 100 amp are top feed)
• NEMA 4X and 12 enclosures provide watertight and
dust-tight protection
• Heavy duty disconnect switches are horse-power rated
for motor load applications
• Watertight conduit hub and grounding plate included for
use with metallic conduit
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
20A 30/32A 60A
A8.86" (225.0) 10.24" (260.0) 10.24" (260.0)
B8.19" (208.0) 9.45" (240.0) 9.45" (240.0)
C4.65" (118.0) 6.30" (160.0) 6.30" (160.0)
D3.98" (101.0) 5.51" (140.0) 5.51" (140.0)
E5.00" (127.0) 6.78" (172.0) 7.68" (195.0)
F9.65" (245.0) 11.68" (2 97.0 ) 11.97" (304.0)
G0.26" (6.5) 0.32" (8.1) 0.32" (8.1)
H0.31" (8.0) 0.39" (10.0) 0.39" (10.0)
I¾" NPT 1" NPT 1¼" NPT
100A
A18.11" (460.0)
B17.32" (440.0)
C7.09" (180.0)
D6.30" (160.0)
E8.19" (208.0)
F20.08" (510.0)
G0.33" (8.3)
H0.26" (6.5)
I1¼" NPT
A
H
G
F
B
CDE
I
A
H
G
F
B
CDE
I
Pin & Sleeve Devices
Splashproof, 16 and 32 Amp International Ordering Information
Pin & Sleeve Devices
K-9
IP67 Suitability
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Unfused Mechanical Interlocks
Listings
UL Listed Standard 1682 (plugs, receptacles, and
cable connectors of the pin & sleeve type)
Conforms to UL 1686 (pin & sleeve conguration)
CSA Certied C22.2 No. 182.1 - 13
Complies with IEC 60309-1 and 60309-2 International Standards
for singly-rated non-interchangeable congurations
CE
Materials
Plug/Connector Receptacle/Inlet
Housing, gland nut and
cord clamp assembly
Toughened nylon Housing/mounting
flange
Toughened nylon
Cord gland Neoprene Mounting screws Stainless steel
Seals/gaskets Neoprene, EPDM, TPE Seals/gaskets Neoprene, EPDM, TPE
Phase/ground pins Brass Phase/ground pins Brass
Terminal screws Plated steel Terminal screws Plated steel
Terminal cover Toughened nylon
Glass-reinforced nylon (100A)
Terminal cover Toughened nylon
Glass-reinforced nylon (100A)
Contact carrier Glass-reinforced nylon,
Nylon (60A)
Contact carrier Glass-reinforced nylon,
Nylon (60A)
Gland friction washer Plated carbon steel (30/60/100A)
Nylon (20A)
Receptacle
Cover arm Toughened nylon
Assembly screws Stainless steel (60/100A)
Plated steel (20/30A)
Cover ring Polycarbonate
Plug Sleeve spring Nickel-plated spring steel
Locking ring Polycarbonate Sleeve spring Nickel-plated spring steel
Connector Hinge pins Brass
Cover ring Polycarbonate Inlet
Cover spring Stainless steel Mounting flange Toughened nylon
Hinge pins Brass Locking ring Polycarbonate
Sleeve spring Nickel-plated spring steel Assembly screws Stainless steel (60/100A), plated steel
(20/30A)
Performance
Electrical Environmental
Dielectric voltage
withstand
3,000 Volts - receptacle,
2,200 Volts - plug and connector
Moisture resistance Submerged 24 hours at 2" below water
surface
Max. working voltage 600 Volts AC Flammability (enclosure) V2 minimum per UL 94
Spacings ¼" minimum creepage and clearance per
UL 1682
Operating temperatures Maximum continuous 95°C with impact,
minimum continuous -40°C without impact
Current interrupting Certified for current interrupting at full rated
current where applicable per UL 1682
Ingress protection IP67 suitability
Temperature rise Less than 30°C temperature rise at full
rated current after 50 cycles of overload
tested at 150% of rated current at 0.75 pf.
Polarization integrity Mating devices will not energize ground if
polarization feature is removed from housing
and 40 lbs. force is applied
Endurance Up to 5,000 connect and disconnect
cycles at full rated current and voltage per
UL 1682
Mechanical
Impact resistance After 6 hours at -25°C, 8 drops from
2½' with 7½' length cord
Mechanical crush test 250 lbs. force for 1 minute after
6 hours at -25°C
Terminal identification Terminals identified in accordance with
North American Codes
Product identification Catalog number and rating indicated
on device
The following international electrical regulatory agencies
recognize IEC 309 standard Pin & Sleeve devices.
EMA
EUR
K
Sweden
Norway
Netherlands
Italy
CEBEC
OVE
Belgium Denmark
Austria Cz ec h Republic
DVEI
GermanyFinland Hungary
G reat B ritain
K-10
Pin & Sleeve Devices IP67 Suitability
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Technical Specifications - Watertight
Listings
Complies with IEC 60309-1 and 60309-2 International Standards for
singly-rated non-interchangeable congurations
CE
VDE
Materials
Plug/Connector Receptacle
Housing, gland nut and
cord clamp assembly
Toughened nylon Housing/mounting
flange and cover arm
Toughened nylon
Cord gland Neoprene Cover spring Stainless steel
Seals/gaskets Neoprene, EPDM, TPE Seals/gaskets Neoprene, EPDM, TPE
Phase/ground pins Brass Hinge pins Brass
Terminal screws Plated steel Contact carrier Glass-reinforced nylon
Terminal cover Toughened nylon Terminal cover Toughened nylon
Contact carrier Glass-reinforced nylon Phase/ground sleeves Brass
Gland friction washer Plated carbon steel (30/60/100A)
Nylon (20A)
Sleeve spring Nickel-plated spring steel
Mounting screws Stainless steel
Assembly screws Plated steel Terminal screws Plated steel
Connector
Cover spring Stainless steel
Phase/ground sleeves Brass
Sleeve spring Nickel-plated spring steel
Hinge pins Brass
Performance
Electrical Environmental
Dielectric voltage
withstand
3,000 Volts - receptacle,
2,200 Volts - plug and connector
Flammability (enclosure) V2 minimum per UL 94
Max. working voltage 500 Volts AC Operating temperatures Maximum continuous 95°C with impact,
minimum continuous -40°C without impact
Spacings ¼" minimum creepage and clearance Ingress protection IP44 suitability
Current interrupting Certified for current interrupting at full
rated current
Polarization integrity Mating devices will not energize ground if
polarization feature is removed from housing
and 40 lbs. force is applied
Endurance Up to 5,000 connect and disconnect
cycles at full rated current and voltage
Mechanical
Impact resistance After 6 hours at -25°C, 8 drops from
2½' with 7½' length cord
Mechanical crush test 250 lbs. force for 1 minute after
6 hours at -25°C
Terminal identification Terminals identified in accordance with
IEC 309
Product identification Catalog number and rating indicated
on device
The following international electrical regulatory agencies
recognize IEC 309 standard Pin & Sleeve devices.
EMA
EUR
K
Sweden
Norway
Netherlands
Italy
CEBEC
OVE
Belgium Denmark
Austria Cz ec h Republic
DVEI
GermanyFinland Hungary
G reat B ritain
K-11
Pin & Sleeve Devices IP44 Suitability
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Technical Specifications - Splashproof
Catalog Number Amps Rating Horsepower
420SMI9W 20 240V AC 3Ø 5
420SMI7W 20 480V AC 3Ø 10
420SMI5W 20 600V AC 3Ø 15
330SMI4W 30 120V AC 2
330SMI6W 30 240V AC 3
330SMI7W 30 480V AC 7. 5
430SMI9W 30 240V AC 3Ø 7.5
430SMI7W 30 480V AC 3Ø 15
430SMI5W 30 600V AC 3Ø 20
530SMI9W 30 120/208V AC 3ØY 5
530SMI7W 30 277/480V AC 3ØY 15
432SMI3W 32 380V AC 3Ø 50 Hz
440V AC 3Ø 60Hz
15
(440V AC 3Ø 60 Hz)
Catalog Number Amps Rating Horsepower
360SMI4W 60 120V AC 3
360SMI6W 60 240V AC 7.5
360SMI7W 60 480V AC 20
460SMI9W 60 240V AC 3Ø 15
460SMI7W 60 480V AC 3Ø 30
460SMI5W 60 600V AC 3Ø 40
560SMI9W 60 120/208V AC 3ØY 15
560SMI7W 60 277/480V AC 3ØY 30
560SMI5W 60 347/600V AC 3ØY 40
3100SMI6W 100 240V AC 15
4100SMI9W 100 240V AC 3Ø 25
4100SMI7W 100 480V AC 3Ø 40
4100SMI5W 100 600V AC 3Ø 50
5100SMI9W 100 120/208V AC 3ØY 20
Valox® is a registered trademark of SABIC Innovative Plastics, acquired from General Electric Company.
Performance
Electrical
Dielectric voltage
withstand
3,000 volts min.
Max. working voltage 600 Volts RMS
Current interrupting Certified for current interrupting at full rated current
and voltage
Short circuit withstand
rating
Suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not
more that 10,000 RMS symmetrica amperes at the
voltage rating of the receptacle (30, 60, 100A)
Operations Mechanical - 10,000 cycles
Electrical - 6,000 cycles
Mechanical
Impact resistance In accordance with UL 746C
Terminal identification In accordance with UL, CSA and international
conventions
Product identification Identification and ratings are part of the external label
Environmental
Moisture resistance Outdoor - 4x (watertight, washdown) IP67, indoor 12
(dust-tight, falling dirt and non-corrosive liquids)
Flammability UL94-5V and VO classification
Operating temperature Max. continuous +60º C,
Min. continuous -40º C
UV resistance All exposed materials are UV stabilized
Listings
UL 508 - Industrial control equipment, manual motor controller
CSA Certied C22.2 No. 14
Complies with UL 50, UL 746C and IEC 60309
Conguration meets UL 1686
IP67 suitability
Materials
Enclosure base Valox®
Enclosure cover Valox®
Handle Valox®
Enclosure gasket Neoprene
Enclosure screws Valox®
Hinge pins Stainless steel
Hinge spring Stainless steel
Conduit hub Zinc
Ground plate Galvanized steel
Cover gasket Neoprene
K-12
Pin & Sleeve Devices IP67 Suitability
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Technical Specifications - Mechanical Interlock
Horsepower Ratings
Table of Contents Page
Cam-Type Devices
Series 15 - 150 Amp, 600V AC/250V DC
Inlines and Panel Mount Receptacles .................................................... L-3
Tees, Gender Reversing Devices and Accessories .......................................... L-4
Specifications ...................................................................... L-14
Series 16 - 300 and 400 Amp, 600V AC/250V DC
Inlines and Panel Mount Receptacles .................................................... L-5
Additional Receptacles ................................................................ L-6
Offsets, Tees, 3-Fers and Gender Reversing Devices ........................................ L-7
Replacement Parts and Accessories ..................................................... L-8
Specifications ...................................................................... L-14
Power Distribution Boxes
Temporary Power Boxes, Cable Sets and Replacement Parts ................................... L-10
Weather Protective Lift Covers, Portable Outlet Boxes and Plates ............................... L-11
Specifications ......................................................................... L-14
Temporary Lighting
Construction Site Lighting ................................................................ L-12
Maintenance and Worklights .............................................................. L-13
Explosion Proof/Confined Space Lighting ................................................... L-13
Cord Reels
Cord Reels with Hand Lamps ............................................................. L-14
Technical Information
Cam-Type Devices Specifications ......................................................... L-14
Power Distribution Box and Cable Specifications ............................................. L-14
L-1
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Section L
Cam-Type Devices, Power Distribution Boxes and Temporary Power
L-2
Cam-Type Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Bryant offers a full line of innovative, high quality, Series 15
and Series 16 cam-type inlines, receptacles and accessories
for the most demanding environments.
Cam-Type devices are the right choice for supplying tem-
porary electrical power distribution for entertainment, theme
parks, carnival equipment, concerts, movie making and
numerous other applications requiring temporary power.
Cam-Type devices have been designed with ease of assembly
and disassembly in mind, no special tools are required. A high
strength non-conductive retaining screw is all that is needed
to securely lock the contacts to the insulated sleeve.
UL Enclosure Types 3R, 4X and 12 Rating suitable
for use in almost any environment.
Series 15 & 16 - 150, 300 & 400 Amp, 600 Volts
Housing Design
• Insulgrip® style housing for superior
gripping, conforms to the user’s hand
making it easy to connect and disconnect,
even with gloves on
• Easily identifiable cable, cut off points for
secure fit allows you to easily customize
and cut the housing to the required/
correct cable size
• Accommodates wide range of cables
Safety
• Rounded corners reduce the possibility
of catching or snagging on structures or
equipment
• Non-conductive retaining screw locks
contacts in place and allows for easy
installation; prevents contact movement
within housing
• Recessed mounting screw minimizes
screwdriver slippage
Installation
• Engineered body design makes installation
simple with no need for additional tools
and the non-metallic retaining screw helps
to make operation safe for all involved
• Strip gauge molded into every inline and
receptacle housing; simplifies installation
and saves time
Contacts
• Provides high contact pressure and
vibration resistant connection, which
helps reduce operating temperatures and
extends product life
• High conductivity brass contact provides
improved performance by helping to
reduce operating temperatures and
extends life
Assembly
• Special screw thread requires fewer turns
than most competitors and reduces
the risk of a conductive screw being
substituted
• Extra long non-conductive inner sleeve
reduces force required to install housing
over contacts; easier to rotate contact in
body for installing retaining screw
Identification
• Lock symbol aids in the mating of devices
and provides a clear indication that the
devices are properly connected
• With lock indicator symbol making mating
clear and simple; devices can lock 180°
to prevent unintended disconnects
Features and Benefits
150 Amp Inlines
Description Color Male Inline Female Inline
Thermoplastic elastomer,
cable size #8 - #2 AWG
Black
White
Green
Red
Blue
Brown
Orange
Yellow
Gray
HBL15MBK
HBL15MW
HBL15MGN
HBL15MR
HBL15MBL
HBL15MBN
HBL15MO
HBL15MY
HBL15MGY
HBL15FBK
HBL15FW
HBL15FGN
HBL15FR
HBL15FBL
HBL15FBN
HBL15FO
HBL15F Y
HBL15FGY
150A Panel Mount Receptacles
Description Color
Stud Type ¹¹⁄₁₆" x ¾" Double Set Screw Cable Size #4 - 4/0
Male Receptacles Female Receptacles Male Receptacles Female Receptacles
Panel mount, thermoplastic,
mates with 150 amp Inlines,
cable size #8 - #2 AWG
Black
White
Green
Red
Blue
Brown
Orange
Yellow
Gray*
HBL15MRSBK
HBL15MRSW
HBL15MRSGN
HBL15MRSR
HBL15MRSBL
HBL15MRSBN
HBL15MRSO
HBL15MRSY
—
HBL15FRSBK
HBL15FRSW
HBL15FRSGN
HBL15FRSR
HBL15FRSBL
HBL15FRSBN
HBL15FRSO
HBL15FRSY
—
HBL15MRBK
HBL15MRW
HBL15MRGN
HBL15MRR
HBL15MRBL
HBL15MRBN
HBL15MRO
HBL15MRY
HBL15MRGY
HBL15FRBK
HBL15FRW
HBL15FRGN
HBL15FRR
HBL15FRBL
HBL15FRBN
HBL15FRO
HBL15FRY
HBL15FRGY
Note: *Gray is available upon request. Contact factory.
Male Inline Female Inline
A4.54" (115.3) 4.60" (116.8)
B1.04" (26.4) 1.11" (28.2)
C0.86" (21.8) 0.68" (17.3)
D3.22" (81.7) 3.28" (83.2)
Receptacle
Stud Type Double Set Screw
Male Female Male Female
A1.86" (47. 2) 1.86 " (47. 2) 1. 8 6" (47. 2) 1. 86" (47. 2)
B1.37" (34.8) 1.37" (34.8) 1.37" (34.8) 1.37" (34.8)
C2.82" (71.6) 2.8 8" ( 73.1) 2.90" (73.6) 2.95" (74.9)
D0.86" (22.0) 0.86" (22.0) 0.86" (22.0) 0.86" (22.0)
E0.75" (19.0) 0.75" (19.0) 0.88" (22.2) 0.87" (22.2)
F1.20" (30.5) 1.26" (32.0) 1.20" (30.5) 1.26" (32.0)
G3x Ø .20" 3x Ø .20" 3x Ø .20" 3x Ø .20"
Stud Termination
5/16-18
(2) 5/32 Socket
Head Set Screws
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
E
D
BA C
F
G - Mounting Holes Male
Double Set Screw (Male Shown)
C
BA
D
F
G -
Mounting Holes Male
E
Threaded Stud (Male Shown)
B
C
D
A
Male Inline
B
C
D
A
Female Inline
Cam-Type Devices
L-3
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Series 15 - Inlines and Panel Mount Receptacles
Enclosure Types
3R, 4X, 12
B
A
A
B
C
C
A
B B
A
B
C
C
C
B
B
A
A
C
C
B
B
A
A
Accessories
Accessory Kit
Retaining Screw
(100 Pack)
Copper Foil
(100 Pack)
Brass Wire
(100 Pack)
Terminal Screws (100 Pack) Ferrules (100 Pack)
Inline Panel Mount #2 AWG #4 AWG
HBL15PK HBL15RS HBL15CF HBL15BW HBL15TS25 HBL15TS375 HBL15F2 HBL15F4
Double Male
Double Female
Tapping Tee Paralleling Tee Weatherproof Cover
Tees Gender Reversing Devices
Weatherproof CoversTapping Paralleling Double Male Double Female
A2.67" (67.9) 2.67" (67.9) 4.22" (107.3) 4.22" (107.3) 2.03" ( 51.5)
B4.28" (45.9) 4.22" (107.2) 0.86" (21.8) 1.05" (26.7) 1.14" (29.0 )
C0.865" (21.9) 0.865" (21.9) — 0.68" (17.3) 1. 49 " (37. 9)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Tees, Gender Reversing Devices and Replacement Bodies
Tapping Tee Paralleling Tee Gender Reversing Devices Replacement Bodies** (25 Pack)
Color (Female-Female-Male) (Female-Male-Male)
Double Male
(Male-Male)
Double Female
(Female-Female) Male Body Female Body
Black
White
Green
Red
Blue
HBL15TBK
HBL15TW
HBL15TGN
HBL15TR
HBL15TBL
HBL15PTBK
HBL15PTW
HBL15PTGN
HBL15PTR
HBL15PTBL
HBL15DMBK*
HBL15DMW
HBL15DMGN
HBL15DMR*
HBL15DMBL*
HBL15DFBK*
HBL15DFW
HBL15DFGN
HBL15DFR*
HBL15DFBL*
HBL15MBBK
HBL15MBW
HBL15MBGN
HBL15MBR
HBL15MBBL
HBL15FBBK
HBL15FBW
HBL15FBGN
HBL15FBR
HBL15FBBL
Note: *UL 1691 restricts the use of male-to-male or female-to-female devices to Grounding (Green) or Neutral (White) conductors. Consult factory for availability
of other non UL listed colors.
**Additional colors are available upon request. Contact factory.
Replacement Contacts (25 Pack)
Description Male Pin Female Sleeve
Contact,
150 amp
HBL15RCM HBL15RCF
Protective Caps and Weather Protective Covers
Protective Caps
Color Fits Male Devices Fits Female Devices
Black
White
Green
Red
Blue
**
HBL15MCAPBK
HBL15MCAPW
HBL15MCAPGN
HBL15MCAPR
HBL15MCAPBL
—
HBL15FCAPBK
HBL15FCAPW
HBL15FCAPGN
HBL15FCAPR
HBL15FCAPBL
—
Note:**Additional colors are available upon request. Contact factory.
Color
Weather
Protective Covers
Clear
Black
White
Green
Red
Blue
Brown
Orange
Yellow
HBL15NCC
HBL15NCBK
HBL15NCW
HBL15NCGN
HBL15NCR
HBL15NCBL
HBL15NCBN
HBL15NCO
HBL15NCY
L-4
Cam-Type Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Series 15 - Tees, Gender Reversing Devices and Accessories
Enclosure Types
3R, 4X, 12
E
BFG
D
H - Mounting Holes
AC
Double Set Screw (Male Shown)
Male Plug Female Plug
A
B
C
D
6.74" (171.2)
1.47" (37.3)
1.48" (37.6)
4.78" (121.4)
6.84" (173.6)
1.44" (36.6)
1.06" (27. 0)
4.80" (122.0)
Double Set Screw Receptacle Stud Type Receptacle
Threaded Holes Through Hole Threaded Holes
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
2.20" (55.9)
2.20" (55.9)
1.50" (38.1)
4.10" (104.3)
1.48" (47.4)
1.36" (34.5)
1.74" (44. 2)
4x #10-32
2.20" (55.9)
2.20" (55.9)
1.50" (38.1)
4.10" (104.3)
1.48" (37.6)
1.25" (31.7)
1.74" (44. 2)
4x Ø .20"
2.20" (55.9)
2.20" (55.9)
1.50" (38.1)
3.67" (93.2)
1.48" (37.6)
1.11" (28.2)
1.55" (39.4)
4x #10-32
(2) 7/32 Socket
Head Set Screws
Stud Termination
1/2-13 UNC-2A
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
A
B
C
D
Inline (Male Shown)
BFG D
Mounting Holes
AE
C
Threaded Stud (Male Shown)
300A and 400A 600V AC/250V DC Inlines
300 Amp, Cable Size #6 - 2/0 AWG 400 Amp, Cable Size 2/0 - 4/0 AWG
Description Color Male Inline Female Inline Male Inline Female Inline
Thermoplastic
elastomer Inline
Black
White
Green
Red
Blue
Brown
Orange
Yellow
Gray*
HBL300MBK
HBL300MW
HBL300MGN
HBL300MR
HBL300MBL
HBL300MBN
HBL300MO
HBL300MY
—
HBL300FBK
HBL300FW
HBL300FGN
HBL300FR
HBL300FBL
HBL300FBN
HBL300FO
HBL300FY
—
HBL400MBK
HBL400MW
HBL400MGN
HBL400MR
HBL400MBL
HBL400MBN
HBL400MO
HBL400MY
HBL400MGY
HBL400FBK
HBL400FW
HBL400FGN
HBL400FR
HBL400FBL
HBL400FBN
HBL400FO
HBL400FY
HBL400FGY
Cam-Type Devices
L-5
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Series 16 - Inlines and Panel Mount Receptacles
Enclosure Types
3R, 4X, 12
400A Panel Mount Receptacles
Double Set Screw Double Set Screw, Angled
Through Hole Mounting, Cable Size #4 - 4/0 AWG Through Hole Mounting, Cable Size #4 - 4/0 AWG
Description Color Male Plug Female Plug Male Plug Female Plug
Thermoplastic
elastomer plugs,
mates with 300 and
400 amp Inline
Black
White
Green
Red
Blue
Brown
Orange
Yellow
Gray*
HBLMRBK
HBLMRW
HBLMRGN
HBLMRR
HBLMRBL
HBLMRBN
HBLMRO
HBLMRY
HBLMRGY
HBLFRBK
HBLFRW
HBLFRGN
HBLFRR
HBLFRBL
HBLFRBN
HBLFRO
HBLFRY
HBLFRGY
HBLMRABK
HBLMRAW
HBLMRAGN
HBLMRAR
HBLMRABL
HBLMRABN
HBLMRAO
HBLMRAY
—
HBLFRABK
HBLFRAW
HBLFRAGN
HBLFRAR
HBLFRABL
HBLFRABN
HBLFRAO
HBLFRAY
—
Stud Type Receptacles
Through Hole Mounting Threaded Mounting Holes
Description Color Male Female Male Female
Thermoplastic
elastomer plugs,
mates with 300 and
400 amp plugs.
Black
White
Green
Red
Blue
Brown
Orange
Yellow
HBLMRSBK
HBLMRSW
HBLMRSGN
HBLMRSR
HBLMRSBL
HBLMRSBN
HBLMRSO
HBLMRSY
HBLFRSBK
HBLFRSW
HBLFRSGN
HBLFRSR
HBLFRSBL
HBLFRSBN
HBLFRSO
HBLFRSY
HBLMRSCBK
HBLMRSCW
HBLMRSCGN
HBLMRSCR
HBLMRSCBL
HBLMRSCBN
HBLMRSCO
HBLMRSCY
HBLFRSCBK
HBLFRSCW
HBLFRSCGN
HBLFRSCR
HBLFRSCBL
HBLFRSCBN
HBLFRSCO
HBLFRSCY
Note: *Gray is available upon request. Contact factory.
Enclosure Types
3R, 4X, 12
Bus Bar Type Receptacle
Threaded Hole
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
2.20" (55.9)
2.20" (55.9)
1.50" (38.1)
3.57" (90.7)
1.48" (37.6)
1.01" (25.7)
1.55" (39.4)
4x #10-32
(1) 5/16-18 UNC-2B
Threaded Hole Termination
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
AE
B
FG
C
D
Mounting Holes
Busbar Type (Male Shown)
Stud Type Receptacle
Through Hole Threaded Holes
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
2.20" (55.9)
2.20" (55.9)
1.50" (38.1)
4.10" (104.3)
1.48" (37.6)
1.25" (31.7)
1.74" (44. 2)
4x Ø .20"
2.20" (55.9)
2.20" (55.9)
1.50" (38.1)
3.67" (93.2)
1.48" (37.6)
1.11" (28.2)
1.55" (39.4)
4x #10-32
Stud Termination
1/2-13 UNC-2A
BFG D
Mounting Holes
AE
C
Threaded Stud (Male Shown)
L-6
Cam-Type Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Series 16 - Additional Receptacles
400A Extended Stud Type Receptacles
Description Color
Extended Stud Type Receptacles
Male Female
Thermoplastic
elastomer plugs,
threaded hole
mounting, mates
with 300 and
400 amp plugs.
Black
White
Green
Red
Blue
Brown
Orange
Yellow
HBLMRSCEBK
HBLMRSCEW
HBLMRSCEGN
HBLMRSCER
HBLMRSCEBL
HBLMRSCEBN
HBLMRSCEO
HBLMRSCEY
HBLFRSCEBK
HBLFRSCEW
HBLFRSCEGN
HBLFRSCER
HBLFRSCEBL
HBLFRSCEBN
HBLFRSCEO
HBLFRSCEY
400A Angled Panel Mount Receptacles
Description Color
Angled Stud Type Receptacles
Male Female
Thermoplastic
elastomer plugs,
through hole
mounting, mates
with 300 and
400 amp plugs.
Black
White
Green
Red
Blue
Brown
Orange
Yellow
HBLMRASBK
HBLMRASW
HBLMRASGN
HBLMRASR
HBLMRASBL
HBLMRASBN
HBLMRASO
HBLMRASY
HBLFRASBK
HBLFRASW
HBLFRASGN
HBLFRASR
HBLFRASBL
HBLFRASBN
HBLFRASO
HBLFRASY
Angled Bus Bar
Angled Bus Bar Receptacles
Male Female
HBLMRABBK
HBLMRABW
HBLMRABGN
HBLMRABR
HBLMRABBL
HBLMRABBN
HBLMRABO
HBLMRABY
HBLFRABBK
HBLFRABW
HBLFRABGN
HBLFRABR
HBLFRABBL
HBLFRABBN
HBLFRABO
HBLFRABY
400A Bus Bar Receptacles
Description Color
Bus Bar Receptacles
Male Female
Thermoplastic
elastomer plugs,
through hole
mounting, mates
with 300 and
400 amp plugs.
Black
White
Green
Red
Blue
Brown
Orange
Yellow
HBLMRBBK
HBLMRBW
HBLMRBGN
HBLMRBR
HBLMRBBL
HBLMRBBN
HBLMRBO
HBLMRBY
HBLFRBBK
HBLFRBW
HBLFRBGN
HBLFRBR
HBLFRBBL
HBLFRBBN
HBLFRBO
HBLFRBY
Bus Bar, 2 Holes
2 Holes Bus Bar Receptacles
Male Female
HBLMRB2BK
HBLMRB2W
HBLMRB2GN
HBLMRB2R
HBLMRB2BL
HBLMRB2BN
HBLMRB2O
HBLMRB2Y
HBLFRB2BK
HBLFRB2W
HBLFRB2GN
HBLFRB2R
HBLFRB2BL
HBLFRB2BN
HBLFRB2O
HBLFRB2Y
Enclosure Types
3R, 4X, 12
Tees, 3-Fers and Gender Reversing Devices
Color
Tapping Tee Paralleling Tee 3-Fers Soft 3-Fer Distribution Block
(Female-Female-
Male) (Female-Male-Male)
(Male-Female-
Female-Female)
(Female-Male-
Male-Male)
(Male-Female-
Female-Female) (1 Male, 6 Females)
Black
White
Green
Red
Blue
Brown
Orange
Yellow
HBLTBK
HBLTW
HBLTGN
HBLTR
HBLTBL
HBLTBN
HBLTO
HBLTY
HBLPTBK
HBLPTW
HBLPTGN
HBLPTR
HBLPTBL
HBLPTBN
HBLPTO
HBLPTY
HBLM3FBK
HBLM3FW
HBLM3FGN
HBLM3FR
HBLM3FBL
HBLM3FBN
HBLM3FO
HBLM3FY
HBLF3MBK
HBLF3MW
HBLF3MGN
HBLF3MR
HBLF3MBL
HBLF3MBN
HBLF3MO
HBLF3MY
HBLM3FSBK
(Black only)
HBL7DBBK
HBL7DBW
HBL7DBGN
HBL7DBR
HBL7DBBL
HBL7DBBN
HBL7DBO
HBL7DBY
Soft 3-Fer (FemaleMale-
Male-Male)
HBLF3FSGN
(Green only)
A
B
F
C
C
E
30°
A
B
Mounting Hole
Mounting Hole
F
E
D
D
Angled Style
A
B
F
C
C
E
30°
A
B
Mounting Hole
Mounting Hole
F
E
D
D
Offset Terminals (Male Shown) Straight Style
A
B
C
Tapping Tee
A
B
C
Paralleling Tee
A
B
C
3-FER
Offset Terminals
Through Hole, Straight Through Hole, Angled
Male Female Male Female
A
B
C
D
E
F
Ø 1.48" [37.6]
1.00" (25.4)
.38" (9.5)
3.89" (98.8)
1.75" (44.5)
2.14" (5 4.4)
Ø 1.48" [37.6]
1.00" (25.4)
.38" (9.5)
3.68" (93.3)
1.75" (44.5)
1.93" (48.9)
Ø 1.48" [37.6]
1.00" (25.4)
.38" (9.5)
3.9 8" (101.1)
2.06" (52.2)
2.14" (5 4.4)
Ø 1.48" [37.6]
1.00" (25.4)
.38" (9.5)
3.76" (95.6)
2.06" (52.2)
1.93" (48.9)
Through
.50" (12.7)
Through
.50" (12.7)
Through
.50" (12.7)
Through
.50" (12.7)
Tees
3-FersTapping Paralleling
A3.18" (80.8) 3.18" (80.8) 5.88" (149.3)
B4.74" (120.4) 4.65" (118.1) 5.78" (146.9)
C1.48" (37.6) 1.48" (37.6) 1.48" (37.6)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Cam-Type Devices
L-7
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Series 16 - Offsets, Tees, 3-Fers and Gender Reversing Devices
400A Terminals, Offset Straight Style
Description Color
Extended Stud Type Receptacles
Male Female
Terminal,
thermoplastic
elastomer,
mates with 300
and 400 amp
Inlines.
Black
White
Green
Red
Blue
Brown
Orange
Yellow
HBLMOSBK
HBLMOSW
HBLMOSGN
HBLMOSR
HBLMOSBL
HBLMOSBN
HBLMOSO
HBLMOSY
HBLFOSBK
HBLFOSW
HBLFOSGN
HBLFOSR
HBLFOSBL
HBLFOSBN
HBLFOSO
HBLFOSY
Note: All Offset Terminals are UL Type 1 only.
400A Angled Terminals, Offset Straight Style
Description Color
Angled Stud Type Receptacles
Male Female
Terminal,
thermoplastic
elastomer,
mates with 300
and 400 amp
Inlines.
Black
White
Green
Red
Blue
Brown
Orange
Yellow
HBLMOABK
HBLMOAW
HBLMOAGN
HBLMOAR
HBLMOABL
HBLMOABN
HBLMOAO
HBLMOAY
HBLFOABK
HBLFOAW
HBLFOAGN
HBLFOAR
HBLFOABL
HBLFOABN
HBLFOAO
HBLFOAY
Snap Back Covers (3R only)
Through Hole
Mounting
Threaded
Mounting Hole
HBLSCBK
HBLSCW
HBLSCGN
HBLSCR
HBLSCBL
HBLSCBN
HBLSCO
HBLSCY
HBLSCCBK
HBLSCCW
HBLSCCGN
HBLSCCR
HBLSCCBL
HBLSCCBN
HBLSCCO
HBLSCCY
Replacement Bodies (100 Pack)
Color
Male Body Female Body
Black
White
Green
Red
Blue
Brown
Orange
Yellow
HBLMBBK
HBLMBW
HBLMBGN
HBLMBR
HBLMBBL
HBLMBBN
HBLMBO
HBLMBY
HBLFBBK
HBLFBW
HBLFBGN
HBLFBR
HBLFBBL
HBLFBBN
HBLFBO
HBLFBY
Replacement Contacts
Contact Size Male Pin Female Body
300 Amp HBL300RCM HBL300RCF
400 Amp HBL400RCM HBL400RCF
Accessories
Accessory Kit
Retaining Screw
(500 Pack)
Copper Foil
(500 Pack)
Brass Wire
(500 Pack)
Terminal Screws (500 Pack)
Inline Panel Mount
HBLPK HBLRS HBLCF HBLBW HBLTS HBLTSR
Enclosure Types
3R, 4X, 12
Protective Caps Weather Protective Covers
Protective Caps Weather Protective Covers
Fits Male
Devices
Fits Female
Devices Catalog Number
All One Color Caps
and Bodies
—
HBLMCAPBK
HBLMCAPW
HBLMCAPGN
HBLMCAPR
HBLMCAPBL
HBLMCAPBN
HBLMCAPO
HBLMCAPY
—
HBLFCAPBK
HBLFCAPW
HBLFCAPGN
HBLFCAPR
HBLFCAPBL
HBLFCAPBN
HBLFCAPO
HBLFCAPY
—
HBLNCBK
HBLNCW
HBLNCGN
HBLNCR
HBLNCBL
HBLNCBN
HBLNCO
HBLNCY
HBLNCC
HBLNCABK
HBLNCAW
HBLNCAGN
HBLNCAR
HBLNCABL
HBLNCABN
HBLNCAO
HBLNCAY
Replacement Bodies
Color
Gender Reversing Devices
Double Male
(Male-Male)
Double Female
(Female-Female)
Clear
Black
White
Green
Red
Blue
Brown
Orange
Yellow
—
HBLDMBK
HBLDMW
HBLDMGN
HBLDMR
HBLDMBL
HBLDMBN
HBLDMO
HBLDMY
—
HBLDFBK
HBLDFW
HBLDFGN
HBLDFR
HBLDFBL
HBLDFBN
HBLDFO
HBLDFY
A
B
A
B
C
Double Male Double Female
HUBBELL
B
A
Snap Back Cover
C
C
B
B
A
A
Weatherproof Cover
Gender Reversing Devices Covers
Double Male Double Female Snap Back Weatherproof
A4.65" (118.1) 4.84" (122.9) 2. 26" (5 7.4) 2.20" (55.88)
B1.48" (37. 6) 1.44" (36.6) 2.37" (60.2) 1.16 " (29.4 4)
C — 1.06" (27.0) — 2.03" (51.5)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
L-8
Cam-Type Devices
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Replacement Parts and Accessories
Universities/Schools
• Graduation Ceremonies
• Concerts/Lectures
• Sporting Events
Construction Sites
• Renovations
• New Construction
• Demolition
Stage/Theater
• Movie/Broadcasting
• Concerts
• Plays/Musicals
Outdoor Entertainment
• Carnivals
• Festivals
• Professional Sports
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Housing Design
• Features 50A locking input and output
• UL Type 3R for outdoor rainproof
applications
Safety
• Overcurrent protection for each circuit
• Individual GFCI module for each
receptacle
Devices
• Weatherproof receptacle lift covers
• Available with six 20A straight blade
or locking receptacles
Assembly
• Nested leg design allows boxes to be
easily stacked
Power Distribution Boxes
L-9
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
• Designed to address temporary power needs on construction
sites and outdoor events
• Boxes are UL Type 3R for outdoor rainproof applications
• Weatherproof boots available for connecting plugs for
additional protection
• Bryant’s Temporary Power Distribution Boxes meet NEC®
305.6 requirements for personal protection
• Listed to the latest UL 1640 standard for Portable Power
Distribution Equipment
Portable Power When You Need It Most!
Features and Benefits
Cable Sets Replacement Parts
Description 50 Ft. Cable 100 Ft. Cable Description 20A 125V 30A 250V 50A 125/250V
50A cord set, #6/3,
#8/1 cable type,
with 50A locking plug
and connector.
TPC50B* TPC100B* Straight blade receptacle 5361BLK — —
Locking receptacle 70520FR 70630FR CS6369L
Plug — — CS6365L
Connector — — CS6364L
Inlet — — CS6375L
Weather protective plate
for receptacle
— — 7774CR
Weather protective plate
for inlet
— — 7780
Note: * Not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
TPC50B 7774CRCS6365L CS6375L 7780
• Weatherproof receptacle lift covers
• Available with six 20A straight blade or locking receptacles
• Features 50A locking input and output
• Over current protection for each circuit
• Individual GFCI module for each receptacle
• Nested leg design allows boxes to be easily stacked
• UL Type 3R for outdoor rainproof applications
TPD Box
A12.52" (317.9)
B10.23" (259.8)
C14.50" (368.3)
D21.50" (5 46.1) A
C
B
D
Temporary Power Distribution Boxes
Rating Type Qty
Receptacle
Ratings
Protection
Overload
GFCI
Protected Catalog Number
50A 120/240V AC (Max.) Straight Blade
Locking
Locking (inlet)
Locking (outlet)
6
1
1
1
20A 125V
30A 250V
50A 125/250V
50A 125/250V
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
TPDSB
50A 120/240V AC (Max.) Locking
Locking
Locking (inlet)
Locking (outlet)
6
1
1
1
20A 125V
30A 250V
50A 125/250V
50A 125/250V
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
TPDLB
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
L-10
Power Distribution Boxes
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Temporary Power Boxes, Cable Sets and Replacement Parts
Power Distribution Boxes
L-11
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Weather Protective Lift Covers, Portable Outlet Boxes and Plates
B
A
C
FD E
Portable Outlet Boxes
A
B
C
D
E
F
4.30" (109.2)
5.00" (127.0)
2.77" (70.4)
3.28" (83.3)
5.79" (147.0)
7. 28 " (18 4. 9)
BE
A
C
D F
Drill Points
Provided
Gasket Coverplate,
Adhesive On One Side
Box Covers
A
B
C
D
E
F
3.78" (96.0)
2.28" (57.9)
0.27" (6.9)
3.28" (83.3)
1.87" (47.5)
3.25" (82.6)
Style shown is representative of all oppenings.
• Wiring room large enough to accommodate
the broadest range of device requirements in
one box size
• Cord entry options include pre-defined range
of 0.38 in. to 0.50 in.
• Fully thermoplastic elastomer housing
exceeds UL crush requirements and is highly
impact resistant, available in black or yellow
• Brass inserts for maximum strength
• Extended wall protects lift covers from
impact damage
• Lift cover plates are UL Type
3R seal on a panel or on a
portable outlet box
• Impact resistant PBT material
• Stainless steel hinge and spring
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Pre-Assembled Portable Outlet Boxes (with Cord Connector Installed) Inches (mm)
Description Cord Range Color Deep
Deep with
Feed-Thru
Deep with (2) Duplex
Cover Plates
Portable outlet boxes 0.38"-0.50" (9.7-12.7) Yellow BRY3099 BRY3090F BRY3000
Note: For use with NEMA Type 1 and Type 3R portable outlet box covers listed below.
BRY3000BRY3090FBRY3099
Portable Outlet Box Cover Plates (Type 1) and Lift Covers (Type 3R)
Description
Duplex 1.39" Diameter Receptacle 1.572" Diameter Receptacle GFCI Blank
Box Cover
UL Type 1
Lift Cover
UL Type 3R
Box Cover
UL Type 1
Lift Cover
UL Type 3R
Box Cover
UL Type 1
Lift Cover
UL Type 3R
Box Cover
UL Type 1
Lift Cover
UL Type 3R
Lift Cover
UL Type 3R
Portable outlet
box cover plates BRY3051 BRY3056 BRY3052 BRY3057 BRY3055 BRY3058 BRY3060 BRY3061 BRY3054
BRY3051 BRY3055BRY3052 BRY3060BRY3056 BRY3058BRY3057 BRY3054BRY3061
Box Suitable for Wet
and Damp Locations
IP44
SUITABILITY
UL Type 1, 3R
IP65, 66
SUITABILITY
L-12
Temporary Lighting
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Metal Halide Lights
Description Rating Watts
Lumen
Output
Cord
Length Catalog Number
5 -10 ft. metal halide cart light with portable
detachable ballast
15A 125V 1,000 110,000 —BRYMH1000
6 -12 ft. metal halide cart light 15A 125V 2,000 220,000 —BRYMH2000
High bay metal halide light with wire guard 15A 125V 400 29,000 3 ft. BRYMHHB400
LED Stringer Lights
Description
No. of
Fixtures Rating Cord Type
Lumen
Output
Cord
Length Catalog Number
90 LEDs per xture, light string with magnetic
base included
115A 125V 18/2 SJTW 450* 20 ft. BRY182S20LED
90 LEDs per xture, light string 515A 125V 18/2 SJTW 450* 50 ft. BRY182S50LED
10 15A 125V 18/2 SJTW 450* 100 ft. BRY182S100LED
28W High power LED light string with in line
ON/OFF switch
—15A 125V 16 AWG SJTOW 2,928 6 ft. BRYLS2834
Magnetic clip bracket for LED lights switch,
single xture
—— — ——BRYSTMC
Note: *Lumens per xture.
A Type (Edison) Locking and Straight Blade Light Strings
Description
Max
Watts* Rating Cord Type Fixtures
Cord
Length Catalog Number
Locking light string, plastic guards 150 20A 125V 12/3 STW 10 100 ft. BRY123S100PT
150 20A 125V 12/3 STJW 10 100 ft. BRY123SJ100PT
Locking light string, metal guards 150 20A 125V 12/3 STW 10 100 ft. BRY123S100MT
Straight blade light string, plastic guards 150 15A 125V 14/2 STJW 10 100 ft. BRY142SJ100PS
150 15A 125V 12/3 ST W 10 100 ft. BRY123S100PS
150 15A 125V 12/3 STJW 10 100 ft. BRY123SJ100PS
Straight blade light string, metal guards 150 15A 125V 12/3 STW 10 100 ft. BRY123S100MS
Straight blade light string, plastic guards 150 15A 125V 12/3 STW 550 ft. BRY123S50PS
Straight blade light string, metal guards 150 15A 125V 12/3 STW 550 ft. BRY123S50MS
Replacement plastic guard for temporary
light strings
—— — ——BRYSTPG
Replacement heavy duty metal guard for
temporary light strings
—— — ——BRYSTMG
Note: *Max watts per xture.
Fluorescent Light Strings
Description Wattage Rating Cord Type
Lumen
Output
Cord
Length Catalog Number
Fluorescent light string, 34.5 in. single xture
with hanging straps
50 15A 125V 16 AWG SJTOW 3,750 6 ft. BRYFS5035
Fluorescent light string, 48.5 in. single xture
with hanging straps
25 15A 125V 16 AWG SJTOW 2,125 6 ft. BRYFS2549
BRYFS2549
Straps not Shown
BRYMH1000
BRYMHHB400
BRY142SJ100PS
BRY123S100MT
BRY182S50LED
Bryant's outdoor approved construction site lighting line includes both heavy-
duty metal halide lights and light strings for working in rugged environments.
The metal halide xtures feature extremely strong and compact heads with
bulbs rated to last 10,000 hours. All frames are powder-coated yellow for
safety and are constructed of a durable 1.25 inch, 12 gauge steel tube.
Light strings for all applications are available in a variety of models as well as a
choice of metal or plastic guards. Light sockets are spaced 10 feet apart and
all sockets, plugs, and connectors are molded for added durability. In addition,
the highly impact-resistant material makes for easy transportation and storage
when not in use. Bulbs can be incandescent, uorescent or LED. Consider
choosing LED lighting for a durable bulb that saves energy, provides instant
illumination and are rated to last 50,000 hours.
Construction Site Lighting
Temporary Lighting
L-13
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
BRYWL25LED
BRYWL2525
Hazardous Location Lights
Description Wattage
Lumen
Output Cord Type
Cord
Length Catalog Number
Fluorescent, Class 1, Div 1 Groups C & D, Class 2,
Div 1 Groups F & G, 12V, in-line transformer
26 1,800 16/3 SOW 60 ft. BRYXF6012V
Incandescent, Class 1, Div 1 Groups C & D,
12V, in-line transformer
75 720 16/3 SOW 60 ft. BRYXI6012V
Fluorescent, Class 1, Div 1 Groups C & D,
Class 2, Div 1 Groups F & G, 120V, less plug
26 1,800 16/3 SOW 50 ft. BRYXF50120V
Incandescent, Class 1, Div 1 Groups C & D,
120V less plug
100 1,230 16/3 SOW 50 ft. BRYXI50120V
Fluorescent, non-explosion proof, wet location,
12V, in-line transformer
13 825 18/2 SJTOW 60 ft. BRYWT6012V
Cordless Hazardous Location Light
Description Wattage
Lumen
Output Rating Catalog Number
Intrinsically safe, Class 1, Div 1 Groups C & D,
with universal charger
9378 4.8V BRYIS300
BRYTW25F2
BRYIS300
BRYWT6012V
BRYXF6012V
BRYXI6012V
BRYML2825L
BRYWLMM
BRYMLMM BRYSTMC BRYSTMG BRYSTPG
LED Maintenance Worklights
Description
Outlet
Rating Rating Wattage
Lumen
Output Cord Type
Cord
Length Catalog Number
LED Industrial maintenance light N/A 15A 125V 28 2,928 16/3 SJEOW 25 ft. BRYML2825L
LED worklight with end light feature N/A 15A 125V 9920/120 18/2 SJTOW 25 ft. BRYWL25LED
LED worklight with end light feature
and tool tap
12A 15A 125V 9920/120 16/3 SJTOW 25 ft. BRYWL25LEDT
Fluorescent Maintenance Worklights
Description
Outlet
Rating Rating Wattage
Lumen
Output Cord Type
Cord
Length Catalog Number
Fluorescent worklight with
straight blade plug
N/A 15A 125V 13 825 16/3 SJTOW 25 ft. BRYTW25F1
Fluorescent worklight with
locking plug and tool tap
12A 20A 125V 13 825 16/3 SJTOW 25 ft. BRYTW25F2
Fluorescent maintenance light,
34.5 in.
N/A 15A 125V 50 3,750 16/3 SJEOW 25 ft. BRYML5025
Fluorescent maintenance light,
48.5 in.
N/A 15A 125V 25 2,125 16/3 SJEOW 25 ft. BRYML2525
Fluorescent worklight, 45 in. N/A 15A 125V 25 2,125 16/3 SJTOW 25 ft. BRYWL2525
Accessories and Replacement Items
Description Catalog Number
Magnetic mounting bracket for ML style lights, 82 lb. capacity BRYMLMM
Magnetic mounting bracket for WL style lights, 58 lb. capacity BRYWLMM
Replacement rough service uorescent bulb for 13 watt style lamps BRYREPPFB
Metal halide replacement bulb, 400 watts BRYREP400MH
Metal halide replacement bulb, 1,000 watts BRYREP1000MH
Replacement LED panel xture, 90 LEDs, 450 lumen BRYREP450LED
5 base LED string only, 50 ft., 18/2 BRYREP182S50
10 base LED string only, 100 ft., 18/2 BRYREP182S100
Maintenance and Worklights
BRYML5025
Explosion Proof/Conned Space Lighting
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Performance
Electrical Series 15 - 150A Series 16 - 300A and 400A
Voltage rating 600V AC Maximum, 250V DC Maximum 600V AC Maximum, 250V DC Maximum
Amperage rating 150A Maximum 400A Maximum
Mechanical
Terminal accommodation Plug: #8 to #2 AWG
Recept.: #8 to #2 AWG
Plug– 300A – #6 to 2/0 AWG
Plug– 400A – 2/0 to 4/0 AWG
Recept.– 400A – #4 to 4/0 AWG
Product identification Ratings are a permanent part of device Ratings are a permanent part of device
Base compound Plug: Thermoplastic Elastomer (TPE)
Receptacle: Polybutylene Terephthalate (PBT)
Thermoplastic Elastomer (TPE)
Contact material Brass Brass
Retaining screw material Nylon Nylon
Operating temperature Max. continuous +60º C,
Min. continuous -40º C
Max. continuous +60º C,
Min. continuous -40º C
UV resistance All exposed materials are UV stabilized All exposed materials are UV stabilized
Series 15 - Listings
UL and cUL Listed.
UL Enclosure Types 3R, 4X, 12.
Flammability: HB per UL94 or CSA 22.2. 0.17.
UL 1691 standard for single pole locking-type separable connectors.
National Electric Code (NEC®), ANSI/NFPA 70.
Series 16 - Listings
UL and cUL Listed.
UL Enclosure Types 3R, 4X, 12.
Flammability: HB per UL94 or CSA 22.2. 0.17.
UL 498 for attachment plugs and receptacles.
UL 1691 draft standard for single pin and sleeve devices intended for
theatre, stage and studio applications (Series 16 pending).
National Electric Code (NEC®), ANSI/NFPA 70.
Conductor Ampacity Chart (Type SC/PPC Wire)
Cable Size Ampacity*
150A 300A and 400A 150A 300A and 400A
#8
#6
#4
#2
#4
#2
2/0
4/0
80
105
140
190
140
190
300
405
Note: *90°C column NEC Table 400.5(A)(2).
L-14
Cam-Type Devices and Power Distribution Boxes
Cord Reels
Listings Box Specification Cable Specification
UL 1640, UL 943 Connectors: UL/CSA, Cable: MSHA
Environment
Indoor and outdoor wet and dry locations Indoor and outdoor wet and dry locations
Enclosure type
3R, rainproof, suitable for use in damp locations
Code Compliance
NEC®, ANSI/NFPA 70
Power Distribution Box and Cable Specifications
Cam-Type Device Specifications
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Cord Reels with Hand Lamps
Description Wattage
Lumen
Output
Light Amps/
Outlet Amps Volts Cord Type
Cord
Length Catalog Number
Reel with LED hand lamp, with ashlight
end, white
9920/120 0.065 / N/A 125 18/2 SJTOW 40 ft. BRYC40182LED
Reel with non-metallic incandescent hand
lamp and automatic shut off switch, yellow
75
Max.
1,15 0
Max
N/A / N/A 125 16/3 SJT 25 ft. BRYC25163AIN
Reel with metallic incandescent
hand lamp with receptacle, yellow
75
Max.
1,15 0
Max
N/A / 10 125 16/3 SJT 25 ft. BRYC25143IN
Reel with uorescent hand lamp and
automatic shut off switch, white
13 825 0.3 / N/A 120 18/2 SJTOW 40 ft. BRYC40182AFL
Reel with ouorescent hand lamp
and in-line receptacle, white
13 825 0.3 / 12 120 16/3 SJT 40 ft. BRYC40163FL BRYC40182LED
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Table of Contents Page
Weatherproof and Static Discharge Reels .......................................M-2
Accessories ...............................................................................M-2
Product Dimensions .........................................................................M-2
Industrial Cord Reels ...............................................................M-3
Pivot Base ................................................................................M-3
Product Dimensions .........................................................................M-3
Commercial Cord Reels ............................................................M-3
Product Dimensions .........................................................................M-3
Cord Reels with Hand Lamps .....................................................M-4
Product Dimensions .........................................................................M-4
Technical Information
Specifications ..............................................................................M-4
M-1
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Section M
Electric Cord and Cable Reels
Accessories
Description
Weight
Lbs. (kg) Description
14" pivot base 5 (2.3) BRY14PB
16" pivot base 13 (5.9) BRY16PB
Replacement stop 0.2 (.09) BRYWPBS
• UL Type 4X enclosure rating protects spring motor, junction box, slip ring
assembly and cable entrance from hose/down or corrosion
• Multi-position nylon roller guide can be mounted in four different positions
• Ratchet lock can be disengaged in field for constant tension applications
• Powder coated, solid steel construction protects reel from abrasion or corrosion
• Optional pivot base allows 340° rotation of reel and increases range of cable to
nearly any direction
• Compact design minimizes required installation space
• Steel construction
• Available with steel or nylon coated steel cable
• Large grounding jaw clamp provides low resistant ground termination
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Reel Base
14" 16" 14" 16"
A
B
C
D
E
F
6.50" (165)
8.12" (206)
16.25" (413)
13.75" (349)
3.00" (76)
12.19" (310)
6.50" (165)
9.12" (232)
18.25" (464)
15.75" (400)
3.00" (76)
14.19" (360)
3.00" (76)
3.00" (76)
3.00" (76)
6.50" (165)
—
—
6.00" (152)
6.00" (152)
4.94" (125)
6.50" (165)
—
—
Reel
A
B
C
D
E
8.81" (224)
8.62" (219)
7.88" (200)
1.50" (38)
3.35" (85)
Line Entrance
¾" NPT
Ø D
AE
F
B
C
BE
D
C
A
Mounting Surface 4 Holes
14" 0.44 (11) diameter
16" 0.53 (13) diameter
Reel Base 4 Holes
14" 0.47 (12) diameter
16" 0.53 (13) diameter
A
D
C
B
BRY501242W
BRY50SD
BRY14PB
Static Discharge Reels, 50 Feet (15.2m)
Cable Type Weight Lbs. (kg) Catalog Number
Single ³⁄₃₂" steel 12 (5.4) BRY50SD
Weatherproof Cable Reels, 50 Feet (15.2m)
Description Cable Type Amps Volts AC
Weight
Lbs. (kg) Catalog Number
14" weatherproof reel 14/3 SOW-A 15 600 55 (24.9) BRY501431W*
16" weatherproof reel 12/3 SOW-A 20 600 80 (36.3) BRY501232W*
16" weatherproof reel 12/4 SOW-A 16 600 86 (39.0) BRY501242W*
16" weatherproof reel 10/3 SOW-A 25 600 86 (39.0) BRY501032W*
16" weatherproof reel 10/4 SOW-A 20 600 92 (41.7) BRY501042W*
Note: *All weatherproof cable reels are supplied with wire leads and ¾" NPT hub feed. Power supply cable not supplied.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
M-2
Electric Cord and Cable Reels
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Weatherproof Cable Reels
Static Discharge Reels
• Durable, corrosion resistant cast aluminum construction
• Yellow or white powder coat finish
• Multi-position guide arm can be mounted in two positions
• Positive latch mechanism automatically maintains desired cord length
• Ratchet lock can be disengaged in field for constant tension applications
• 16–10 AWG, 3 & 4 conductor cord for greater current carrying capacity
• Available in 25ft, 35ft and 45ft lengths
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Industrial Reel
A
B
C
13.00" (330)
12.38" (314)
8.00" (203)
D
E
F
2.50" (64)
9.75" (248)
1.25" (32)
B
C
E
F
D
A
HBLIMB
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Electric Cord and Cable Reels
M-3
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
inREACH™ Industrial Cord Reels
Commercial Cord Reels, Feet (m)
Description
Cable
Feet (m)
Cable
Type
Watts
(Max)
Amps
Volts
Weight
Lbs. (kg) Catalog Number
Triple tap outlet, black 40 (12.2) 12/3 SJT W 1,875 15A 125V AC 9.0 (4.1) BRYC40123TT
5-15R connector, yellow 25 (7.6) 16/3 SJT 1,250 10A 125V AC 8.5 (3.9) BRYC25163C
Note: Reels supplied with 2 ft. power supply cord and molded on straight blade 15A plug.
• Steel and heavy duty non-metallic design for commercial and general
purpose applications
• Molded on plug for power cord requires no electrical wiring
• Compact size takes up little room and can be ceiling, wall or bench mounted
• Automatic ratchet lock holds cord at desired length and provides easy,
smooth retraction of cord
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Triple Tap 5-15R Connector
A
B
C
D
E
15.51" (394.6)
30.0" (762.0)
5.26" (133.84)
3.75" (95.4)
4.19" (106.6)
9.50" (241)
11.38" (289)
4.11" (104)
2.83" (72)
—
BRYC40123TT BRYC25163C
B
A
D
E
C
Wiring Device-Kellems
A
B
D
C
Commercial Cord Reels
inREACH™ Industrial Cord Reels Connector Ends
Description Amps Volts AC
Cable Length
Feet (m) Cable Type
Weight
Lbs. (kg) Catalog Number
White Industrial
Reel
with HBL5269C 15 125 45 (13.7) 14/3 SJO 24.0 (10.9) BRYI45143C15
with HBL5369C 20 125 45 (13.7) 12/3 SJO 26.5 (12.0) BRYI45123C20
White Industrial
Reel with Yellow
Portable Outlet
Box
(1) 15A Duplex Receptacle
(2) 15A Duplex Receptacles
15 125 45 (13.7) 14/3 SJO 26.5 (12.0)
26.5 (12.0)
BRYI45143R15
BRYI45143R215
GFCI Module and (1) 15A
Duplex Receptacle
15 125 45 (13.7) 14/3 SJO 26.5 (12.0) BRYI45143GF15
White Industrial
Reel with Yellow
Portable Outlet
Box
(1) 20A Duplex Receptacle
(2) 20A Duplex Receptacles
20 125 45 (13.7) 12/3 SJO 26.5 (12.0)
26.5 (12.0)
BRYI45123R20
BRYI45123R220
GFCI Module and (1) 20A
Duplex Receptacle
GFCI Module and (2) 20A
Duplex Receptacles
20 125 45 (13.7) 12/3 SJO 26.5 (12.0)
26.5 (12.0)
BRYI45123GF20
BRYI45123GF220
Mounting bracket 2.5 (1.1) BRYIMB
340° pivot base 3.5 (1.1) BRYI340PB
Note: 15A reels are supplied with HBL5266C on the power supply cord. 20A reels are supplied with HBL5366C on the power supply cord.
For shorter cable lengths, modify length indication in catalog number (i.e. HBLIXX); 35ft & 25ft lengths are available.
For yellow reel, add ‘Y’ sufx to catalog number.
HBLI45143C15
HBLI45123GF20
HBLI45123R20
NEMA 5-15P
Ballast included only
on cord reel with
flourescent hand lamp
with automatic switch
Input and Output
Cord Size, Type,
and Length Per Chart
Incandescent Hand Lamp
Fluorescent Hand Lamp
OFF
ON
C
F
F
E
E
D
B
A
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
M-4
Electric Cord and Cable Reels
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Weatherproof Cable Reels Listings Environment
UL 355 and CSA, C22.2 No. 21 Type 4X enclosure, CAN/CSA - C22.2 No. 94.2
Dry, indoor and wet and damp outdoor non-hazardous locations
Industrial Cord Reels
UL 355 and CSA, C22.2 No. 21 Dry, indoor, non-hazardous locations
Commercial Cord Reels
UL 355 Dry, indoor, non-hazardous locations
Cord Reel with Hand Lamps
UL, CSA, ETL Dry, indoor, non-hazardous locations
Specifications
Cord Reels with Hand Lamps, Feet (m)
Description Wattage
Lumen
Output
Light Amps /
Outlet Amps Volts Cord Type
Cord Length
Feet (m) Catalog Number
Reel with LED hand lamp, with ashlight
end, white
9 920/120 0.065 / N/A 125 18/2 SJTOW 40 (12.2) BRYC40182LED
Reel with non-metallic incandescent hand
lamp and automatic shut off switch, yellow
75
Max.
1,15 0
Max.
N/A / N/A 125 16/3 SJT 25 ( 7.6 ) BRYC25163AIN
Reel with metallic incandescent
hand lamp with receptacle, yellow
75
Max.
1,15 0
Max.
N/A / 10 125 14/3 SJT 25 (7.6) BRYC25143IN
Reel with uorescent hand lamp and
automatic shut off switch, white
13 825 0.3 / N/A 120 18/2 SJTOW 40 (12.2) BRYC40182AFL
Reel with ouorescent hand lamp
and in-line receptacle, white
13 825 0.3 / 12 120 16/3 SJT 40 (12.2) BRYC40163FL BRYC40182AFL
• For more light where you need it, consider our cord reels with attached hand lamps
• With choices such as incandescent, fluorescent and LED lamps, more light can be
brought to more places, small or large
• These cord reels are constructed of durable, corrosion-resistant steel to last through
the toughest jobs and the desired cord length is automatically maintained through a
positive-latch mechanism
Cord Reels with Hand Lamps
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Reel with Hand Lamps
A
B
C
D
9.50" (241.3)
11.38" (288.9)
4.11" (104.4)
2.83" (72.0)
E
F
Incandescent
13.52" (343.3)
4.43" (112.5)
Fluorescent
11.50" (29 2.0)
2.31" (58.7)
N-1
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Table of Contents Page
Illustrated Guide to Wire Management ...........................................N-2
Pulling Grips
Heavy Duty, Overhead, Flexible Eye, Closed Mesh .................................................N-4
Heavy Duty, Underground, Rotating Eye, Closed Mesh .............................................N-5
Heavy Duty, Underground, Flexible Eye, Closed Mesh ..............................................N-5
Light Duty, Low Tension, Flexible Eye, Closed Mesh ................................................N-6
Junior, Low Tension, Flexible Eye, Closed Mesh ...................................................N-6
Special Purpose, Slack Pull, Offset Eye, Closed Mesh ..............................................N-7
Special Purpose, Slack Pull, Offset Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing ......................................N-7
Tools, Bands and Swivels ....................................................................N-8
Support Grips
Heavy Duty, Single and Double Eye, Closed Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-9
Heavy Duty, Single and Double Eye, Split Mesh, Lace Closing .......................................N-10
Standard Duty, Single and Double Eye, Closed Mesh ..............................................N-11
Standard Duty, Offset and Universal Eye, Closed Mesh ............................................N-12
Standard Duty, Single and Double Eye, Split Mesh, Lace Closing .....................................N-13
Standard Duty, Offset and Universal Eye, Split Mesh, Lace Closing ...................................N-14
Standard Duty, Single and Double Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing .....................................N-15
Standard Duty, Offset and Universal Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing ....................................N-16
Service Drop, Heavy Duty, Single and Universal Eye, Closed Mesh ...................................N-17
Service Drop, Light Duty, Single and Universal Eye, Closed Mesh ....................................N-17
Bus Drop, Single and Universal Eye, Closed Mesh and Safety Springs .................................N-18
Conduit Riser, Ring Type, Closed Mesh ........................................................N-19
Conduit Riser, Ring Type, Split Mesh, Lace Closing ...............................................N-20
Conduit Riser, Ring Type, Split Mesh, Rod Closing ................................................N-21
Splicing Grips
Splicing, Wire Rope, Multiple Weave ...........................................................N-22
Strain Relief Grips
Deluxe Cord, Straight Male Fittings ............................................................N-23
Deluxe Cord, Straight Female, 45˚ and 90˚ Male Fittings ............................................N-24
Plug and Connector Strain Relief ..............................................................N-24
Dust-Tight, Wide Range .....................................................................N-25
Liquidtight, Straight, 45˚ and 90˚ Male Fittings ....................................................N-25
Technical Data
Application Selection, Materials and Sizes .......................................................N-26
Multiple Cable, Grip Selection Chart ...........................................................N-27
Section N
Wire Management
N-2
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Bus Drop
Support Grip
Deluxe Cord Grip
Overhead
Pulling Grip
Bus Drop
Support Grip
Support Grip
Conduit Support
Underground
Pulling Grip
Strain Relief Grip
Hose
Containment
Grip
INDUSTRY
Underground
Pulling Grip
Support Grip
Conduit
Support Grip
UTILITY
UTILITY
COMMERCIAL
RESIDENTIAL
Flexible
Conduit Grip
Strain
Relief Grip
Deluxe
Cord Grip
Support GripBus Drop
Support Grip
Flexible
Conduit Grip
Support Grip
INDUSTRY
Beyond the electrical applications
illustrated here, Bryant Economy
Cable Grips can be used for wire
management on radio and microwave
communications towers, crane and
hoist wire rope maintenance, elevator
cable management and more.
To help you fully visualize the variety of uses available to you through Bryant Economy
Cable Grips, we have prepared this diagram of common applications. It follows the
typical pattern of usage you would nd traveling from utility to industrial, commercial
nd residential environments.
Pulling Grips Support Grips Strain Relief Grips
Pulling Grips are
instrumental in
the installations
of transmission
lines, service lines
and cabling for
construction and
maintenance.
Support Grips
provide holding
support for indoor
and outdoor
permanent cable
installations.
Strain Relief Grips
are most often used
to provide maximum
reliability and minimum
maintenance in areas
where cords on
machinery or equipment
are impacted by motion
or vibration or at risk
of damage from cable
pullout.
Illustrated Guide to Wire Management
N-3
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Bus Drop
Support Grip
Deluxe Cord Grip
Overhead
Pulling Grip
Bus Drop
Support Grip
Support Grip
Conduit Support
Underground
Pulling Grip
Strain Relief Grip
Hose
Containment
Grip
INDUSTRY
Underground
Pulling Grip
Support Grip
Conduit
Support Grip
UTILITY
UTILITY
COMMERCIAL
RESIDENTIAL
Flexible
Conduit Grip
Strain
Relief Grip
Deluxe
Cord Grip
Support GripBus Drop
Support Grip
Flexible
Conduit Grip
Support Grip
INDUSTRY
Illustrated Guide to Wire Management
N-4
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Heavy Duty
Flexible Eye
For overhead
and underground
transmission and
distribution line
stringing. See pages
N-4 and N-5.
Heavy Duty
Rotating Eye
For underground
heavy duty pulling
of service lines and
construction cable.
See page N-5.
Light Duty
Flexible Eye
For light industrial
pulling of electrical
cable and for
underground and
industrial plant wiring
and re-wiring.
See page N-6.
Slack Pull
For removing
underground cable
and pulling slack in
existing cable and
new installations and
when end of cable
is not available.
See page N-7.
Support Grip
Conduit
Support Grip
Overhead
Pulling Grip
Bus Drop
Support Grip
Support Grip
Conduit Support
Underground
Pulling Grip
Flexible
Conduit
Grip
Strain
Relief
Grip
Deluxe
Cord Grip
Support Grip
Bus Drop
Support Grip
Flexible
Conduit Grip
Bus Drop
Support Grip Deluxe Cord Grip
Flexible Conduit Grip
Underground
Pulling Grip
INDUSTRY
INDUSTRY
UTILITY
UTILITY COMMERCIAL RESIDENTIAL
Support Grip
Flexible Eye, Closed Mesh Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N)
Inches (cm) Eye (A)
Dia. Inches (cm) Catalog NumberE M
.25"-.49" (.63-1.24) 6,800 (30,246) 9" (22.86) 26" (66.04) ¼" (.63) MST025FE
.50"-.74" (1.27-1.88) 10,000 (44,480) 9" (22.86) 32" (81.28) ⁵⁄₁₆" (.79) MST050FE
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 14,400 (64,051) 11" (27.94) 41" (104.14) ³⁄₈" (.95) MST075FE
1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 24,600 (109,420) 12" (30.48) 52" (132.08) ½" (1.27) MST100FE
1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 30,600 (136,109) 12" (30.48) 56" (142.24) ½" (1.27) MST125FE
1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 30,600 (136,109) 12" (30.48) 60" (152.40) ½" (1.27) MST150FE
1.75"-2.24" (4.44-5.69) 48,000 (213,504) 18" (45.72) 70" (177.80) ⁵⁄₈" (1.59) MST175FE
2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 48,000 (213,504) 18" (45.72) 50" (127.00) ⁵⁄₈" (1.59) MST200FE
2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 48,000 (213,504) 18" (45.72) 52" (132.08) ⁵⁄₈" (1.59) MST250FE
3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 48,000 (213,504) 18" (45.72) 50" (127.00) ⁵⁄₈" (1.59) MST300FE
3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 48,000 (213,504) 18" (45.72) 53" (134.62) ⁵⁄₈" (1.59) MST350FE
Note: Do not run grips or swivels over bullwheels while under tension.
E
M
A
MST050FE
CAUTION
Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors.
Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability.
Pulling Grips Quick Reference Selection Guide
Application:
Pulling aluminum or copper bare conductor, ground wires,
messenger strands, wire rope and insulated cables
• Designed to be a reusable tool, pulling grips can be used in
a variety of overhead and underground pulling applications
• Galvanized steel mesh is exible for navigating through a variety
of cable paths
• Multiple weave provides strength and positive gripping power
Heavy Duty Overhead Pulling Grips
Ideal For Use In:
• Overhead transmission and
distribution line stringing
• Utility work
• Attaching conductors to
pulling lines
N-5
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Underground
Pulling Grip
Rotating Eye, Closed Mesh Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N)
Inches (cm) Rotating Eye
Dia. Inches (cm) Catalog NumberE M
.50"-.61" (1.27-1.55) 4,800 (21,350) 5" (12.70) 16" (40.64) ⁷⁄₈" (2.22) PHS050
.62"-.74" (1.57-1.88) 6,800 (30,246) 5" (12.70) 16" (40.64) ⁷⁄₈" (2.22) PHS062
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 9,600 (42,700) 6" (15.24) 32" (81.28) 1" (2.54) PHS075
1.00"-1.49" (2.54-3.78) 16,400 (72,947) 7" (17.78) 33" (83.82) 1³⁄₈" (3.49) PHS100
1.50"-1.99" (3.81-5.05) 16,400 (72,947) 7" (17.78) 34" (86.36) 1³⁄₈" (3.49) PHS150
2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 27,200 (120,986) 9" (22.86) 36" (91.44) 1⁵⁄₈" (4.13) PHS200
2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 33,000 (146,784) 10" (25.40) 38" (96.52) 1⁷⁄₈" (4.76) PHS250
3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 41,000 (182,368) 10" (25.40) 39" (99.06) 1⁷⁄₈" (4.76) PHS300
3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 48,000 (213,504) 10" (25.40) 41" (104.14) 1⁷⁄₈" (4.76) PHS350
4.00"-4.49" (10.16 -11.40) 48,000 (213,504) 10" (25.40) 42" (106.68) 1⁷⁄₈" (4.76) PHS400
4.50"-4.99" (11.43-12.67) 48,000 (213,504) 10" (25.40) 58" (147.32) 1⁷⁄₈" (4.76) PHS450
5.00"-5.99" (12.70-15.21) 40,000 (177,920) 10" (25.40) 60" (152.40) 1⁷⁄₈" (4.76) PHS500
6.00"-6.99" (15.24-17.75) 54,000 (240,192) 10" (25.40) 66" (167.64) 1⁷⁄₈" (4.76) PHS600
Note: Eye revolves when pressure is released to reduce twisting and turning. If constant swivel action is required, a swivel should be used.
Rotating eye is not a swivel and will not turn under tension, it can turn to relieve pulling torque when the tension is relaxed.
Ideal For Use In:
• Utility work
• Factory maintenance
• Construction
Flexible Eye, Closed Mesh Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N)
Inches (cm)
Catalog NumberE M
.50"-.61" (1.27-1.55) 4,500 (20,016) 8" (20.32) 21" (53.34) PH050
.62"-.74" (1.57-1.88) 5,600 (24,909) 8" (20.32) 24" (60.96) PH062
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 6,800 (30,246) 9" (22.86) 24" (60.96) PH075
1.00"-1.49" (2.54-3.78) 9,600 (42,701) 9" (22.86) 24" (60.96) PH100
1.50" -1.99" (3.81-5.05) 16,400 (72,947) 11" (27.94) 24" (60.96) PH150
2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 18,500 (82,288) 12" (30.48) 24" (60.96) PH200
2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 24,500 (108,976) 12" (30.48) 24" (60.96) PH250
3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 24,500 (108,976) 14" (35.56) 24" (60.96) PH300
3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 31,000 (137,888) 14" (35.56) 26" (66.04) PH350
E
M
PHS150
E
M
PH150
Support Grip
Conduit
Support Grip
Overhead
Pulling Grip
Bus Drop
Support Grip
Support Grip
Conduit Support
Underground
Pulling Grip
Flexible
Conduit
Grip
Strain
Relief
Grip
Deluxe
Cord Grip
Support Grip
Bus Drop
Support Grip
Flexible
Conduit Grip
Bus Drop
Support Grip Deluxe Cord Grip
Flexible Conduit Grip
Underground
Pulling Grip
INDUSTRIAL
INDUSTRIAL
UTILITY
UTILITY COMMERCIAL RESIDENTIAL
Support Grip
CAUTION
Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors.
Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability.
Heavy Duty Underground Pulling Grips
Application:
• Pulling underground power cables, communication
lines and service lines
• Designed to be a reusable tool, pulling grips can
be used in a variety of overhead and underground
pulling applications
• Galvanized steel mesh is exible for navigating
through a variety of cable paths
• Multiple weave provides strength and positive
gripping power
N-6
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Flexible Eye, Closed Mesh Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N)
Inches (cm)
Catalog NumberE M
.50"-.61" (1.27-1.55) 2,800 (12,454) 5" (12.70) 11" (27.94) PA050
.62"-.74" (1.57-1.88) 2,800 (12,454) 5" (12.70) 11" (27.94) PA062
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 4,000 (17,792) 6" (15.24) 12" (30.48) PA075
1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 5,300 (23,574) 7" (17.78) 13" (33.02) PA100
1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 5,300 (23,574) 7" (17.78) 14" (35.56) PA125
1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 6,800 (30,246) 8" (20.32) 15" (38.10) PA150
1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 8,500 (37,808) 8" (20.32) 17" (43.18) PA175
2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 8,500 (37,808) 9" (22.86) 18" (45.72) PA200
2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 10 ,6 0 0 (47,14 9) 9" (22.86) 27" (68.58) PA250
3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 14,700 (65,386) 10" (25.40) 30" (76.20) PA300
Junior Low Tension Pulling Grips
Flexible Eye, Closed Mesh Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N)
Inches (cm)
Catalog NumberE M
.19"-.24" (.48-.61) 400 (1,779) 3¼" (8.25) 4¼" (10.79) PJ019
.25"-.36" (.63-.91) 450 (2,002) 3¼" (8.25) 4¼" (10.79) PJ025
.37"-.49" (.94-1.24) 900 (4,003) 3¾" (9.52) 7" (17.78) PJ037
.50"-.61" (1.27-1.55) 1,300 (5,782) 4¼" (10.79) 8½" (21.59) PJ050
.62"-.74" (1.57-1.88) 1,9 50 (8,674) 5" (12.70) 10" (25.40) PJ062
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 2,800 (12,454) 5¾" (14.60) 10" (25.40) PJ075
1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 3,9 0 0 (17,347 ) 6½" (16.51) 11½" (29.21) PJ100
E
PA150
M
E
PJ075
M
Application:
Low tension, underground electrical construction
• Galvanized steel mesh is exible for navigating through a variety
of cable paths
• Multiple weave provides strength and positive gripping power
Application:
Low tension, underground electrical construction
• Galvanized steel mesh is exible for navigating through a variety
of cable paths
• Multiple weave provides strength and positive gripping power
Ideal For Use In:
• Utility work
• Industrial and commercial building
service lines
• Underground transmission
lines stringing
Light Duty, Low Tension Pulling Grips
Ideal For Use In:
• Overhead transmission and
distribution line stringing
• Utility work
• Attaching conductors to
pulling lines
CAUTION
Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors.
Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability.
N-7
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Offset Eye, Closed Mesh Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N)
Inches (cm)
Catalog NumberE M
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 2,600 (11,565) 7" (17.78) 12" (30.48) SCD075
1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 4,000 (17,792) 8" (20.32) 15" (38.10) SCD100
1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 5,400 (24,019) 8" (20.32) 16" (40.64) SCD125
1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 6,600 (29,357) 9" (22.86) 20" (50.80) SCD150
1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 10,000 (44,480) 10" (25.40) 18" (45.72) SCD175
2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 11,000 (48,928) 10" (25.40) 19" (48.26) SCD200
2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 11,000 (48,928) 10" (25.40) 20" (50.80) SCD250
3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 14,500 (64,496) 12" (30.48) 21" (53.34) SCD300
3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 14,500 (64,496) 12" (30.48) 22" (55.88) SCD350
Split rod closing grips are used for
pulling slack or providing support
when ends of cable are not
available. The provided stainless
steel rod makes threading fast
and easy. The strands of mesh
pass around the rod and match
up with strands from the opposite
direction. Since the rod does not
touch the cable at any point it
cannot cut the cable. Rod closing
grips can be removed and reused
as many times as desired.
The following procedures should be used when installing the grip:
Wrap the grip around the cable and thread the rod through the pre-formed loops with
a corkscrew motion, using the curved end of the rod to engage the loops. This requires
a simultaneous steady twist and push motion. The fingers of the left hand are used to
bring the loops together just ahead of the hook on the end of the rod. To remove, simply
pull out rod.
Offset Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N)
Inches (cm)
Catalog NumberE M
.50"-.61" (1.27-1.55) 1,500 (6,672) 7" (17.78) 6" (15.24) SSR050
.62"-.74" (1.57-1.88) 1,800 (8,006) 7" (17.78) 8" (20.32) SSR062
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 2,200 (9,786) 7" (17.78) 10" (25.40) SSR075
1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 3,400 (15,123) 8" (20.32) 12" (30.48) SSR100
1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 4,500 (20,016) 8" (20.32) 14" (35.56) SSR125
1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 5,800 (25,798) 9" (22.86) 15" (38.10) SSR150
1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 7,6 0 0 (3 3,8 0 5 ) 10" (25.40) 16" (40.64) SSR175
2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 9,000 (40,032) 10" (25.40) 19" (48.26) SSR200
2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 11,000 (48,928) 10" (25.40) 20" (50.80) SSR250
3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 12,000 (53,376) 12" (30.48) 21" (53.34) SSR300
3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 12,000 (53,376) 12" (30.48) 24" (60.96) SSR350
E
M
SSR125
E
M
SCD100
Application:
Removing underground cable and for pulling slack after new
cable has been laid
• Used for pulling up slack where cable is in service and when
ends of cable are not available
• Galvanized steel mesh is exible for navigating through a
variety of cable paths
Application:
Pulling up slack where cable is in service and ends of cable are not available
Special Purpose, Slack Pull Grips
Ideal For Use In:
• Utility work
• Construction
• Replacement of underground cable
• Factory maintenance
CAUTION
Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors.
Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability.
N-8
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Punch-Lok® Bands
Punch-Lok Bands are applied over the tail of a grip to prevent the mesh from being tripped or pulled loose. Also, they assure full
gripping action by locking the mesh of the tail in tight contact with the cable or rope.
When the tail of a grip is the leading end, the bands are particularly important to prevent accidental release caused by tripping on
obstructions. A conductor-to-conductor (double-socking) pulling operation is a good example: where two grips connect two conductors
to form a temporary splice. Bands should be applied to the ends of the grips as illustrated herein. It is also common practice to tape
over the banded tail area to assure smooth passage through the sheaves.
The conductor should be installed in the grip up to the elbows of the aluminum shoulders in
order to assure full and complete gripping action as illustrated above.
Tools, Bands and Swivels
20320054
20320048
20320047
Punch-Lok® Bands and Accessories Inches (cm)
Grip Banding Range
Inches (cm)
Band Width
Inches (cm)
Band Inside Diameter
Inches (cm) Model Punch-Lok Bands
¹⁄₄"-1¹⁄₈" (.63-2.86) ³⁄₈" (.95) 1³⁄₈" (3.49) 0 -311 PLB025
1¹⁄₈"-1⁵⁄₈" (2.86-4.13) ³⁄₈" (.95) 2" (5.08) 0-316 PLB112
1⁵⁄₈"-2¹⁄₄" (4.13-5.71) ⁵⁄₈" (1.59) 2¹⁄₂" (6.35) 0-10 PLB162
2¹⁄₄"-3¹⁄₂" (5.71-8.89) ⁵⁄₈" (1.59) 4" (10.16) 0-16 PLB225
3¹⁄₂"-5" (8.89-12.70) ⁵⁄₈" (1.59) 6" (15.24) 0-24 PLB350
Description Punch-Lok Tools
P-1000 for use with ⁵⁄₈" width Banding tool.PLT48
P-38 for use with ³⁄₈" and ⁵⁄₈" width Banding tool for tight spaces. PLT47
Note: In all cases two Punch-Lok Bands should be double wrapped approximately one inch to two inches (2.54cm to 5.08cm) from the grip’s tail.
Banding is required to ensure maximum reliability and guard against accidental release.
Punch-Lok® is a registered trademark of Punch-Lok Inc.
C
B
A
F
E
G
D
20308001A
Stainless Steel Swivels Inches (cm)
Maximum Safe
Working Load
Lbs. (N)
Dimensions in Inches (cm)
Model Catalog NumberA B C D E F G
2,250 (10,000) ⁷⁄₈" (2.22) 2½" (6.35) 3³⁄₈" (8.57) ⁷⁄₁₆" (1.11) ³⁄₈" (0.95) ⁵⁄₁₆" (0.79) ³¹⁄₃₂" (2.46) A-13L SVL1
5,000 (22,240) 1¼" (3.17) 3¹¹⁄₁₆" (9.37) 4¾" (12.06) 1⁷⁄₃ ₂" (1.35) 1⁷⁄₃ ₂" (1.35) ¹³⁄₃₂" (1.03) 1⁹⁄₃ ₂" (3.25) BB-13L SVL2
9,000 (40,030) 1½" (3.81) 4¼" (10.79) 5⁵⁄₈" (14.29) ¹¹⁄₁₆" (1.75) 1⁹⁄₃₂" (1.51) ½" (1.27) 1⁹⁄₁₆" (3.97) B-13L SVL3
10,000 (44,480) 1⁵⁄₈" (4.13) 4½" (11.43) 6" (15.24) ¾" (1.90) ¹¹⁄₁₆" (1.75) ⁵⁄₈" (1.59) 1²³⁄₃₂" (4.36) C-13L SVL4
30,000 (133,440) 2³⁄₈" (6.03) 7⁵⁄₈" (19.37) 10" (25.40) 1³⁄₁₆" (3.02) 1¹⁄ ₃ ₂" (2.62) ⁷⁄₈" (2.22) 2²⁵⁄₃₂" (7.06) D-13L SVL5
Stainless Steel Swivels
Swivels are essential to the efficiency and safety of any high tension application.
They are particularly important where continuous pulls develop higher and
higher torque levels. Torque is intensified by the pull-resistance of the cable itself
and the resistance of the high tension controlling equipment regulating line sag.
Ball bearing swivels release torque and prevent it from reaching dangerous
levels that can damage the cable and obstruct the lines.
IMPORTANT
Read all breaking strength, safety
and technical data relating to this
product. Page N-26.
CAUTION
Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors.
Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability.
N-9
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Single Eye and Double Eye, Closed Mesh Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Inches (cm) Tin-Coated Bronze Stainless Steel
E M
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye Double Eye
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye Double Eye
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 10" (25.40) 25" (63.50) 2,820 (12,543) SHC075U SHC075 4,200 (18,682) SHC075US —
1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15)
12" (30.48) 28" (71.12) 4,280 (19,037) SHC100U — 7,300 (32,470) SHC100US —
10" (25.40) 28" (71.12) 4,280 (19,037) — SHC100 — — —
1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78)
12" (30.48) 30" (76.20) 4,280 (19,037) SHC125U — 7,300 (32,470) SHC125US —
10" (25.40) 30" (76.20) 4,280 (19,037) — SHC125 — — —
1.50"-1.99" (3.81-5.05)
12" (30.48) 34" (86.36) 4,280 (19,037) SHC150U — 11,150 (49,595) SHC150US —
10" (25.40) 34" (86.36) 4,280 (19,037) — SHC150 — — —
2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 12" (30.48) 36" (91.44) 8,050 (35,806) — SHC200 20,100 (89,405) — SHC200DES
2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 12" (30.48) 38" (96.52) 8,050 (35,806) — SHC250 20,100 (89,405) — SHC250DES
3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 12" (30.48) 40" (101.60) 10,060 (4 4,747) — SHC300
25,200 (112,090)
— SHC300DES
3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 12" (30.48) 44" (111.76) 12,070 (53 , 687) — SHC350 — — —
4.00"-4.49" (10.16 -11.40)
12" (30.48) 46" (116.84) 12,070 (5 3,687) — SHC400 — — —
4.50"-5.00 " (11.43-12.70)
12" (30.48) 68" (172.72) 13,790 (61,338) — SHC450 — — —
SHC125U
E
M
SHC125
E
M
Application:
Permanent support of heavy loads and long runs of vertical and horizontal
cables indoors and outdoors where ends of cable are available
• Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when cable end
is inaccessible
• Strand equalizers reinforce gripping strength and position, distributes
load equally
Heavy Duty Support Grips
Ideal For Use In:
• Industrial applications
• Communication towers
• Utility work
• Heavy equipment
• Construction
Support Grips Quick Reference Selection Guide
Single U Eye
For single hook attachment
of permanent indoor/outdoor
cable. Available on heavy
duty, standard duty, and
service drop grips. See
pages N-9, N-10, N-11, N-13,
N-15, N-17 and N-18.
Double U Eye
For double hook attachment
of permanent indoor/outdoor
cable. Available on heavy
duty and standard duty
grips. See pages N-9, N-10,
N-11, N-13 and N-15.
Universal
For wraparound attachment
to an existing fastener in
permanent indoor/outdoor
applications. Available on
standard duty and light duty
service drop grips. See
pages N-12, N-14, N-16,
N-17 and N-18.
Single Offset Eye
For offset hook attachment
of permanent indoor/
outdoor cable. Available on
heavy duty, standard duty
and light duty support grips.
See pages N-12, N-14
and N-16.
Wide Range Bus Drop
Used indoors for cable
support where flexible
cable connects electrical
equipment to bus duct.
Support or restrain air hose
and water hose. See page
N-18.
CAUTION
Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors.
Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability.
N-10
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Single Eye and Double Eye, Split Mesh, Lace Closing Inches (cm)
Cable
Diameter Range
Inches (cm)
Inches (cm) Tin-Coated Bronze Stainless Steel
E M
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye Double Eye
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye Double Eye
.75"-.99"
(1.90-2.51)
10" (25.40) 25" (63.50) 2,820 (12,543) SHS075U SHS075 4,250 (18,904) SHS075US —
1.00"-1.24"
(2.54-3.15)
12" (30.48) 28" (71.12) 4,280 (19,037) SHS100U — 7,300 (32,470) SHS100US —
10" (25.40) 28" (71.12) 4,280 (19,037) — SHS100 — — —
1.25"-1.49"
(3.17-3.78)
12" (30.48) 30" (76.20) 4,280 (19,037) SHS125U — 7,300 (32,470) SHS125US —
10" (25.40) 28" (71.12) 4,280 (19,037) — SHS125 — — —
1.50"-1.99"
(3.81-5.05)
12" (30.48) 34" (86.36) 4,280 (19,037) SHS150U — 11,150 (49,595) SHS150US —
10" (25.40) 28" (71.12) 4,280 (19,037) — SHS150 — — —
2.00"-2.49"
(5.08-6.32)
12" (30.48) 36" (91.44) 8,050 (35,806) — SHS200 20,150 (89,627) — SHS200DES
2.50"-2.99"
(6.35-7.59)
12" (30.48) 38" (96.52) 8,050 (35,806) — SHS250 20,150 (89,627) — SHS250DES
3.00"-3.49"
(7.62-8.86)
12" (30.48) 40" (101.60) 10,0 60 (44,747) — SHS300 25,200 (112,090) — SHS300DES
3.50"-3.99"
(8.89-10.13)
12" (30.48) 44" (111.76) 12,070 (53,687) — SHS350 30,200 (134,330) — SHS350DES
4.00"-4.49"
(10.16 -11.40)
12" (30.48) 46" (116.84) 12,070 (53,687) — SHS400 30,200 (134,330) — SHS400DES
4.50"-5.00"
(11.43-12.70)
12" (30.48) 68" (172.72) 12,070 (53,687) — SHS450 — — —
SHS125U
E
M
SHS125
E
M
Designed for use when cable ends are unavailable. The grip is wrapped around the cable and then drawn closed with a wire lace. It is
important that the wire lacing be the same type and gauge as supplied with the grip from the factory.
The following procedures should be used when installing the grip:
Bend the wire lace in the middle so both ends are even. Wrap grip around
the cable. Starting at the first loop closest to the eye, thread each end of
the wire lace through the first loop on each side of the split, pull both ends
of the lace until they are even. Criss-cross laces and thread each end of the
lace through the next loop, on opposite sides of the split. Continue doing
the same for the full length of the split, pulling the lace after each loop so
the space between both sides of the split is no greater than the spaces of
the mesh. When end of split is reached, twist lacing tightly together. Wrap
ends of lace around grip. Twist ends to secure. Only new laces should be
used. A split grip is only as good as its lacing or closing of the split.
Heavy Duty Support Grips
Ideal For Use In:
• Industrial applications
• Communication towers
• Heavy equipment
• Utility work
Application:
Supporting heavy loads and long runs of vertical and horizontal cables
indoors and outdoors where ends of cable are not available
• Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when
cable end is inaccessible
• Strand equalizers reinforce gripping strength and position,
distributes load equally
CAUTION
Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors.
Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability.
N-11
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
SPC125DE
E
M
SPC125U
E
M
Single Eye, Closed Mesh Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Inches (cm) Tin-Coated Bronze Stainless Steel
E M
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye
.50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 7" (17.78) 10" (25.40) 530 (2,357) SPC050U 1,370 (6,094) SPC050US
.63"-.74" (1.6 0-1.88) 8" (20.32) 10" (25.40) 790 (3,514) SPC062U 2,060 (9,163) SPC062US
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 8" (20.32) 13" (33.02) 1,020 (4,537) SPC075U 2,0 60 (9,16 3) SPC075US
1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 9" (22.86) 14" (35.56) 1,610 (7,161) SPC100U 2,678 (11,912) SPC100US
1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 10" (25.40) 15" (38.10) 1,610 (7,161) SPC125U 4,490 (19,972) SPC125US
1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 12" (30.48) 17" (43.18) 1,610 (7,161) SPC150U 4,490 (19,972) SPC150US
1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 14" (35.56) 19" (48.26) 2,150 (9,563) SPC175U 5,000 (22,240) SPC175US
2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 16" (40.64) 21" (53.34) 3,260 (14,500) SPC200U 8,940 (39,765) SPC200US
2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 18" (45.72) 23" (58.42) 3,260 (14,500) SPC250U 8,940 (39,765) SPC250US
3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 21" (53.34) 25" (63.50) 4,900 (21,795) SPC300U 13,420 (59,692) SPC300US
3.50"-3.99" (8.89 -10.13) 24" (60.96) 27" (63.58) 4,900 (21,795) SPC350U — —
Double Eye, Closed Mesh Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Inches (cm) Tin-Coated Bronze Stainless Steel
E M
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Double Eye
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye
.50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 4" (10.16) 10" (25.40) 530 (2,357) SPC050DE 1,370 (6,094) SPC050DES
.63"-.74" (1.6 0-1.88) 4" (10.16) 10" (25.40) 790 (3,514) SPC062DE 2,060 (9,163) SPC062DES
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 5½" (13.97) 12" (30.48) 1,020 (4,537) SPC075DE 2,0 60 (9,16 3) SPC075DES
1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 5" (12.70) 14" (35.56) 1,610 (7,161) SPC100DE 2,670 (11,876) SPC100DES
1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 5" (12.70) 15" (38.10) 1,610 (7,161) SPC125DE 4,490 (19,972) SPC125DES
1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 5" (12.70) 17" (43.18) 1,610 (7,161) SPC150DE 4,490 (19,972) SPC150DES
1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 6" (15.24) 19" (48.26) 2,150 (9,563) SPC175DE 5,000 (22,240) SPC175DES
2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 6" (15.24) 21" (53.34) 3,260 (14,500) SPC200DE 8,940 (39,765) SPC200DES
2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 6" (15.24) 23" (58.42) 3,260 (14,500) SPC250DE 8,940 (39,765) SPC250DES
3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 8" (20.32) 25" (63.50) 4,900 (21,795) SPC300DE 12,000 (53,376) SPC300DES
3.50"-3.99" (8.89 -10.13) 8" (20.32) 27" (68.58) 4,900 (21,795) SPC350DE 12,000 (53,376) SPC350DES
Standard Duty Support Grips
Support Grip
Conduit
Support Grip
Overhead
Pulling Grip
Bus Drop
Support Grip
Support Grip
Conduit Support
Underground
Pulling Grip
Flexible
Conduit
Grip
Strain
Relief
Grip
Deluxe
Cord Grip
Support Grip
Bus Drop
Support Grip
Flexible
Conduit Grip
Bus Drop
Support Grip Deluxe Cord Grip
Flexible Conduit Grip
Underground
Pulling Grip
INDUSTRY
INDUSTRY
UTILITY
UTILITY COMMERCIAL RESIDENTIAL
Support Grip
Application:
Permanent support of vertical and horizontal cable indoors and
outdoors where ends of cable are available
• Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when
cable end is inaccessible
• Strand equalizers reinforce gripping strength and position,
distributes load equally
Ideal For Use In:
• Industrial applications
• Communication towers
• Utility work
• Heavy equipment
• Construction
CAUTION
Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors.
Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability.
N-12
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
SPC125SO
E
M
SPC125L
E
M
Dim. to
Sliding Bar
Fully Ext'd.
Offset Eye, Closed Mesh Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Inches (cm) Tin-Coated Bronze Stainless Steel
E M
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Offset Eye
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Offset Eye
.50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 4" (10.16) 10" (25.40) 500 (2,724) SPC050SO 1,370 (6,094) SPC050SOS
.63"-.74" (1.6 0-1.88) 4" (10.16) 10" (25.40) 750 (3,336) SPC062SO 1,950 (8,674) SPC062SOS
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 4" (10.16) 13" (33.02) 950 (4,226) SPC075SO 2,0 60 (9,16 3) SPC075SOS
1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 5" (12.70) 14" (35.56) 1,500 (6,672) SPC100SO 2,670 (11,876) SPC100SOS
1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 5" (12.70) 15" (38.10) 1,500 (6,672) SPC125SO 4,490 (19,972) SPC125SOS
1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 5" (12.70) 17" (43.10) 1,500 (6,672) SPC150SO 3,700 (16,458) SPC150SOS
1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 6" (15.24) 19" (48.26) 2,000 (8,896) SPC175SO 4,370 (19,438) SPC175SOS
2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 9" (22.86) 21" (53.34) 3,100 (13,789) SPC200SO 5,500 (24,464) SPC200SOS
2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 9" (22.86) 23" (58.42) — — 5,500 (24,464) SPC250SOS
3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 9" (22.86) 25" (63.50) 3,800 (16,902) SPC300SO — —
3.50"-3.99" (8.89 -10.13) 11" (27.94) 27" (68.58) 3,250 (14,456) SPC350SO — —
Universal Eye, Closed Mesh Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Inches (cm) Tin-Coated Bronze Stainless Steel
E M
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Double Eye
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Offset Eye
.50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 18" (45.72) 10" (25.40) 530 (2,357) SPC050L — —
.63"-.74" (1.60-1.88) 18" (45.72) 10" (25.40) 790 (3,514) SPC062L — —
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 18" (45.72) 13" (33.02) 1,020 (4,537) SPC075L — —
1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 18" (45.72) 14" (35.56) 1,610 (7,161) SPC100L — —
1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 18" (45.72) 15" (38.10) 1,610 (7,161) SPC125L — —
1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 18" (45.72) 17" (43.10) 1,610 (7,161) SPC150L — —
1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 18" (45.72) 19" (48.26) 2,150 (9,563) SPC175L — —
2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 18" (45.72) 21" (53.34) 3,260 (14,500) SPC200L — —
2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 18" (45.72) 23" (58.42) 3,260 (14,500) SPC250L — —
3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 18" (45.72) 25" (63.50) 4,900 (21,795) SPC300L — —
Standard Duty Support Grips
Ideal For Use In:
• Industrial applications
• Communication towers
• Heavy equipment
• Utility work
• Construction
Application:
Permanent support of vertical and horizontal cable indoors and
outdoors where ends of cable are available
• Available for light duty, standard duty and heavy duty applications
• Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when
cable end is inaccessible
• Strand equalizers reinforce gripping strength and position,
distributes load equally Support Grip
Conduit
Support Grip
Overhead
Pulling Grip
Bus Drop
Support Grip
Support Grip
Conduit Support
Underground
Pulling Grip
Flexible
Conduit
Grip
Strain
Relief
Grip
Deluxe
Cord Grip
Support Grip
Bus Drop
Support Grip
Flexible
Conduit Grip
Bus Drop
Support Grip Deluxe Cord Grip
Flexible Conduit Grip
Underground
Pulling Grip
INDUSTRY
INDUSTRY
UTILITY
UTILITY COMMERCIAL RESIDENTIAL
Support Grip
CAUTION
Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors.
Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability.
N-13
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
SPS125DE
E
M
SPS125U
E
M
Standard Duty Support Grips
Ideal For Use In:
• Industrial applications
• Communication towers
• Utility work and construction
• Heavy equipment
Single Eye, Split Mesh, Lace Closing Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Inches (cm) Tin-Coated Bronze Stainless Steel
E M
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye
.50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 7" (17.78) 10" (25.40) 530 (2,357) SPS050U 1,370 (6,094) SPS050US
.63"-.74" (1.6 0-1.88) 8" (20.32) 10" (25.40) 790 (3,514) SPS062U 2,060 (9,163) SPS062US
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 8" (20.32) 13" (33.02) 1,020 (4,537) SPS075U 2,060 (9,163) SPS075US
1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 9" (22.86) 14" (35.56) 1,610 (7,161) SPS100U 2,670 (11,876) SPS100US
1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 10" (25.40) 15" (38.10) 1,610 (7,161) SPS125U 4,490 (19,972) SPS125US
1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 12" (30.48) 17" (43.18) 1,610 (7,161) SPS150U 4,490 (19,972) SPS150US
1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 14" (35.56) 19" (48.26) 2,150 (9,563) SPS175U 4,375 (19,460) SPS175US
2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 16" (40.64) 21" (53.34) 3,260 (14,500) SPS200U 8940 (39,765) SPS200US
2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 18" (45.72) 23" (58.42) 3,260 (14,500) SPS250U 8,940 (39,765) SPS250US
3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 21" (53.34) 25" (63.50) 4,900 (21,795) SPS300U 13,420 (59,692) SPS300US
3.50"-3.99" (8.89 -10.13) 24" (60.96) 27" (68.58) 4,900 (21,795) SPS350U 13,420 (59,692) SPS350US
Double Eye, Split Mesh, Lace Closing Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Inches (cm) Tin-Coated Bronze Stainless Steel
E M
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Double Eye
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye
.50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 4" (10.16) 10" (25.40) 530 (2,357) SPS050DE 1,140 (5,071) SPS050DES
.63"-.74" (1.6 0-1.88) 4" (10.16) 10" (25.40) 850 (3,781) SPS062DE 2,060 (9,163) SPS062DES
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 5½" (13.97) 13" (33.02) 1,020 (4,537) SPS075DE 2,0 60 (9,16 3) SPS075DES
1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 5" (12.70) 14" (35.56) 1,610 (7,161) SPS100DE 2,670 (11,876) SPS100DES
1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 5" (12.70) 15" (38.10) 1,610 (7,161) SPS125DE 4,490 (19,972) SPS125DES
1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 5" (12.70) 17" (43.18) 1,610 (7,161) SPS150DE 3,750 (16,680) SPS150DES
1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 6" (15.24) 19" (48.26) 2,150 (9,563) SPS175DE 5,000 (22,240) SPS175DES
2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 6" (15.24) 21" (53.34) 3,260 (14,500) SPS200DE 8,940 (39,765) SPS200DES
2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 6" (15.24) 23" (58.42) 3,260 (14,500) SPS250DE — —
3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 8" (20.32) 25" (63.50) 4,900 (21,795) SPS300DE — —
3.50"-3.99" (8.89 -10.13) 8" (20.32) 27" (68.58) 4,900 (21,795) SPS350DE — —
The following procedures should be used when installing the grip:
Bend the wire lace in the middle so both ends are even. Wrap grip around the
cable. Starting at the first loop closest to the eye, thread each end of the wire
lace through the first loop on each side of the split, pull both ends of the lace until
they are even. Criss-cross laces and thread each end of the lace through the next
loop, on opposite sides of the split. Continue doing the same for the full length of
the split, pulling the lace after each loop so the space between both sides of the
split is no greater than the spaces of the mesh. When end of split is reached,
twist lacing tightly together. Wrap ends of lace around grip. Twist ends to secure.
Only new laces should be used. A split grip is only as good as its lacing or
closing of the split.
Designed for use when cable ends are unavailable. The grip is wrapped around the cable and then drawn closed with a wire lace.
It is important that the wire lacing be the same type and gauge as supplied with the grip from the factory.
Application:
Permanent support of vertical and horizontal cable indoors and
outdoors where ends of cable are available
• Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when
cable end is inaccessible
• Strand equalizers reinforce gripping strength and position,
distributes load equally
CAUTION
Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors.
Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability.
N-14
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
SPS150SO
E
M
SPS150L
E
M
Dim. to
Sliding Bar
Fully Ext'd.
Offset Eye, Split Mesh, Lace Closing Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Inches (cm) Tin-Coated Bronze
E M
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Offset Eye
.50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 4" (10.16) 10" (25.40) 500 (2,724) SPS050SO
.63"-.74" (1.6 0-1.88) 4" (10.16) 10" (25.40) 750 (3,336) SPS062SO
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 4" (10.16) 13" (33.02) 950 (4,226) SPS075SO
1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 5" (12.70) 14" (35.56) 1,500 (6,672) SPS100SO
1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 5" (12.70) 15" (38.10) 1,500 (6,672) SPS125SO
1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 5" (12.70) 17" (43.18) 1,500 (6,672) SPS150SO
1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 6" (15.24) 19" (48.26) 1,800 (8,006) SPS175SO
2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 9" (22.86) 21" (53.34) 2,150 (9,563) SPS200SO
2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 9" (22.86) 23" (58.42) 2,150 (9,563) SPS250SO
3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 11" (27.94) 25" (63.50) 3,250 (14,456) SPS300SO
3.50"-3.99" (8.89 -10.13) 11" (27.94) 27" (68.58) 3,250 (14,456) SPS350SO
Universal Eye, Split Mesh, Lace Closing Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Inches (cm) Tin-Coated Bronze
E M
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Offset Eye
.50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 18" (45.72) 10" (25.40) 530 (2,357) SPS050L
.63"-.74" (1.6 0-1.88) 18" (45.72) 10" (25.40) 790 (3,514) SPS062L
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 18" (45.72) 13" (33.02) 1,020 (4,537) SPS075L
1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 18" (45.72) 14" (35.56) 1,610 (7,161) SPS100L
1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 18" (45.72) 15" (38.10) 1,610 (7,161) SPS125L
1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 18" (45.72) 17" (43.18) 1,610 (7,161) SPS150L
1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 18" (45.72) 19" (48.26) 2,150 (9,563) SPS175L
2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 18" (45.72) 21" (53.34) 3,260 (14,500) SPS200L
2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 18" (45.72) 23" (58.42) 3,260 (14,500) SPS250L
3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 18" (45.72) 25" (63.50) 4,900 (21,795) SPS300L
3.50"-3.99" (8.89 -10.13) 18" (45.72) 27" (68.58) 4,900 (21,795) SPS350L
Note: Stainless steel support grips are available upon request. Consult Factory.
Standard Duty Support Grips
Ideal For Use In:
• Industrial applications
• Communication towers
• Utility work and construction
• Heavy equipment
The following procedures should be used when installing the grip:
Bend the wire lace in the middle so both ends are even. Wrap grip around the
cable. Starting at the first loop closest to the eye, thread each end of the wire
lace through the first loop on each side of the split, pull both ends of the lace until
they are even. Criss-cross laces and thread each end of the lace through the next
loop, on opposite sides of the split. Continue doing the same for the full length
of the split, pulling the lace after each loop so the space between both sides of
the split is no greater than the spaces of the mesh. When end of split is reached,
twist lacing tightly together. Wrap ends of lace around grip. Twist ends to secure.
Only new laces should be used. A split grip is only as good as its lacing or closing
of the split.
Designed for use when cable ends are unavailable. The grip is wrapped around the cable and then drawn closed with a wire lace.
It is important that the wire lacing be the same type and gauge as supplied with the grip from the factory.
Application:
Permanent support of vertical and horizontal cable indoors and
outdoors where ends of cable are available
• Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when
cable end is inaccessible
• Strand equalizers reinforce gripping strength and position,
distributes load equally
CAUTION
Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors.
Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability.
N-15
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
The following procedures should be
used when installing the grip:
Wrap the grip around the cable and
thread the rod through the pre-formed
loops with a corkscrew motion, using
the curved end of the rod to engage
the loops. This requires a simultaneous
steady twist and push motion. The
fingers of the left hand are used to bring
the loops together just ahead of the
hook on the end of the rod. To remove,
simply pull out rod.
SPSR125DE
E
M
SPSR125U
E
M
Ideal For Use In:
• Industrial applications
• Communication towers
• Utility work
• Heavy equipment
• Construction
Single Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Inches (cm) Tin-Coated Bronze Stainless Steel
E M
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye
.50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 7" (17.78) 6½" (16.51) 790 (3,514) SPSR050U 1,050 (4,670) SPSR050US
.63"-.74" (1.6 0-1.88) 8" (20.32) 8½" (21.59) 790 (3,514) SPSR062U 2,050 (9,118) SPSR062US
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 8" (20.32) 10½" (26.67) 1,020 (4,537) SPSR075U 2,050 (9,118) SPSR075US
1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 9" (22.86) 12½" (31.75) 1,610 (7,161) SPSR100U 2,650 (11,787) SPSR100US
1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 10" (25.40) 14½" (36.83) 1,610 (7,161) SPSR125U 4,500 (20,016) SPSR125US
1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 12" (30.48) 15½" (39.37) 1,610 (7,161) SPSR150U 4,500 (20,016) SPSR150US
1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 14" (35.56) 16½" (41.91) 2,150 (9,563) SPSR175U 6,000 (26,688) SPSR175US
2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 16" (40.64) 19½" (49.53) 3,260 (14,500) SPSR200U 8,950 (39,810) SPSR200US
2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 18" (45.72) 21½" (54.61) 3,260 (14,500) SPSR250U 7,750 (34,472) SPSR250US
3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 21" (53.34) 23½" (59.69) 5,750 (25,576) SPSR300U 8,500 (37,808) SPSR300US
3.50"-3.99" (8.89 -10.13) 24" (60.96) 25½" (64.77) 5,750 (25,576) SPSR350U — —
Double Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Inches (cm) Tin-Coated Bronze Stainless Steel
E M
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Double Eye
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Double Eye
.50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 4" (10.16) 6½" (16.51) 790 (3,514) SPSR050DE — —
.63"-.74" (1.6 0-1.88) 4" (10.16) 8½" (21.59) 790 (3,514) SPSR062DE 2,050 (9,118) SPSR062DES
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 5½" (13.97) 10½" (26.67) 1,020 (4,537) SPSR075DE 2,050 (9,118) SPSR075DES
1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 5" (12.70) 12½" (31.75) 1,610 (7,161) SPSR100DE 2,650 (11,787 ) SPSR100DES
1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 5" (12.70) 14½" (36.83) 1,610 (7,161) SPSR125DE — —
1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 5" (12.70) 15½" (39.37) 1,610 (7,161) SPSR150DE 3,750 (16,680) SPSR150DES
1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 6" (15.24) 16½" (41.91) 2,150 (9,563) SPSR175DE 5,000 (22,240) SPSR175DES
2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 6" (15.24) 19½" (49.53) 3,260 (14,500) SPSR200DE 8,950 (39,810) SPSR200DES
2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 6" (15.24) 21½" (54.61) 3,260 (14,500) SPSR250DE 8,950 (39,810) SPSR250DES
3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 8" (20.32) 23½" (59.69) 5,750 (25,576) SPSR300DE — —
3.50"-3.99" (8.89 -10.13) 8" (20.32) 25½" (64.77) 5,750 (25,576) SPSR350DE — —
Standard Duty Support Grips
Application:
Supporting vertical and horizontal runs of cable indoors and
outdoors when ends of cable are not available
• Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when
cable end is inaccessible
• Strand equalizers reinforce gripping strength and position,
distributes load equally
CAUTION
Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors.
Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability.
N-16
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
The following procedures should be
used when installing the grip:
Wrap the grip around the cable and thread
the rod through the pre-formed loops with
a corkscrew motion, using the curved
end of the rod to engage the loops. This
requires a simultaneous steady twist and
push motion. The fingers of the left hand
are used to bring the loops together just
ahead of the hook on the end of the rod.
To remove, simply pull out rod.
SPSR125SO
E
M
SPSR125L
E
M
Dim. to Sliding
Bar Fully Ext'd.
Split rod closing grips are used for pulling slack or providing support when ends of cable are not available. The provided stainless
steel rod makes threading fast and easy. The strands of mesh pass around the rod and match up with strands from the opposite
direction. Since the rod does not touch the cable at any point it cannot cut the cable. Rod closing grips can be removed and reused
as many times as desired.
Standard Duty Support Grips
Ideal For Use In:
• Industrial applications
• Communication towers
• Heavy equipment
• Utility work
• Construction
Offset Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Inches (cm) Tin-Coated Bronze Stainless Steel
E M
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Offset Eye
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye
.63"-.74" (1.60-1.88) 4" (10.16) 9" (22.86) 750 (3,336) SPSR062SO 1,95 0 (8,674) SPSR062SOS
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 4" (10.16) 10" (25.40) 950 (4,226) SPSR075SO 1,950 (8,674) SPSR075SOS
1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 5" (12.70) 12" (30.48) 1,500 (6,672) SPSR100SO 2,500 (11,121) SPSR100SOS
1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 5" (12.70) 14" (35.56) 1,500 (6,672) SPSR125SO 4,200 (18,683) SPSR125SOS
1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 5" (12.70) 15" (38.10) 1,500 (6,672) SPSR150SO 4,500 (20,017) SPSR150SOS
1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 6" (15.24) 16" (40.64) 2,000 (8,896) SPSR175SO 4,375 (19,461) SPSR175SOS
2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 9" (22.86) 19" (48.26) 3,100 (13,789) SPSR200SO — —
2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 9" (22.86) 20" (50.80) 3,100 (13,789) SPSR250SO — —
3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 11" (27.94) 21" (53.34) 4,300 (19,127) SPSR300SO — —
3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 11" (27.94) 24" (60.96) 4,300 (19,127) SPSR350SO — —
Universal Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Inches (cm) Tin-Coated Bronze Stainless Steel
E M
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Double Eye
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye
.63"-.74" (1.60-1.88) 18" (45.72) 8½" (21.59) 790 (3,514) SPSR062L — —
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 18" (45.72) 10½" (26.67) 1,020 (4,537) SPSR075L — —
1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 18" (45.72) 12½" (31.75) 1,610 (7,161) SPSR100L — —
1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 18" (45.72) 14½" (36.83) 1,610 (7,161) SPSR125L — —
1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 18" (45.72) 16½" (41.91) 2,150 (9,564) SPSR175L — —
2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 18" (45.72) 19½" (49.53) 3,260 (14,501) SPSR200L — —
2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 18" (45.72) 21½" (54.61) 3,260 (14,501) SPSR250L — —
Application:
Supporting vertical and horizontal runs of cable indoors and outdoors
when ends of cable are not available
• Available for light duty, standard duty and heavy duty applications
• Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when
cable end is inaccessible
• Strand equalizers reinforce gripping strength and position,
distributes load equally
CAUTION
Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors.
Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability.
N-17
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
SPJ075UD
E
M
SPJ075L
E
M
Dim. to Sliding
Bar Fully Ext'd.
Ideal For Use In:
• Industrial
• Communication towers
• Utility work and construction
• Transportation power systems
• Residential
Ideal For Use In:
• Industrial applications
• Communication towers
• Utility work and construction
• Transportation power systems
• Residential
Single Eye and Universal Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N)
Single Eye Universal Eye
Inches (cm) Tin-Coated
Bronze
Inches (cm) Tin-Coated
Bronze
E M E M
.23"-.31" (.58-.79) 500 (2,224) 5½" (13.97) 4½" (11.43) SPJ023UD 11" (27.94) 4½" (11.43) SPJ023LD
.29"-.37" (.74 -.94) 500 (2,224) 5½" (13.97) 5½" (13.97) SPJ029UD 11" (27.94) 5½" (13.97) SPJ029LD
.35"-.44" (.89-1.12) 870 (3,870) 6" (15.24) 6½" (16.51) SPJ035UD 12" (30.48) 6½" (16.51) SPJ035LD
.41"-.50" (1.04-1.27) 870 (3,870) 6" (15.24) 7½" (19.05) SPJ041UD 12" (30.48) 7½" (19.05) SPJ041LD
.46"-.56" (1.17-1.42) 1,050 (4,670) 6" (15.24) 8" (20.32) SPJ046UD 12" (30.48) 8" (20.32) SPJ046LD
.52"-.62" (1.32-1.57) 1,050 (4,670) 7" (17.78) 8½" (21.59) SPJ052UD 13" (33.02) 8½" (21.59) SPJ052LD
.58"-.68" (1.47-1.73) 1,050 (4,670) 7" (17.78) 9½" (24.13) SPJ058UD 13" (33.02) 9½" (24.13) SPJ058LD
.64"-.75" (1.63-1.90) 1,390 ( 6,183) 7" (17.78) 9½" (24.13) SPJ064UD 13" (33.02) 9½" (24.13) SPJ064LD
.75"-.87" (1.90-2.21) 1,390 (6,183) 8" (20.32) 10½" (26.67) SPJ075UD 14" (35.56) 10½" (26.67) SPJ075LD
.87"-1.00" (2.21-2.54) 1,790 (7,962) 8" (20.32) 11½" (29.21) SPJ087UD 14" (35.56) 11½" (29.21) SPJ087LD
1.00"-1.18" (2.54-3.00) 1,790 (7,962) 9" (22.86) 13½" (34.29) SPJ100UD 15" (38.10) 13½" (34.29) SPJ100LD
1.06"-1.24" (2.69-3.15) 1,790 (7,962) 9" (22.86) 14½" (36.83) SPJ106UD 15" (38.10) 14½" (36.83) SPJ106LD
Single Eye and Universal Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N)
Single Eye Universal Eye
Inches (cm) Tin-Coated
Bronze
Inches (cm) Tin-Coated
Bronze
E M E M
.23"-.31" (.58-.79) 290 (1,290) 3" (7.62) 3¾" (9.52) SPJ023U 9" (22.86) 3¾" (9.52) SPJ023L
.29"-.37" (.74 -.94) 290 (1,290) 5" (12.70) 4½" (11.43) SPJ029U 10" (25.40) 4¼" (11.43) SPJ029L
.35"-.44" (.89-1.12) 500 (2,224) 5½" (13.97) 4¾" (12.06) SPJ035U 10" (25.40) 4¾" (12.06) SPJ035L
.41"-.50" (1.04-1.27) 500 (2,224) 5½" (13.97) 5" (12.70) SPJ041U 11" (27.94) 5" (12.70) SPJ041L
.46"-.56" (1.17-1.42) 660 (2,936) 6" (15.24) 5¼" (13.33) SPJ046U 12" (30.48) 5¼" (13.33) SPJ046L
.52"-.62" (1.32-1.57) 790 (3,514) 7" (17.78) 6¼" (15.87) SPJ052U 13" (33.02) 6¼" (15.87) SPJ052L
.58"-.68" (1.47-1.73) 790 (3,514) 7" (17.78) 6½" (16.51) SPJ058U 13" (33.02) 6½" (16.51) SPJ058L
.64"-.75" (1.63-1.90) 790 (3,514) 7" (17.78) 6¾" (17.14) SPJ064U 13" (33.02) 6¾" (17.14) SPJ064L
.75"-.87" (1.90-2.21) 1,020 (4,537) 8" (20.32) 8" (20.32) SPJ075U 14" (35.56) 8" (20.32) SPJ075L
.87"-1.00" (2.21-2.54) 1,020 (4,537) 8" (20.32) 8¾" (22.22) SPJ087U 14" (35.56) 8¾" (22.22) SPJ087L
1.00"-1.18" (2.54-3.00) 1,020 (4,537) 9" (22.86) 9½" (24.13) SPJ100U 15" (38.10) 9½" (24.13) SPJ100L
1.06"-1.25" (2.69-3.17) 1,020 (4,537) 9" (22.86) 9½" (24.13) SPJ106U 15" (38.10) 9½" (24.13) SPJ106L
Service Drop, Heavy Duty Support Grips
Service Drop, Light Duty Support Grips
Application:
For heavy duty support of all types of suspended service cables
used in indoor or outdoor minimum abuse environments
• Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when
cable end is inaccessible
• Strand equalizers reinforce gripping strength and position,
distributes load equally
Application:
For light duty support of all types of suspended service cables
used in indoor or outdoor minimum abuse environments
• Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when
cable end is inaccessible
• Strand equalizers reinforce gripping strength and position,
distributes load equally
CAUTION
Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors.
Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability.
N-18
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Enclosure
Bus Drop
Grip
Safety
Spring
BDS56U
E
M
BDS56L
E
M
Dim. to Sliding
Bar Fully Ext'd.
Bus Drop Support Grips
Ideal For Use In:
• All factory equipment
• Cable drops for electrical
connections
Single Eye and Universal Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N)
Single Eye Universal Eye
Inches (cm) Galvinized
Steel
Inches (cm) Galvinized
Steel
E M E M
.24"-.32" (.61-.81) 350 (1,557) 3" (7.62) 3½" (8.89) BDS24U 9" (22.86) 3½" (8.89) BDS24L
.32"-.43" (.81-1.09) 450 (2,002) 4" (10.16) 4" (10.16) BDS32U 10" (25.40) 4" (10.16) BDS32L
.43"-.56" (1.09-1.42) 550 (2,446) 6" (15.24) 4¾" (12.06) BDS43U 12" (30.48) 4¾" (12.06) BDS43L
.56"-.73" (1.42-1.85) 1,000 (4,448) 7" (17.78) 6" (15.24) BDS56U 13" (33.02) 6" (15.24) BDS56L
.73"-.85" (1.85-2.16) 1,400 (6,227) 7" (17.78) 6¾" (17.14) BDS73U 13" (33.02) 6¾" (17.14) BDS73L
.85"-1.00" (2.16-2.54) 1,400 (6,227) 8" (20.32) 8" (20.32) BDS85U 14" (35.56) 8" (20.32) BDS85L
1.00"-1.25" (2.54-3.17) 1,500 (6,672) 9" (22.86) 9½" (24.13) BDS100U 15" (38.10) 9½" (24.13) BDS100L
Bus Drop Safety Springs Inches (cm)
Diameter
Inches (cm)
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N)
Length
Inches (cm)
Maximum Deection
Inches/Lbs. (cm/N) Catalog Number
¾" (1.90) 500 (2,224) 8¼" (20.95) 2¾" at 40 Lbs.
(6.67 cm at 178 N)
S40
1" (2.54) 850 (3,781) 8¼" (20.95) 3¹⁄₈" at 80 Lbs.
(7.94 cm at 356 N)
S80
Application:
Used for light duty support of the dead weight of flexible cable
connections of electrical machinery to bus ducts, relieving strain,
pull, vibration, and flexing, when used with safety springs, these
grips reduce tension, prevent pullouts, electrical accidents, and
downtime, often used in conjunction with strain relief grips
• Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used
when cable end is inaccessible
CAUTION
Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors.
Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability.
N-19
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
CC125R3
Ring Type, Closed Mesh Inches (cm)
Cable Dia.
Range
Inches (cm)
.50"-.62"
(1.27-1.57)
.63"-.74"
(1.60-1.88)
.75"-.99"
(1.90-2.51)
1.00"-1.24"
(2.54-3.15)
1.25"-1.49"
(3.17-3.78)
1.50"-1.74"
(3.81-4.42)
Length
Inches (cm)
8"
(20.32)
9"
(22.86)
11"
(27.94)
12"
(30.48)
12½"
(31.75)
14"
(35.56)
Conduit
Trade Size
Inches
Catalog Number — Material Tin-Coated Bronze
Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N)
¾" CC050R34
440 (1,957)
—————
1" CC050R1
48 0 (2,135)
CC062R1
790 (3,514)
— — — —
1¼" CC050R114
450 (2,002)
CC062R114
740 (3,292)
CC075R114
1,030 (4,581)
— — —
1½" —CC062R112
690 (3,069)
CC075R112
980 (4,359)
CC100R112
590 (2,624)
— —
2" CC050R2
370 (1,645)
CC062R2
640 (2,847)
CC075R2
920 (4,092)
CC100R2
1,520 (6,761)
CC125R2
1,610 (7,161)
—
2½"
—
————CC150R212
1,610 (7,161)
3" — — CC075R3
820 (3,647)
CC100R3
1,340 (5,960)
CC125R3
1,400 (6,227)
CC150R3
1,490 (6,627)
4" — — CC075R4
720 (3,203)
CC100R4
1,160 (5,16 0)
CC125R4
1,205 (5,338)
—
Cable Dia.
Range
Inches (cm)
1.75"-1.99"
(4.44-5.05)
2.00"-2.49"
(5.08-6.32)
2.50"-2.99"
(6.35-7.59)
3.00"-3.49"
(7.62-8.86)
3.50"-3.99"
(8.89-10.13)
Length
Inches (cm) 15"
(38.10)
16½"
(41.91)
18"
(45.72)
20"
(50.80)
21"
(53.34)
Conduit
Trade Size
Inches
Catalog Number — Material Tin-Coated Bronze
Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N)
2½" CC175R212
2,150 (9,563)
— — — —
3" CC175R3
1,990 (8,851)
CC200R3
3,260 (14,500)
— — —
3½" —CC200R312
2,970 (13,211)
CC250R312
3,260 (14,500)
— —
4" CC175R4
1,667 ( 7,410 )
CC200R4
2,670 (11,876)
CC250R4
2,890 (12,855)
CC300R4
4,080 (18,148)
—
5" — — CC250R5
2,160 (9,608)
CC300R5
2,860 (12,721)
CC350R5
3,16 0 (14,056)
6" — — — CC300R6
2,240 (9,963)
CC350R6
2,240 (9,963)
Application:
Supports vertical or sloping cable in schedule 40 rigid PVC conduit or standard electrical
rigid metal conduit, prevents strain on terminals by transferring weight to support rim of
the conduit, not suitable for EMT
• Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when cable end is inaccessible
• Suitable for standard electrical rigid metal conduit and schedule 40 rigid PVC conduit,
not suitable for use with EMT
• Bryant Economy Conduit Riser Support Grips meet the requirements of NEC® 300.19
Ideal For Use In:
• Building and pole risers
• Underground cable lines
• Areas where ring termination
is practical
Conduit Riser Support Grips
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
CAUTION
Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors.
Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability.
N-20
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Ring Type, Split Mesh, Lace Closing Inches (cm)
Cable Dia.
Range
Inches (cm)
.75"-.99"
(1.90-2.51)
1.00"-1.24"
(2.54-3.15)
1.25"-1.49"
(3.17-3.78)
1.50"-1.74"
(3.81-4.42)
1.75"-1.99"
(4.44-5.05)
Length
Inches (cm)
11"
(27.94)
12"
(30.48)
12½"
(31.75)
14"
(35.56)
15"
(38.10)
Conduit
Trade Size
Inches
Catalog Number — Material Tin-Coated Bronze
Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N)
1½" —CSD100L112
2,040 (9,074)
— — —
2" CSD075L2
1,420 (6,316)
CSD100L2
1,920 (8,540)
CSD125L2
2,040 (9,074)
— —
2½" — — CSD125L212
1,910 (8,496)
CSD150L212
2,040 (9,074)
CSD175L212
2,730 (12,143)
3" — — CSD125L3
1,78 0 ( 7,917 )
CSD150L3
1,880 (8,362)
CSD175L3
2,520 (11,209)
4" — — — CSD150L4
1,580 (7,028)
CSD175L4
2,110 (9,385)
Cable Dia.
Range
Inches (cm)
2.00"-2.49"
(5.08-6.32)
2.50"-2.99"
(6.35-7.59)
3.00"-3.49"
(7.62-8.86)
3.50"-3.99"
(8.89-10.13)
Length
Inches (cm)
16½"
(41.91)
18"
(45.72)
20"
(50.80)
21"
(53.34)
Conduit
Trade Size
Inches
Catalog Number — Material Tin-Coated Bronze
Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N)
3" CSD200L3
4,300 (19,126)
— — —
3½" CSD200L312
3,910 (17,39 2)
CSD250L312
4,300 (19,126)
— —
4" CSD200L4
3,530 (15,701)
CSD250L4
3,820 (16,991)
CSD300L4
5,380 (23,930)
—
5" —CSD250L5
2,849 (12,672)
CSD300L5
3,760 (16,724)
CSD350L5
4,170 (18,548)
6" —CSD250L6
2,365 (10,519)
CSD300L6
2,955 (13,14 4)
CSD350L6
2,955 (13,14 4)
CSD125L3
Conduit Riser Support Grips
Application:
Supports vertical or sloping cable in schedule 40 rigid PVC conduit or standard electrical
rigid metal conduit, prevents strain on terminals by transferring weight to support rim of
the conduit, not suitable for EMT
• Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when cable end is inaccessible
• Suitable for standard electrical rigid metal conduit and schedule 40 rigid PVC conduit,
not suitable for use with EMT
• Bryant Economy Conduit Riser Support Grips meet the requirements of NEC® 300.19
Ideal For Use In:
• Building and pole risers
• Underground cable lines
• Areas where ring termination
is practical
The following procedures should be used when installing the grip:
Bend the wire lace in the middle so both ends are even. Wrap grip around the cable.
Starting at the first loop closest to the eye, thread each end of the wire lace through the
first loop on each side of the split, pull both ends of the lace until they are even. Criss-
cross laces and thread each end of the lace through the next loop, on opposite sides
of the split. Continue doing the same for the full length of the split, pulling the lace after
each loop so the space between both sides of the split is no greater than the spaces of
the mesh. When end of split is reached, twist lacing tightly together. Wrap ends of lace
around grip. Twist ends to secure. Only new laces should be used. A split grip is only as
good as its lacing or closing of the split.
Designed for use when cable ends are unavailable. The grip is wrapped around the cable and then drawn closed with a wire lace.
It is important that the wire lacing be the same type and gauge as supplied with the grip from the factory.
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
CAUTION
Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors.
Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability.
N-21
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Ring Type, Split Mesh, Rod Closing Inches (cm)
Cable Dia.
Range
Inches (cm)
.75"-.99"
(1.90-2.51)
1.00"-1.24"
(2.54-3.15)
1.25"-1.49"
(3.17-3.78)
1.50"-1.74"
(3.81-4.42)
1.75"-1.99"
(4.44-5.05)
2.00"-2.49"
(5.08-6.32)
2.50"-2.99"
(6.35-7.59)
Length
Inches (cm)
10½"
(26.67)
12"
(30.48)
13½"
(34.29)
14"
(35.56)
15½"
(39.37)
16"
(40.64)
18½"
(46.99)
Conduit
Trade Size
Inches
Catalog Number — Material Tin-Coated Bronze
Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N)
1¼" CSR075R114
1,020 (4,537)
——————
1½" CSR075R112
970 (4,315)
CSR100R112
1,610 (7,161)
—————
2" —CSR100R2
1,520 (6,761)
CSR125R2
1,610 (7,161)
— — — —
2½" —CSR100R212
1,430 (6,361)
CSR125R212
1,510 (6,716)
CSR150R212*
2,150 (9,563)
— — —
3" — — CSR125R3
1,400 (6,227)
CSR150R3*
1,990 (8,851)
CSR175R3
1,990 (8,851)
CSR200R3
3,260 (14,500)
—
3½" —————CSR200R312
2,970 (13,211)
CSR250R312
3,260 (14,500)
4" —————CSR200R4
2,670 (11,876)
CSR250R4
2,890 (17,855)
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
The following procedures should be used when installing the grip:
Wrap the grip around the cable and thread the rod through the pre-formed loops with a corkscrew
motion, using the curved end of the rod to engage the loops. This requires a simultaneous steady
twist and push motion. The fingers of the left hand are used to bring the loops together just ahead
of the hook on the end of the rod. To remove, simply pull out rod.
CSR125R3
Split rod closing grips are used for pulling slack or providing support when ends of cable are not available. The provided stainless
steel rod makes threading fast and easy. The strands of mesh pass around the rod and match up with strands from the opposite
direction. Since the rod does not touch the cable at any point it cannot cut the cable. Rod closing grips can be removed and reused
as many times as desired.
Ideal For Use In:
• Building and pole risers
• Underground cable lines
• Areas where ring termination
is practical
Conduit Riser Support Grips
Application:
Supports vertical or sloping cable in schedule 40 rigid PVC conduit or standard electrical
rigid metal conduit, prevents strain on terminals by transferring weight to support rim of
the conduit, not suitable for EMT
• Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when cable end is inaccessible
• Suitable for standard electrical rigid metal conduit and schedule 40 rigid PVC conduit,
not suitable for use with EMT
• Bryant Economy Conduit Riser Support Grips meet the requirements of NEC® 300.19
CAUTION
Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors.
Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability.
N-22
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
FTD10024
Flexible Tube Inches (cm)
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Approx. Breaking
Strength Lbs. (N)
Mesh Length
Inches (cm) Catalog Number
.37"-.49" (.94-1.24) 3,200 (14,234) 18" (45.72) FTD03718
.50"-.61" (1.27-1.55) 3,200 (14,234) 18" (45.72) FTD05018
.50"-.61" (1.27-1.55) 3,200 (14,234) 24" (60.96) FTD05024
.62"-.74" (1.57-1.88) 4,000 (17,792) 18" (45.72) FTD06218
.62"-.74" (1.57-1.88) 4,000 (17,792) 24" (60.96) FTD06224
.62"-.74" (1.57-1.88) 4,000 (17,792) 36" (91.44) FTD06236
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 6,800 (30,246) 24" (60.96) FTD07524
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 6,800 (30,246) 36" (91.44) FTD07536
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 6,800 (30,246) 48" (121.92) FTD07548
.75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 6,800 (30,246) 72" (182.88) FTD07572
1.00"-1.49" (2.54-3.78) 9,000 (40,032) 24" (60.96) FTD10024
1.00"-1.49" (2.54-3.78) 9,100 (40,477) 36" (91.44) FTD10036
1.00"-1.49" (2.54-3.78) 9,100 (40,477) 48" (121.92) FTD10048
1.00"-1.49" (2.54-3.78) 9,100 (40,477) 72" (182.88) FTD10072
Ideal For Use In:
• Cranes
• Oil derricks
• Drag lines
• Hoists
• Factory control cables
Special Purpose Splicing Grips
Application:
Temporary splice for cable and wire rope, can be used as cable
reinforcement and to protect cables and hoses from abrasion,
used to replace old wire rope with new wire rope
CAUTION
Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors.
Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability.
N-23
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Deluxe Cord Grips Inches (cm)
NPT
Hub Size
Inches
Grip Dia. Range
Inches (cm)
Straight
Male Thread
NPT
Hub Size
Inches
Grip Dia. Range
Inches (cm)
Straight
Male Thread
³⁄₈"
.250"-.312" (.63-.79)
.312"-.375" (.79-.95)
.375"-.437" (.95-1.11)
DC2538
DC3138
DC3738
2"
1.312"-1.437" (3.33-3.65)
1.437"-1.562" (3.65-3.97)
1.562"-1.687" (3.97-4.28)
1.687"-1.812" (4.28-4.60)
1.750"-1.875" (4.44-4.76)
1.812"-1.937" (4.60-4.92)
1.937"-2.062" (4.92-5.24)
2.062"-2.187" (5.24-5.55)
DC1312
DC1432
DC1562
DC1682
DC1752
DC181X2
DC1932
DC2062
½"
.187"-.250" (.47-.63)
.250"-.375" (.63-.95)
.375"-.500" (.95-1.27)
.500"-.625" (1.27-1.59)
.625"-.750" (1.59-1.90)
DC1812
DC2512
DC3712
DC5012
DC6212
¾"
.187"-.250" (.47-.63)
.250"-.375" (.63-.95)
.375"-.500" (.95-1.27)
.500"-.625" (1.27-1.59)
.625"-.750" (1.59-1.90)
.750"-.875" (1.90-2.22)
DC1834
DC2534
DC3734
DC5034
DC6234
DC7534
2½"
1.687"-1.812" (4.28-4.60)
1.812"-1.937" (4.60-4.92)
1.937"-2.062" (4.92-5.24)
2.062"-2.187" (5.24-5.55)
2.187"-2.312" (5.55-5.87)
2.312"-2.437" (5.87-6.19)
DC168212
DC181212
DC193212
DC206212
DC218212
DC231212
1"
.500"-.625" (1.27-1.59)
.625"-.750" (1.59-1.90)
.750"-.875" (1.90-2.22)
.875"-1.000" (2.22-2.54)
DC501
DC621
DC751
DC871 3"
1.937"-2.062" (4.92-5.24)
2.063"-2.187" (5.24-5.55)
2.187"-2.312" (5.55-5.87)
2.312"-2.437" (5.87-6.19)
2.437"-2.625" (6.19-6.67)
2.625"-2.812" (6.67-7.14)
2.812"-3.000" (7.14-7.62)
DC1933
DC2063
DC2183
DC2313
DC2433
DC2623
DC2813
1¼"
.875"-1.000" (2.22-2.54)
1.000"-1.125" (2.54-2.86)
1.125"-1.250" (2.86-3.17)
1.250"-1.375" (3.17-3.49)
DC87114
DC100114
DC112114
DC125114
1½"
.875"-1.000" (2.22-2.54)
1.000"-1.125" (2.54-2.86)
1.125"-1.250" (2.86-3.17)
1.250"-1.375" (3.17-3.49)
1.312"-1.437" (3.33-3.65)
1.437"-1.562" (3.65-3.97)
1.562"-1.687" (3.97-4.28)
1.687"-1.812" (4.28-4.60)
DC87112
DC100112
DC112112
DC125112
DC131112
DC143112
DC156112
DC168112
DC6234
Aluminum
Compression Nut
Aluminum
Body
Tapered
Threads
Stainless
Steel Mesh
Aluminum
Collar
Neoprene
Bushing
Application:
Indoor and outdoor environments where
cable or arc-of-bend control, cord is
exposed to moisture, splash or washdown,
provides pullout from tension, vibration,
motion and strain
Ideal For Use In:
• Industrial applications
• Chemical machinery
• Control cabinets
• Pumps and compressors
• Machine tool shops
• Motor connections
Deluxe Cord Strain Relief Grips
Strain Relief Grips Quick Reference Selection Guide
Deluxe Cord
Indoor or outdoor use where
subject to moisture, splash,
or washdown. Examples are
crane hoist and pendant drop
stations, hand tools, pumps,
and processing equipment.
See pages N-23 and N-24.
Wide Range Strain Relief
Indoor use only for wiring of
electrical enclosures, machine
tools, portable power tools,
and bus drop cable systems.
See page N-25.
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Liquidtight, Flexible
Metal Conduit
Wiring of machine tools,
electrical enclosures, motors,
and systems subjected to
vibration, flexure, motion, or
strain. Also available in straight,
90° or 45° configurations.
See page N-25.
N-24
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Deluxe Cord Grips Inches (cm)
NPT
Hub Size
Inches
Grip Dia. Range
Inches (cm)
Straight
Female Thread
45°
Male Thread
90°
Male Thread
³⁄₈"
.250"-.312" (.63-.79)
.312"-.375" (.79-.95)
.375"-.437" (.95-1.11)
—
—
—
—
—
—
DC25938
DC31938
DC37938
½"
.187"-.250" (.47-.63)
.250"-.375" (.63-.95)
.375"-.500" (.95-1.27)
.500"-.625" (1.27-1.59)
—
DC25F12
DC37F12
DC50F12
—
DC25412
DC37412
DC50412
DC18912
DC25912
DC37912
DC50912
¾"
.250"-.375" (.63-.95)
.375"-.500" (.95-1.27)
.500"-.625" (1.27-1.59)
.625"-.750" (1.59-1.90)
DC25F34
DC37F34
DC50F34
DC62F34
—
—
DC50434
DC62434
—
DC37934
DC50934
DC62934
1"
.500"-.625" (1.27-1.59)
.625"-.750" (1.59-1.90)
.750"-.875" (1.90-2.22)
.875"-1.000" (2.22-2.54)
—
—
—
—
DC5041
DC6241
DC7541
DC8741
DC5091
DC6291
DC7591
DC8791
1¼"
.875"-1.000" (2.22-2.54)
1.000"-1.125" (2.54-2.86)
1.125"-1.250" (2.86-3.17)
1.250"-1.375" (3.17-3.49)
—
—
—
—
—
DC1004114
DC1124114
DC1254114
DC879114
DC1009114
DC1129114
DC1259114
1½"
.875"-1.000" (2.22-2.54)
1.000"-1.125" (2.54-2.86)
1.125"-1.250" (2.86-3.17)
1.250"-1.375" (3.17-3.49)
—
—
—
—
—
DC1004112
DC1124112
DC1254112
—
DC1009112
DC1129112
DC1259112
DC62F34
DC50934
DC62434
To Use the Chart
1. Identify the Bryant plug or connector needed
by type (straight blade or locking), number
of wires, and amperage.
2. Find the corresponding cord diameter size
to be used.
3. Match this with the grip catalog number
shown to the left.
Example: A locking 20 amp, 3-wire plug used
with a .60 in. diameter cable would use a
PC23W54.
PC345W43
(Plug not Included)
Application:
Used for indoor and outdoor environments where cable or cord
is exposed to moisture, splash or washdown, prevents pullout
from tension, vibration, motion and strain applications associated
with such environmental conditions, and controls arc-of-bend by
absorbing tension from terminals
Application:
Designed for use with Bryant Triple Gripper® plugs and connectors,
reduces damage to connectors, plugs and cables caused by arc-of-bend
• Remove and replace rear dust shield
Ideal For Use In:
• Food processing equipment
• Chemical machinery
• Switch boxes
• Pumps and compressors
• Motors and machine tools
• Drop stations
Product Selection Chart Inches (cm)
Cord Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
For Use with Bryant Triple Gripper®
Plugs and Connectors Catalog Number
.30"-.37" (.76-.94)
.38"-.50" (.96-1.27)
.50"-.61" (1.27-1.55)
15 and 20 Amp Straight Blade
and 15 Amp Locking
3-Wire Devices
PC13W32
PC13W43
PC13W54
.30"-.41" (.76-1.04)
.40"-.68" (1.02-1.73)
.67"-.78" (1.70-1.98)
20 and 30 Amp Locking
3-Wire Devices
PC23W43
PC23W54
PC23W73
.46"-.68" (1.17-1.73)
.68"-.83" (1.73-2.11)
.83"-.95" (2.11-2.41)
20 and 30 Amp Locking
4- and 5-Wire Devices
PC345W43
PC345W54
PC345W73
Plug and Connector Strain Relief Grips
Deluxe Cord Strain Relief Grips
N-25
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Wide Range Grips Inches (cm)
NPS/NPT*
Hub Size
Cable Diameter
Range Inches (cm)
Mesh Length
Inches (cm)
Knockout Hole Recommended
Min. To Max. Inches (cm) Catalog Number
½ NPS .24"-.32" (.61-.81) 3¼" (8.25) .86"-.91" (2.18-2.31) BDSR24
½ NPS .32"-.43" (.81-1.09) 3¾" (9.52) .86"-.91" (2.18-2.31) BDSR32
½ NPS .43"-.54" (1.09-1.37) 4¾" (12.06) .86"-.91" (2.18-2.31) BDSR43
¾ NPS .54"-.73" (1.37-1.85) 6½" (16.51) 1.09"-1.14" (2.77-2.90) BDSR54
1 NPS .73"-.97" (1.85-2.46) 7" (17.78) 1.36"-1.41" (3.45-3.58) BDSR73
1¼ NPS .97"-1.25" (2.46-3.17) 9" (22.86) 1.72"-1.77" (4.37-4.49) BDSR97
1½ NPT 1.25"-1.50" (3.17-3.81) 11¾" (29.84) 1.97"-2.02" (5.00-5.13) BDSR125
2 NPT 1.50"-1.70" (3.81-4.32) 13¼" (33.65) 2.45"-2.50" (6.22-6.35) BDSR150
2½ NPT 1.70"-2.00" (4.32-5.08) 13½" (34.29) 2.95"-3.00" (7.49-7.62) BDSR170
2½ NPT 2.00"-2.45" (5.08-6.22) 13¾" (34.92) 2.95"-3.00" (7.49-7.62) BDSR200
Note: *NPS = National Pipe Straight, NPT = National Pipe Taper.
Locknut
Insulated
Connector Steel Ferrule
Nylon Ring
Hexagonal
Compression Nut
Stainless Steel
Mesh
NPT Threads
Male Fittings Inches (cm)
Conduit
Trade Size
Mesh Length
Inches (cm)
NPT
Hub Size
Inches
Straight Male
Fitting
45° Male
Fitting
90° Male
Fitting
³⁄₈"3" (7.62) ½" FC38 FC3845 FC3890
½" 4" (10.16) ½" FC50 FC5045 FC5090
¾" 4" (10.16) ¾" FC75 FC7545 FC7590
1" 5" (12.70) 1" FC100 FC10045 FC10090
1¼" 6" (15.24) 1¼" FC125 FC12545 FC12590
1½" 6¾" (17.14) 1½" FC150 FC15045 FC15090
2" 8" (20.32) 2" FC200 FC20045 FC20090
2½" 9¾" (24.76) 2½" FC250 — FC25090
3" 11" (27.94) 3" FC300 — —
4" 14" (35.56) 4" FC400 — —
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
FC75
BDSR43
Dust-Tight Strain Relief Grips
Liquidtight Strain Relief Grips
Application:
For indoor use only to connect exible cord or bus drop cables to electrical enclosures,
used for preventing cable pullout damage and for controlling arc-of-bend by absorbing
tension from terminals
Application:
Any application for type B liquidtight conduit, exible conduit grips are suitable for use in
hazardous locations per Class I Div. 2, Class II Div. 1 and 2, Class III Div. 1 and 2 of the
NEC® sections 501.10(b), 502.10(a), 502.10(b), 503.10(a), and 503.10(b)
Ideal For Use In:
• Bus drop systems
• Motor connections
• Panel boards
• Internal wiring of machines
and cabinets
Ideal For Use In:
• On-machine wiring
• HVAC applications
• Food processing
• Chemical plants
• Mines
• Machine tool shops
• Motor connections
N-26
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Wire Mesh Grip Materials
Material Features Product Group
Galvanized steel wire High strength Pulling grips
Not subject to continuous outside environment Splicing grips and bus drop grips
Tin-coated bronze wire Corrosion-resistant for normal outside areas
Non-magnetic
Moderate strength
Support grips
Stainless steel wire (302/304) High strength Support grips
Corrosion-resistant Strain relief grips
Selection Table for Multiple Cables of Different Diameters Inches (cm)
There are many variables associated with the use of wire mesh
cable grips. Working load is an estimation of several factors
including tension, cable diameter, number of cables gripped,
gripping surface and more. Safety factors associated in the
product’s use must be considered together with the effects of
abrasion, corrosion, prior use and abuse and other variables
specic to the application.
The appropriate breaking strength of a Bryant Economy Cable
Grip represents an average calculation based on data established
from actual testing performed in our engineering laboratories.
Under normal usage conditions, our recommended factor of
safety is ve for pulling grips and ten for support grips.
Any warranty as to quality, performance of tness-for-use of the
grips is always premised on the condition that the published
strengths apply only to new, unused grips, and that such products
are properly stored, handled, used, maintained and inspected by
the user at a frequency appropriate for the use and condition of
the grip.
Example
Grip Style
Approx. Breaking
Strength (Lbs.) Safety Factor
Max. Recommended
Load (Lbs.) Catalog Number
Pulling 27, 2 0 0 55,440 PHS200
Support 1,610 10 161 SPS125U
Note: The maximum recommended working load is the greatest tension to be exerted on a grip for any application, with a margin of safety to protect against
unforeseen and unusual circumstances.
Applicable Code Requirements:
Bryant Economy Cable Grips meet the following requirements:
NEC® 300.19 Support of conductors in vertical raceways
NEC® 350 Liquidtight flexible metal conduit termination
NEC® 400.14 Strain relief at joints and terminals
NEC® 400.17 Flexible cord and cable protection
NEC® 501.10 (B) Class I, Division 2, Tensile stress avoidance at termination fittings
NEC® 502.10 (A) and (B) Class II, Division 1 and 2, Tensile stress avoidance at termination fittings
NEC® 503.10 (A) and (B) Class III, Division 1, Tensile stress avoidance at termination fittings
How to choose the correct grip size:
1. Find the grip circumference range by measuring the circumference of
the bundle of different diameter cables to be gripped (see illustration).
2. Divide the bundle circumference by 3.14 to determine the diameter.
3. Choose a grip offering a range of cable diameters the same as the
cable diameter.
For cables of equal diameters
Under “number of cables in one grip”, nd the diameter of your single cable
in vertical column, see page N-27. Read the grip diameter range to the right.
If your diameter is the maximum of the range shown, go to the next larger
size for split grips, stay with the same size for closed grips.
Example: 3 cables, each with .89 (2.26) diameter, for a closed grip
select the 1.50-1.74 (3.81-4.42) range, for a split grip select the
1.75-1.99 (4.44-5.05) range.
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
WARNING
Under normal conditions, Bryant recommended
factor of safety is five for catalog listed pulling grips,
and ten for catalog listed support grips.
Safety and Working Load Factors for Wire Mesh Grips
Technical Data
CAUTION
When a grip is used on multiple cables, the tail end of the
grip should be banded after positioning on the cables.
N-27
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Grip
Size
Grip Dia. Range
Inches (cm)
Number of Cables in One Grip
2 3 4 5 6 and 7 8 9
Pulling and Support
50 .50"-.61"
(1.27-1.55)
.30"-.38"
(.76-.97)
.25"-.31"
(.63-.79)
.22"-.27"
(.56-.69)
.19"-.24"
(.48-.61)
.17"-.22"
(.43-.56)
.15"-.19"
(.38-.48)
.14"-.18"
(.36-.46)
62 .62"-.74"
(1.57-1.88)
.38"-.44"
(.97-1.12)
.31"-.36"
(.79-.91)
.27"-.31"
(.69-.79)
.24"-.29"
(.61-.74)
.22"-.26"
(.56-.66)
.19"-.23"
(.48-.56)
.18"-.21"
(.46-.53)
75 .75"-.99"
(1.90-2.51)
.44"-.59"
(1.12-1.50)
.36"-.49"
(.91-1.24)
.31"-.42"
(.79-1.07)
.29"-.38"
(.74-.97)
.26"-.34"
(.66-.86)
.23"-.31"
(.58-.79)
.21"-.28"
(.53-.71)
100 1.00"-1.24"
(2.54-3.15)
.59"-.75"
(1.50-1.90)
.49"-.63"
(1.24-1.60)
.42"-.54"
(1.07-1.37)
.38"-.48"
(.97-1.22)
.34"-.43"
(.86-1.09)
.31"-.39"
(.79-.99)
.28"-.35"
(.71-.89)
125 1.25"-1.49"
(3.17-3.78)
.75"-.90"
(1.90-2.29)
.63"-.76"
(1.60-1.93)
.54"-.65"
(1.37-1.65)
.48"-.58"
(1.22-1.47)
.43"-.52"
1.09-1.32)
.39"-.46"
(.99-1.17)
.35"-.42"
(.89-1.07)
150 1.49"-1.74"
(3.81-4.42)
.90"-1.07"
(2.29-2.72)
.76"-.89"
(1.93-2.26
.65"-.77"
(1.65-1.96)
.58"-.67"
(1.47-1.70)
.52"-.60"
(1.32-1.52)
.46"-.54"
(1.17-1.37)
.42"-.49"
(1.07-1.24)
175 1.75"-1.99"
(4.44-5.05)
1.07"-1.22"
(2.72-3.10)
.89"-1.02"
(2.26-2.59)
.77"-.88"
(1.96-2.24)
.67"-.77"
(1.70-1.96)
.60"-.69"
(1.52-1.75)
.54"-.62"
(1.37-1.57)
.49"-.56"
(1.24-1.42)
200 2.00"-2.49"
(5.08-6.32)
1.22"-1.53"
(3.10-3.89)
1.02"-1.28"
(2.59-3.25)
.88"-1.10"
(2.24-2.79)
.77"-.96"
(1.96-2.44)
.69"-.86"
(1.75-2.18)
.62"-.77"
(1.57-1.96)
.56"-.71"
(1.42-1.80)
250 2.50"-2.99"
(6.35-7.59)
1.53"-1.83"
(3.89-4.65)
1.28"-1.53"
(3.25-3.89)
1.10"-1.32"
(2.79-3.35)
.96"-1.16"
(2.44-2.95)
.86"-1.03"
(2.18-2.62)
.77"-.93"
(1.96-2.36)
.71"-.85"
(1.80-2.16)
300 3.00"-3.49"
(7.62-8.86)
1.83"-2.14"
(4.65-5.44)
1.53"-1.79"
(3.89-4.55)
1.32"-1.54"
(3.35-3.91
1.16"-1.35"
(2.95-3.43)
1.03"-1.20"
(2.62-3.05)
.93"-1.08"
(2.36-2.74)
.85"-.99"
(2.16-2.51)
350 3.50"-3.99"
(8.89-10.13)
2.14"-2.44"
(5.44-6.20)
1.79"-2.05"
(4.55-5.21)
1.54"-1.76"
(3.91-4.47)
1.35"-1.54"
(3.43-3.91)
1.20"-1.37"
(3.05-3.48)
1.08"-1.24"
(2.74-3.15)
.99"-1.13"
(2.51-2.87)
400 4.00"-4.49"
(10.16 -11.40)
2.44"-2.75"
(6.20-6.98)
2.05"-2.30"
(5.21-5.84)
1.76"-1.98"
(4.47-5.03)
1.54"-1.74"
(3.91-4.42)
1.37"-1.55"
(3.48-3.94)
1.24"-1.39"
(3.15-3.53)
1.13"-1.27"
(2.87-3.23)
450 4.50"-4.99"
(11.43-12.67)
2.75"-3.06"
(6.98-7.77)
2.30"-2.56"
(5.84-6.50)
1.98"-2.20"
(5.03-5.59)
1.74"-1.93"
(4.42-4.90)
1.55"-1.72"
(3.94-4.37)
1.39"-1.55"
(3.53-3.94)
1.27"-1.41"
(3.23-3.58)
Conduit Riser
50 .50"-.62"
(1.27-1.57)
.29"-.36"
(.74-.91)
.24"-.30"
(.61-.76)
.21"-.25"
(.53-.63)
.18"-.22"
(.46-.56)
.16"-.20"
(.41-.51)
.15"-.18"
(.38-.46)
.14"-.17"
(.36-.43)
62 .63"-.74"
(1.60-1.88)
.37"-.43"
(.94-1.09)
.31"-.36"
(.79-.91)
.26"-.30"
(.66-.76)
.23"-.27"
(.58-.69)
.21"-.24"
(.53-.61)
.19"-.22"
(.48-.56)
.18"-.20"
(.46-.51)
75 .75"-.99"
(1.90-2.51)
.44"-.58"
(1.12-1.47)
37"-.48"
(.94-1.22)
.31"-.41"
(.79-1.04)
.28"-.36"
(.71-.91)
.25"-.32"
(.63-.81)
.23"-.29"
(.58-.74)
.21"-.27"
(.53-.69)
100 1.00"-1.24"
(2.54-3.15)
.59"-.72"
(1.50-1.83)
.49"-.60"
(1.24-1.52)
.42"-.51"
(1.07-1.30)
.37"-.45"
(.94-1.14)
.33"-.40"
(.84-1.02)
.30"-.36"
(.76-.91)
.28"-.34"
(.71-.86)
125 1.25"-1.49"
(3.17-3.78)
.73"-.87"
(1.85-2.21)
.61"-.72"
(1.55-1.83)
.52"-.61"
(1.32-1.55)
.46"-.54"
(1.17-1.37)
.41"-.48"
(1.04-1.22)
.37"-.43"
(.94-1.09)
.35"-.40"
(.89-1.02)
150 1.50"-1.74"
(3.81-4.42)
.88"-1.01"
(2.24-2.57)
.73"-.85"
(1.85-2.16)
.62"-.71"
(1.57-1.80)
.55"-.63"
(1.40-1.60)
.49"-.56"
(1.24-1.42)
.44"-.51"
(1.12-1.30)
.41"-.47"
(1.04-1.19)
175 1.75"-1.99"
(4.44-5.05)
1.02"-1.16"
(2.59-2.95)
.86"-.96"
(2.18-2.44)
.72"-.81"
(1.83-2.06)
.64"-.72"
(1.63-1.83)
.57"-.64"
(1.45-1.63)
.52"-.58"
(1.32-1.49)
.48"-.54"
(1.22-1.37)
200 2.00"-2.49"
(5.08-6.32)
1.17"-1.44"
(2.97-3.66)
.97"-1.20"
(2.46-3.05)
.82"-1.02"
(2.08-2.59)
.73"-.90"
(1.85-2.29)
.65"-.80"
(1.65-2.03)
.59"-.72"
(1.50-1.83)
.55"-.67"
(1.40-1.70)
250 2.50"-2.99"
(6.35-7.59)
1.45"-1.73"
(3.68-4.39)
1.21"-1.45"
(3.07-3.68)
1.03"-1.22"
(2.62-3.10)
.91"-1.08"
(2.31-2.74)
.81"-.96"
(2.06-2.44)
.73"-.87"
(1.85-2.21)
.68"-.81"
(1.73-2.06)
300 3.00"-3.49"
(7.62-8.86)
1.74"-2.02"
(4.42-5.13)
1.46"-1.69"
(3.71-4.29)
1.23"-1.43"
(3.12-3.63)
1.09"-1.26"
(2.77-3.20)
.97"-1.11"
(2.46-2.82)
.83"-1.01"
(2.11-2.57)
.82"-.94"
(2.08-2.39)
350 3.50"-3.99"
(8.89-10.13)
2.75"-3.06"
(5.16-5.87)
1.70"-1.93"
(4.32-4.90)
1.44"-1.63"
(3.66-4.14)
1.27"-1.44"
(3.23-3.66)
1.12"-1.27"
(2.84-3.23)
1.02"-1.15"
(2.59-2.92)
.95"-1.08"
(2.41-2.74)
Under “Number of Cables in One Grip”,
nd the diameter range of your cables
in vertical column. Read grip size and
grip diameter range to the left.
If your diameter is the maximum
of the range shown, go to the next
larger size for split grips or stay
with the same size for closed grips.
Example: 3 cables, each with .89 in.
diameter, a closed grip would use a
150 grip size while a split grip would
use a 175 grip size.
Selection Chart for Determining Grip Size When More Than One Cable is Held in a Single Grip Inches (cm)
Multiple Cable, Grip Selection Chart
N-28
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Pulling Grip Selection Chart
Grip Style Application Page Number
Multiple strength, flexible eye Normal overhead transmission and distribution line stringing for bare or insulated conductor.N-4
Rotating eye grip Underground power cables and communication lines. Service lines into factories. N-5
Flexible eye grip Underground power cables and communication lines. Service lines into factories. N-5
Light duty, flexible eye Light pulling, underground electrical construction. Industrial plant wiring and rewiring jobs.N-6
Junior, flexible eye Connect bundled insulated building wire to a pulling tape. Pull wire through conduit.N-6
Slack pulling, closed mesh Remove underground cable. For pulling slack in final placement of new cable
when end of cable is available.
N-7
Slack pulling, split mesh Remove underground cable. For pulling slack in final placement of new cable rawhide
lace closing when end of cable is not available.
N-7
Pulling Grip Accessories Tools, bands and swivels. N-8
Splicing Temporary splice for cable or wire rope.N-22
Bryant Pulling Grips are reusable tools for pulling electrical cable, bare conductor or rope. They are easy and fast to install,
providing the user with a smooth, slim profile that allows for easy passage through ducts and conduit. Bryant Pulling Grips
are made of the highest quality galvanized steel strand which assures the user of a long lasting grip. There is a Bryant Pulling
Grip for every pulling job.
1. Pulling grips are to be installed by a qualified individual in accordance with all applicable national and local safety,
electrical and rigging codes.
2. Ensure that the correct grip is selected for your specific needs.
3. Do not use a pulling grip for any application other than pulling cable.
4. Thoroughly examine the grip for damage. Do not use a damaged grip.
5. Ensure that the recommended work load of the grip is suitable for the application. Never use grips at their
approximated rated breaking strength. A safety factor of 5 is recommended for pulling grips.
6. Do not alter grips in any way. For example, do not modify pulling eyes, shoulders, fittings or lugs.
7. Do not attach any type of pulling hardware to any point on the grip other than the pulling eye. The pulling eye is
the only acceptable means of attachment to external hardware.
8. Always apply 2 bands at 1" and 2" respectively, from the tail end of the mesh to guard against accidental release
of the grip. Accidental release can occur if an object contracts and pushes against the tail end of the mesh,
thereby expanding and releasing its hold.
Select The Correct Pulling Grip
Each Bryant Grip is designed to work on a specific range of cable diameters.
Step 1 Refer to the chart below to determine the style of grip best suited for your application.
Step 2 Determine your cable outside diameter.
Step 3 Find the grip size that encompasses your cable diameter.
Step 4 Estimate the tension to be put on the grip, establish the working load you require and compare this to the listed approximate
breaking strength of the grip to insure that the grip will be strong enough. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors.
CAUTION It is very important to comply with all of the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in property damage,
personal injury or death.
Technical Data
N-29
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Overhead Pulling Multiple Strength Grips
Multiple Strength Pulling Grips are designed for pulling aluminum or copper bare conductor, ground wires, messenger
strands, wire rope and insulated cables. They are made of high strength galvanized steel strand and feature a multi-weave
mesh construction of single, double and triple weave for firm holding power.
Application
Bryant Multiple Strength Grips are ideal for overhead transmission and distribution line stringing where moderate loading
is anticipated. They are economical tools for attaching conductors to pulling lines and double socking for conductor-to-
conductor connections.
Flexible Eye Feature
Multiple Strength Grips are also available with a flexible, patented wire rope eye. This compact eye will mate with a swivel,
and pass through blocks and sheaves without binding.
Benefits
• Economical, high strength pulling tool
• Multi-weave construction provides greater strength and holding power
• Endless Weave Grip end lies flat on the cable and will not snag
Note: 1. Do not run grips or swivels over bullwheels while under tension.
2. Two Punch-Lok® bands should be firmly attached approximately 1" and 2" (2.54cm and 5.08cm) from the grip’s tail.
Banding is required to ensure maximum reliability and guard against accidental release. See page N-8.
Components
Flexible Eye
(Patented)
End of Conductor
or Cable
Tail
Bands
(Double Wrapped)
Mesh
Shoulder Protectors
Color Coded
Technical Data
N-30
Wire Management Products
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Underground Pulling Rotating Eye and Flexible Eye Grips
Rotating Eye Application
Rotating Eye Pulling Grips are specially designed for use in the installation of underground power cables, communication lines
and service lines into factories, shopping centers, construction projects and general underground electrical construction.
Rotating Eye Feature
Rotating Eye Grips come equipped with a forged steel rotating eye which can be attached to a swivel. The forged eye is
durable, compact and streamlined, and will thread through blocks and sheaves without binding.
The rotating eye is not a swivel and will not turn while under tension, it can turn to relieve pulling torque when the
tension is relaxed. If constant swivel action is required, a swivel should be used. For swivel dimensions, see page N-8.
Benefits
• An economical tool for pulling cable
• Safe, rugged and dependable
• Equipped with a rotating eye for spin out of pulling torque after load release
• Easily installed and removed
Rotating Eye Dimensions Inches (cm)
Rotating Eye
Dimensions
Inches (cm) A B C D F
⁷⁄₈" (2.22) ⁷⁄₈" (2.22) ⁹⁄₃₂" (.71) ¹⁄₂" (1.27) ⁷⁄₈" (2.22) 2⁵⁄₈" (6.67)
1" (2.54) 1" (2.54) ¹⁄₂" (1.27) ⁹⁄₁₆" (1.43) ¹³⁄₁₆" (2.06) 3¹⁄₂" (8.89)
1³⁄₈" (3.49) 1³⁄₈" (3.49) ¹⁄₂" (1.27) ¹¹⁄₁₆" (1.75) 1" (2.54) 4¹⁄₂" (11.43)
1⁵⁄₈" (4.13) 1⁵⁄₈" (4.13) ⁵⁄₈" (1.59) ⁷⁄₈" (2.22) 1³⁄₁₆" (3.02) 5⁵⁄₁₆" (13.49)
1⁷⁄₈" (4.76) 1⁷⁄₈" (4.76) ²¹⁄₃₂"(1.67) 1" (2.54) 1³⁄₈" (3.49) 6¹⁄₈" (15.56)
Flexible Eye Application
Bryant Flexible Eye Pulling Grips are made of high strength galvanized steel strand. They feature double weave mesh for
positive holding power in medium to heavy pulling jobs. The grip eye will easily attach to a swivel.
Flexible Eye Feature
Flexible Eye Pulling Grips are used for the installation of underground power cables, communication lines and service lines
into factories, construction projects and for general underground electrical construction. Available in two mesh lengths,
short for medium pulls and standard for general purpose pulling.
Benefits
• Will pull a single cable or cable bundles
• Patented flexible eye design provides flexibility to follow line of pull
• A dependable, reusable pulling tool
• Easily installed and removed
• Mates easily with a swivel, see page N-8
F
D
A
3/16 R.
1/8 R.
C
B
Technical Data
O-1
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Section O
Lampholders, Starters and Adapters
Table of Contents Page
Incandescent Lampholders
Porcelain and Plastic ........................................................................O-2
Fluorescent Lampholders
Medium Bi-Pin and Slimline ...................................................................O-2
Recessed Double Contact and Snap-In Quickwire .................................................O-3
Lampholder Accessories
Incandescent Lampholders and Adapters ........................................................O-5
Lamp Switches and Snap-in Receptacles ........................................................O-5
Fluorescent Starters .........................................................................O-6
Technical Information ........................................................................O-6
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
O-2
Lampholders, Starters and Adapters
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
A
B
C
A
B
C
Porcelain Lampholders
Catalog Number RL8804 RL8806 RL8812 RL8816 RL8822
Description
Keyless, white,
4 terminal screws
Keyless, white,
6 inch pigtails
Pull chain, white,
2 terminal screws
Pull chain, white,
6 inch pigtails
Pull chain with receptacle,
white, 2 terminal screws
Rating 660W 250V 660W 250V 660W 250V 660W 250V
660W 125V,
15A 125V, NEMA 5-15R
Plastic Lampholders
Catalog Number RL8504 RL8506 RL8512 RL8516
Description
Keyless, white,
4 terminal screws
Keyless, white,
6 inch pigtails
Pull chain, white,
2 terminal screws
Pull chain, white,
6 inch pigtails
Rating 660W 600V 660W 600V 660W 250V 660W 250V
Incandescent Lampholders:
• 2 or 4 screw termination allows for quick feed through
• 6 inch pigtail accommodates twist on wire connectors
Fluorescent Lampholders:
• Thermoplastic construction available for HO (High Output),
slimline, or Bi-pin types
Incandescent Lampholders
Incandescent Brass Lampholders
Catalog Number RL101* RL102* RL105* RL106* RL100**
Description
Medium base socket, brass, ON/OFF Medium base socket
Turn knob, single Turn knob, 3-way Push through Pull chain Keyless, brass
Rating 250W 250V 250W 250V 660W 250V 660W 250V 660W 250V
Note: *UL and cUL. **UL and CSA.
Porcelain Plastic
Porcelain RL8804 RL8806 RL8812 RL8816 RL8822
A
B
C
4.35" (110.5)
1.50" (38.1)
1.84" (46.7)
4.35" (110.5)
1.50" (38.1)
1.84" (46.7)
4.55" (115.6)
1.55" (39.4)
1.84" (46.7)
4.55" (115.6)
1.55" (39.4)
1.84" (46.7)
4.55" (115.6)
1.55" (39.4)
1.84" (46.7)
Plastic RL8504 RL8506 RL8512 RL8516
A
B
C
4.55" (115.6)
1.55" (39.4)
1.57" (39.9)
4.55" (115.6)
1.55" (39.4)
1.57" (39.9)
4.55" (115.6)
1.55" (39.4)
1.57" (39.9)
4.55" (115.6)
1.55" (39.4)
1.57" (39.9)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
O-3
Lampholders, Starters and Adapters
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Medium Bi-Pin Fluorescent Lampholders - T8 and T12 Slimline Type Fluorescent Lampholder
Catalog Number RL320 RL325 RL325B RL310* RL311*
Description Disconnect, 4-wire Disconnect, 4-wire Shunted, 2-wire Plunger Fixed
Lamp Type Bi-pin/tall prole Bi-pin/low prole Bi-pin/low prole Single pin Single pin
Rating 660W 600V 660W 600V 660W 600V 660W 600V 660W 600V
Mounting
Slide-on and
snap-in with
captive nut
Slide-on and
snap-in with
captive nut
Slide-on
and
snap-in
Slide-on
and
snap-in
Slide-on
and
snap-in
Note: *UL and cUL.
Compact Fluorescent Lampholders
Catalog Number RL479HSM RL413HSI RL413HSM RL426G24 RL42G11HSM RL42G11H9 RL42G11C
Description G23 base GX23 base GX23 base
G24Q-3,
GX24Q-4
2G11 base,
4 pin
2G11 base,
4 pin
Clip for 2G11
lampholders
base
Lamp Type 5W, 7W, 9W 13W 13W 26-32W 18-55W 18-55W
Rating 75W 600V 75W 600V 75W 600V 75W 600V 75W 600V 75W 600V
Mounting
Horizontal,
screw-down
Horizontal,
snap-in
Horizontal,
screw-down
Horizontal,
screw-down
Horizontal,
screw-down
Vertical 90°,
snap-in
Adjustable,
snap-in
Fluorescent Lampholders
High Output Fluorescent Lampholders
Catalog Number RL305* RL306* RL307 RL308 RL356 RL357
Description Plunger Fixed Plunger Fixed Plunger Fixed
Lamp Type
Horizontal -
Recessed
double contact
Horizontal -
Recessed
double contact
Horizontal -
Recessed
double contact
Horizontal -
Recessed
double contact
Vertical -
Power groove
& jacketed lamps
Vertical -
Power groove
& jacketed lamps
Rating 660W 600V 660W 600V 660W 600V 660W 600V 660W 600V 660W 600V
Mounting Pedestal, slide-on Pedestal, slide-on Slide-on, snap-in Slide-on, snap-in Slide-on, snap-in Slide-on, snap-in
B C
E
A D
B C
E
A D
F G
RL320 RL325/B
A
B
C
D
E
1.23" (31.2)
1.75" (44.5)
2.14" (54.4)
—
0.38" (9.7)
1.23" (31.2)
1.28" (32.5)
1.65" (41.9)
0.70" (17.8)
0.37" (9.4)
RL305 RL306 RL310 RL311
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
1.45" (36.8)
1.20" (30.5)
1.90" (48.3)
1.26" (32.0)
0.14" (3.6)
1.12" (28.4)
0.75" (19.1)
1.45" (36.8)
1.20" (30.5)
1.90" (48.3)
1.26" (32.0)
0.14" (3.6)
1.12" (28.4)
—
1.54" (39.1)
1.50" (38.1)
1.90" (48.3)
—
0.14" (3.6)
0.75" (19.1)
1.12" (28.4)
1.31" (33.3)
1.13" (28.7)
1.54" (39.1)
—
0.16" (4.1)
1.20" (30.5)
—
B
C
E
AD
F
RL479HSM RL413HSI RL413HSM RL426G24 RL42G11HSM RL42G11H9
A
B
C
D
E
1.28" (32.5)
0.69" (17.5)
1.28" (32.5)
1.28" (32.5)
0.09" (2.3)
0.77" (19.5)
0.69" (17.5)
1.28" (32.5)
1.35" (34.3)
—
1.28" (32.5)
0.69" (17.5)
1.28" (32.5)
1.16" (29.5)
0.09" (2.3)
1.31" (33.3)
1.13" (28.7)
1.54" (39.1)
—
0.16" (4.0)
1.83" (46.5)
0.83" (21.0)
—
0.94" (24.0)
—
1.32" (33.5)
1.14" (29.0)
1.92" (48.7)
—
0.16" (4.0)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
O-4
Lampholders, Starters and Adapters
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
R .73 (18.5)
1.13
(28.7)
1.93
(49.0)
.46 (11.7)
1.93
(49.0)
RL152
2.18
(55.4)
Ø 1.92
(48.8)
RL3742
2.64" (67.0)
1.38"
(34.9)
1.38"
(34.9)
2.16"
(54.7)
RL4221
#8-32 Mounting
Screws
Incandescent Lampholders
HID Incandescent Lampholders, Porcelain Keyless
Catalog Number RL4221* RL5221 RL3742 3743R
Description Mogul base Mogul base
Medium base prefocus,
porcelain, white
Medium base,
thermoplastic, black
Lamp Type E39 socket EX39 socket Bayonet socket Bayonet HID socket
Rating
1500W 600V Max,
4KV or 5KV PULSE
1500W 600V Max,
5KV PULSE 1200W 250V 1000W 250V
Mounting Screw mount, 12 inch leads Screw mount, 12 inch leads Screw mount Screw mount
Note: *UL Listed, CSA Certied.
Surface and Sign Mount, Medium Base
Catalog Number RL152 RL153 RL161 RL163 RL164
Description
Medium base,
porcelain,
pony cleat
Medium Base,
plastic, black,
pony cleat
Medium base,
porcelain
Medium base,
porcelain
Medium base,
porcelain
Lamp Type E26 socket E26 socket E26 socket E26 socket E26 socket
Rating 660W 250V 660W 250V 660W 250V 660W,250V 660W 250V
Mounting
1 piece,
surface mount
1 piece,
surface mount
2 piece,
surface mount
2 piece, sign mount
with leads
2 piece, sign mount
with terminals
Straight Body, Porcelain Keyless
Catalog Number RL162 RL156 RL157 RL160 RL158 RL159
Description Medium base Medium base Medium base Medium base
Medium base,
low prole
Medium base,
shallow base
Lamp Type E26 socket E26 socket E26 socket E26 socket E26 socket E26 socket
Rating 660W 250V 660W 250V 660W 250V 660W 250V 660W 250V 660W 250V
Mounting
Screw mount,
screw terminals
Screw mount,
12 inch leads
NPSF1/8 hickey
with terminals
NPSF1/8 hickey
with 12 inch leads
Front panel mount,
snap-in
Front panel mount,
snap-in
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
O-5
Lampholders, Starters and Adapters
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Lampholder Accessories
Snap-in Receptacles
Catalog Number RR374 RR374W
Description
Single receptacle,
black
Single receptacle,
white
Rating
15A 125V,
3-wire NEMA 5-15R
15A 125V,
3-wire NEMA 5-15R
Incandescent Lampholders, Medium Base
Catalog Number RL124* RL124H RL202
Description
Pigtail medium base socket
with 6 inch leads, rubber
with #18 gauge wire
Phenolic medium base socket
with hook, insulation piercing
termination
Medium lampholder to lampholder adapter,
pull chain with two 2-prong outlets
without ground
Rating 660W 250V 660W 250V
660W 125V
15A 125V
Note: *cCSAus Certied only.
Incandescent Adapters, Medium Base
Catalog Number RL150 RL154 RL200 RL201
Description
Medium to medium
base extension, screw-in,
E26 to E26 socket
Mogul to medium
base adapter, screw-in,
E39 to E26 socket
Outlet adapter, 2-prong
plug to medium
lampholder
Medium lampholder adapter,
medium lampholder to outlet
without ground
Rating 250W 250V 660W 250V
15A 660W 125V,
15A 125V,
NEMA 1-15R
15A 125V,
NEMA 1-15R
Lamp Switches
Catalog Number RL120 RL121 RL122 RL125
Description
Pull chain switch, 2 circuit,
L1/L2/L1+L2/OFF
Pull chain switch,
SPST ON/OFF
Pull chain switch,
L1/L2/L3/OFF
Rotary switch,
SPST ON/OFF
Rating
6A 125V AC, 3A 250V AC,
3A 125V “L”
6A 125V AC, 3A 250V AC,
3A 125V “L” 6A 125V AC, 3A 250V AC
6A 125V AC, 3A 250V AC,
3A 125V “L”
Note: 6 inch wire leads are #18 AWG AWM/TEW 105°C 600V.
• Accommodate panel thickness of .031 to .062 inch
(0.7 to 1.5 mm)
• Panel cutout .95 x .95 inch (24.1 x 24.1 mm)
• #14 AWG 6 inch AWM/TEW FT1 105°C 600V on
black and white leads
• #14 AWG 6 inch AWM/TEW FT1 600V on green lead
O-6
Lampholders, Starters and Adapters
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
5.00 (.20")
4.00 (.16")
Ø 4.00 (.16")
35.40 (1.39")
20.60 (.81")
33.00 (1.30")
34.00
(1.34")
28.80
(1.13")
25.40 (1.00")
Fluorescent Starters
1.31"
(33.3)
.81" (20.6)
Dia.
RL426G24
3.02" (76.6)
1.43" (36.3) #8-32 Mounting
Screws
1.37"
(34.9)
2.13"
(54.0)
Fluorescent Starters, Standard Type
Catalog Number FS2A FS4A FS5A FS25A
Number of Pins 2222
Lamp Watts 14, 15 and 20 13, 30 and 40 4, 6 and 8 25
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Fluorescent Starters and Technical Information
Technical Information
RL5221 HID Incandescent Lampholder RL426G24 Compact Fluorescent Lampholder
Specification Specification
Rating 1500W 600V Max, 5KV Pulse Rating 26-32W lamp type, 75W 600V
Mechanical Mechanical
Material Glazed porcelain body with ceramic arc shield
Screw shell: Brass with nickel plate
Material High Strength Polycarbonate
Terminal Accommodation Terminal Accommodation
Wire leads: #14 AWG SF-2 (SEW-2) 200°C, 600V glass braid, 12 inch long,
stripped ½ inch wire. Mogul Base EX39 lampholder used with ANSI type “o”
metal halide lamps, opeO-rated protected lamps, for use in open or enclosed
luminaires. “EX” style exclusionary base designed specically for operation
with protected sockets.
Suitable as G24Q-3 or GX24Q4 type base, horizontal mount, screw
down. Push-in wire terminals for #18 AWG solid or twist and tin stripped
⁷⁄₁₆ inch wire. Maximum 6.5 inch lbs conductor insertion force. Wiring port
accepts 2 wires for harness wiring.
RL5221
P-1
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Section P
Delivery Systems
Table of Contents Page
Countertop Pop-Up Receptacles
Product Features ...........................................................................P-2
15 & 20 Amp Tamper-Resistant Countertop Receptacles ............................................P-3
Floor Boxes
Floor Boxes for Structural Wood Floors ..........................................................P-4
Floor Boxes for Structural Concrete Floors .......................................................P-5
Product Dimensions .........................................................................P-5
Under Cabinet/Counter Power and Low Voltage Device Distribution
Slim Fit and GFCI Fit Boxes ...................................................................P-6
Vertical or Horizontal Mount and Product Dimensions ...............................................P-6
Metal Raceway
HBL500, HBL700 and HBL750 Series ..........................................................P-7
HBL2000 Series ............................................................................P-9
Metal PlugTrak®
15 and 20 Amp 125V ......................................................................P-10
Tamper-Resistant and USB Ports .............................................................P-10
Accessories
Thermoplastic Communication Frames .........................................................P-11
Technical Information
Wire Fill Capacity ..........................................................................P-12
Specifications .............................................................................P-12
Aluminum Service Poles
Aluminum Series Offering ....................................................................P-13
FloorTrak® Floor Cable Covers
FloorTrak® FT2, FT3, FT4, FT10 Series and Accessories ...........................................P-14
Product Dimensions and Specifications .........................................................P-14
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
P-2
Delivery Systems
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Mounting Installation
Because Spills Happen
Hubbell Countertop Receptacles
are Spill Test Compliant
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
Safety
• Self sealing silicone gaskets at the
receptacle face
• Easy push down to pop-up function
is rated for a minimum of 10,000
cycles (OPEN/CLOSE)
Installation
• Easy installation - simply drop it in
and tighten
• Permanent installation ready (suitable for
MC cable or non-metallic sheath cable)
Housing Design
• Features two water and tamper-
resistant receptacles
• Surface or flush mount options
• Self sealing silicone gaskets at
the receptacle face
• Compact design
Covers
• Seven different finishes available
Hubbell Pop-Up Receptacles for countertops provide a power
source ideal for kitchen and bath counters and islands. Hubbell
is the first to market a countertop receptacle that is UL Listed.
It allows compliance with NEC® 406.5(E) [countertops],
406.5(F) [work surfaces], and 406.5(H) [seating areas]. Pop-Up
Receptacles are tested and water resistant to a half gallon spill.
The receptacles feature Hubbell’s patent pending silicone
gaskets and patented cam action tamper-resistant technology.
The compact design minimizes space required on the countertop
as well as underneath in the cabinet area.
Countertop Receptacles
Surface
Flange with chamfer
Flush
Flange without chamfer
Hubbell Countertop Receptacles are the rst pop-up
receptacles UL listed for countertop applications and
permanent installations.
UL 498 Section 146
Built and listed to be water resistant to a half gallon of liquid spilled
on the device.
Countertop Pop-Up Receptacles
P-3
Delivery Systems
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Note: Recommended to be fed by a GFCI circuit, up to 20 Amp Service.
Listed le# E2186
Surface Installation
Flange with Chamfer
Ø 3.40"
(86.4)
Ø 4.00" (101.6)
.09" (2.3)
1.69"
(42.8)
Flush Installation
Flange without
Chamfer
4.70"
(119.0)
Ø 4.20"
(106.7)
Locknut
Accepts non-metallic sheathed cable
and/or metal conduit (by using wire
clamp or ½" KO)
Surface Installation
Ø 3.47" - 3.63"
(88.1 - 92.2)
Ø 4.00" (101.6)
Countertop
Flush Installation Counterbore
.09" (2.3)
Ø 3.47" - 3.63"
(88.1 - 92.2)
Ø 4.00" (101.6)
Countertop
Specications
Performance Materials
Conguration
Circuit Rating
Listings
Dielectric Voltage
Terminal Accommodation
Terminal Identication
Flammability
Operating Temperature
15/20 amp 125 volt, tamper-resistant receptacle
20 amp non-feed through
cULus Listed to UL498, Section 145 Mechanical Load Test,
146 Spill Test
Withstands 2,000V minimum
#14-#12 AWG copper stranded or solid conductor only
Terminals identied in accordance with UL 498 and CSA
UL 94V-2
Maximum continuous 75°C, minimum -40°C (w/o impact)
Cover and Flange
Main Body
Wiring Chamber
Water Seals
Die cast aluminum
Engineered thermoplastic PBT
Die cast aluminum
Elastomers and silicon
RCT200BK
RCT221ALU
15 Amp Countertop Receptacles
Description Finish Color/Material Surface Mount Flush Mount
15A 125V Tamper-Resistant Pop-Up
Kitchen Counter Receptacle,
Rated for 20A circuits
Brushed Aluminum
Brass
Nickel
RCT200ALU
RCT200BR
RCT200NI
RCT201ALU
RCT201BR
RCT201NI
Polished Chrome RCT200CH RCT201CH
Powder Coated Bronze Matte
Black Matte
White Matte
RCT200BZE
RCT200BK
RCT200W
RCT201BZE
RCT201BK
RCT201W
20 Amp Countertop Receptacles
Description Finish Color/Material Surface Mount Flush Mount
20A 125V Tamper-Resistant Pop-Up
Kitchen Counter Receptacle.
Brushed Aluminum
Brass
Nickel
RCT220ALU
RCT220BR
RCT220NI
RCT221ALU
RCT221BR
RCT221NI
Polished Chrome RCT220CH RCT221CH
Powder Coated Bronze Matte
Black Matte
White Matte
RCT220BZE
RCT220BK
RCT220W
RCT221BZE
RCT221BK
RCT221W
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Brushed
Aluminum
Brushed
Brass
Brushed
Nickel
Polished
Chrome
Powder Coated
Bronze Matte
Powder Coated
Black Matte
Powder Coated
White Matte
Countertop Pop-Up Receptacles
P-4
Delivery Systems
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Floor Boxes for Wood Floors
Rating Material Finish
Decorator
Duplex Receptacle,
Floor Box Kit
Flange and
Hinged Door
Cover Assembly
Replacement
Door Only
Adjustable
Floor Box,
Steel
Drop in
Floor Box
Single
Receptacle,
Floor Box Rated
Duplex
Receptacle,
Display Rated
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Solid Brass
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Solid Brass
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Steel
Clear Lacquer
Stainless Paint
Almond Paint
Black Paint
Chestnut Brown
Brass Plate
Chrome Plate
Copper Plate
Nickel Plate
—
RF515BR
RF515SS
RF515AL
RF515BK
RF515BN
RF515BP
RF515CH
RF515CU
RF515NI
—
RF506BR
RF506SS
RF506AL
RF506BK
RF506BN
RF506BP
RF506CH
RF506CU
RF506NI
—
RF507BR
RF507SS
RF507AL
RF507BK
RF507BN
RF507BP
RF507CH
RF507CU
RF507NI
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RF500
RF151R
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RF151TR
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RF6500BR
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Solid Brass Clear Lacquer — — — — RF201R — —
Note: See page P-3 for dimensional art.
JLOAD® Multimedia Outlet (for use with RF500 and RF400 series)
Rating Color
JLOAD® Multimedia Outlet, Tamper-Resistant, Provides Power in a Single-Gang Box JLOAD® Multimedia Box, Steel
with Cat. 5e and Coaxial with Two Open Ports for Wall Mount Only
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Almond
Black
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
RJ650ALTR
RJ650BKTR
RJ650GYTR
RJ650ITR
RJ650LATR
RJ650WTR
RJ65ALTR
RJ65BKTR
RJ65GYTR
RJ65ITR
RJ65LATR
RJ65WTR
RJ600
NEMA 5-20,
20A 125V
20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R
UL CSA
1 HP
Almond
Black
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
RJ620ALTR
RJ620BKTR
RJ620GYTR
RJ620ITR
RJ620LATR
RJ620WTR
RJ62ALTR
RJ62BKTR
RJ62GYTR
RJ62ITR
RJ62LATR
RJ62WTR
RJ600
Note: See page R-6 for tamper-resistant description.
Wood floor boxes allow for the placement of electrical power or a combination of power and
voice/data devices. Boxes easily mount into the floor and are height adjustable (up to ¾ inch)
for optimal alignment and fit.
• Recessed receptacle minimizes plug protrusion, allows furniture
to be located over the plug
• Pre-assembled flange and cover
• Removable neoprene gaskets
• Optional low voltage divider
• Height accessible adjustments after the box is mounted
Floor Boxes for Structural Wood Floors
TR
TR
TR
TR
TR
TR
TR
P-5
Delivery Systems
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Floor Boxes For Concrete Floors
Rating Material Color/Finish
Flange and Hinged
Door Cover Assembly
Tile Ring and Door
Cover Assembly
Floor Box with Concrete
Protective Cover
Replacement
Door Only
Low Voltage
Divider
NEMA 5-15,
15A 125V
15A 125V
NEMA 5-15R
UL CSA
0.5 HP
Solid Brass
Thermoplastic
Thermoplastic
Thermoplastic
Thermoplastic
PVC
Clear Lacquer
Almond
Black
Chestnut Brown
Gray
Gray
RF406BR
RF406AL
RF406BK
RF406BN
RF406GY
—
RF409BR
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RF400
RF407BR
RF407AL
RF407BK
RF407BN
RF407GY
—
—
—
—
—
RF408
—
Round non-metallic floor box offers an economical solution for electrical power or a combination
of power and voice/data applications. Designed for slab-on-grade installation. Quick and easy
installation is assured using a push in place leveling system.
• Recessed receptacle minimizes plug protrusion, allowing furniture
to be located over the plug
• Pre-assembled flange, cover and leveling ring for quick installation
• Removable neoprene gaskets allow for independent use of either side
of the receptacle with the cover closed
• Parallel PVC hubs for 1 inch and ¾ inch conduit
2.9"
(75)
Ø 2.5"
(63)
0.2"
(5)
Ø 3.4"
(86)
7.8"
(197)
Ø 5.6"
(143) 4.8"(121)
4.8"
(121)
4.8"
(121)
3.2"
(81)
3.1"(80)
½"
Knockout
3 Places
0.9"(22)
0.3"
(8)
0.9"
(22)
2.4"(61)
3.29" (83.6)
Sym About
This Plane
.925"
(23.5)
R .210"
(5.3)
R .653"
(16.6)
2X .910"
(23.0)
.925"
(23.5)
6.00"
(152.4)
Ø 1.046" (26.6)
4.60" (116.8)
Ø 6.50" (165.1)
Bolt Circle Ref
R .785"
(19.9)
4X R .310" (7.9)
4.60"
(116.8)
6.80"
(172.7)
Ø 1.310" (33.3)
3.21"-3.22"
(81.5-81.8)
2.9"
(74)
.12"
(3.0)
.91"
(23.0)
2.43"
(61.6)
Ø 5.07"-5.09"
(128.8-129.3)
2.9" (74)
.86" (21.8)
2.42"-2.44"
(61.5-61.8)
Ø 5.63"
(142.9)
Ø 5.96"-6.00"
(151.4-152.4)
Ø 4.75"-4.77"
(120.7-121.2)
Floor Boxes for Structural Concrete Floors
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
RF406 RF400RF515 RF151R
P-6
Delivery Systems
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Under Cabinet/Counter Power Distribution
Material Color
Slim fit box, offers the slimmest, sleekest, most stylish
option for low profile, out-of-sight mounting, devices
sold separately
GFCI fit box, designed for GFCI or JLOAD®
accommodation where internal wiring space is needed,
devices sold separately
Stainless Steel
Metal
Nylon
—
White
White
RU100SS
RU100W
RU170W*
RU200SS
RU200W
RU270W*
Note: *Steel box with nylon cover.
Under Cabinet/Counter Boxes provide a convenient, out-of-sight way to distribute
power and voice/data. These boxes comply with the NEC® for kitchen receptacles, with
placement not more than 20 inches above the counter surface. They can also
be placed under counter islands, not lower than 15 inches from the surface.
• Use the new JLOAD® Multimedia Outlet, specifically designed to provide power,
Category 5e and coaxial. Perfect for under cabinet TV, DVD and security systems.
Enables multiple service in a small area.
• Instead of compromising the decorative look of a granite backsplash or
designer tiling, hide receptacles beneath cabinets and counters
• Available with nylon or metal cover
• Custom configurable, accepts any decorator style device
• Mounting hardware included
Under Cabinet/Counter Power and Low Voltage Device Distribution
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
3.40"
(86.4)
5.57"
(141.5)
1.55"
(39.4)
3.40"
(86.4)
5.57"
(141.5)
1.95"
(49.5)
Vertical Mount Horizontal Mount
Optional
Optional
Gfci Fit BoxSlim Fit Box
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
P-7
Delivery Systems
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
HBL500, HBL700 and HBL750 Series Fittings
A: 0.76" (19.3 mm)
B: 0.53" (13.5 mm)
.22 in2
(1.4 cm2)
A
B
Wiremold® is a registered trademark of The Wiremold Company.
HBL500 HBL700 HBL750
Color Base and Cover, 10 Ft.
Ivory
White
HBL50010IV
HBL50010W
HBL700IV
HBL700W
HBL75010IV
HBL75010W
Color Base and Cover, 5 Ft.
Ivory
White
HBL5005IV
−
−
−
HBL7505IV
−
Note: See page P-9 for plates and communication frames.
A: 0.76" (19.3 mm)
B: 0.85" (21.6 mm)
.40 in2
(2.6 cm2)
A
B
A: 0.76" (19.3 mm)
B: 0.67" (16.9 mm)
.26 in2
(1.7 cm2)
A
B
Raceway
Fittings Color Internal Elbow External Elbow
90°
Flat Elbow
45°
Flat Elbow
HBL500 Ivory
White
HBL517IV
HBL517W
HBL518IV
HBL518W
HBL511IV
HBL511W
HBL512IV
−
HBL700 &
HBL750
Ivory
White
HBL717IVA
HBL717WA
HBL718IVA
HBL718WA
HBL711IVA
HBL711WA
HBL712IVA
−
Raceway
Fittings Color
Internal Twisted Elbows
For Double Turns at Right Angles Internal Elbow
1½" Bend Radius
External Elbow
1½" Bend Radius Tee Fitting
Tee Fitting
1½" Bend
RadiusRight Elbow Left Elbow
HBL500,
HBL700 &
HBL750
Ivory
White
HBL5711RHIVA
HBL5711RHWA
HBL5711LHIVA
HBL5711LHWA
HBL5717BRIVA
−
HBL5718BRIVA
−
HBL5715IVA
HBL5715WA
HBL5715BRIVA
−
Raceway
Fittings Color
Flat Elbow
1½" Bend Radius
HBL500,
HBL700 &
HBL750
Ivory
White
HBL5711BRIVA
−
Raceway
Fittings Color
Flexible Section
18" Long Support Clip
Coupling,
Galvanized Steel
HBL500,
HBL700 &
HBL750
Ivory
White
HBL5700FIVA
HBL5700FWA
HBL5703IV
HBL5703W
HBL5701C
Raceway
Fittings Color
Elbow Box
Connector
Right Angles to
Boxes with ½" KO
Elbow Conduit
Connector
Right Angles to
½" Conduit
Combination ½"
Connector
No Offsetting Needed
to 3¼" or 4" Box
Adjustable Offset
Connector with
Two ½" KOs
Entrance Connector
¾" KO and
¾" Chase Nipple
Corner Box, for
Connecting HBL500
or HBL750 Raceway
from Ceiling or Corner
HBL500,
HBL700 &
HBL750
Ivory
White
HBL5783IVA
−
HBL5784IVA
−
HBL5785AIVA
HBL5785AWA
HBL5786IVA
HBL5786WA
HBL5786AIVA
HBL5786AWA
HBL5719IVA
HBL5719WA
HBL500, HBL700 and HBL750 Series Metal Raceway
Raceway
Fittings Color
Transition Fitting*
Wiremold® to Bryant
Mounting
Strap
Connection
Cover
Bushing, Zinc
Plated Steel
HBL500 Ivory
White
HBL500TFIV
−
HBL504IV
HBL504W
HBL506IV
HBL506W
HBL502B
HBL700 Ivory
White
HBL700TFIV
−
HBL7004IV
HBL7004W
HBL7006IV
HBL7006W
HBL7002B
HBL750 Ivory
White
HBL750TFIV
−
HBL7504IV
HBL7504W
HBL7506IV
HBL7506W
HBL7502B
Note: *For transitioning from either Wiremold® V500 to Bryant HBL500 Raceway or
Wiremold® V700 to Bryant HBL700 or HBL750 Raceway.
P-8
Delivery Systems
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
HBL500, HBL700 and HBL750 Series Metal Raceway
HBL500, HBL700 and HBL750 Series Tools(2)
Raceway
Tools Cutter Replacement Blade Bender
Touch-Up Pen,
Ivory and White
HBL500 HBL605CUT HBL605K
HBL600B HBLIWEP
HBLWWEP
HBL700 HBL700CUT HBL700K
HBL750 HBL607CUT HBL607K
Note: (1) Almond devices and plates match Ivory metal raceway.
(2) Not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
(3) For use with HBL5735IVA, HBL5737IVA, HBL5737AIVA, HBL5739AIVA, HBL5738IVA, HBL5738AIVA and HBL5739IVA.
(4) Use catalog number HBL5791 for connecting ½" EMT to all HBL5700 Series round and rectangular boxes having a ½" trade size KO.
HBL500, HBL700 and HBL750 Series Round Extension and Fixture Boxes(1)
Round Extension Box, Open Base Round Fixture Box, Solid Base Blank Cover(3)
Color 4¾" Dia. 5½" Dia. 6³⁄₈" Dia. 4¾" Dia. 5½" Dia. 6³⁄₈" Dia.½" Trade KO in Center
Ivory
White
HBL5737IVA
HBL5737WA
HBL5737AIVA
HBL5737AWA
HBL5739AIVA
−
HBL5738IVA
HBL5738WA
HBL5738AIVA
HBL5738AWA
HBL5739IVA
HBL5739WA
HBL5736IV
HBL5736W
Outlet Box
3" Dia.
Blank Cover,
for Use with
HBL5733IV
HBL5733IVA
−
HBL5731IV
−
Color
Fanbox,
Fans Up to 50 lbs.
Ivory
White
HBL5738AFIVA
HBL5738AFWA
Round Fixture Box,
for Audible Alarms
HBL5739AABIVA
HBL5739AABWA
HBL500, HBL700 and HBL750 Series Device Boxes(1)
Standard Device Box, 1¾" Deep
Color 1-Gang 2-Gang 3-Gang 4-Gang 5-Gang 6-Gang
Ivory
White
HBL5748IVA
HBL5748WA
HBL57482IVA
HBL57482WA
HBL57483IVA
HBL57483WA
HBL57484IVA
−
HBL57485IVA
−
HBL57486IVA
−
Shallow Device Box, 1³⁄₈" Deep Deep Device Box, 2¼" Deep
Color 1-Gang 2-Gang 3-Gang 1-Gang 2-Gang 3-Gang
Ivory
White
HBL5747IVA
HBL5747WA
HBL57472IVA
HBL57472WA
HBL57473IVA
−
HBL5744SIVA
HBL5744SWA
HBL5744S2IVA
HBL5744S2WA
HBL5744S3IVA
−
Extra Deep Device Box, 2¾" Deep Extension Box Open Base, 1³⁄₈" Deep
Extension Box,
1¾" Deep
Color 1-Gang 2-Gang 3-Gang 1-Gang 2-Gang 3-Gang 1-Gang
Ivory
White
HBL5744IVA
HBL5744WA
HBL57442IVA
HBL57442WA
HBL57443IVA
−
HBL5751IVA
HBL5751WA
HBL57512IVA
−
HBL57513IVA
−
HBL5751AIVA
HBL5751AWA
HBL500, HBL700 and HBL750 Series Fittings
Raceway
Fittings
Box Connector Conduit Connector Grounding Clamp,
for ½" Conduit
Special Nipple(2)
for ½" Trade
Size KOs
Armored Cable
Connector Ground Clamp
EMT ½"
Connector(4)
½" Male ¾" Male ½" Female ¾" Female
HBL500,
HBL700 &
HBL750
HBL5781 HBL5781A HBL5782C HBL5782A HBL5709GC HBL5780 HBL5790B HBL5709 HBL5791
HBL500, HBL700 and HBL750 Series Specialty Boxes(1)
Color
Device Box,
Low-Prole
1¹⁄₈" Deep
Device Box,
½" side KOs
1¾" Deep
Ivory
White
HBL5748SIVA
HBL5748SWA
HBL5745IVA
HBL5745WA
Blank Extension Box,
Open Base
HBL5760IVA
−
Utility Box,
½" KO
HBL57242IVA
HBL57242WA
Color
Alarm Device Box,
1³⁄₈" Deep
Alarm Device Box,
Extra Deep 2¾"
Ivory
Red
HBL5752IVA
HBL5752RA
HBL5753IVA
HBL5753RA
Distribution Box,
Mounting Screw Centers of 2¾", 3½", 4¹⁄₁₆"
HBL5735IVA
−
P-9
Delivery Systems
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Raceway
Tools Raceway Cutter
Cutter Replacement
Blade Set
Touch-Up Paint Pen,
Ivory and Gray
HBL2000 HBL620C HBL620BCK HBLIWEP
HBLGWEP
Color 90° Flat Elbow
90° Flat Elbow,
1½" Bend Radius Tee Fitting
Tee Fitting,
1½" Bend Radius
External Elbow
Coupling
External Elbow,
1½" Bend Radius
Internal Elbow,
1½" Bend Radius
Ivory
Gray
HBL2011IV
HBL2011GY
HBL2011BRIV
HBL2011BRGY
HBL2015IV
HBL2015GY
HBL2015BRIV
HBL2015BRGY
HBL2018CIV
HBL2018CGY
HBL2018BRIV
HBL2018BRGY
HBL2017BRIV
HBL2017BRGY
Color Base and Cover*, 5 Ft.Cover*, 5 Ft.Base, 5 Ft.
Ivory
Gray
HBL2000BCIV
HBL2000BCGY
HBL2000CIV
HBL2000CGY
HBL2000B5IV
HBL2000B5GY
Note: *Cover is .025" thick for up to 300V AC applications.
Color
Device Box 1-Gang,
1¾" Deep
Device Box 2-Gang,
1¾" Deep
Ivory
Gray
HBL2048IV
HBL2048GY
HBL20482IV
HBL20482GY
Note: (1) Almond devices and plates match ivory metal raceway.
(2) Not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
HBL2000 Series Device Boxes(1)
Color
Blank End
Fitting
Entrance End
Fitting, ½" KOs
Entrance End Fitting,
Large Capacity,
½" and ¾" KOs
Cover Clip,
to Hide Seams
in Cover
Flush Plate
Adaptor
Transition Fitting,
Wiremold® to Bryant
Ivory
Gray
HBL2010BIV
HBL2010BGY
HBL2010A2IV
HBL2010A2GY
HBL2010A3IV
HBL2010A3GY
HBL2006IV
HBL2006GY
HBL2051HIV
HBL2051HGY
HBL2000TFIV
HBL2000TFGY
Color
Side Reducing
Connector
to HBL500
End Reducing
Connector
to HBL500
Coupling,
Galvanized Steel
Internal Corner
Coupling,
Galvanized Steel
Wire Clip,
Galvanized Steel
Support Clip,
Galvanized Steel,
Temporary Use Only
Ground Clamp,
Galvanized Steel
Ivory
Gray
HBL2089IV
—
HBL2089EIV
— HBL2001C HBL2017TC HBL2000WCA HBL2003SC HBL2009GC
HBL2000 Series Metal Raceway Fittings(1)
A: 1.31" (33.3 mm)
B: 0.83" (21.1 mm)
.89 in2
(5.7 cm2)
A
B
Wiremold® is a registered trademark of The Wiremold Company.
HBL2000 Series Metal Raceway
HBL2000 Series Tools(2)
P-10
Delivery Systems
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
A
B
A: 1.31" (33.3 mm)
B: 0.92" (23.4 mm)
Metal PlugTrak®
Boxes and Fittings
Description Catalog Number Description Catalog Number Description Catalog Number
1-Gang device box HBL2048IV* Cover clip HBL2006IV* Supporting clip HBL2003SC**
2-Gang device box HBL20482IV* Blank end fitting HBL2010BIV* Coupling HBL2001C**
External elbow HBL2018CIV* Entrance end fitting HBL2010A2IV* Internal corner coupling HBL2017TC**
Flat elbow HBL2011IV* Large entrance
end fitting
HBL2010A3IV*
Tee HBL2015IV* Note: **Galvanized Steel.
Note: *Color shown is Ivory, for gray boxes and fittings, replace suffix IV with GY.
Almond devices and plates match ivory metal raceway.
Bryant Metal PlugTrak is supplied with two HBL2010B(IV) or (GY) Blank End Fittings and one HBL2001C.
Outlets match raceway color. “IG" isolated ground receptacles have an inked orange triangle.
See page R-6 for tamper-resistant description.
Single 6 ft. 15A 12 —6HBL20GB606IV HBL20GB606GY
Single 6 ft. 15A 8—9HBL20GB609IV HBL20GB609GY
Single 6 ft. 15A 6—12 HBL20GB612IV HBL20GB612GY
Single 6 ft. 15A 4—18 HBL20GB618IV HBL20GB618GY
IG/Single 6 ft. 15A 12 —6HBL20IG606IV HBL20IG606GY
USB/Single 6 ft. 15A 4412 HBL20GB612UIV —
Two 6 ft. 15A 8—9HBL20GBA609IV HBL20GBA609GY
Two 6 ft. 15A 6—12 HBL20GBA612IV HBL20GBA612GY
Two 6 ft. 15A 4—18 HBL20GBA618IV HBL20GBA618GY
Single 6 ft. 20A 12 —6HBL24GB606IV HBL24GB606GY
Single 6 ft. 20A 6—12 HBL24GB612IV HBL24GB612GY
Single 6 ft. 20A 4—18 HBL24GB618IV HBL24GB618GY
Two 6 ft. 20A 6—12 HBL24GBA612IV HBL24GBA612GY
Two 6 ft. 20A 4—18 HBL24GBA618IV HBL24GBA618GY
Metal PlugTrak® 15 and 20 Amp 125V
Single 5 ft. 15A 10 —6HBL20GB506IV HBL20GB506GY
IG/Single 5 ft. 15A 10 —6HBL20IG506IV HBL20IG506GY
Single 5 ft. 15A 5—12 HBL20GB512IV HBL20GB512GY
TR/Single 5 ft. 15A 5—12 HBL20GB512IVTR HBL20GB512GYTR
Two 5 ft. 15A 5—12 HBL20GBA512IV HBL20GBA512GY
IG/Single 5 ft. 15A 5—12 HBL20IG512IV HBL20IG512GY
Single 5 ft. 20A 10 —6HBL24GB506IV HBL24GB506GY
Single 5 ft. 20A 5—12 HBL24GB512IV HBL24GB512GY
TR/Single 5 ft. 20A 5—12 HBL24GB512IVTR HBL24GB512GYTR
Two 5 ft. 20A 5—12 HBL24GBA512IV HBL24GBA512GY
TR
TR
Metal PlugTrak® is a registered trademark of Hubbell incorporated.
Metal PlugTrak®
Circuits Size Amps
No. of Single
Receptacles
No. of
USB Ports
Receptacle
Spacing (in.)
Catalog Number
Ivory Gray
Single 3 ft. 15A 6—6HBL20GB306IV HBL20GB306GY
TR/Single 3 ft. 15A 6—6HBL20GB306IVTR HBL20GB306GYTR
IG/Single 3 ft. 15A 6—6HBL20IG306IV HBL20IG306GY
USB/Single 3 ft. 15A 2 2 12 HBL20GB312UIV —
Single 3 ft. 20A 6—6HBL24GB306IV HBL24GB306GY
TR/Single 3 ft. 20A 6—6HBL24GB306IVTR HBL24GB306GYTR
TR
TR
P-11
Delivery Systems
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Thermoplastic Communication Frames
Thermoplastic Communication Frames Inches (mm)
Color Gang
2-Port Decorator
Frame
3-Port Decorator
Frame
4-Port Decorator
Frame
6-Port Decorator
Frame
Decorator,
.41" (10.3) Dia. Hole
Decorator,
Blank
Ivory 1NS612I NS613I NS614I NS616I NS621I NS620I
Gray 1NS612GY NS613GY NS614GY NS616GY — NS620GY
Note: Bryant's Audio/Video Connectors allow custom creation of multimedia outlets and workstations while maintaining a decorative look.
See Network Wiring Section R for more information.
Nylon Wallplates Inches (mm)
Color Gang Switch Duplex Decorator
Blank Single Receptacle,
1.40" (35.6) Dia. HoleBox Mount Strap Mount
Ivory 1
2
3
NP1I
NP2I
NP3I
NP8I
NP82I
NP83I
NP26I
NP262I
NP263I
NP13I
NP23I
NP33I
NP14I
NP24I
NP34I
NP7I
—
—
Gray 1
2
3
NP1GY
NP2GY
NP3GY
NP8GY
NP82GY
—
NP26GY
NP262GY
NP263GY
NP13GY
NP23GY
—
NP14GY
NP24GY
—
NP7G
—
—
Nylon Combination Wallplates
Color Gang
1-Toggle,
1-Duplex
1-Toggle,
1-Decorator Gang
2-Toggle,
1-Duplex
2-Toggle,
1-Decorator
Ivory 2NP18I NP126I 3NP28I NP226I
Gray 2NP18GY NP126GY 3NP28GY NP226GY
P-12
Delivery Systems
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Technical Information
Metal PlugTrak® is a registered trademark of Hubbell incorporated.
.76"
(19.3)
.53" (13.5)
.76"
(19.3)
.85" (21.6)
1.31"
(33.3)
.83" (21.1) .92" (23.4)
1.31"
(33.3)
.22 in2
(1.4 cm2)
.40
in2
(2.6
cm2
)
.89 in2
(5.7 cm2)
HBL500
Ivory/White
HBL750
Ivory/White
HBL2000
Ivory/Gray
Metal PlugTrak®
Ivory/Gray
.76"
(19.3)
.67" (16.9)
.26
in2
(1.7
cm2
)
HBL700
Ivory/White
Metal Raceway Proles Quick Reference Guide Inches (mm)
Power
(THHN/T90 Nylon) Voice Data
(Copper Cables)
Data
(Multimode Fiber Optic Cables)
#14
AWG
#12
AWG
#10
AWG 4-Pair 25-Pair Type
RG59U
Cat.
5e
Cat.
6
Cat.
6A
Cat. 6
STP
(2) or (4) Fiber
Round Cable
Fiber Optic
Jumpers
Fiber Optic
Zip Cord
Wire O.D. (inches) 0.111 0.13 0.16 4 0.19 0.41 0.242 0.21 0.25 0.35 0.29 0.19 0.118 0.12 x 0.24
Wire Area (square in.) 0.0097 0.0133 0.0211 0.0283 0.1320 0.0460 0.0346 0.0491 0.0962 0.0660 0.0283 0.0109 0.0288
Channel Area
Square inches (cm2)40% Wire Fill Capacity
HBL500 0.22 (1.4)
7 5 3 2 0 1 2 1 1 1 2 8 2
HBL700 0.26 (1.7)
10 7 4 3 0 2 3 2 1 1 3 8 3
HBL750 0.40 (2.6)
12 9 5 6 1 3 5 3 2 2 6 15 6
HBL2000 0.89 (5.7) 7 7 013 3810 74 5 13 33 12
Note: Pathway (Raceway) fill shall be 40% maximum. Raceway fittings and outlets/receptacles reduce the cross section of the raceway system, thus reducing overall
cable fill capacity.
Metal Raceway Series Wire Fill Capacities
Metal PlugTrak® Specications
Receptacle conguration
Wire size
Receptacle face
Receptacle rating
Material
NEMA 5-15R
#12 AWG stranded copper
Thermoplastic
15A 125V
Steel
Codes/Standards
TIA/EIA
UL Standard
UL File Number
CSA Standard Surface Metal
569B Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces
UL 5 Surface Metal Raceway and Fittings
E253976 / E253830 / E253833
C22.2 No. 62 Surface Raceway Systems
P-13
Delivery Systems
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
FRONT BACK
2.13" (54)
4 Decorator
Knockouts
for Receptacles
BRYPPOA, BRYPPO12A, BRYPPO15A
22.6"
(574)
8.4"
(212)
13.1"
(333)
17.9"
(454)
2.13" (54)
6" (152)
8"
(203)
16"
(406)
10'2" (3.10m)
12'2" (3.71m)
15'2" (4.62m)
FRONT BACK
Decorator
Receptacles
10'2" (3.10m
)
12'2" (3.71m
)
15'2" (4.62m
)
22.6"
(574)
2.13"(54)2.13" (54)
8.4"
(212) 6"
(152)
8"
(203)
16"
(406)
13.1"
(333)
17.9"
(454)
Slot
Scuff
Boot
Slot
Scuff
Boot
Slot
Scuff
Boot
BRYPP10A, BRYPP12A, BRYPP15A
FRONT BACK
0.88" (22)
Knockout 0.88" (22)
Knockout
0.88" (22)
Knockout
IG
Receptacles
IG/Surge
Receptacles
10' 2"
(3.10m)
22.6"
(574)
Data
Communications
Access Panel
Data
Communications
Access Panel
Data
Communications
Access Panel
2.13" (54)2.13" (54)
8.4"
(212) 6" (152)
8"
(203)
16"
(406)
13.1"
(333)
17.9"
(454)
BRYPP10SA
27.4"
(695)
2 Decorator Knockouts
for Data/Communication
2 Decorator Knockouts
for Data/Communication
Ordering Information Feet (m)
Aluminum service poles, gray or ivory painted and clear anodized aluminum, decorator duplex receptacles and
two decorator knockouts for communications, includes ceiling trim mounting plate and scuff boot.
Description Height
Catalog Number Clear Anodized
AluminumGray Ivory
Three service, two 20A 125V decorator duplex
receptacles, one circuit
10' 2" (3.10)
12' 2" (3.71)
15' 2" (4.62)
BRYPP10A
BRYPP12A
BRYPP15A
BRYPP10AI
BRYPP12AI
BRYPP15AI
BRYPP10AAL
BRYPP12AAL
BRYPP15AAL
Three service, one orange isolated ground
20A 125V decorator duplex receptacle, one 20A
125V decorator duplex receptacle, two circuits
10' 2" (3.10) BRYPP10IGA BRYPP10IGAI —
Three service, two orange isolated ground 20A
125V decorator duplex receptacles, one isolated
ground surge suppression 20A 125V duplex
receptacle, one circuit
10' 2" (3.10) BRYPP10SA BRYPP10SAI —
Three service, blank pole, divider,
four decorator device knockouts
10' 2" (3.10)
12' 2" (3.71)
15' 2" (4.62)
BRYPPOA
BRYPPO12A
BRYPPO15A
BRYPPOAI
BRYPPO12AI
BRYPPO15AI
BRYPPOAAL
BRYPPO12AAL
BRYPPO15AAL
Adjustable T-bar assembly for mounting poles
in the middle of ceiling tile
BRYATB BRYATB BRYATB
Replacement service pole trim kit (office white) BRYPPTRIM1 BRYPPTRIM1 BRYPPTRIM1
Note: See Network Wiring Section Q for additional information on datacom products.
Specifications Inches (mm)
Material: Extruded aluminum, 0.05" (1.27mm) thick
Finish: Gray, ivory or clear anodized aluminum
Conductors: #12 AWG stranded copper
Receptacles: (see drawings below)
Listing: UL Listed
Wiring Capacity (@40% fill)
Voice Data Channel* Power
Channel**Cat. 5e Cat. 6 Cat. 6A
BRYPP10A, BRYPP12A, BRYPP15A: BRYPP10IGA 26 11 9 41
BRYPP10SA, BRYPP10SAI 86 3 41
BRYPPOA, BRYPPO12A, BRYPPO15A (with barrier) 26 11 9 41
Note: *Pole wiring capacity (telephone fill): Cat. 5 UTP (1.96 sq. ft.).
**#12 THHN stranded.
Aluminum Series Offering
Bryant offers a line of gray, ivory and clear anodized
aluminum service poles. These attractive and
durable poles effectively distribute power and
telecommunications wiring from above the ceiling to
workstations below. They are offered in lengths of
10' 2", 12' 2", and 15' 2" with a variety of electrical
wiring devices. Poles with three service capability have
a divider to separate power and low voltage wiring.
A blank pole with knockouts is also offered which does
not have devices or wiring. In addition to a standard
pole, which has two 20 amp duplex receptacles, an
isolated ground or surge suppression version is also
available. All poles, except the blank versions, are
factory wired with Bryant Decorator Receptacles. Two
decorator knockouts are also provided on the same side
as the power receptacles for communication outlets.
2.13"
(54)
1.08"
(27.6)
1.02"
(26)
.97"
(24.6)
.98"
(24.9)
BARRIER
COVER
BASE
Service Pole Cross Section
Aluminum Service Poles
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
P-14
Delivery Systems
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
FloorTrak® Floor Cable Covers
FloorTrak®FT2 FT3 FT4 FT10 (Heavy Duty)
Width (A) 2.75" (69.9) 3.00" (76.2) 3.25" (82.6) 5.60" (142.2)
Height (B) 0.53" (13.5) 0.75" (19.1) 1.10" (27.9) 1.70" (43.2)
Center Hole (CxD) 0.60" x 0.31"
(15.2 x 7.9)
0.75" x 0.50"
(19.1 x 12.7)
1.21" x 0.75"
(30.7 x 19.1)
1.81" x 1.25"
(45.98 x 31.75)
FloorTrak
®
3
Feet (m)
Color Length Catalog Number
Black
Black
Brown
Brown
Beige
Beige
Gray
Gray
Yellow
Yellow
5.0'
25.0'
5.0'
25.0'
5.0'
25.0'
5.0'
25.0'
5.0'
25.0'
(1.52)
( 7. 62 )
(1.52)
( 7. 62 )
(1.52)
( 7. 62 )
(1.52)
( 7. 62 )
(1.52)
( 7. 62 )
BRYFT3BK5
BRYFT3BK25
BRYFT3BR5
BRYFT3BR25
BRYFT3BG5
BRYFT3BG25
BRYFT3GY5
BRYFT3GY25
BRYFT3Y5
BRYFT3Y25
FloorTrak
®
2
Feet (m)
Color Length Catalog Number
Black
Brown
Beige
Gray
Yellow
10.0'
10.0'
10.0'
10.0'
10.0'
(3.05)
(3.05)
(3.05)
(3.05)
(3.05)
BRYFT2BK10
BRYFT2BR10
BRYFT2BG10
BRYFT2GY10
BRYFT2Y10
FloorTrak
®
4
Feet (m)
Color Length Catalog Number
Black
Black
Gray
Yellow
Yellow
5.0'
25.0'
25.0'
5.0'
25.0'
(1.52)
( 7. 62 )
( 7. 62 )
(1.52)
( 7. 62 )
BRYFT4BK5
BRYFT4BK25
BRYFT4GY25
BRYFT4Y5
BRYFT4Y25
FloorTrak
®
10 (Heavy Duty)
Feet (m)
Color Length Catalog Number
Black
Black
Yellow
Yellow
3.0'
5.0'
3.0'
5.0'
(.914)
(1.52)
(.914)
(1.52)
BRYFT10BK3
BRYFT10BK5
BRYFT10Y3
BRYFT10Y5
Specifications
Material Flexible/Rigid PVC
Operating temperature 0°F to +120°F (-18°C to +49°C)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
FloorTrak® is a flexible, non-metallic cover for cables that run over the floor when
portable cords and cables cannot be concealed or routed away from traffic
patterns. FloorTrak protects, organizes and reduces trip hazards.
• Four different sizes mean it will handle cables of up to 1.25 inches (31.8mm)
in diameter
• FT2, FT3 and FT4 are available in five PVC colors to blend with various decors
• FT10 is available in black and yellow colors only
• The F10 Heavy Duty FloorTrak is ideal for applications such as industrial work
areas, food processing plants and abusive areas where cable management
is necessary
Accessories
Description Catalog Number
1.0" wide, 75 ft. roll double-sided adhesive tape BRYFTT1
2.0" wide, 75 ft. roll double-sided adhesive tape BRYFTT2
Q-1
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Section Q
Wallplates and Covers
Table of Contents Page
Nylon and Metal Wallplates and While-In-Use Covers
Product Features ...........................................................................Q-2
Snap-On Wallplates
Decorator and Toggle .......................................................................Q-4
Standard, Mid-Size and Jumbo Wallplates
Decorator ................................................................................Q-5
Toggle ...................................................................................Q-6
Duplex Receptacles .........................................................................Q-7
Single Receptacles .........................................................................Q-8
Blank ....................................................................................Q-9
Combination .............................................................................Q-10
Telephone and Coaxial Outlet ................................................................Q-13
Jumbo Stainless Steel ......................................................................Q-14
Pre-Marked “EMERGENCY” and Barrel Key Switch ...............................................Q-15
Pre-Marked “ISOLATED GROUND” and “COMPUTER ONLY”
Specialty Plates and Accessories .............................................................Q-17
Weatherproof Covers
Zinc Die Cast, 1 and 2-Gang, Vertical or Horizontal Mount ..........................................Q-18
Zinc Die Cast Alluminum and Non-Metallic, 1-Gang, Vertical Mount ...................................Q-19
Non-Metallic, 1 and 2-Gang, Vertical Mount for Flanged Devices .....................................Q-20
Non-Metallic, 1 and 2-Gang, While-In-Use Covers ................................................Q-21
Extra Duty Metallic, 1 and 2-Gang, While-In-Use Covers ...........................................Q-22
Pool Pump and Generator Kits
Pool Pump Receptacle Kit ...................................................................Q-23
Generator Power Connection Kit ..............................................................Q-23
Technical Information
Selection Chart ...........................................................................Q-24
Material Specifications ......................................................................Q-25
Wallplate Dimensions .......................................................................Q-26
Custom Metal Wallplates ....................................................................Q-27
Q-2
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Nylon Wallplates
Nylon Wallplates
Bryant wallplates feature larger standard sized wallplates to provide extra
coverage to hide rough box opening, improved aesthetics, greater strength,
impact resistance, along with excellent cleanability in all different types of
environments.
• Standard size is ¹⁄₈ inch larger to give you extra coverage
to hide rough box openings. Also available in mid-size and
pre-marked.
• Curved corners for improved aesthetics, for use in any
application.
• Captive screw feature holds mounting screw in place for
quick and easy installation.
• High-impact, self-extinguishing nylon material, which is
virtually unbreakable.
• Smooth, easy to clean finish is highly resistant to solvents
and cleaning solutions, providing long life in the harshest
environments.
Bryant’s standard sized wallplates are ¹⁄₈ inch larger to provide you that extra coverage to hide rough box openings.
The depth is ¼ inch so that it will comfortably t over the device even on imperfect installations or on retrot work.
Nylon Wallplates
Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory LightAlmond OfceWhite White
Nylon Pre-Marked Wallplates
Blue Ivory Orange Red
Metal Wallplates Pre-Marked
Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Almond Black Brown Gray
Ivory Light
Ivory
Orange
Q-3
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Metal Wallplates and Extra Duty Metallic While-In-Use Covers
Stainless Steel
Provide solutions for a variety of industrial and commercial
applications.
• Environments subjected to heavy abuse.
• The 302/304 type stainless steel wallplates are ideal for
highly corrosive environments such as food processing,
hospitals, static free requirements and more.
Non-magnetic: 18.0% Chromium
8.0% Nickel
• The 430 type stainless steel wallplates are aesthetically
identical to the 302/304 type stainless steel wallplates
and are best suited for environments where corrosion
resistance is less critical.
Magnetic: 17.0% Chromium
Less than 0.5% Nickel
Smooth Solid Brass
• Provides a plush appearance with the durability of metal.
• Finish is lacquer coated to inhibit oxidation.
Anodized Aluminum
• Non-magnetic and corrosion resistance for a wide range
of applications.
• Finish is lacquer coated to inhibit oxidation.
Note: All metal wallplates (except brass) are packaged with a
white protective lm, which protects the wallplate during
installation and is easily peeled off.
2014 National Electrical Code (NEC®) Requirement
406.9 Receptacles in Damp or Wet Locations
(B) Wet Locations.
(1) 15 and 20 ampere receptacles in a wet location. 15 and 20 ampere, 125 and
250 volt receptacles installed in a wet location shall have an enclosure that is
weatherproof whether or not the attachment plug cap is inserted. An outlet box
hood installed for this purpose shall be listed, and shall be identified as “extra
duty.” All 15 and 20 ampere, 125 and 250 volt nonlocking-type receptacles shall
be listed weather resistant type.
Exception: 15 and 20 ampere, 125 through 250 volt receptacles installed in a wet
location and subject to routine high-pressure spray washing shall be permitted to
have an enclosure that is weatherproof when the attachment plug is removed.
(2) Other receptacles. All other receptacles installed in a wet location shall comply
with (B)(2)(a) or (B)(2)(b).
(a) A receptacle installed in a wet location, where the product intended to be
plugged into it is not attended while in use, shall have an enclosure that is
weatherproof with the attachment plug cap inserted or removed.
(b) A receptacle installed in a wet location where the product intended to be
plugged into it will be attended while in use (e.g., portable tools) shall have an
enclosure that is weatherproof when the attachment plug is removed.
Extra Duty Metallic While-in-Use Covers
These covers are designed for use whenever protection is required
while an outlet is in use. Covers meet or exceed the extra duty rating
per UL 514D, and are NEMA 3R rated.
• Die-cast aluminum construction
• Powder coated “chip resistant” paint corrosion protection
• Unique plug management provision for securing device and cord
NEC® is a registered trademark of the The National Electrical Code.
Q-4
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Snap-On Wallplates
• Clean, elegant look
• No visible screws
• Snap-on cover plate completely covers sub-plate eliminating
dirt build-up around the edges
• Snap-on cover plate hides any paint or scratches on sub-plate
caused during installation
• Appearance is consistent with other Hubbell wallplates
• Meets UL and CSA standards
• Smooth finish
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Snap-On Wallplates
Description Color
Decorator
Catalog Number
Toggle
Catalog Number
1-Gang, 1-Decorator 1-Gang, 1-Toggle Ivory
Light Almond
White
NPS26I
NPS26LA
NPS26W
NPS1I
NPS1LA
NPS1W
2-Gang, 2-Decorator 2-Gang, 2-Toggle Ivory
Light Almond
White
NPS262I
NPS262LA
NPS262W
NPS2I
NPS2LA
NPS2W
3-Gang, 3-Decorator 3-Gang, 3-Toggle Ivory
Light Almond
White
NPS263I
NPS263LA
NPS263W
NPS3I
NPS3LA
NPS3W
4-Gang, 4-Decorator Ivory
Light Almond
White
NPS264I
NPS264LA
NPS264W
–
–
–
1-Gang, 1-Duplex Ivory
Light Almond
White
NPS8I
NPS8LA
NPS8W
–
–
–
Gang Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D)
14.75" (120.6) 3.00" (76.2) .25" (6.35)
24.75" (120.6) 4.81" (122.2) .25" (6.35)
34.75" (120.6) 6.62" (168.2) .25" (6.35)
44.75" (120.6) 8.44" (214.3) .25" (6.35)
Snap-On Subplate
H
W
DD
W
H
Snap-On Cover Plate
Q-5
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
GFCI, USB Receptacles, Surge Receptacles and Decorator Device Wallplates
Description Color
Nylon
Material Catalog NumberStandard Size Mid-Size
1-Gang, 1-Decorator Almond
Black
Blue
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
NP26AL
NP26BK
–
NP26
NP26GY
NP26I
NP26LA
NP26R
NP26W
NPJ26AL
NPJ26BK
NPJ26BL
NPJ26
NPJ26GY
NPJ26I
NPJ26LA
NPJ26R
NPJ26W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
S/S 430
SB26
SBP26
SCH26
SS26
SS26L
2-Gang, 2-Decorator Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
NP262AL
NP262BK
NP262
NP262GY
NP262I
NP262LA
NP262R
NP262W
NPJ262AL
NPJ262BK
NPJ262
NPJ262GY
NPJ262I
NPJ262LA
NPJ262R
NPJ262W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
S/S 430
SB262
SBP262
SCH262
SS262
SS262L
3-Gang, 3-Decorator Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
NP263AL
NP263BK
NP263
NP263GY
NP263I
NP263LA
NP263R
NP263W
NPJ263AL
NPJ263BK
NPJ263
NPJ263GY
NPJ263I
NPJ263LA
NPJ263R
NPJ263W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SBP263
SS263
4-Gang, 4-Decorator Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NP264AL
NP264BK
NP264
NP264GY
NP264I
NP264LA
NP264W
NPJ264AL
NPJ264BK
NPJ264
NPJ264GY
NPJ264I
NPJ264LA
NPJ264W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS264
5-Gang, 5-Decorator Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NP265BK
NP265
NP265GY
NP265I
NP265LA
NP265W
–
–
–
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS265
6-Gang, 6-Decorator Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NP266BK
NP266
NP266GY
NP266I
NP266LA
NP266W
–
–
–
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS266
Note: All standard and mid-size nylon wallplates feature pre-inserted captive screws for faster assembly.
Available as a custom wallplate, see page Q-27. Consult custom wallplates section for additional openings and combinations.
Decorator Wallplates
Q-6
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Toggle Switch Wallplates
Toggle Switch Wallplates
Description Color
Nylon
Material Catalog NumberStandard Size Mid-Size
1-Gang, 1-Toggle Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
NP1AL
NP1BK
NP1
NP1GY
NP1I
NP1LA
NP1R
NP1W
NPJ1AL
NPJ1BK
NPJ1
NPJ1GY
NPJ1I
NPJ1LA
NPJ1R
NPJ1W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
S/S 430
SA1
SB1
SBP1
SCH1
SS1
SS1L
2-Gang, 2-Toggle Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
NP2AL
NP2BK
NP2
NP2GY
NP2I
NP2LA
NP2R
NP2W
NPJ2AL
NPJ2BK
NPJ2
NPJ2GY
NPJ2I
NPJ2LA
NPJ2R
NPJ2W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
S/S 430
SA2
SB2
SBP2
SCH2
SS2
SS2L
3-Gang, 3-Toggle Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
NP3AL
NP3BK
NP3
NP3GY
NP3I
NP3LA
–
NP3W
NPJ3AL
NPJ3BK
NPJ3
NPJ3GY
NPJ3I
NPJ3LA
NPJ3R
NPJ3W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
S/S 430
SB3
SBP3
SCH3
SS3
SS3L
4-Gang, 4-Toggle Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NP4BK
NP4
NP4GY
NP4I
NP4LA
NP4W
NPJ4BK
NPJ4
NPJ4GY
NPJ4I
NPJ4LA
NPJ4W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
S/S 430
SB4
SBP4
SS4
SS4L
5-Gang, 5-Toggle Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NP5BK
NP5
NP5GY
NP5I
NP5LA
NP5W
–
–
–
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SB5
SS5
6-Gang, 6-Toggle Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NP6
NP6GY
NP6I
NP6LA
NP6W
–
–
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SB6
SS6
7-Gang, 7-Toggle Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS607
8-Gang, 8-Toggle Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS608
2-Gang, 1-Toggle S/S 302/304 SS740
Note: All standard and mid-size nylon wallplates feature pre-inserted captive screws for faster assembly.
Available as a custom wallplate, see page Q-27. Consult custom wallplates section for additional openings and combinations.
Q-7
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Duplex and Single Receptacle Wallplates
Duplex Receptacle Wallplates
Description Color
Nylon
Material Catalog NumberStandard Size Mid-Size
1-Gang, 1-Duplex Almond
Black
Blue
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Orange
Red
White
NP8AL
NP8BK
–
NP8
NP8GY
NP8I
NP8LA
NP8OR
NP8R
NP8W
NPJ8AL
NPJ8BK
NPJ8BL
NPJ8
NPJ8GY
NPJ8I
NPJ8LA
–
NPJ8R
NPJ8W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
S/S 430
SA8
SB8
SBP8
SCH8
SS8
SS8L
2-Gang, 2-Duplex Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Orange
Red
White
NP82BK
NP82
NP82GY
NP82I
NP82LA
NP82OR
NP82R
NP82W
NPJ82BK
NPJ82
NPJ82GY
NPJ82I
NPJ82LA
–
NPJ82R
NPJ82W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
S/S 430
SA82
SB82
SBP82
SCH82
SS82
SS82L
3-Gang, 3-Duplex Brown
Ivory
White
NP83
NP83I
NP83W
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS83
4-Gang, 4-Duplex Brown
Ivory
White
NP84
NP84I
NP84W
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS84
2-Gang, 1-Duplex S/S 302/304 SS748
Single 15/20A Straight Blade or 15A Locking Receptacle Wallplates Inches (mm)
Description Color
Nylon
Material Catalog NumberStandard Size Mid-Size
1-Gang, 1-Single 1.40 in. (35.6) dia. hole Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
NP7BK
NP7
NP7GY
NP7I
NP7LA
NP7R
NP7W
NPJ7BK
NPJ7
NPJ7GY
NPJ7I
NPJ7LA
NPJ7R
NPJ7W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
S/S 430
SA7
SB7
SBP7
SCH7
SS7
SS7L
2-Gang, 1-Single 1.40 in. (35.6) dia. hole S/S 302/304 SS747
2-Gang, 2-Single 1.40 in. (35.6) dia. hole Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS72
Note: All standard and mid-size nylon wallplates feature pre-inserted captive screws for faster assembly.
Available as a custom wallplate, see page Q-27. Consult custom wallplates section for additional openings and combinations.
Q-8
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Single 20/30A Locking Receptacle Wallplates Inches (mm)
Description Color
Nylon
Material Catalog NumberStandard Size Mid-Size
1-Gang, 1-Single
1.60 in. (40.6) dia. hole
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
NP720BK
NP720
NP720GY
NP720I
NP720R
NP720W
–
–
–
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SA720
SB720
SS720
1-Gang, 1-Single
1.74 i n. (44.2) dia. hole
S/S 302/304 SS725
2-Gang, 1-Single
1.60 in. (40.6) dia. hole
S/S 302/304 SS749
3-Gang, 2-Single
1.60 in. (40.6) dia. hole
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS320
Single Receptacle Wallplates Inches (mm)
Description Color
Nylon
Material Catalog NumberStandard Size Mid-Size
1-Gang, 1-Single
1.97 in. (50.0) dia. hole
S/S 302/304 SS737
1-Gang, 1-Single
2.16 in. (54.9) dia. hole
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
White
NP724BK
NP724
NP724GY
NP724I
NP724W
NPJ724BK
NPJ724
NPJ724GY
NPJ724I
NPJ724W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
S/S 430
SA723
SCH723
SS723
SS723L
2-Gang, 1-Single
2.16 in. (54.9) dia. hole
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SCH702
SS702
2-Gang, 1-Single
2.16 in. (54.9) dia. hole
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
White
NP703BK
NP703
NP703GY
NP703I
NP703W
NPJ703BK
NPJ703
NPJ703GY
NPJ703I
NPJ703W
S/S 302/304
S/S 430
SS703
SS703L
2-Gang, 1-Single
2.48 in. (63.0) dia. hole
S/S 302/304 SS701
2-Gang, 1-Single
2.66 in. (67.6) dia. hole
S/S 302/304 SS716
Note: All standard and mid-size nylon wallplates feature pre-inserted captive screws for faster assembly.
Available as a custom wallplate, see page Q-27. Consult custom wallplates section for additional openings and combinations.
Single Receptacle Wallplates
Q-9
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Blank Wallplates, Box Mount and Strap Mount
Description Color
Nylon
Material Catalog NumberStandard Size Mid-Size
1-Gang,
1-Blank,
Box Mount
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NP13AL
NP13BK
NP13
NP13GY
NP13I
NP13LA
NP13W
NPJ13AL
NPJ13BK
NPJ13
NPJ13GY
NPJ13I
NPJ13LA
NPJ13W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
S/S 430
SA13A
SB13
SBP13
SCH13
SS13
SS13L
2-Gang,
2-Blank,
Box Mount
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NP23AL
NP23BK
NP23
NP23GY
NP23I
NP23LA
NP23W
NPJ23AL
–
NPJ23
–
NPJ23I
NPJ23LA
NPJ23W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
S/S 430
SA23
SB23
SCH23
SS23
SS23L
3-Gang,
3-Blank,
Box Mount
Brown
Ivory
White
NP33
NP33I
NP33W
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS33
4-Gang,
4-Blank,
Box Mount
Brown
Ivory
White
NP43
NP43I
NP43W
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS43
1-Gang,
1-Blank,
Strap Mount
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
NP14BK
NP14
NP14GY
NP14I
NP14R
NP14W
–
–
–
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
S/S 430
SB14
SS14
SS14L
2-Gang,
2-Blank,
Strap Mount
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Red
White
NP24BK
NP24
NP24GY
NP24I
NP24R
NP24W
–
–
–
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
S/S 430
SS24
SS24L
3-Gang,
3-Blank,
Strap Mount
Brown
Ivory
White
NP34
NP34I
NP34W
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS34
4-Gang,
4-Blank,
Strap Mount
Brown
Ivory
White
NP44
NP44I
NP44W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS44
Note: All standard and mid-size nylon wallplates feature pre-inserted captive screws for faster assembly.
Available as a custom wallplate, see page Q-27. Consult custom wallplates section for additional openings and combinations.
Blank Wallplates
Q-10
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Combination Wallplates, 2-Gang Inches (mm)
Description Color
Nylon
Material Catalog NumberStandard Size Mid-Size
2-Gang, 1-Toggle, 1-Duplex Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
NP18AL
NP18BK
NP18
NP18GY
NP18I
NP18LA
NP18R
NP18W
NPJ18AL
NPJ18BK
NPJ18
NPJ18GY
NPJ18I
NPJ18LA
NPJ18R
NPJ18W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
S/S 430
SBP18
SCH18
SS18
SS18L
2-Gang, 1-Duplex, 1-Decorator Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NP826AL
NP826BK
NP826
NP826GY
NP826I
NP826LA
NP826W
NPJ826AL
NPJ826BK
NPJ826
NPJ826GY
NPJ826I
NPJ826LA
NPJ826W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SB826
SS826
2-Gang, 1-Toggle, 1-Decorator Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NP126AL
NP126BK
NP126
NP126GY
NP126I
NP126LA
NP126W
NPJ126AL
NPJ126BK
NPJ126
NPJ126GY
NPJ126I
NPJ126LA
NPJ126W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
S/S 430
SB126
SBP126
SS126
SS126L
2-Gang, 1-Duplex, 1-Telephone
.406 in. (10.3) Hole
Strap Mount
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
White
NP128BK
NP128
NP128GY
NP128I
NP128W
–
–
–
–
–
2-Gang, 1-Toggle, 1-Telephone
.406 in. (10.3) Hole
Strap Mount
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
White
NP112BK
NP112
NP112GY
NP112I
NP112W
–
–
–
–
–
2-Gang, 1-Decorator, 1-Telephone
.406 in. (10.3) Hole
Strap Mount
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
White
NP1226BK
NP1226
NP1226GY
NP1226I
NP1226W
–
–
–
–
–
2-Gang, 1-Single Receptacle
1.40 in. (35.6) Hole,
1-Duplex
Brown
Gray
Ivory
White
NP78
NP78GY
NP78I
NP78W
–
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS78
2-Gang, 1-Single Receptacle
1.60 in. (40.6) Hole,
1-Duplex
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS8720
2-Gang, 1-Toggle, 1-Single Receptacle
1.40 in. (35.6) Hole
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
White
NP17BK
NP17
NP17GY
NP17I
NP17W
–
–
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS17
Note: All standard and mid-size nylon wallplates feature pre-inserted captive screws for faster assembly.
Available as a custom wallplate, see page Q-27. Consult custom wallplates section for additional openings and combinations.
Combination Wallplates
Q-11
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Combination Wallplates, 2- and 3-Gang Inches (mm)
Description Color
Nylon
Material Catalog NumberStandard Size Mid-Size
2-Gang, 1-Toggle, 1-Blank, Box Mount Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NP113BK
NP113
NP113GY
NP113I
NP113LA
NP113W
–
NPJ113
–
NPJ113I
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS113
2-Gang, 1-Toggle, 1-Blank, Strap Mount Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS114
2-Gang, 1-Blank, 1-Duplex, Box Mount Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NP138BK
NP138
NP138GY
NP138I
NP138LA
NP138W
–
NPJ138
–
NPJ138I
–
NPJ138W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS138
2-Gang, 1-Blank, 1-Duplex, Strap Mount Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS148
2-Gang, 1-Blank, 1-Decorator, Box Mount Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NP1326BK
NP1326
NP1326GY
NP1326I
NP1326LA
NP1326W
NPJ1326BK
NPJ1326
NPJ1326GY
NPJ1326I
NPJ1326LA
NPJ1326W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS1426*
2-Gang, 1-Telephone, .406 in. (10.3) Hole,
1-Blank, Strap Mount
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
White
NP1214BK
NP1214
NP1214GY
NP1214I
NP1214W
–
–
–
–
–
2-Gang, 1-Single Receptacle
1.40 in. (35.6) Hole
1-Blank, Strap Mount
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
White
NP147BK
NP147
NP147GY
NP147I
NP147W
–
–
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
3-Gang, 2-Toggle, 1-Duplex Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NP28
NP28GY
NP28I
NP28LA
NP28W
NPJ28
–
NPJ28I
NPJ28LA
NPJ28W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SBP28
SS28
3-Gang, 1-Toggle, 2-Duplex Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
White
NP182BK
NP182
NP182GY
NP182I
NP182W
–
–
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS182
Note: All standard and mid-size nylon wallplates feature pre-inserted captive screws for faster assembly.
Available as a custom wallplate, see page Q-27. Consult custom wallplates section for additional openings and combinations.
Combination Wallplates
Q-12
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Combination Wallplates, 3-Gang
Description Color
Nylon
Material Catalog NumberStandard Size Mid-Size
3-Gang, 2-Toggle, 1-Decorator Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NP226BK
NP226
NP226GY
NP226I
NP226LA
NP226W
NPJ226BK
NPJ226
NPJ226GY
NPJ226I
NPJ226LA
NPJ226W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS226
3-Gang, 1-Toggle, 2-Decorator Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NP1262BK
NP1262
NP1262GY
NP1262I
NP1262LA
NP1262W
–
–
–
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
3-Gang, 2-Duplex, 1-Blank Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS211
3-Gang, 1-Duplex, 1-Blank, 1-Duplex Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS8147
3-Gang, 2-Toggle, 1-Blank Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS213
Combination Wallplates
Combination Wallplates, 4- and 5-Gang
Description Color
Nylon
Material Catalog NumberStandard Size Mid-Size
4-Gang, 3-Toggle, 1-Duplex Brown
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NP38
NP38I
NP38LA
NP38W
–
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS38
4-Gang, 3-Toggle, 1-Decorator Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NP326BK
NP326
NP326GY
NP326I
NP326LA
NP326W
–
–
–
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SS326
4-Gang, 2-Toggle, 2-Decorator Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NP2262BK
NP2262
NP2262GY
NP2262I
NP2262LA
NP2262W
–
–
–
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
5-Gang, 4-Toggle, 1-Duplex Brown
Ivory
White
NP48
NP48I
NP48W
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
Note: All standard and mid-size nylon wallplates feature pre-inserted captive screws for faster assembly.
Available as a custom wallplate, see page Q-27. Consult custom wallplates section for additional openings and combinations.
Q-13
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Telephone and Coaxial Outlet Wallplates Inches (mm)
Description Color
Nylon
Material Catalog NumberStandard Size Mid-Size
1-Gang, 1-Tel Nylon 0.406 in. (10.3) hole,
Metal 0.640 in. (16.3) hole,
box mount
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
Red
White
NP11AL
NP11BK
NP11
NP11GY
NP11I
NP11LA
NP11R
NP11W
NPJ11AL
–
NPJ11
–
NPJ11I
NPJ11LA
–
NPJ11W
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
S/S 430
SS11*
SS11L*
1-Gang, 1-Tel Nylon 0.406 in. (10.3) hole,
Metal 0.640 in. (16.3) hole,
strap mount
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
White
NP12AL
NP12BK
NP12
NP12GY
NP12I
NP12W
–
–
–
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
S/S 430
SB12*
SBP12*
SCH12*
SS12*
SS12L*
1-Gang, 1-Tel 0.625 in. (15.9) hole,
box mount
Almond
Brown
Ivory
White
NP737AL
NP737
NP737I
NP737W
–
–
–
–
1-Gang, 1-Tel 0.625 in. (15.9) hole,
strap mount
Brown
Ivory
White
NP730
NP730I
NP730W
–
–
–
1-Gang, 1-Tel 0.380 in. (9.7) hole,
box mount or
strap mount
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
S/S 302/304,
Strap Mount
SS739
SS738
2-Gang, 2-Tel Nylon 0.406 in. (10.3) hole,
Metal 0.640 in. (16.3) hole,
Box Mount
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
White
NP21BK
NP21
NP21GY
NP21I
NP21W
–
–
–
–
–
Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304,
Strap Mount
SS22*
2-Gang, 1-Tel 0.640 in. (16.3) hole,
box mount
S/S 302/304 SS741*
Note: All standard and mid-size nylon wallplates feature pre-inserted captive screws for faster assembly.
Available as a custom wallplate, see page Q-27. Consult custom wallplates section for additional openings and combinations.
* .50" (12.7) I.D. nylon bushing provided.
Telephone and Coaxial Outlet Wallplates
Q-14
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Jumbo, Smooth, Stainless Steel Type 302/304 Wallplates Inches (mm)
Description Catalog Number Description Catalog Number
1-Gang, 1-Toggle SSJ1 2-Gang, 2-Toggle SSJ2
1-Gang, 1-Duplex SSJ8 2-Gang, 2-Duplex SSJ82
1-Gang, 1-Decorator SSJ26 2-Gang, 2-Decorator SSJ262
1-Gang, 1-Single Receptacle for
1.36 –1.39 in. (34.5–35.3)
dia. face
SSJ7 2-Gang, 1-Toggle, 1-Duplex SSJ18
1-Gang, 1-Single Receptacle for
2.09–2.13 in. (53.1–54.1)
dia. face
SSJ723 2-Gang, 1-Toggle, 1-Decorator SSJ126
1-Gang, 1-Blank, box mount SSJ13 2-Gang, 2-Blank, box mount SSJ23
1-Gang, 1-Telephone opening,
0.640 in. (16.3) box mount
SSJ11*
Note: *.50 in. (12.7) I.D. nylon bushing provided.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
3.50"
(88.9)
5.25"
(133.4)
Jumbo Wallplate
Oversize dimensions (see page Q-26 for more details).
1-Gang, 5.25 in. x 3.50 in. (133.4 x 88.9).
2-Gang, 5.25 in. x 5.31 in. (133.4 x 134.9).
Jumbo Metal Wallplates
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Q-15
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
HBL7372RKL
HBL7342RKL
Pre-Marked “EMERGENCY” Wallplates
Description Color
Nylon
Material Catalog NumberStandard Size Mid-Size
1-Gang, 1-Duplex, paint lled
¼ in. (6.4) white lettering
Red – NPJ8RMEV S/S 302/304 SS8MEV
1-Gang, 1-Toggle, paint lled
¼ in. (6.4) white lettering
Red – NPJ1RME S/S 302/304 SS1ME
2-Gang, 2 Duplex, paint lled
¼ in. (6.4) red lettering
S/S 302/304 SS82MEV
Note: See page Q-26 for mid-size plate dimensions.
All lettering .25 in. (6.3) high.
Stainless Steel Barrel Key Switch Wallplates
Description
1-Gang, with
ON/OFF Markings
1-Gang, with
Position Markings
2-Gang, with
ON/OFF Markings
2-Gang, with
Position Markings
Stainless steel,
302/304, smooth.
SS12RKL SS12RKLM SS22RKL SS22RKLM
Note: See page D-3 for barrel key switch selection.
Single Count Screws and Accessories Inches (mm)
Description Catalog Number
Stainless steel screw, standard slot, .38 in. (9.7) long HBL7341SS
Security spanner head screws, 6-32 thread, 100 count HBL7342RKL
Screwdriver with spanner head security bit HBL7372RKL
Pre-Marked “EMERGENCY” and Barrel Key Switch Wallplates
Q-16
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Pre-Marked “ISOLATED GROUND” Wallplates Inches (mm)
Description Color
Nylon
Material Catalog NumberStandard Size No Marking
1-Gang, 1-Duplex, paint lled black Orange NP8OIG NP8OR
1-Gang, 1-Decorator, paint lled black Orange NP26OIG –
1-Gang, 1-Single Receptacle 1.40 in. (35.6)
hole for 1.36–1.39 in. (34.5–35.3)
dia. face, paint lled black
Orange NP7OIG –
1-Gang, 1-Single Receptacle 1.60 in. (40.6)
hole for 20A and 30A Locking
with 1.55–1.58 in. (39.4–40.1)
dia. face, paint lled black
Orange NP720OIG –
Pre-Marked “COMPUTER ONLY” Wallplates
Description Color
Nylon
Material Catalog NumberStandard Size Mid-Size
1-Gang, 1-Duplex, paint lled black Orange
Ivory
– NPJ8CO
NPJ8C
2-Gang, 2-Duplex, paint lled black Orange – NPJ82CO
1-Gang, 1-Decorator, paint lled black Blue
Ivory
– NPJ26CBL
NPJ26C
Louver Plate, 1-Gang, Box Mount
Description Color
Nylon
Material Catalog NumberStandard Size Mid-Size
1-Gang, Vertical mounted louver Aluminum
Brass
Brass Plated
Chrome
S/S 302/304
SB771
SBP771
SS771
Note: All standard and mid-size nylon wallplates feature pre-inserted captive screws for faster assembly.
Available as a custom wallplate, see page Q-27. Consult custom wallplates section for additional openings and combinations.
Pre-Marked Wallplates
Q-17
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Oil and Gas Burner Emergency Plates Inches (mm)
Description Color/Material Oil Burner Cover Gas Burner Cover Emergency Cover
1-Gang, 1-Toggle, ¼ in. (6.4)
silk screened white letters
Red
Enameled Steel
S22710EM S2271GEM —
Utility/handy box cover, 1-Toggle,
¼ in. (6.4) silk screened white letters
Red
Enameled Steel
SY865OEM SY865GEM SY865EM
4 in. (101.6) square box cover, 1-Toggle,
¼ in. (6.4) silk screened white letters
Red
Enameled Steel
SY800OEM SY800GEM —
4 in. (101.6) square box cover, 2-Toggle,
¼ in. (6.4) silk screened white letters
Red
Enameled Steel
— SY803GEM —
Wallplate Screws, 6-32 Thread, 100 Count
Description Color/Material Decorator ³⁄₈ in. Long Standard ½ in. Long Standard ⁵⁄₈ in. Long Standard 1.0 in. Long
Wallplate screws, oval head milled slot,
6-32 thread, 100 per box
(order 1 to receive a box of 100)
Almond
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
RA38ALPK100
RA38BKPK100
RA38PK100
RA38GYPK100
RA38IPK100
RA38LAPK100
RA38WPK100
RA12ALPK100
RA12BKPK100
RA12PK100
RA12GYPK100
RA12IPK100
RA12LAPK100
RA12WPK100
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
RA88IPK100
–
RA88WPK100
Stainless Steel RA38SSPK100 –RA58SSPK100 RA88SSPK100
Accessories Inches (mm)
Color
Blank adapters
Material
Mounting Strap,
with Screws
Brass Plated Screw,
Standard Slot,
0.38 in. (9.7) long
To Fill a
Toggle Opening
To Fill a
Decorator Opening
0.406 in. (10.30) Dia. Hole,
To Fill a Decorator Opening
Brown
Ivory
Light Almond
White
RA756
RA756I
–
RA756W
–
NS620I
NS620LA
NS620W
–
NS621I
NS621LA
NS621W
Steel
Brass
RA40
–
–
HBL7341
Tamperproof Plate Screws and Screwdriver* Inches (mm)
Description
Length
in. (mm)
Spanner Head
Type 6-32 Thread
Spanner Head
Screwdriver
Replacement
Barrel Key
Spanner head stainless steel type 302/304,
6-32 thread, screws sold in carton
quantities of 100
¹⁄₄ in. (3.2)
³⁄₈ in. (9.5)
¹⁄₂ in. (12.7)
⁵⁄₈ in. (15.9)
1 in. (25.4)
2 in. (50.8)
SSTP14
SSTP38
SSTP12
SSTP58
SSTP1
SSTP2
SSTPD 6006RKL
Note: * Not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
Specialty Plates and Accessories
GAS
BURNER
EMERGENCY
SWITCH
OFF
ON
EMERGENCY
OFF
ON
SWITCH
OIL
BURNER
OIL
BURNER
EMERGENCY
SWITCH
OFF
ON
EMERGENCY
ON
OFF
SWITCH
Q-18
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
RW51520
RW51380
Weatherproof Covers
RW51470
RW51550
RW51040
RW51810
RW51020
RW51320
RW51330
RW51450
1-Gang Weatherproof Covers for Vertical Mounting Inches (mm)
Description
Product Dimensions
Height x Width x Depth Catalog Number
Zinc die cast, gray, duplex cover
for box mounting
4.58 in. x 2.82 in. x 0.57 in.
(116.3 x 71.6 x 14.5)
RW51470
Zinc die cast, gray, 1.40 in. (35.6) cover
for single receptacle or toggle switch
for device mounting
4.56 in. x 2.81 in. x 0.88 in.
(115.8 x 71.4 x 22.4)
RW51550*
Zinc die cast, gray, GFCI,
surge and decorator cover
for device mounting
4.58 in. x 2.81 in. x 0.57 in.
(116.3 x 71.4 x 14.5)
RW51040
1-Gang Weatherproof Covers for Horizontal Mounting Inches (mm)
Description
Product Dimensions
Height x Width x Depth Catalog Number
Zinc die cast, gray, duplex cover
for device mounting
2.82 in. x 4.57 in. x 0.79 in.
(71.6 x 116.1 x 20.1)
RW51810
Zinc die cast, gray, 1.40 in. (35.6) cover
for single receptacle or toggle switch
for device mounting
2.81 in. x 4.56 in. x 0.99 in.
(71.4 x 115.8 x 25.1)
RW51520*
Zinc die cast, gray, GFCI,
surge and decorator cover
for device mounting
2.82 in. x 4.56 in. x 0.52 in.
(71.6 x 115.8 x 13.2)
RW51020
2-Gang Weatherproof Covers for Vertical Mounting Inches (mm)
Description
Product Dimensions
Height x Width x Depth Catalog Number
Zinc die cast, gray, duplex cover
for device mounting
4.54 in. x 4.54 in. x 0.75 in.
(115.3 x 115.3 x 19.1)
RW51320
Zinc die cast, gray, one duplex/one GFCI,
surge and decorator cover for box mounting
4.54 in. x 4.54 in. x 0.77 in.
(115.3 x 115.3 x 19.6)
RW51330
Zinc die cast, gray, 1.40 in. (35.6) cover
for single receptacle or toggle switch
for device mounting
4.54 in. x 4.54 in. x 0.77 in.
(115.3 x 115.3 x 19.6)
RW51380
Zinc die cast, gray, two GFCI,
surge and decorator cover
for box mounting
4.54 in. x 4.56 in. x 0.73 in.
(115.3 x 115.8 x 18.5)
RW51450
Note: All weatherproof plates are UL Listed for WET LOCATIONS WITH COVER CLOSED, for intermittent use in wet
locations or use in damp locations. All plates are gasketed and self-closing.
*cULus Listed.
Q-19
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Weatherproof Covers
1-Gang Die Cast Aluminum Covers, Vertical Mount Inches (mm)
Description Catalog Number
1.62 in. (41.1) dia. opening, 20 and 30 amp, locking receptacle 7420B
2.15 in. (54.6) dia. opening, 30 and 50 amp, 3-wire power receptacle 7427B
2.31 in. (58.7) dia. opening for “MBWP” inlet 7429B
20 amp power interrupting, locking receptacle 23007
30 amp power interrupting, locking receptacle, lift cover 20405
50 amp standard locking receptacle 7770
2.81" (71.4)
4.67"
(118.6)
.86"
(21.8)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Catalog Number for Receptacles in Groups Inches (mm)
Boss Diameter
1.36 in. to 1.39 in.
(34.5 to 35.3)
Boss Diameter
1.55 in. to 1.58 in.
(39.4 to 40.1)
Boss Diameter
1.68 in. to 1.72 in.
(42.7 to 43.7)
Boss Diameter
2.09 in. to 2.13 in.
(53.1 to 54.1)
Boss Diameter
2.28 in. to 2.44 in.
(57.9 to 62.0)
5261
5251
5661
5361
5351
5461
4710
4760
7582
7310
8210
8310
7250
5284
5258
5684
5384
5484
5261IG
5361IG
7535
70615FR
70520FR
70620FR
70720FR
70820FR
70920FR
70530FR
70630FR
70730FR
70830FR
70930FR
71020FR
71120FR
71220FR
71030FR
71130FR
71230FR
71330FR
71420FR
71520FR
71620FR
71430FR
71530FR
71630FR
71730FR
71820FR
71920FR
72020FR
71830FR
71930FR
72030FR
72120FR
72220FR
72320FR
72130FR
72230FR
72330FR
3330
3430
3520
7410
40045FR
FSL1FR
FSL2FR
FSL3FR
FSL4FR
9530FR
9630FR
9303
9306
9550FR
9650FR
3771
7379
3769
6369CR
6370CR
CS6369L
CS6370L
CS8169L
CS8269L
CS8369L
CS8469L
CS6369A
CS6370A
CS8169A
CS8269A
CS8369A
CS8469A
1-Gang Non-Metallic Cover, Vertical Mount for Flanged Devices
Description Catalog Number
Yellow fiberglass weatherproof plate with lift lid for 50 amp locking receptacles,
fits F.S. and F.D. boxes
7774CR
7774CR7420B
4.56"
(115.8)
3.25"
(82.6)
2.84"
(72.1)
.188" (4.8)
Dia. Thru
(4) Holes
1.88" (47.8)
2.40"
(61.0)
23007
7420B
7770
7774CR
Q-20
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
1-Gang Non-Metallic Covers, Vertical Mount for Flanged Devices
Description Catalog Number
Weatherproof lift cover for use with 15 amp locking flanged
equipment devices (inlets and receptacles)
WPC1
Weatherproof lift cover for use with 20 and 30 amp locking flanged
equipment devices (inlets and receptacles)
WPC2
Weatherproof lift cover for use with 50 amp locking non-metallic flanged inlets 7780*
Note: *cULus Listed only, not CSA Certified.
Use with Flanged Inlets and Flanged Receptacles Listed Below
Catalog Number Use with flanged inlets and flanged receptacles listed below
WPC1 4716MB 4715ER 70615MB 70615ER 4786MB 4785ER 7556MB 7557ER
8808 8809
WPC2 70520MB 70520ER 70620MB 70620ER 70720MB 70720ER 70820MB 70820ER
70920MB 70920ER 70530MB 70530ER 70630MB 70630ER 70730MB 70730ER
70830MB 70830ER 70930MB 70930ER 7327 7328 71020MB 71020ER
71120MB 71120ER 71220MB 71220ER 71030MB 71030ER 71230MB 71230ER
71330MB 71330ER 71420MB 71420ER 71520MB 71520ER 71620MB 71620ER
71430MB 71430ER 71530MB 71530ER 71630MB 71630ER 71730MB 71730ER
7408MB 7409ER 71820MB 71820ER 71920MB 71920ER 72020MB 72020ER
71830MB 71830ER 71930MB 79130ER 72030MB 72030ER 72120MB 72120ER
72220MB 72220ER 72320MB 72320ER 40045MB 40045ER 72130MB 72130ER
72230MB 72230ER 72330MB 72330ER
7780 CS6375L
CS8375L
WPC2
2.84"
(72.1)
.188" (4.8)
Dia. Thru
(4) Holes
1.88" (47.8)
1.22"
(31.0)
3.25"
(82.6)
4.56"
(115.8)
.19" (4.8)
Dia. Thru
(4) Holes
2.84"
(72.1) 1.09"
(27.7)
1.88" (47.8)
3.25"
(82.6)
4.56"
(115.8)
Note: Device not
included.
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Weatherproof Covers
7780
Q-21
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
www.bryant-electric.comSpecifications are subject to change without notice. Q-21
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Non-Metallic While-In-Use Weatherproof Covers
RW57750 RW58750
RW57350 RW58350
NEC® is a registered trademark of the The National Electrical Code.
NEMA® is a registered trademark of The National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
B
A
C
1-Gang Weatherproof Covers for Vertical or Horizontal Mounting
Description Standard EXTRA DUTY®
Non-metallic, black (standard) or gray (extra duty) with clear tinted cover,
while-in-use, 16-in-1 congurations below
RW57300 RW58300
Jumbo, non-metallic, black (standard) or gray (extra duty) with clear
tinted cover, while-in-use, 16-in-1 congurations below
RW57350 RW58350
2-Gang Weatherproof Covers for Vertical or Horizontal Mounting
Description Standard EXTRA DUTY®
Non-metallic, black (standard) or gray (extra duty) with clear tinted cover,
while-in-use, 55-in-1 congurations below
RW57750 RW58750
Note: Required by the NEC® for while-in-use outdoor power distribution. Thermoplastic covers provide protection for use in
wet locations with the cover closed, NEMA® 3R rated. Meets 2014 NEC 406.9 – receptacles in damp or wet locations.
Holes for padlocks are .40 inch.
Adapters
(Included)
GFCI Switch 1
1/4
"1
3/8
"1
9/16
"
&
1
5/8
"2
1/8
"
+=
Duplex
1
3/8
"1
3/4
"2
1/8
"
1
1/4
"1
9/16
"
&
1
5/8
"
Switch
Duplex
or
1
3/4
"
RW57300 RW58300
Multiple combinations of duplex, GFCI, switch, and rounds: 1 1/4", 1 3/8", 1 9/16", 1 5/8", 1 11/16", 2 1/8", 2 /4", 2 7/16"
1-Gang Jumbo, 1-Gang 2-Gang
Standard EXTRA DUTY®Standard EXTRA DUTY®Standard EXTRA DUTY®
A
B
C
5.54" (140.7)
3.79" (96.3)
3.07" (78.0)
5.90" (149.9)
4.18" (106.2)
3.00" (76.2)
5.54" (140.7)
3.79" (96.3)
5.08" (129.0)
5.92" (150.4)
4.20" (106.7)
5.10" (129.5)
5.54" (140.7)
5.43" (137.9)
3.07" (78.0)
5.54" (140.7)
5.43" (137.9)
3.07" (78.0)
• High-impact polycarbonate construction provides maximum durability
• Patented keyhole mounting system allows installation in under a minute
• Includes attached gasket and mounting hardware
• Pre-configured for GFCI with patented knockout technology for alternate devices
• Lockable tab
• NEMA 3R rated
• EXTRA DUTY® 5800 Series covers meet or exceed the extra duty rating
per UL 514D, and are NEMA 3R rated
• 2014 NEC® Compliant (Article 406.9A & B)
• cULus Listed
Q-22
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
1-Gang EXTRA DUTY® Metallic Covers for Vertical Mounting Inches (mm)
Description
Product Dimensions
Height x Width x Depth Catalog Number
Metallic, gray, duplex, while-in-use cover
for vertical mounting
6.5 in. x 3.3 in. x 3.2 in.
(165.1 x 83.8 x 81.3)
WPB8E
Metallic, gray, round hole 1.55" or 2.10",
while-in-use cover for vertical mounting
6.5 in. x 3.3 in. x 4.5 in.
(165.1 x 83.8 x 114.3)
WPB700E
Metallic, gray, GFCI, while-in-use cover
for vertical mounting
6.5 in. x 3.3 in. x 3.2 in.
(165.1 x 83.8 x 81.3)
WPB26E
1-Gang EXTRA DUTY® Metallic Covers for Horizontal Mounting Inches (mm)
Description
Product Dimensions
Height x Width x Depth Catalog Number
Metallic, gray, duplex, while-in-use cover
for horizontal mounting
4.8 in. x 5.1 in. x 3.2 in.
(121.9 x 129.5 x 81.3)
WPB8EH
Metallic, gray, GFCI, while-in-use cover
for horizontal mounting
4.8 in. x 5.1 in. x 3.2 in.
(121.9 x 129.5 x 81.3)
WPB26EH
2-Gang EXTRA DUTY® Metallic Covers for Vertical Mounting Inches (mm)
Description
Product Dimensions
Height x Width x Depth Catalog Number
Metallic, gray, double duplex, while-in-use cover
for vertical mounting
6.5 in. x 5.1 in. x 3.2 in.
(165.1 x 129.5 x 81.3)
WPB82E
Metallic, gray, GFCI and duplex, while-in-use cover
for vertical mounting
6.5 in. x 5.1 in. x 3.2 in.
(165.1 x 129.5 x 81.3)
WPB268E
Metallic, gray, double GFCI, while-in-use cover
for vertical mounting
6.5 in. x 5.1 in. x 3.2 in.
(165.1 x 129.5 x 81.3)
WPB262E
EXTRA DUTY® Metallic While-in-Use Covers are designed for
use whenever protection is required while an outlet is in use.
Covers meet or exceed the extra duty rating per UL 514D,
and are NEMA® 3R rated.
• Superior commercial quality die-cast aluminum construction
• Meets or exceeds extra duty rating in UL 514D
• Unique lid design allows larger plugs and provides more
room for bend radius of electrical cords
• Provision on each side for holding cords – reduces pull-outs
• Padlockable – accepts standard size padlocks
• Includes gasket and hardware
• Powder coated for corrosion protection
• Device or box mounting
• NEMA® 3R rated
• Can be installed to comply with 2014 NEC® 406.9A & B
WPB8EH
WPB26EH
WPB8E
WPB700E
WPB26E
WPB82E
WPB268E
WPB262E
EXTRA DUTY® Metallic While-In-Use Covers
NEC® is a registered trademark of the The National Electrical Code.
NEMA® is a registered trademark of The National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
Q-23
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
• Extra deep weatherproof box gives installers the room needed to wire the box efficiently
• State-of-the-art powder-coated finish provides years of protection against the elements
• Includes hardware, gasket and ground screw are provided
• Male inlet is securely mounted to the cover for additional durability
• Industrial grade device
• 1-Gang, cast aluminum
Pool Pump Receptacle Kit
Description Catalog Number
20A 125V pool pump receptacle kit, includes a NEMA L5-20
locking receptacle and single pole 20A 120-277V AC switch
PKL520*
Note: *Includes mounting hardware, gasket, wire connector, (3) closure plugs for the ¾ inch
threaded outlets and assembly instructions.
Generator Power Connection Kit
Description Catalog Number
NEMA L14-30, 30A 125/250V, 3-pole 4-wire generator kit RB58405*
Note: *Includes mounting hardware, gasket, ground screw, (2) closure plugs for the ¾ inch
threaded outlets and assembly instructions.
• 2-Gang, die cast aluminum, weatherproof box, compact design
• 2-Gang, polycarbonate, while-in-use cover, high resistance to impact and corrosion
• 20A 125V or 250V heavy duty locking receptacle
• 20A 120-277V AC switch, single pole or double pole
• Locking receptacle prevents accidental disconnection of mating pump plug
• NEMA 3R while-in-use cover, tinted lid aesthetically pleasing for any location
Pool Pump Receptacle Kit and Generator Power Connection Kit
While-in-use cover protects
switch and receptacle from
weather and dirt while in use,
and can be locked for added
security (lock not included)
Locking receptacle
helps prevent
unintentional
disconnection of
mating pump plug
Q-24
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Wallplate Selection Chart for Single Receptacles Inches (mm)
Typical
Receptacle
Matching
Wallplate
Stainless
Steel
302/304
Stainless
Steel
430
Solid
Brass
Hi-Impact Nylon
Ivory Brown
15 or 20 amp
straight blade
devices
15 amp
locking
devices
1-Gang,
single receptacle
1.40 in. (35.6) I.D.
opening
SS7 SS7L SB7 NP7I NP7*
20 or 30 amp
locking devices
3-wire, 4-wire or
5-wire
1-Gang,
single receptacle
1.60 in. (40.6) I.D.
opening
SS720 —SB720 NP720I NP720*
30 or 50 amp
3-wire power
outlets
1-Gang,
power outlet
2.15 in. (54.6) I.D.
opening
SS723 SS723L —NP724I NP724*
2-Gang,
power outlet
2.15 in. (54.6) I.D.
opening
SS702 — — — —
2-Gang,
2.15 in. (54.6) I.D.
opening 1.81 in. W
(46.0) x 2.38 in. H
(60.3) mounting
SS703 SS703L —NP703I NP703*
30, 50 or
60 amp 3-wire
power outlets
2-Gang,
2.48 in. (63.0) I.D.
opening 1.81 in. W
(46.0) x 2.38 in. H
(60.3) mounting
SS701 — — — —
Note: *Catalog number indicated is Brown, for full offering of color options and materials see pages Q-7 and Q-8.
Selection Chart
Q-25
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Material Specifications
Nylon Plate Inches (mm)
Specifications
Thickness
Mounting screws
Feature
Operating temperature
Appearance
0.06 in. (1.5)
Steel (painted slotted screw head)
Captive mounting screw hole, positive bow
for ush mounting
-40°C to 85°C
Smooth
Nylon, Stainless Steel and Brass Plate
Listings
Conforms to applicable NEMA® and ANSI® Standards
Meets UL Standard 514D and CSA C22.2 #42.1
UL Listed (Brass, stainless steel and nylon)
CSA Certied
302/304 Stainless Steel
(18% Chromium, 8% Nickel) Plate Inches (mm)
Specifications
Thickness
Mounting screws
Appearance
.035 in. (0.9) nominal
302/304 stainless steel (18% chromium,
8% nickel), slotted screw head
Brushed nish
430 Stainless Steel (17% Chromium,
Less than 0.50% Nickel) Plate Inches (mm)
Specifications
Thickness
Mounting screws
Appearance
.035 in. (0.9) nominal
302/304 stainless steel (18% chromium,
8% nickel), slotted screw head
Brushed nish
Brass (70% Copper, 30% Zinc) Plate Inches (mm)
Specifications
Thickness
Mounting screws
Operating temperature
Appearance
0.04 in. (1.0)
Brass (70% copper, 30% zinc),
slotted screw head
-40°C to 85°C
Brushed nish
Aluminum Plate Inches (mm)
Specifications
Thickness
Mounting screws
Appearance
0.05 in. (1.3)
Aluminum slotted head
Brushed nish, clear anodized
Brass-Plated Steel Plate Inches (mm)
Specifications
Thickness
Mounting screws
Appearance
0.03 in. (0.8) nominal
Brass slotted head
Polished nish, coated to inhibit oxidation
Chrome-Plated Steel Plate Inches (mm)
Specifications
Thickness
Mounting screws
Appearance
0.03 in. (0.8) Nominal
Zinc-plated steel slotted head
Polished nish, coated to inhibit oxidation
NEMA® is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
ANSI® is a registered trademark of the American National Standards Institute.
Q-26
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
W
H
W
H
W
H
Standar
d Metal - 1.39" (35.3)
Painted Metal - 1.37" (34.8)
Jumbo Metal - 1.76" (44.7)
Standar
d Nylon - 1.44" (36.6)
Mid-Size Nylon - 1.56" (39.6)
1.81" (46.0)
TYP.
1.81" (46.0)
TYP.
1.81" (46.0)
TYP.
1.81" (46.0)
TYP.
Duplex Recept. Device Mtg.
Power Outlet Device
Mtg. 2.50" (63.5)
Standard Device
Mtg. 2.38" (60.5)
Rectangular Device
Mtg. 3.81" (96.8)
Box Mtg.
3.28" (83.3)
Product Dimensions Inches (mm)
Standard Metal Painted Metal Jumbo Metal
Type Height Width Width Type Height Width
1-Gang 4.5 0" (114.3) 2.87" (72.9) 2.75" (69.8) 1-Gang 5.25" (133.4) 3.50" (88.9)
2-Gang 4.50" (114.3) 4.60" (116.8) 4.56" (115.8) 2-Gang 5.25" (133.4) 5.31" (134.9)
3-Gang 4.50" (114.3) 6.41" (162.8) 6.38" (162.1)
4-Gang 4.50" (114.3) 8.22" (208.8) 8.18" (207.8)
5-Gang 4.50" (114.3) 10.03" (254.8) 10.00" (254.0)
6-Gang 4.50" (114.3) 11.81" (300.0) 11.81" (300.0)
7-Gang 4.50 " (114.3) 13.68" (347.5)
8-Gang 4.50" (114.3) 15.44" (392.1)
Standard Nylon Mid-Size Nylon
Type Height Width Type Height Width
1-Gang 4.6 3" (117.6) 2.88" (73.2) 1-Gang 4.88" (124.0) 3.13" (79.5)
2-Gang 4.63" (117.6) 4.69" (119.1) 2-Gang 4.88" (124.0) 4.94" (125.4)
3-Gang 4.63" (117.6) 6.50" (165.1) 3-Gang 4.88" (124.0) 6.75" (171.5)
4-Gang 4.63" (117.6) 8.31" (211.1) 4-Gang 4.88" (124.0) 8.56" (217.4)
5-Gang 4.63" (117.6) 10.12" (256.1)
6-Gang 4.63" (117.6) 11.93" (303.0)
Snap-on Nylon
Type Height Width
1-Gang 4.6 8" (118.9) 2.94" ( 74.7)
2-Gang 4.68" (118.9) 4.75" (120.7)
3-Gang 4.68" (118.9) 6.56" (166.6)
4-Gang 4.68" (118.9) 8.37" (212.6)
5-Gang 4.68" (118.9) 10.18" (258.6)
6-Gang 4.68" (118.9) 11.99" (304.5)
Wallplate Openings and Mounting Dimensions Inches (mm)
#6-32 Oval Head Screws Typical
Wallplate Dimensions
Note: Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Q-27
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Step 1:
Determine wallplate material
and enter in box marked
"Catalog Number"
Step 2:
Enter quantity.
Smooth Metal
Material Code
Aluminum AL
Brass plated steel BP
Solid brass BR
Chrome plated steel CH
Stainless steel 302/304 SS
Number of
Gangs Code
1-Gang 1
2-Gang 2
3-Gang 3
4-Gang 4
5-Gang 5
6-Gang 6
7-Gang 7
8-Gang 8
Determine number of gangs required
and enter in box marked "Catalog
Number" next to material.
Step 3: Select the custom metal
wallplate configuration.
Refer to the custom wallplate configuration chart to
select a configuration for each gang in the wallplate. Each
configuration has a specific 3-digit code located in the chart
on page Q-28. Enter this 3-digit configuration code in the
corresponding box on the order form grid to match the
position required on the finished custom wallplate.
The 3-digit numbers listed in the Sample Order
Form above (001, 149, etc.) represent the
configuration for the custom metal wallplate
selected on the right. See Configuration Chart
and Bryant Configuration Selector Guide on
page
Q-28
for additional configuration choices.
Item No. Catalog Number Quantity Code Position 1 Position 2 Position 3 Position 4
1BWCSS4 B* 001 149 008 026
2
Note: *BWC are preprinted on the distributor order form.
Number to use for pricing.
How To Select A Custom Metal Wallplate
Custom Metal Wallplates
Enter
Catalog Number.
BWC* SS 4
Q-28
Wallplates and Covers
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Custom Metal Wallplates
Configuration Chart Inches (mm)
Note: For detailed dimensions of the above configurations, contact Technical Service at btechserv@hubbell.com.
Available in brushed metal, standard size only up to and including 8-gang type.
IBM® is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
001
Toggle switch
007
Single receptacle,
1.40 in. (35.6) I.D. opening
008
Duplex receptacle
011
1- Telephone 0.64 in. (16.3) I.D. hole,
box mount, 0.50 in. (12.7) I.D.,
nylon bushing
012
1- Telephone 0.64 in. (16.3) I.D. hole,
strap mount, 0.50 in. (12.7) I.D.,
nylon bushing
013
Blank, box mount
014
Blank, strap mount
026
Decorator opening
055
1-Telephone, 0.38 in. (9.7) I.D. hole,
strap mount
056
1- Telephone, 0.38 in. (9.7) I.D. hole,
box mount
057
1- Telephone, 0.50 in. (12.7) I.D. hole,
strap mount
058
1- Telephone, 0.50 in. (12.7) I.D. hole,
box mount
078
Barrel key switch
079
Barrel key switch with
hash marks
080
Barrel key switch with
ON/OFF and hash marks
091
Single receptacle,
1.60 in. (40.6) I.D. opening
098
Single receptacle,
2.16 in. (54.7) I.D. opening
135
Louver, vertical mount
149
Blank, no mounting holes
Coax/Twinax and Modular
Jack Openings
422
1- “D” hole, 0.51 in. (12.9) dia.,
0.44 in. (11.2) flat, box mount
425
1- “D” hole, 0.51 in. (12.9) dia.,
0.47 in. (12.0) flat, box mount
428
1- “D” hole, 0.58 in. (14.7) dia.,
0.55 in. (14.0) flat, box mount
430
1- “D” hole, 0.76 in. (19.3) dia.,
0.73 in. (18.5) flat, box mount
423
2- “D” hole, 0.51 in. (12.9) dia.,
0.44 in. (11.2) flat, box mount
426
2- “D” hole, 0.51 in. (12.9) dia.,
0.47 in. (12.0) flat, box mount
429
2- “D” hole, 0.58 in. (14.7) dia.,
0.55 in. (14.0) flat, box mount
431
2- “D” hole, 0.76 in. (19.3) dia.,
0.73 in. (18.5) flat, box mount
456
2- Telephone 0.38 in. (9.7) dia. hole,
box mount
458
2- Telephone 0.50 in. (12.7) dia. hole,
box mount
411
2- Telephone 0.64 in. (16.3) dia. hole,
box mount
435
9-Pin, vertical box mount
438
15-Pin, vertical box mount
295
25-Pin, vertical box mount
314
1- IBM® type opening,
box mount
415
1- IBM® type opening,
1- 0.59 in. x 0.76 in. (15.0 x 19.3)
opening
Voice/Data Opening
470
1- 0.54 in. x 0.75 in. (13.8 x 19.1)
opening, vertical box mount
473
1- 0.59 in. x 0.76 in. (15.0 x 19.3)
opening, vertical box mount
476
1- 0.59 in. x 0.82 in. (15.0 x 20.8)
opening, vertical box mount
479
1- 0.58 in. x 0.78 in. (14.6 x 19.8)
opening, vertical box mount
471
2- 0.54 in. x 0.75 in. (13.8 x 19.1)
opening, vertical box mount
473
2- 0.59 in. x 0.76 in. (15.0 x 19.3)
opening, vertical box mount
476
2- 0.59 in. x 0.82 in. (15.0 x 20.8)
opening, vertical box mount
479
2- 0.58 in. x 0.78 in. (14.6 x 19.8)
opening, vertical box mount
ON
OFF
R-1
www.bryant-electric.com
Table of Contents Page
In-Wall AV Delivery ......................................................................R-2
HDMI Products .........................................................................R-2
Network Enclosures ......................................................................R-3
Network Modules ........................................................................R-4
AV Modules ............................................................................R-5
Patch Panels and Patch Cords .............................................................R-6
Accessories ............................................................................R-7
Connectivity ............................................................................R-8
Video and Audio Keystone Connections .......................................................R-9
AV Keystone Connections ................................................................Q10
Frames and Plates ......................................................................R-11
Molded-In Voice/Data/Video Frames ........................................................R-12
Molded-In Plates .......................................................................R-13
Telephone Jacks .......................................................................R-14
Modular Connectors .....................................................................R-15
Modular Face Plate Frames and Modules ....................................................R-16
Modules and Frames ....................................................................R-17
AV 110 Everywhere™ Analog AV Over UTP ...................................................R-18
Termination Tools .......................................................................R-19
Standard UTP Wiring Conventions ..........................................................R-20
Section R
Network Wiring
www.bryant-electric.com Specifications are subject to change without notice.
R-2
Network Wiring
Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles
®
FPTV Connection Enclosure Inches (mm)
Description
Dimensions
Catalog NumberHeight Width Depth
2-Gang in-wall enclosure 8.16" (207) 7.92" (201) 3.37" (86) NSAV62M
Steel cover for NSAV6 series 7.2" (183) 7.2" (183) 0.05" (1) NSAV6C
Block wall adapter NSAV6BW
New work stud brackets NSAV6NW
Power Kits
Description Color Catalog Number
Standard power kit, includes
wallplate, box and 15A tamper-
resistant outlet
White NSOKPTR
Surge protected power kit,
includes wallplate, box and
surge protected outlet
Blue NSOKPS
Feed-Through Plates
Color 1-Gang 2-Gang
Ivory
White
NSAV1I*
NSAV1W*
NSAV2I*
NSAV2W*
Note: *Not UL Listed.
Recessed Receptacles
Color
15A 125V, Tamper-Resistant Duplex Receptacle
1-Gang
2-Gang with
Feed-Through
2-Gang with
Snap Fit
Ivory
Light Almond
White
RR1510I
RR1510LA
RR1510W
RR1512I
RR1512LA
RR1512W
RR1514I
RR1514LA
RR1514W
Wallbox
Description Color Catalog Number
2-Gang, nail-on box,
thermoplastic
Blue RR1500
HDMI Frames
Description Color 1-Gang, 1-Port 1-Gang, 2-Port
HDMI, decorator frame,
female to female
Almond
Black
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NS801AL
NS801BK
NS801GY
NS801I
NS801LA
NS801W
NS802AL
NS802BK
NS802GY
NS802I
NS802LA
NS802W
•High density delivery of power, data and AV
•Stud or sheetrock mounting flexibility
•Steel construction for residential MDU
and commercial applications
•Easily reconfigured to adapt to
new applications
Two and Three Gangable AV Wallboxes Inches (mm)
Box
Dimensions
Top Knockouts Bottom Knockouts Back Knockouts Catalog NumberHeight Width Depth
2-Gang, 2" KO,
54 in3 capacity
4.21" (107) 4.06" (103) 4.0" (102) (2) ½"
(2) ½" – ¾" TKO*
(1) 1", 1¼", 1½"
and 2"
(2) ½" – ¾" TKO HBL985
3-Gang, 2" KO,
79 in3 capacity
4.21" (107) 5.87" (149) 4.0" (102) (3) ½"
(3) ½" – ¾" TKO*
(1) ½", (1) ½" – ¾" TKO*
(1) 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2"
(3) ½" – ¾" TKO HBL986
Note: *TKO (Tangential Knockout).
Low Voltage AV Wallbox Partitions
Compatible With Description Quantity Catalog Number
HBL985 and HBL986 Solid divider 1HBL989
With pass-thru capability 1HBL989AVD
In-Wall AV Delivery
www.bryant-electric.comSpecifications are subject to change without notice. R-3
Network Wiring
I
nfrastructure for Digital Lifestyles
®
Pre-Configured Network System Kit
Description Catalog Number
Basic home network kit includes:
- One box with hinged cover NSOBOX14
- One primary 8-port telephone module NSOPTM8
- One four way coaxial splitter module NSOVM4
NSOBNK14
10-Inch Network Enclosure for MDU and Modular Applications Inches (mm)
Description Height Width Depth
Module Unit
Capacity Catalog Number
With hinged cover
11.55" (293) 15.65" (398) 4.08" (104)
3NSOBX10
With panel cover
11.07" (281) –
4.08" (104)
3NSOBX10BC
10"H box only
10.07" (256) 14.38" (365) 3.96" (101)
3NSOBX10B
Hinged door
11.55" (293 15.65" (398)
0.58" (15)
–NSOBX10D
Panel cover
11.07" (281) 15.50" (594) 0.20" (5)
–NSOBX10C
14-Inch Network Enclosure Inches (mm)
Description Height Width Depth
Module Unit
Capacity Catalog Number
With hinged cover 15.55" (395)
15.65" (398) 4.08" (104)
5NSOBOX14
With panel cover 15.10" (384) 15.54" (395)
4.08" (104)
5NSOBOX14BC
14"H box only 14.00" (356)
14.38" (365)
3.96" (101) 5NSOBOX14B
Hinged door 15.55" (395)
15.65" (398)
0.33" (8) –NSOBOX14D
Vented door (louver) 15.55" (395)
15.65" (398)
0.52" (15) –NSOBOX14DL
Panel cover 15.11" (3 84) 15.54" (395)
0.20" (5)
–NSOBOX14C
2"D extension bracket with
ventilation and WiFi KO
15.30" (389) 15.57" (395) 2.00" (51) –NSOBOX14X2
28-Inch Network Enclosure Inches (mm)
Description Height Width Depth
Module Unit
Capacity Catalog Number
With hinged cover 29.55" (751)
– –
11 NSOBOX28
With panel cover 29.13" ( 740) 15.54" (395)
4.08" (104)
11 NSOBOX28BC
28"H box only 28.0 0" (711)
14.38" (365)
3.96" (101) 11 NSOBOX28B
Hinged door 29.55" (751
15.65" (398)
0.33" (8) –NSOBOX28D
Vented door (louver) 29.55" (751
15.65" (398)
0.52" (15) –NSOBOX28DL
Panel cover 29.29" ( 744) 15.54" (395)
0.20" (5)
–NSOBOX28C
2"D extension bracket with
ventilation and WiFi KOs
29.3" (744) 15.57" (395) 2.00" (51) –NSOBOX28X2
48-Inch Network Enclosure Inches (mm)
Description Height Width Depth
Module Unit
Capacity Catalog Number
With hinged cover 48.94" (1243) 14.94" (379) 4.07" (103) 21 NSOBOX48*
Note: *Door covers rough-in, no trim ring provided.
Network Enclosures
• Flush or surface mount enclosure (hardware provided)
• Hinged cover can be mounted to swing from either side
• Integral trim ring on hinged door
• Horizontal and vertical module mounting holes
• Unique 89D bracket mounting holes
• Integral cable management slots and tie-wraps
• Material: 20-18 gauge steel
• Finish: white, powder coat
www.bryant-electric.com Specifications are subject to change without notice.
R-4
Network Wiring
Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles
®
Combination Modules
Description Units Catalog Number
6-port telephone panel and 6-port coaxial splitter with optional 6-port Category 5e panel provides voice, video,
and data distribution in a space efcient package, perfect for use with NSOBOX10 and NS790xx
plates to quickly establish a comprehensive home network
6-port telephone and video 3NSOTVM6
6-port telephone, video and Category 5e 3 NSOTVDM6
6-port Category 5e data upgrade kit 3NSODK6
Primary Telephone Module
Description Units Catalog Number
8-port phone outlets with up to 4 incoming lines for voice, fax or modem applications in a protected PCB module,
pre-mounted push pins snap the module quickly into place, RJ31X interface jack included for
security system connection, RJ45 jack interfaces with optional NSOETM8 telephone
expansion module for additional extensions
1NSOPTM8
Expansion Telephone Module
Description Units Catalog Number
8-port adds an additional 8 phone outlets with up to 4 incoming lines when used with the primary telephone
module, pre-mounted push pins snap the module quickly into place, includes RJ45 jumper cord to connect with
NSOPTM8 primary telephone module
1NSOETM8
Data Modules
Description Units Catalog Number
Category 5e data module, 8-port supports Gigabit Ethernet for up to 8 C5e data lines with front 110 punch-down
terminations in a protected PCB module, pre-mounted push pins snap the module quickly into place
1NSODM8
Category 6 data module, 8-port supports enhanced transmission speeds beyond Gigabit Ethernet,
future-proof for tomorrows applications
1NSODM8C6
Patchable Telecom Module
Description Units Catalog Number
Terminates lines via modular plug to accommodate exibility by changing plug locations, recongure where phone
lines go at the panel level, allows data lines to be converted to voice with the move of a patch cord, includes nine
RJ45 jumper cords
2NSOMTM24
Combination Module
Description Units Catalog Number
6-port telephone and 1-port Category 5e data provides basic telephone and data delivery in a small package,
allows data lines to be converted to voice with the move of a patch cord
1NSO6P1DM
• Category 6 networking module component
• Hoizontal or vertical module mounting options
• DSL, VolP and ethernet ready
• Finish: black, powder coat
• Material: 18 gauge steel or high impact plastic
• UL and cULus Listed 1863
• All data and phone modules 568A wired
Network Modules
www.bryant-electric.comSpecifications are subject to change without notice. R-5
Network Wiring
I
nfrastructure for Digital Lifestyles
®
4-Way Coaxial Splitter Modules (one incoming line, four outgoing)
Description Units Catalog Number
1Ghz, basic unit 1NSOVM4
2.3Ghz, enhanced capability 1NSOVM42G
6-Way Coaxial Splitter Modules (one incoming line, six outgoing)
Description Units Catalog Number
1Ghz, basic unit 1NSOVM6
2.3Ghz, enhanced capability 1NSOVM62G
8-Way Coaxial Splitter Modules (one incoming line, eight outgoing)
Description Units Catalog Number
1Ghz, basic unit 1NSOVM8
2.3Ghz, enhanced capability 1NSOVM82G
Fixed Video Amplifier Module (120 Volt rated)
Description Units Catalog Number
Provides 10dB video signal amplication for incoming cable feeds recommended for use when more than four
outputs are installed or when signal level is low, provides 10dB forward path gain and supports current digital cable
systems and modems with a passive return, pre-mounted push pins snap the module quickly into place, includes
RG-59 cable jumper to connect amplier to passive video splitter
1NSOVAMP
Eight Room Audio Module
Description Units Catalog Number
Distributes audio from an amplier to matching volume controllers, supports up to eight rooms of audio,
power handling – 200W RMS@20° C, requires impedance matching volume controls (see page R-6)
1NSOAM8
Blank Module Plate
Description Units Catalog Number
Allows mounting of active components (i.e. switches, routers) or other devices (66 blocks, audio components)
onto a modular platform, can be custom drilled or used with two self-adhesive VELCRO® strips included to mount
components onto module, pre-mounted push pins snap the module quickly into place
1NSOBM
• netSELECT® video modules support bidirectional
signal by splitting to 4, 6, or 8 separate work areas
• Pre-mounted push pins snap the module quickly
into place
• Supports digital and analog video finish: black,
powder coat
• UL and cULus Listed 1863
VELCRO® is a registered trademark of Velcro Industries B.V.
AV Modules
www.bryant-electric.com Specifications are subject to change without notice.
R-6
Network Wiring
Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles
®
Snap-On Modular Plug
Description AWG Catalog Number
Snap-on, 8-position modular plug #24 to #26 BRFTP4P
Snap-On Plugs
•All plug contacts 50 micro-inch gold-plated
•IDC wire contacts
•Plastic: 94V-0 rated
•For voice applications
•For solid cable
Cable construction:
• Conductor: #24 AWG UTP
• Jacket: flame-retardant PVC – CM rated
• TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and 6 component compliant
• UL Listed 1863
Patch Panels and Patch Cords
Universal Consolidation Blocks and Patch Panels Inches (mm)
Ports Category Height Width
Depth
Type Category 5e Category 6Category 5e Category 6
12
24
48
5e
5e
5e
10.00" (254)
1.72" (44)
3.47" (88)
3.30" (84)
19.00" (483)
19.00" (483)
1.79" (45)
1.24" (31)
1.24" (31)
1.79" (45)
1.21" (31)
1.21" (31)
Consolidation Block
Patch Panel
Patch Panel
NSP5E12
NSP5E24
NSP5E48
NSP612
NSP624
NSP648
• Reliable, efficient design
• Inline terminations
• TIA 568-C.2 category 5e/6 component compliant
• cULus Listed
NEXTSPEED® Category 6 Patch Cords
Length Black Blue Gray Green Orange Purple Red White Yellow
1'
3'
5'
7'
10'
15'
20'
25'
HC6BK01
HC6BK03
HC6BK05
HC6BK07
HC6BK10
HC6BK15
HC6BK20
HC6BK25
HC6B01
HC6B03
HC6B05
HC6B07
HC6B10
HC6B15
HC6B20
HC6B25
HC6GY01
HC6GY03
HC6GY05
HC6GY07
HC6GY10
HC6GY15
HC6GY20
HC6GY25
HC6GN01
HC6GN03
HC6GN05
HC6GN07
HC6GN10
HC6GN15
HC6GN20
HC6GN25
HC6OR01
HC6OR03
HC6OR05
HC6OR07
HC6OR10
HC6OR15
HC6OR20
HC6OR25
HC6P01
HC6P03
HC6P05
HC6P07
HC6P10
HC6P15
HC6P20
HC6P25
HC6R01
HC6R03
HC6R05
HC6R07
HC6R10
HC6R15
HC6R20
HC6R25
HC6W01
HC6W03
HC6W05
HC6W07
HC6W10
HC6W15
HC6W20
HC6W25
HC6Y01
HC6Y03
HC6Y05
HC6Y07
HC6Y10
HC6Y15
HC6Y20
HC6Y25
NEXTSPEED® Category 5e Patch Cords
Length Black Blue Gray Green Orange Purple Red White Yellow
1’
3'
5'
7'
10'
15'
20'
25'
HC5EBK01
HC5EBK03
HC5EBK05
HC5EBK07
HC5EBK10
HC5EBK15
HC5EBK20
HC5EBK25
HC5EB01
HC5EB03
HC5EB05
HC5EB07
HC5EB10
HC5EB15
HC5EB20
HC5EB25
HC5EGY01
HC5EGY03
HC5EGY05
HC5EGY07
HC5EGY10
HC5EGY15
HC5EGY20
HC5EGY25
HC5EGN01
HC5EGN03
HC5EGN05
HC5EGN07
HC5EGN10
HC5EGN15
HC5EGN20
HC5EGN25
HC5EOR01
HC5EOR03
HC5EOR05
HC5EOR07
HC5EOR10
HC5EOR15
HC5EOR20
HC5EOR25
HC5EP01
HC5EP03
HC5EP05
HC5EP07
HC5EP10
HC5EP15
HC5EP20
HC5EP25
HC5ER01
HC5ER03
HC5ER05
HC5ER07
HC5ER10
HC5ER15
HC5ER20
HC5ER25
HC5EW01
HC5EW03
HC5EW05
HC5EW07
HC5EW10
HC5EW15
HC5EW20
HC5EW25
HC5EY01
HC5EY03
HC5EY05
HC5EY07
HC5EY10
HC5EY15
HC5EY20
HC5EY25
Note: Category 5e and 6 are made-to-order lengths are available from 30 ft. to 100 ft. in 5 ft. increments.
www.bryant-electric.comSpecifications are subject to change without notice. R-7
Network Wiring
I
nfrastructure for Digital Lifestyles
®
Panel Bracket Adapter
Description Catalog Number
For use with adapter panels shown below and FSP
series modules on page G11, snap mounts into
structured cabling enclosures
NSOFSB
Surge Suppression Power Kit
Description Catalog Number
Includes surge receptacle 15A 125V,
NEMA 5-15R, 240 joules/15,000A protection,
per mode, electrical steel box and wallplate
NSOKPS*
Note: *Not UL or cULus Listed.
Lock Kit
Description Catalog Number
Chromed steel, includes two keys, eliminates
unwanted tampering
FLOCK1*
Note: *Not UL or cULus Listed.
Keystone Adapter Panel
Description Catalog Number
Features six blank openings for jacks and
snap ts
FSPHD6X
F-Connector Adapter Panel
Description Catalog Number
F-connector adapter panel with six populated
coaxial connectors
FSPFP6X
Standard Power Kit
Description Catalog Number
Includes duplex receptacle 15A 125V, NEMA 5-15R
electrical steel box and wallplate
NSOKPTR
Slide Audio Volume Controller
Description Color Catalog Number
Decorator styling, power handling
70W RMS@20°C, impedance
matching for up to 8 pairs of
speakers, includes both ivory
and white slides and frames
Ivory/White NSOSAVC
Rotary Audio Volume Controller
Description Color Catalog Number
Power handling 70W RMS@20°C,
impedance matching for up to 8
pairs of speakers, includes both
ivory and white knobs and frames
Ivory/White NSORAVC
• netSELECT® accessories enhance system capabilities
• Volume controls expand home audio applications
• Cabinet mounted receptacle kits provide convenient
power to the enclosure
• Audio controls available in slide or rotary
• Receptacles available in surge and standard kits
Accessories
www.bryant-electric.com Specifications are subject to change without notice.
R-8
Network Wiring
Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles
®
netSELECT® Category 6, 5e and USOC Jacks
Color
Modular Snap Fit
Cat. 6 Jack (single)
Modular Snap Fit
Cat. 6 Jack (25 pack)
Modular Snap Fit
Cat. 5e Jack (single)
Modular Snap Fit
Cat. 5e Jack (25 pack)
Modular Snap Fit
USOC Jack
Black
Blue
Gray
Green
Ivory
Light Almond
Orange
Red
White
Yellow
NSJ6BK
NSJ6B
NSJ6GY
NSJ6GN
NSJ6I
NSJ6LA
NSJ6OR
NSJ6R
NSJ6W
NSJ6Y
NSJ6BK25
NSJ6B25
NSJ6GY25
NSJ6GN25
NSJ6I25
NSJ6LA25
NSJ6OR25
NSJ6R25
NSJ6W25
NSJ6Y25
NSJ5EBK
NSJ5EB
NSJ5EGY
NSJ5EGN
NSJ5EI
NSJ5ELA
NSJ5EOR
NSJ5ER
NSJ5EW
NSJ5EY
NSJ5EBK25
NSJ5EB25
NSJ5EGY25
NSJ5EGN25
NSJ5EI25
NSJ5ELA25
NSJ5EOR25
NSJ5ER25
NSJ5EW25
NSJ5EY25
NSJUBK
NSJUB
NSJUGY
NSJUGN
NSJUI
NSJULA
NSJUOR
NSJUR
NSJUW
NSJUY
netSELECT® Voice/Data Jacks provide for a wide range
of applications ranging from high performance data
demands of Cat. 6 and Cat. 5e, to simple voice grade
USOC jacks.
• Easy to terminate angled wiring towers
• Meets FCC part 68
• Meets and exceeds ANSI/TIA - Category 6 and
Category 5e standards
• UL Listed and CSA Certified
Connectivity
RJ-45 Couplers
Female to Female Couplers
Housing
Color
Category 6,
Pass-Thru
Category 5e,
Pass-Thru
Category 5e, Cross
Over 10/100BASE-T
Black
Gray
White
SFC6BK
–
SFC6W
SFC5EBK
–
SFC5EW
–
SF5ECOGY
–
USB Connectors
Pass-Thru, Female to Female Couplers
Housing Color USB 3.0, A to A USB 3.0, A to B USB 2.0, A to A USB 2.0, A to B
Black
Blue
Office White
White
SFUSBAA3BK
–
–
–
SFUSBAB3BK
–
–
–
–
SFUSBAAB
SFUSBAAOW
SFUSBAAW
–
SFUSBABB
SFUSBABOW
SFUSBABW
HDMI Non-Active Horizontal Patch Cords
Black, Non-Plenum, #24 AWG
HDMI Device Patch Cords In-Wall Cords, (Male with
Screw to Male with Screw)
Patch Cords, (Male to
Male with Secure Screw)
Coupler Cords,
(Male to Female)3 Foot 6 Foot
HDPC03BK HDPC06BK HDH10BK* HDL10BK* HDC10BK*
Note: *Also available in lengths: 15 (15’), 20 (20’), 25 (25’), 30 (30’).
See page R-12 for modules and frames.
HDMI 1.4 Connectors for
IMB and ISFB Series Blanks
Color
HDMI Keystone
Feed-Thru
HDMI Feed-Thru
Coupler
HDMI Feed-Thru
3-Inch Tail
Black
White
SFHC14BK
SFHC14W
HDMIC14
–
HDMIT14
–
www.bryant-electric.comSpecifications are subject to change without notice. R-9
Network Wiring
I
nfrastructure for Digital Lifestyles
®
F-Type Connectors
Pass-Thru, F/F Coupler
Nickel Gold
Color 2GHz 3GHz 2GHz Recessed RCA to F-Connector
Almond
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
SFFALX
SFFBX
SFFEX
SFFGX
SFFX
SFFWX
SFF3GAL
SFF3GBK
SFF3GEI
SFF3GGY
SFF3GOW
SFF3GW
SFFGAL
SFFGBK
SFFGEI
SFFGGY
SFFGOW
SFFGW
–
SFGRFBK
SFGRFEI
SFGRFGY
SFGRFOW
SFGRFW
–
SFRFGBK
SFRFGEI
SFRFGGY
SFRFGOW
SFRFGW
Light Almond is the same color as Office White. See color chart on page V30.
F-Connector Plugs
25-Pack
Termination Type Cable Type Catalog Number
Compression RG6 FRG625
Crimp RG6 FRG6C25
Blank Connectors and Couplers
10-Pack
Color Blank Connector Smooth Blank Connector
Almond
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Light Almond
Office White
White
SFBAL10
SFBB10
SFBE10
SFBG10
–
SFB10
SFBW10
SFSBAL10
SFSBBK10
SFSBEI10
SFSBGY10
SFSBLA10
–
SFSBW10
Video and Audio Keystone Connections
1/4" Stereo Jack
Solder
Color
Almond
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
SF14SJAL
SF14SJBK
SF14SJEI
SF14SJGY
SF14SJOW
SF14SJW
Speaker Post Connectors
Screw Termination, Gold
Color Black Red
Almond
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
SFSPGBKAL
SFSPGBKBK
SFSPGBKEI
SFSPGBKGY
SFSPGBKOW
SFSPGBKW
SFSPGRAL
SFSPGRBK
SFSPGREI
SFSPGRGY
SFSPGROW
SFSPGRW
Speaker Banana Plugs
Screw Termination, Gold, 10-Pack
Black Red
SPPBK10 SPPR10
3.5mm Stereo Jacks
Color
3.5mm to
Solder
3.5mm to
Screw Terminal
3.5mm Pass-Thru,
F/F Coupler
3.5mm Pass-Thru,
Gold, F/F Coupler
Almond SF35SJAL SF35STAL SF35FFAL SF35GFFAL
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
SF35SJBK
SF35SJEI
SF35SJGY
SF35SJOW
SF35SJW
SF35STBK
SF35STEI
SF35STGY
SF35STOW
SF35STW
SF35FFBK
SF35FFEI
SF35FFGY
SF35FFOW
SF35FFW
SF35GFFBK
SF35GFFEI
SF35GFFGY
SF35GFFOW
SF35GFFW
www.bryant-electric.com Specifications are subject to change without notice.
R-10
Network Wiring
Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles
®
AV Keystone Connections
RCA Connectors, Pass-Thru, Recessed
Insulator Color
Housing Color Black Blue Green Orange Red White Yellow
Almond
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
SFRCBKRAL
SFRCBKRBK
SFRCBKREI
SFRCBKRGY
SFRCBKROW
SFRCBKRW
SFRCBRAL
SFRCBRBK
SFRCBREI
SFRCBRGY
SFRCBROW
SFRCBRW
SFRCGNRAL
SFRCGNRBK
SFRCGNREI
SFRCGNRGY
SFRCGNROW
SFRCGNRW
SFRCORRAL
SFRCORRBK
SFRCORREI
SFRCORRGY
SFRCORROW
SFRCORRW
SFRCRRAL
SFRCRRBK
SFRCRREI
SFRCRRGY
SFRCRROW
SFRCRRW
SFRCWRAL
SFRCWRBK
SFRCWREI
SFRCWRGY
SFRCWROW
SFRCWRW
SFRCYRAL
SFRCYRBK
SFRCYREI
SFRCYRGY
SFRCYROW
SFRCYRW
RCA Connectors, Pass-Thru, Gold, Female to Female Coupler
Insulator Color
Housing Color Black Blue Green Orange Red White Yellow
Almond
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
SFRCBKFFAL
SFRCBKFFBK
SFRCBKFFEI
SFRCBKFFGY
SFRCBKFF
SFRCBKFFW
SFRCBFFAL
SFRCBFFBK
SFRCBFFEI
SFRCBFFGY
SFRCBFFOW
SFRCBFFW
SFRCGNFFAL
SFRCGNFFBK
SFRCGNFFEI
SFRCGNFFGY
SFRCGNFFOW
SFRCGNFFW
SFRCORFFAL
SFRCORFFBK
SFRCORFFEI
SFRCORFFGY
SFRCORFFOW
SFRCORFFW
SFRCRFFAL
SFRCRFFBK
SFRCRFFEI
SFRCRFFGY
SFRCRFF
SFRCRFFW
SFRCWFFAL
SFRCWFFBK
SFRCWFFEI
SFRCWFFGY
SFRCWFF
SFRCWFFW
SFRCYFFAL
SFRCYFFBK
SFRCYFFEI
SFRCYFFGY
SFRCYFF
SFRCYFFW
RCA Connectors, Solder Termination
Insulator Color
Housing Color Black Blue Green Orange Red White Yellow
Almond
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
SFRCBKAL
SFRCBKBK
SFRCBKEI
SFRCBKGY
SFRCBKOW
SFRCBKW
SFRCBAL
SFRCBBK
SFRCBEI
SFRCBGY
SFRCBOW
SFRCBW
SFRCGNAL
SFRCGNBK
SFRCGNEI
SFRCGNGY
SFRCGNOW
SFRCGNW
SFRCORAL
SFRCORBK
SFRCOREI
SFRCORGY
SFRCOROW
SFRCORW
SFRCRAL
SFRCRBK
SFRCREI
SFRCRGY
SFRCROW
SFRCRW
SFRCWAL
SFRCWBK
SFRCWEI
SFRCWGY
SFRCWOW
SFRCWW
SFRCYAL
SFRCYBK
SFRCYEI
SFRCYGY
SFRCYOW
SFRCYW
www.bryant-electric.comSpecifications are subject to change without notice. R-11
Network Wiring
I
nfrastructure for Digital Lifestyles
®
1-Gang Multimedia Face Plates
Standard
Color 1-Port 2-Port 3-Port 4-Port 6-Port
Black
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NSP11BK
NSP11GY
NSP11I
NSP11LA
NSP11W
NSP12BK
NSP12GY
NSP12I
NSP12LA
NSP12W
NSP13BK
NSP13GY
NSP13I
NSP13LA
NSP13W
NSP14BK
NSP14GY
NSP14I
NSP14LA
NSP14W
NSP16BK
NSP16GY
NSP16I
NSP16LA
NSP16W
Midsize
Color 1-Port 2-Port 3-Port 4-Port 6-Port
Black
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NSP101BK
NSP101GY
NSP101I
NSP101LA
NSP101W
NSP102BK
NSP102GY
NSP102I
NSP102LA
NSP102W
NSP103BK
NSP103GY
NSP103I
NSP103LA
NSP103W
NSP104BK
NSP104GY
NSP104I
NSP104LA
NSP104W
NSP106BK
NSP106GY
NSP106I
NSP106LA
NSP106W
Decorator Frames
Color 2-Port 3-Port 4-Port 6-Port
Adapter .406" (10.3)
Dia. Hole Adapter Blank
Black
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NS612BK
NS612GY
NS612I
NS612LA
NS612W
NS613BK
NS613GY
NS613I
NS613LA
NS613W
NS614BK
NS614GY
NS614I
NS614LA
NS614W
NS616BK
NS616GY
NS616I
NS616LA
NS616W
—
—
NS621I
NS621LA
NS621W
NS620BK
NS620GY
NS620I
NS620LA
NS620W
Note: Use NS621 series with rotary dimmers or to pull through AV or telephone cable, use NS620 series to ll an extra decorator opening or create customized openings.
2-Gang Multimedia Face Plates
Standard
Color 4-Port 6-Port
Black
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NSP24BK
NSP24GY
NSP24I
NSP24LA
NSP24W
NSP26BK
NSP26GY
NSP26I
NSP26LA
NSP26W
• Provide a stylized look for a finishing touch
• Multimedia jacks insert into frame for custom configurations
• Elongated strap for better wall box mounting
• High impact-resistant thermoplastic frame
• UL Listed 1863 - Communication Circuit Accessory
and CSA Certified
Duplex 106 Outlet Frames
Color 2-Port 4-Port
Almond
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
BR106AL
BR106B
BR106E
BR106G
BR106C
BR106W
Q106AL
Q106B
Q106E
Q106G
Q106O
Q106W
Frames and Plates
www.bryant-electric.com Specifications are subject to change without notice.
R-12
Network Wiring
Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles
®
• Frames offer voice, Category 5e and Coaxial video in
different configurations
• High impact-resistant thermoplastic frame
• Convenient screw down terminals
• Meets FCC part 68
• UL Listed 1863 – Communication Circuit Accessory
and CSA Certified
Molded-In Voice Data Decorator Frames
Description
One RJ11 Jack,
6-Position,
4-Conductor
One RJ11 Jack,
6-Position,
6-Conductor
Duplex RJ11 Jacks,
6-Position,
6-Conductor
Two Jack Voice Data Frame
RJ11 Jack,
6-Position,
4-Conductor
Category 5e,
8-Position,
8-Conductor
Color Screw Terminations Screw Terminations Screw Terminations Screw Terminations 110 IDC
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NS770BK
NS770
NS770GY
NS770I
NS770LA
NS770W
—
NS771
—
NS771I
NS771LA
NS771W
—
—
—
NS772I
NS772LA
NS772W
NS784BK
NS784
NS784GY
NS784I
NS784LA
NS784W
Molded-In Video and Voice Decorator Frames
Description
One F-Type
Coupler Bulkhead,
Female to Female
Duplex F-Type
Coupler Bulkhead,
Female to Female
One RJ11 Jack,
6-Position, 4-Conductor,
One F-Type Coupler Bulkhead,
Female to Female
One Cat. 5e 110 Punch-Down,
One F-Type Coupler Bulkhead,
Female to Female
Color Screw Terminations Screw Terminations Screw Terminations Screw Terminations
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
—
—
—
NS780I
NS780LA
NS780W
—
—
—
NS782I
NS782LA
NS782W
—
—
—
NS783I
NS783LA
NS783W
NS785BK
NS785
NS785GY
NS785I
NS785LA
NS785W
Molded-In Voice/Data/Video Frames
www.bryant-electric.comSpecifications are subject to change without notice. R-13
Network Wiring
I
nfrastructure for Digital Lifestyles
®
Molded-In Plates for Voice, 1-Gang
Description
One RJ11 Jack,
6-Position, 4-Conductor,
Screw Terminations
One RJ11 Jack,
6-Position, 6-Conductor,
Screw Terminations
Duplex RJ11 Jacks,
6-Position, 4-Conductor,
Screw Terminations
Duplex RJ11 Jacks,
6-Position, 6-Conductor,
Screw Terminations
Color Standard Mid-Size Standard Standard Mid-Size Standard
Brown
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NS730
NS730I
NS730LA
NS730W
NS735
NS735I
NS735LA
NS735W
NS732
NS732I
NS732LA
NS732W
—
NS742I
NS742LA
NS742W
—
NS745I
—
NS745W
—
NS744I
—
NS744W
Molded-In Plates for Voice and CATV/Satellite, 1-Gang
Description
One RJ11 Jack,
6-Position, 6-Conductor,
One F-Type Coupler Bulkhead,
Female to Female
One RJ11 Jack,
6-Position, 4-Conductor,
One F-Type Coupler Bulkhead,
Female to Female
One F-Type
Coupler Bulkhead,
Female to Female
Duplex F-Type
Coupler Bulkhead,
Female to Female
Color Standard Mid-Size Standard Standard Mid-Size Standard
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NS748I
NS748LA
NS748W
NS755I
NS755LA
NS755W
NS747I
NS747LA
NS747W
NS750I
NS750LA
NS750W
NS751I
NS751LA
NS751W
NS752I
NS752LA
NS752W
Description
One Category 5e 110 Punch-Down,
One RJ11 Jack, 6-Position, 4-Conductor,
One F-Type Coupler Bulkhead,
Female to Female
Color Standard
Black
Brown
Gray
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NS790BK
NS790
NS790GY
NS790I
NS790LA
NS790W
• Provide economical alternative to wall phone outlet
placement
• High impact-resistant thermoplastic plate
• Convenient screw down terminals
• Meets FCC part 68
• UL Listed 1863 – Communication Circuit Accessory
and CSA Certified
Molded-In Plates
www.bryant-electric.com Specifications are subject to change without notice.
R-14
Network Wiring
Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles
®
Telephone Wall Jacks
Description
Wall Phone Jack Quick Connect,
6-Position, 4-Conductor,
Punch-Down Termination
Tool Included
Wall Phone Jack,
6-Position, 4-Conductor,
Screw Terminations
Wall Phone Jack,
6-Position, 6-Conductor,
Screw Terminations
Ivory
Light Almond
White
NS721I
—
NS721W
NS722I
—
NS722W
NS725I
NS725LA
NS725W
Description
Wall Phone Jack Quick Connect,
6-Position, 4-Conductor,
Punch-Down Termination
Tool Included
Wall Phone Jack,
6-Position, 4-Conductor,
Screw Terminations
Stainless Steel NS723SS NS726SS
Telephone Surface Mount Jacks
Description
Telephone Surface
Mount Jack,
6-Position, 4-Conductor,
Screw Terminations
Telephone Surface
Mount Jack,
6-Position, 6-Conductor,
Screw Terminations
Multimedia 1-Port
Surface Mount Box,
Jack Not Included
Multimedia 2-Port
Surface Mount Box,
Jacks Not Included
Ivory
White
NS760I
NS760W
NS761I
NS761W
ISB1EI*
ISB1W*
ISB2EI*
ISB2W*
Note: *cULus Listed 1863 - Communication Circuit Accessory.
See page R-8 for snap t jacks.
• Available in high impact-resistant thermoplastic or
stainless steel
• Meets FCC part 68
• UL Listed 1863 – Communication Circuit Accessory
and CSA Certified
• High impact-resistant thermoplastic
• Mounts using screws or double sided tape (both included)
• Meets FCC part 68
• UL Listed 1863 – Communication Circuit Accessory
and CSA Certified
Telephone Jacks
www.bryant-electric.comSpecifications are subject to change without notice. R-15
Network Wiring
I
nfrastructure for Digital Lifestyles
®
• The sliding cover provides protection and longer life
• Staggered, angled openings provide proper cable
exit and bend radius
• Two methods to secure cover: screw, latch or both
• Indoor or NEMA 3R weatherproof grade
ISB Surface Mount Boxes
Color 1-Port 2-Port 4-Port 6-Port 12-Port
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
ISB1BK
ISB1EI
ISB1GY
ISB1OW
ISB1W
ISB2BK
ISB2EI
ISB2GY
ISB2OW
ISB2W
ISB4BK
ISB4EI
ISB4GY
ISB4OW
ISB4W
ISB6BK
ISB6EI
ISB6GY
ISB6OW
ISB6W
ISB12BK
ISB12EI
ISB12GY
ISB12OW
ISB12W
Note: ISB surface mount boxes are not compatible with SJ shielded jacks.
Modular Connectors
Secure-IT Plates, Tamper-Resistant
Color
Face Plate
1-Gang/4-Port
Cable-Thru Plate
1-Gang
Black
Gray
Office White
White
TPF1BK
TPF1GY
TPF1OW
TPF1W
TPCP1BK
TPCP1GY
TPCP1OW
TPCP1W
Secure-IT Plates, Weatherproof
Color
Face Plate
1-Gang/4-Port
Gray TWPF1GY
Stainless Steel Wall Mount Phone Plates, Single Gang
Description Color Flush Jack Recessed Jack
USOC jack, RJ25, 6-position Gray SPUF SPUR
Category 5e jack, RJ45, 8-position Gray SP5EF SP5ER
Category 6 jack, RJ45, 8-position Gray SP6F SP6R
10 Gig jack, RJ45, 8-position Gray SP10GF SP10GR
• Fiber storage in 4-, 6- and 12-port versions
• 4- and 6-port versions have ratcheting tabs for
adjustable furniture mounting
• 1-, 2-, 4-, 6- and 12-port configurations
• Plenum versions available cULus Listed
www.bryant-electric.com Specifications are subject to change without notice.
R-16
Network Wiring
Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles
®
• Decorator versions: UL Rated for power
• One to four gang
• Compatible with all iSTATION modules and
keystone connections
• Supplied with paper labels, clear covers and
color-matched screw covers
Modular Face Plate Frames and Modules
Third-Party Raceway Modules
Unloaded, 2-Port, 10-Pack
Color Catalog Number
Black
Ivory*
Gray
White
HWM2KBK10
HWM2KI10
HWM2KGY10
HWM2KW10
Note: *Equivalent to Bryant Office White.
Delivery Bezels and Modules
Color Raceway Bezel
iSTATION Bezel for
Third-Party Raceway Furniture Boxes
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
−
−
KPIMBZGY
KPIMBZOW
−
−
−
HWAPLGY
HWAPLOW
HWAPLW
HBLIMFBK
HBLIMFI
HBLIMFGY
−
HBLIMFWA
iSTATION Stainless Steel Plates
1-Gang 2-Gang 3-Gang 4-Gang
IMSS1 IMSS2 IMSS3 IMSS4
iSTATION Modular Face Plate Frames
Single-Service, Low Voltage
Color 1-Gang 2-Gang 3-Gang 4-Gang
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
IMF1BK
IMF1EI
IMF1GY
IMF1OW
IMF1W
IMF2BK
IMF2EI
IMF2GY
IMF2OW
IMF2W
IMF3BK
IMF3EI
IMF3GY
IMF3OW
IMF3W
IMF4BK
IMF4EI
IMF4GY
IMF4OW
IMF4W
iSTATION Modular Face Plate Frames
Multi-Service, Power and Low Voltage
Color
1-Gang Decorator
1-Gang iSTATION
1-Gang Decorator
2-Gang iSTATION
1-Gang Decorator
3-Gang iSTATION
2-Gang Decorator
2-Gang iSTATION
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
IMFP1D1BK
IMFP1D1EI
IMFP1D1GY
IMFP1D1OW
IMFP1D1W
IMFP1D2BK
IMFP1D2EI
IMFP1D2GY
IMFP1D2OW
IMFP1D2W
IMFP1D3BK
IMFP1D3EI
IMFP1D3GY
IMFP1D3OW
IMFP1D3W
IMFP2D2BK
IMFP2D2EI
IMFP2D2GY
IMFP2D2OW
IMFP2D2W
iSTATION
Multi-Service Frame
www.bryant-electric.comSpecifications are subject to change without notice. R-17
Network Wiring
I
nfrastructure for Digital Lifestyles
®
Keystone Modules, Unloaded
1 Unit 1.5 Unit
Color Flat, 1-Port Flat, 2-Port Angled, 1-Port Angled, 2-Port
Recessed,
Angled, 1-Port
Recessed,
Angled, 2-Port
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
IM1K1BK
IM1K1EI
IM1K1GY
IM1K1OW
IM1K1W
IM2K1BK
IM2K1EI
IM2K1GY
IM2K1OW
IM2K1W
IM1KA15BK
IM1KA15EI
IM1KA15GY
IM1KA15OW
IM1KA15W
IM2KA15BK
IM2KA15EI
IM2KA15GY
IM2KA15OW
IM2KA15W
IM1IA15BK
IM1IA15EI
IM1IA15GY
IM1IA15OW
IM1IA15W
IM2IA15BK
IM2IA15EI
IM2IA15GY
IM2IA15OW
IM2IA15W
Blank HD15/9-Pin or HDMI Modules
1 Unit 1.5 Unit 2 Unit
Color
HD15/9-Pin
or HDMI
Angled,
HD15/9-Pin
or HDMI
HD15/9-Pin or
HDMI with 3.5mm
Stereo Jack*
HD15/9-Pin or
HDMI with 3.5mm
SJ+AV Conn
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
IMBDS1BK
IMBDS1EI
IMBDS1GY
IMBDS1OW
IMBDS1W
IMBDSA15BK
IMBDSA15EI
IMBDSA15GY
IMBDSA15OW
IMBDSA15W
IMB15315BK
IMB15315EI
IMB15315GY
IMB15315OW
IMB15315W
IMB153X2BK
IMB153X2EI
IMB153X2GY
IMB153X2OW
IMB153X2W
Note: *Screw termination or solder. Blank Modules
Color 0.5 Unit 1 Unit 1.5 Unit
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
IMB05BK
IMB05EI
IMB05GY
IMB05OW
IMB05W
IMB1BK
IMB1EI
IMB1GY
IMB1OW
IMB1W
IMB15BK
IMB15EI
IMB15GY
IMB15OW
IMB15W
SC Angled Modules
1.5 Unit 2 Unit
1 Duplex
2 Duplex
IM1SCA15BK
IM1SCA15EI
IM1SCA15GY
IM1SCA15OW
IM1SCA15W
IM2SCA2BK
IM2SCA2EI
IM2SCA2GY
IM2SCA2OW
IM2SCA2W
Blank HD15/9-Pin or HDMI Frames
Color 1-Port Recessed, 1-Port 2-Port
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
ISFB15BK
ISFB15EI
ISFB15GY
ISFB15OW
ISFB15W
ISFBR15BK
ISFBR15EI
ISFBR15GY
ISFBR15OW
ISFBR15W
ISFB215BK
ISFB215EI
ISFB215GY
ISFB215OW
ISFB215W
Modules and Frames
iSTATION™ Audio/Video Modules (10-Pack)
Descritpion
AV Blank
1.5 Unit
XLR Screw
Terminal
XLR
Solder-Type
SpeakON® Connector,
Solder-Type
USB Feed-Thru,
A-to-B
¼" Stereo Jack,
Solder-Type
Catalog Number IMAVB15OW* XLRST10 XLR10 SC10 USB10 14S10
Note: *Color listed is Office White, for other colors, replace “OW” with: “AL” = Almond, “BK” = Black, “EI” = Ivory, “GY” = Gray, “W” = White.
Light Almond is the same color as Office White.
speakON® is a registered trademark of Neutrik® AG.
Gender Changers
Female to Female Couplers
15-Pin, 90° HD 9-Pin HD 15-Pin
Single Pack 15901 − −
10-Pack −9GC10 15GC10
Screw Terminal
HD 9-Pin HD 15-Pin
HD 15-Pin, Keystone
Front Mount
10-Pack 9ST10 15ST10 SF15ST
www.bryant-electric.com Specifications are subject to change without notice.
R-18
Network Wiring
Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles
®
AV 110 Everywhere™ Analog AV Over UTP
S-Video Connection
Extend Up to 75 Ft. (23m) Over Single 4-Pair
UTP Cable
Color S-Video to 110 Termination
Black SFSV110BK
110 Audio/Video Modules
Extend Up to 100 Ft. (30.5m) Over Single 4-Pair UTP Cable, 1.5 Unit
Color
RCA Component Video,
Left/Right Audio
RCA Component Video,
3.5mm Audio
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
IMCAR11015BK
IMCAR11015EI
IMCAR11015GY
IMCAR11015OW
IMCAR11015W
IMC3511015BK
IMC3511015EI
IMC3511015GY
IMC3511015OW
IMC3511015W
110 Audio/Video Modules
Extend Up to 100 Ft. (30.5m) Over Single 4-Pair UTP Cable, 1 Unit
Color
RCA Component
Video, HD, 75’ max.
RCA Composite Video,
Left/Right Audio, 100’ max.
RCA Left/Right
Audio, 100’ max.
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
IMCR1101BK
IMCR1101EI
IMCR1101GY
IMCR1101OW
IMCR1101W
IMR1101BK
IMR1101EI
IMR1101GY
IMR1101OW
IMR1101W
IMAR1101BK
IMAR1101EI
IMAR1101GY
IMAR1101OW
IMAR1101W
3.5mm to 110 Termination Stereo Jacks
Extend Up to 75 Ft. (23m) Over Single 4-Pair UTP Cable
Color 3.5mm to 110 Termination
Black SF35110BK
VGA and 3.5mm HD AV Extender
Extend Up to 75 Ft. (23m) Over Single 4-Pair UTP Cable, 1 Unit
Color Catalog Number
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
IM15311015BK
IM15311015EI
IM15311015GY
IM15311015OW
IM15311015W
Note: Product consists of send and receive pair.
RCA Connectors, 110 Punch-Down
Extend Up to 75 Ft. (23m) Over Single 4-Pair UTP Cable, Housing Color is Black
Insulator Color Catalog Number
Blue
Green
Red
White
Yellow
SFRC110B
SFRC110GN
SFRC110R
SFRC110W
SFRC110Y
Gold Pass-Through Audio/Video Modules
Female to Female Coupler, 1 Unit Speaker Post
Color RCA Component Video
RCA Composite Video
with Left/Right Audio
RCA Left/Right Audio
with 3.5mm Stereo Audio Jack
Black and Red,
Screw Termination
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
IMCRF1BK
IMCRF1EI
IMCRF1GY
IMCRF1OW
IMCRF1W
IM3RF1BK
IM3RF1EI
IM3RF1GY
IM3RF1OW
IM3RF1W
IM35AR1BK
IM35AR1EI
IM35AR1GY
IM35AR1OW
IM35AR1W
IMSP1BK
IMSP1EI
IMSP1GY
IMSP1OW
IMSP1W
Solder Audio/Video Modules
1.5 Unit 1 Unit
Color
RCA Component Video with
Left/Right Audio or RGBHV RCA Component Video
RCA Composite Video
with Left/Right Audio
RCA Composite Video,
3.5mm Stereo Audio Jack
Black
Electric Ivory
Gray
Office White
White
IMCRS15BK
IMCRS15EI
IMCRS15GY
IMCRS15OW
IMCRS15W
IMCRS1BK
IMCRS1EI
IMCRS1GY
IMCRS1OW
IMCRS1W
IM3RS1BK
IM3RS1EI
IM3RS1GY
IM3RS1OW
IM3RS1W
IMRSJ1BK
IMRSJ1EI
IMRSJ1GY
IMRSJ1OW
IMRSJ1W
Speaker Banana Plugs
Screw Termination, Gold, 10-Pack
Color Catalog Number
Black
Red
SPPBK10
SPPR10
www.bryant-electric.comSpecifications are subject to change without notice. R-19
Network Wiring
I
nfrastructure for Digital Lifestyles
®
1-Punch XJ Termination Tools
Description Catalog Number
1-Punch Ascent tool with head, blades and
HXTA termination aid
TX4P6A
1-Punch Ascent tool replacement head TX4P6AH
1-Punch Ascent tool replacement blades TX4P6ABL
1-Punch XJ tool with head, blades and
HXTA termination aid
TX4P
1-Punch XJ replacement head TX4PH
1-Punch XJ replacement blades TX4PHBL
Punch down tool, 1-pair TPDH
1-Pair 110 blade TBLH
Note: Xcelerator jacks are compatible with Paladin Tools® “Jack Terminator” PA8111
termination tool.
Termination Accessories
Description Catalog Number
Hand termination aid “Jack Knuckles”
Xcelerator/Ascent
HXTA
Snap-X termination puck, 25-pack HXTP25
Ascent termination puck, 25-pack HJTP6A25
1-Punch Tool for HP Series Patch Panels
Description Catalog Number
Patch panel tool with head and blades TX41
Patch panel tool replacement head TX414
1-Punch Termination Tool,
110/5-Pair, Category 5/5e
Seats 110 connecting blocks and terminate/cut UTP cable on 110
wiring blocks, terminates #28-22 AWG solid/stranded wire, common
handle for 5-pair/110, jack and panel 1-punch
Description Catalog Number
Punch-down tool, 5-pair head T5PPD110
Termination Tool, 6-110/4-Pair, Category 6
Seats 6-110/4-pair connecting blocks and terminate/cut UTP cable
on 6-110 wiring blocks, cut designation on tool head aids proper
orientation before termination
Description Catalog Number
Termination tool, 4-pair, 6-110
(includes head and blades)
6110MPPDT
Replacement tool head, 6-110
(includes blades)
6110MPPDT1
Note: 6-110 tool is not compatible with 1-punch termination tool.
Communications Cable Stripper/Cutter
Description Catalog Number
Stripper/cutter TCS3
Termination Tools
1-Pair Punch-Down Tool
Cuts punch time in half by terminating a pair at a time, terminates
#28-22 AWG solid/stranded wire, adjustable high and low impact settings
Description Catalog Number
Punch-down tool with blade TPDH
Replacement blade TBLH
Punch-Down Tool, 110
Terminates #28-22 AWG solid/stranded wire, adjustable high and low
impact settings, lanyard holes in handle
Description Catalog Number
Punch-down tool with 110 blade TPD110
Replacement 110 blade TBL110
Replacement 66 blade TBL66
Tool Kit, 8-Piece
Includes: (1) punch-down tool with 110 and 66 blade, (1) pair snips,
(1) 4-Bit screwdriver, (1) UTP/STP cable striper/cutter, (1) Maglite™,
(1) Black belt pouch, and (1) Snap-X termination aid
Description Catalog Number
Tool kit, 8-piece TK8
Maglite™ is a trademark of Mag Instruments, Inc.
Paladin Tools® is a registered trademark of Textron Inc.
www.bryant-electric.com Specifications are subject to change without notice.
R-20
Network Wiring
Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles
®
Standard UTP Wiring Conventions
• 10 Mbps Ethernet
over UTP
• Uses only two pairs
• 100 Mbps Ethernet
• 4/16 Mbps token
ring over copper
• Uses only two pairs
• 100 Mbps FDDI
over copper
• Uses only two pairs
• 1000 Mbps
Ethernet over UTP
• Uses all four pairs
Wiring Conventions
Local area network (LAN) standards designed to operate over UTP specify pin/pair assignments on modular connectors for various sig-
nal transmission protocols. While T568A and T568B conventions support all these designations, there are some cases where the user
chooses to cable only the number of pairs required to support these applications.
RJ-45 ANSI/TIA-568 Wiring Conventions
Two wiring standards were adopted. Both configurations are based on maximum transmission performance.
• Preferred method
• Directly compatible with
2-pair voice and token
ring systems utilizing
6-position connectors
• Optional method
• AT&T® standard
• Directly compatible with
AT&T phone systems
1: Green/White
2: Green
3: Orange/White
4: Blue
5: Blue/White
6: Orange
7: Brown/White
8: Brown
1: Orange/White
2: Orange
3: Green/White
4: Blue
5: Blue/White
6: Green
7: Brown/White
8: Brown
USOC Conventions
Universal Service Ordering Codes (USOC) are a series of Registered Jack (RJ) wiring configurations for connection of customer prem-
ises equipment to the network. FCC regulations govern these configurations.
Color Coding
T1 – White/Blue
T2 – White/Orange
T3 – White/Green
T4 – White/Brown
Pair 1
Pair 2
Pair 3
Pair 4
TIP
R1 – Blue
R2 – Orange
R3 – Green
R4 – Brown
RING
Pair 1
Pair 2
Pair 3
Pair 4
Section S
Technical Information
S-1
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Table of Contents Page
Codes and Standards Organizations .........................................................S-2
Certification Agencies and Markings ..........................................................S-3
Wiring Device Standards and Testing .........................................................S-4
RoHS, TR, WR and IP Meanings ............................................................S-6
Architectural Symbols For Electrical Wiring Devices ..............................................S-7
Materials Commonly Used in Wiring Devices and Horsepower Ratings Table ...........................S-8
AC Switch and Horsepower Ratings ..........................................................S-9
Dimmer – Ganging and Derating ............................................................S-10
Switches Wiring Diagrams ................................................................S-11
Wiring Diagrams ........................................................................S-12
Network Cabling Requirements ............................................................S-16
S-2
Technical Information
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Certification Agencies
Primarily involved in certification of products or manufacturers to standards developed by the certification agency or by others.
For convenience, the following listings define common acronyms for a variety of organizations.
ANCE National Association of Normalization and Certification of the Electrical Sector
BSI British Standards Institute
CE Self Certification Marking of European Community
CCC China Compulsory Certification
CSA Canadian Standards Association or CSA International
ETL Intertech
FM Factory Mutual
NRTL Nationally Recognized (by OSHA) Testing Laboratory
TÜV TÜV Rheinland of N.A., Inc.
UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
VDE Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (Germany)
Government Agencies
DSCC Defense Supply Center – Columbus
EU European Union
FCC Federal Communications Commission
IAPA Industrial Accident and Prevention Association (Canada)
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Codes and Standards Organizations
MR
4700DR
4700DRCR
4700DRI
4700DRIG
4710
4721NP
4750DR
4760
4779NC
4785ER
5242
5242BLK
5242GRY
5242I
5242RED
5242W
5251
5251AL
5251BLK
5251I
5252
5252AL
5252BLK
5252BU
5252GRY
5252I
5252RED
5252W
5261
5261BLK
5261BLKWR
5261GRY
5261GRYWR
5261I
5261IGGRY
5261IGW
5261IWR
5261RED
5261REDWR
5261W
5261WR
5261WWR
5342
5342BLK
5342GRY
5342I
5342RED
5342W
5351
5351AL
5351BLK
5351I
5352
5352AL
5352BLK
5352BU
5352GRY
5352I
5352RED
5352W
5361
5361BLK
5361BLKWR
5361GRY
5361GRYWR
5361I
5361IWR
5361RED
5361REDWR
5361W
5361WR
5361WWR
5364B
5364BY
5366N
5369B
5369BY
5461
5461BLK
5461GRY
5461I
5461RED
5461W
5464B
5469B
5642
5642I
5661
5661BLK
5661GRY
5661I
5661RED
5661W
5666B
5669B
70520FR
70520FRCR
70520MB
70520NC
70520NCCR
70520NP
70520NP
70530FR
70530FRCR
70530MB
70530MBWP
70530NC
70530NCB
70530NCCR
70530NP
70530NPB
70530NPC
70615DR
70615DRIG
70615ER
70615FR
70615MB
70620ER
70620FR
70620MB
70620NC
70620NP
70620NPCR
70630ER
70630FR
70630NC
70630NP
70720ER
70720FR
70720MB
70720NC
70720NP
70730FR
70730NP
71020ER
71020FR
71020NP
71420ER
71420FR
71420MB
71420NC
71420NP
71430ER
71430FR
71430MB
71430MBWP
71430NC
71430NP
71520ER
71520FR
71520MB
71520MBWP
71520NC
71520NP
71530ER
71530FR
71530MB
71530MBWP
71530NC
71530NP
71620NC
71620NP
71630NC
71630NP
71820NC
71820NP
72120ER
72120FR
72120MB
72120NC
72120NCB
72120NP
72120NPB
72120NPC
72130ER
72130FR
72130NC
72130NP
72330FR
8210
8210GRY
8210GRYWR
8210I
8210IWR
8210RED
8210REDWR
8210W
8210WR
8210WWR
8266T
8269T
8295T
8310
8310GRYWR
8310I
8310IWR
8310RED
8310REDWR
8310WR
8310WWR
8366T
8366TSP
8369T
8395T
8410BRN
8410W
8466N
8466TSP
8495T
8666TSP
8695T
9200GRY
9200GRYL
9200I
9200IG
9200IGGRY
9200IGI
9200IGRED
9200IGW
9200RED
9200W
9300GRY
9300I
9300IL
9300RED
BRY5262
BRY5262BCR
BRY5262BLK
BRY5262BLKWR
BRY5262BU
BRY5262BUWR
BRY5262CR
BRY5262GRY
BRY5262GRYWR
BRY5262I
BRY5262IWR
BRY5262RED
BRY5262REDWR
BRY5262W
BRY5262WR
BRY5262WWR
BRY5266NP
BRY5266NPB
BRY5266NPCR
BRY5266NPOR
BRY5266NPSY
BRY5269NC
BRY5269NCCR
BRY5269NCSY
BRY5362
BRY5362BLK
BRY5362BLKWR
BRY5362BU
BRY5362BUWR
BRY5362CR
BRY5362GRY
BRY5362GRYWR
BRY5362I
BRY5362IWR
BRY5362RED
BRY5362REDWR
BRY5362W
BRY5362WR
BRY5362WWR
BRY5366NP
BRY5366NPCR
BRY5366NPSY
BRY5369NC
BRY5369NCCR
BRY5369NCSY
BRY5382
BRY5462
BRY5462BLK
BRY5462CR
BRY5462GRY
BRY5462I
BRY5462RED
BRY5462W
BRY5466NP
BRY5466NPSY
BRY5469NC
BRY5469NCSY
BRY5662
BRY5662BLK
BRY5662CR
BRY5662GRY
BRY5662I
BRY5662RED
BRY5662W
BRY5666NP
BRY5666NPSY
BRY5669NC
BRY8200
BRY8200ALTR
BRY8200GRY
BRY8200GRYL
BRY8200GRYWR
BRY8200GTR
BRY8200I
BRY8200ITR
BRY8200IWR
BRY8200RED
BRY8200REDL
BRY8200REDWR
BRY8200RTR
BRY8200TR
BRY8200W
BRY8200WL
BRY8200WR
BRY8200WTR
BRY8200WWR
BRY8266NP
BRY8266NPB
BRY8269NC
BRY8300
BRY8300ALTR
BRY8300GRY
BRY8300GRYWR
BRY8300GTR
BRY8300I
BRY8300IG
BRY8300ITR
BRY8300IWR
BRY8300RED
BRY8300REDWR
BRY8300RTR
BRY8300TR
BRY8300W
BRY8300WR
BRY8300WWR
BRY8366NP
BRY8369NC
BRY8466NP
BRY8469NC
FSL1NC
FSL1NP
FSL2NC
FSL2NP
FSL3NC
FSL3NP
FSL4NC
FSL4NP
QT5262
QT5262AL
QT5262BLK
QT5262GY
QT5262I
QT5262LA
QT5262R
QT5262W
QT5362
QT5362AL
QT5362BLK
QT5362GY
QT5362I
QT5362LA
QT5362R
QT5362W
QT8200
QT8200AL
QT8200BK
QT8200GY
QT8200I
QT8200LA
QT8200R
QT8200W
QT8300
QT8300AL
QT8300BK
QT8300GY
QT8300I
QT8300LA
QT8300R
QT8300W
Bryant Wiring Devices Qualified Under Fed. Spec. W-C-596
S-3
Technical Information
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Understanding Certification Marks
Certification marks vary significantly with respect to testing required to achieve a particular mark. In some cases, (i.e.: Specification
Grade), no outside certification agency is involved. The manufacturer decides which of their products they wish to be so identified.
The following table for 15 and 20A straight blade receptacles demonstrates these wide differences. The understanding of these
marks permits the user/specifier to make more meaningful product selections.
Understanding Product Certication Marks — 15 and 20 Amp Straight Blade Receptacles.
Products that carry certication marks must meet the specic testing standards indicated.
Certication
Mark Description UL 498
CSA,
C22.2
No. 42
UL 498
Hospital
Grade
CSA, C22.2
No. 42 M
Hospital
Grade
Fed.
Spec.
W-C-596
Spec Grade* Self Certied, No Testing Required — Advertising/Trade Name
**
Used on recognized component parts that are part of a Listed product
or system intended for the United States. Component “C” intended
for Canada. Recognized components are intended for installation by
Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs) within their Listed, and are
not accepted by electrical inspectors for general-use eld installations.
X
**
Used on recognized component parts that are part of a Listed product
or system intended for the United States and Canada. Recognized
components are intended for installation by Original Equipment
Manufacturers (OEMs) within their Listed, and are not accepted by
electrical inspectors for general-use eld installations.
X
LISTED
Products found with this mark means Underwriters Laboratories or
CSA International found that representative samples of this product met
Underwriters Laboratories' published Standards for Safety intended for
the US market.
X
Products found with this mark are certied primarily for the Canadian
market. X
Products intended for US and Canada.
X X
• Hospital Grade
In addition to complying with general use requirements, this mark
denotes these devise have been specially designed and are subject to
additional requirements of the standards. X X
• Hospital Grade
In addition to complying with general use requirements, this mark
denotes these devise have been specially designed and are subject to
additional requirements of the standards. X X
In addition to complying with general use grade requirements, this mark
denotes receptacles also have been investigated for compliance with
United States Federal Specication W-C-596. X X
• Hospital Grade
In addition to complying with general use and hospital grade
requirements, this mark denotes receptacles also have been
investigated for compliance with United States Federal Specication
W-C-596.
X X X
Note: *Includes such variation as Premium Spec, Super Spec, etc.
** End product test also required.
Cross Reference Note
Recognize that cross reference guides supplied by some manufacturers should be used only to determine compatible devices
(rating and configuration). It does not, in any way, deal with performance levels (which will vary widely by manufacturer). Common
catalog numbers are often used for convenience of selection. The use of the same catalog number is solely the discretion of the
manufacturer. It in no way implies compliance to any standard or testing criteria.
Certification Agencies and Markings
S-4
Technical Information
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Wiring Device Standards
There are many different marketing terms in the electrical industry to describe the various electrical receptacles available from
different manufacturers. Some of these terms include: Spec-Grade, Commercial, Heavy Duty, Industrial, Hard-Use, etc. There are
no clear or universal definitions for these terms. There is no criteria established to differentiate one term from the next. Reliance
solely upon these terms is not a reliable measure of performance or durability in a given application.
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) recognized a need to categorize receptacles based on application and expectations of
performance. As a result, UL verifies performance to the following designations. Here are brief descriptions of each:
General Use - UL 498 – All duplex receptacles are required to meet these general requirements. Devices bearing
the UL mark for general use have been tested to insure they can safely provide power in typical everyday usage
(vacuum, lamps, electronics, etc.).
Fed. Spec. - W-C-596 – The Federal Government wanted some way to determine that a receptacle performed
better than average and would withstand the tougher demands of institutional use (post offices, military installations,
prisons, etc.). Fed. Spec. listing identifies receptacles as having construction features, marking specifications and
performance requirement (i.e., plug retention, increased cycle testing) beyond the requirements of the general use
listing.
Hospital Grade – In addition to compliance with general use requirements, Hospital Grade receptacles must meet
performance criteria designed to test: ground reliability, assembly integrity, overall strength and reliability. Hospital
Grade devices are marked with a green dot on their face.
Hospital Grade Fed. Spec. – Receptacles meeting this designation meet requirements and have completed test
programs for both Fed. Spec. and Hospital Grade receptacles. All Bryant Hospital Grade devices are UL listed to
this designation.
These UL designations are a better determinant of performance than marketing descriptions, for performance and durability.
• Hospital Grade
• Hospital Grade
Wiring Device Standards and Testing
S-5
Technical Information
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Testing for Hospital Grade and Fed. Spec. Listing of Bryant Receptacles, Plugs and Connectors
All Bryant Hospital Grade products are tested regularly in our factories with Underwriters Laboratories.
Receptacles
Fed. Spec. Test: Ground Pin Retention Test - The grounding contact of the receptacle is conditioned by twenty insertions with
a 0.204 inch oversized diameter pin. After conditioning, a 0.184 inch diameter pin is inserted in the grounding contact must be
capable of supporting a weight of at least 4 ounces for one minute.
Fed. Spec. Test: Power Blade Retention Test - A test plug with a single oversized blade measuring 0.075 inch thick is inserted
into each current carrying contact for twenty conditioning cycles. When the conditioning cycles are completed, each contact must
be capable of supporting, for one minute, 1.5 pounds secured to a single 0.055 inch thick solid steel blade without holes.
HG Test: Abrupt Removal of Plug Test - A steel bodied test plug with blades made of brass is inserted into the receptacle. A 10
pound weight dropped from at least 24 inches, pulls the plug out of the receptacle abruptly. This test is done eight times with the
receptacle rotated in different positions to create the greatest stress to the face and contacts. Then, with the receptacle facing
down, the grounding contact must retain a 4 ounce grounding pin with a 0.184 inch diameter for one minute. After this test there
shall be no breakage of the receptacle that interferes with the receptacle function or to the integrity of the enclosure.
Fed. Spec. Test: Assembly Security Test - A force of 100 pounds is applied through the slots of the receptacle into the base
while the bridge is supported at its screw mounting positions. Each receptacle is then examined for damage.
Plugs and Connectors
HG Test: Impact Test – A plug or connector wired with the minimum size flexible cord is subjected to an impact from a 10 pound
cylindrical weight having a flat face with a 2 inch diameter dropped from a height of 18 inches. After the test, there shall be no
breakage or other damage that may effect the function of the device.
HG Test: Mechanical Drop Test – The cord connector is wired to #18 AWG flexible cord and suspended horizontally. It is released
so it impacts a hardwood surface 45 inches below the point of suspension. This is repeated for 1,300 cycles. After the test, there
shall be no breakage, deformation or other effect that may interfere with the function of the device.
HG Test: 500 Pound Crush Test – A wired plug or connector is placed between two hardwood slabs while subjected to a force
which is progressively increased to 500 pounds. After the test, there shall be no breakage, deformation or other effect that may
interfere with the function of the device.
HG Test: Strain Relief Test – While assembled to a plug or connector but not wired to the terminals; the cord must remain
securely fastened after a straight pull of 30 pounds and a rotary motion within 3 inch circles with a 10 pound force applied for two
consecutive hours. Displacement of conductors, insulation and outer jacket of the flexible cord shall not exceed 0.031 inch. There
shall be no cuts, rips or tears in the insulation of the cord.
Wiring Device Standards and Testing
S-6
Technical Information
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Meaning for the Protection of Equipment
First NumberCode Letters Second Number
IP
Ingress Protection Against Ingress of
Solid Foreign Objects
Against Ingress of Water
with Harmful Effects
0 – Non-protected
1 ≥ 50mm diameter
2 ≥ 12.5mm diameter
3 ≥ 2.5mm diameter
4 ≥ 1.0mm diameter
5 – Dust-protected
6 – Dust-tight
0 – Non-protected
1 – Vertically dripping
2 – Dripping (15 Tilted)
3 – Spraying
4 – Splashing
5 – Jetting
6 – Power jetting
7 – Temporary immersion
8 – Continuous immersion
The numerals stand for the following:
1. First Numeral: degree of protection
for persons against access to
hazardous parts inside the enclosure
and/or against the ingress of solid
foreign objects.
2. Second Numeral: degree of protection
of equipment inside enclosures against
damage from the ingress of water.
Note: ≥ Denotes greater than or equal to.
RoHS – Restriction of Hazardous Substances
This EU Directive, 2011/65/EU, prohibits the use of mercury, cadmium, lead, chromium VI, PBB (polybrominated
biphenyls) and PBDE (polybrominated diphenyl ethers) in certain electrical products. The regulatory maximums for
these items are 0.01%, by weight, for cadmium and 0.1%, by weight, for the other ve items in each "homogenous
unit" contained within that product. There are certain exemptions available from the RoHS requirements.
Tamper-Resistant Receptacles - 406.12 (A) through (C)
Per the National Electrical Code (NEC®) Article 406.11; All 125 volt, 15 and 20 amp receptacles in dwelling units
shall be a listed tamper-resistant type. Dwelling units are dened as a single unit, providing complete and independent
living facilities for one or more persons, including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, cooking and sanitation.
Listed devices are required to have a TR marking on the face visible when installed without a cover plate.
Weather Resistant Receptacles
Per the 2014 National Electrical Code (NEC®) Article 406.9; All 125 and 250 volt, 15 and 20 amp non-locking
receptacles for use in damp or wet locations shall be a listed weather resistant type. Listed devices are required
to have a WR marking on the face visible when installed.
Elements of the IP Code and Their Meanings – In Accordance with Standard IEC 60529
IP Suitability Ratings are a system for classifying the degree of ingress protection provided by enclosures of
electrical equipment. Generally, the higher the number, the greater the degree of protection; they apply ONLY to
properly installed equipment.
Example: IP67 = Ingress Protection/Dust-Tight/Temporary Immersion
TR
WR
RoHS
compliant
RoHS, TR, WR and IP Meanings
IP
SUITABILITY
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
S-7
Technical Information
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Architectural Symbols For Electrical Wiring Devices
General Outlets
Ceiling Wall
Lighting Outlet
Blanked outlet
Clock outlet (specify voltage)
Deep cord
Electrical outlet: for use only when circle used alone
might be confused with columns, plumbing symbols, etc.
Fan outlet
Junction box
Lamp holder
Lamp holder with pull switch
Pull switch
Outlet for vapor discharge lamp
Exit light outlet or light
Convenience Outlets
Duplex convenience outlet
Convenience outlet other than duplex
1-single, 3-triplex, etc.
Weatherproof convenience outlet
Range outlet
Switch and convenience outlet
Radio and convenience outlet
Special purpose outlet (Desc. in Spec.)
Floor outlet
Switch Outlets
S Single-pole switch
S2 Double-pole switch
S3 3-Way switch
S4 4-Way switch
SD Automatic door switch
SE Electrolier switch
SK Key operated switch
SP Switch and pilot lamp
SCB Circuit breaker switch
SWCB Weatherproof circuit breaker
SMC Momentary contact switch
SRC Remote control switch
SWP Weatherproof switch
SF Fused switch
SWF Weatherproof fused switch
Special Outlets
Any standard symbol as given above with the addition of a lower
case subscript letter may be used to designate some special variation
of standard equipment of particular interest in a specific set of
architectural plans.
a,b,c,etc
When used they must be listed in the Key of Symbols
a,b,c,etc
Sa,b,c,etc
on each drawing and if necessary further described
in the specifications.
Panels, Circuits and Miscellaneous
Lighting panel
Power panel
Branch circuit; concealed in ceiling or wall
Branch circuit; concealed in floor
Branch circuit; exposed
Home run to panel board. Indicated number of circuits
by number of arrows.
Note: Any circuit without further designation indicates a 2-wire circuit.
For a greater number of wires indicate as follows:
(3-wires) (4-wires), etc.
Feeders
Note: Use heavy lines and designate by number of corresponding
to listing in feeder schedule.
Underfloor duct and junction box. Triple system
Note: For double or single systems eliminate one or two lines.
This symbol is equally adaptable to auxiliary system layouts
Generator
Motor
Instrument
Power transformer (or draw to scale)
Controller
Isolating switch
Auxiliary Systems
Push Button Buzzer
Bell Annunciator
Outside telephone
Interconnecting telephone
Telephone switchboard
Bell ringing transformer
Electric door opener
Fire alarm bell Fire alarm station
City fire alarm station
Fire alarm central station
Automatic fire alarm device
Watchman’s station
Watchman’s central station
Horn
Nurse’s signal plug Maid’s signal plug
Radio outlet
Signal central section
Interconnection box Battery
Auxiliary system circuits
Special Auxiliary Outlets
Subscript letters refer to notes on plans or detailed
description in specifications.
S-8
Technical Information
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Table I – Mechanical and Electrical Properties of Materials
Properties 6/6 Nylon 6 Nylon Polycarbonate PC/PET Phenolic Urea
Tensile Strength (PSI) 11,000 6000+* 9,000 6,000 6,500-10,000 5,500-13,000
Elongation (%) 300+* 300* 130 120 0.4-0.8 0.5-1.0
Flex. Mod. (Stiffness) (PSI) 175,000* 140,000* 340,000 325,000 1,000,000 1,500,000
Izod (Notched) ft.-lb./in. 2.1* 3.0* 15.0 12.0 0.3-1.9 0.25-0.4
Hardness Rockwell 59M*
108R*
—
119R
70M
118R
—
115R
105-120M
—
110-120M
—
Heat Deection Temp ºF
66 PSI
264 PSI
464
194
370
185
—
270
265
260
—
400
—
260-290
UL Thermal Index ºC
Electrical
Mechanical w/Impact
Mechanical w/o Impact
125
75
85
125
75
85
125
115
125
105
105
105
150
150
150
100
100
100
Flame Class UL 94 V-2 V-2 V-2 V-0 HB-V0 HB-V0
Dielectric V/mil 600 400 380 307 200-400 300-400
Specic Gravity 1.14 1.13 1.2 1.33 1.4 1.5
UL Comparative Tracking Index (Volts) 600+ 600+ 250+ 230 175+ 600+
Note: *Conditioned to 50% relative humidity.
Table II – Chemical Resistance of Materials
Chemical Nylon Phenolic Urea Polycarbonate
Acids C B B A
Alcohol A A A B
Caustic Bases A B B C
Gasoline A A C A
Grease A A A B
Kerosene A A A A
Oil A A A B
Solvents A A A C
Water A A A A
Note: A–Completely resistant. Good to excellent, general use.
B–Resistant. Fair to good, limited service.
C–Slow attack. Not recommended for use.
Advantages of Nylon
Bryant nylon wiring devices provide these safety benets:
• Excellent insulator: Shock hazards are minimized by the superior
dielectric strength of nylon and the heavy-duty molded interior walls
of Bryant’s completely-enclosed individual wire pocket areas.
• Resistant to chemicals: Nylon provides excellent resistance to
chemicals such as alcohol, caustic bases, gasoline, grease, kerosene,
oil, solvents and water. See Table II.
• High impact resistance: Bryant nylon devices are designed to withstand
high impact in heavy duty industrial and commercial applications.
Each molded piece supports an adjacent molded piece, resulting in
unsurpassed resiliency and strength.
Devices housed in neoprene, urea or phenolic materials can crack or be
damaged under great pressure. Such damage can be invisible and cause
direct shorts and other hazards. In the unlikely event that a nylon device is
damaged, the damage can be easily detected and the device replaced.
Universal Cord Grip
Bryant’s nylon plugs and connectors have a universal cord grip. One device
can be used for most cord size applications. Adapter sleeves are available
for at cord and other small diameter cords. In addition to reducing the cord
grip to the desired size, the sleeve helps protect the interior of the device by
blocking entry of solvents, oil and other foreign matter.
Table III – Horsepower Ratings
NEMA Cong. AC HP Rating** NEMA Cong. AC HP Rating**
1-15
2-15
2-20
2-30
5-15
5-20
5-30
5-50
6-15
6-20
6-30
6-50
7-15
7-20
7-30
7-50
10-20
10-30
10-50
11-15
11-20
11-30
11-50
14-15
14-20
14-30
14-50
14-60
15-15
15-20
15-30
15-50
15-60
18-15
18-20
18-30
18-50
18-60
0.5
1.5
2
2
0.5
1
2
2
1.5
2
2
3
2
2
3
5
2 L-L/1 L-N
2 L-L/2 L-N
3 L-L/2 L-N
2
3
3
7.5
1.5 L-L/0.5
L-N
2 L-L/1 L-N
2 L-L/2 L-N
3 L-L/2 L-N
3 L-L/2 L-N
2
3
3
7.5
10
2
2
3
7.5
L1-15
L2-20
L5-15
L5-20
L5-30
L6-15
L6-20
L6-30
L7-15
L7-20
L7-30
L8-20
L8-30
L10-20
L10-30
L11-15
L11-20
L11-30
L12-20
L12-30
L14-20
L14-30
L15-20
L15-30
L16-20
L16-30
L18-20
L18-30
L19-20
L19-30
L21-20
L21-30
L22-20
L22-30
0.5
2
0.5
1
2
1.5
2
2
2
2
3
3
5
2 L-L/1 L-N
2 L-L/2 L-N
2
3
3
5
10
2 L-L/1 L-N
2 L-L/2 L-N
3
3
5
10
2
3
5
10
2
3
5
10
Note: **The phase-to-phase horsepower ratings are noted by
“L-L”. The phase-to-neutral ratings are identified by “L-N”.
Materials Commonly Used in Wiring Devices and Horsepower Ratings Table
S-9
Technical Information
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Prior to 1950, Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. listed only
AC/DC general use switches. These switches were designed
with oveS-center, snap-acting mechanisms which opened
the circuit by widely separating the contacts at a high speed.
This was necessary because the switches were tested on DC
which has a steady-state voltage.
With the introduction of AC only general use switches, it was
unnecessary to have the high-powered, oveS-center, snap-
acting mechanisms because the contacts did not have to be
widely separated at high speed.
Bryant introduced, in the mid 1930’s, the first AC only range
switch. The experience gained in this development indicated
the ideal AC switch should have a positive closing and a slow
limited opening.
Positive closing is the closing of the contacts without bounce
or chatter, which can occur due to the inertia of a high-speed
closing of the contacts.
This is important, especially on the tungsten lamp load where,
due to the low resistance of tungsten filament, an inrush
current from 8 to 16 times the lighted (high resistance) rated
current occurs. This inrush occurs in the first quarter cycle,
1/240 of a second, or when the contacts first close and would
be bouncing (rapidly opening and closing of the circuit).
Contact bouncing, at high current, could cause considerable
arcing which would dissipate the contact material and result in
welding of the contacts.
Slow limited opening is the separation of the contact, under
load, at a low rate and limiting the contact separation to a very
small fraction of that required for DC control.
On AC, the voltage passes through zero voltage every
1/2 cycle, on 60 cycle frequency every 1/120 of a second. By
opening the contacts slowly, the arc is suppressed by the zero
voltage. By limiting the break, the contact gap is not ionized
and air insulation prevents arc formation and restriking.
This control of the opening is essential on inductive and motor
loads when, due to low power factor, voltage surges occur on
opening the circuit.
Bryant AC switches are designed so the contacts are closed
with controlled contact closing pressure by utilizing the
flexibility of the resilient contact carrying arm.
The contacts, of a special non-oxidizing silver alloy, are opened
by a simple cam operation which limits the speed and opening.
The indexing of the handle is by an elastomer rocker or simple
cantilever steel rod. This provides a minimum of parts, along
with a solid and dependable design.
AC Test Requirements
When AC general use switches were considered by the
industry and Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., thought was
given to the ratings and it was decided to rate the switches in
accordance with NEC® branch circuit ratings of 15, 20 and 30
amperes. It was also decided to test the switch for all the loads
that could be applied to a branch circuit. Therefore, all AC
switches are tested on resistance, tungsten lamp and inductive
loads to 100% of switch rating.
Underwriters Laboratories Test Requirements for
AC General Use Switches
In order to be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., all 15,
20 and 30 ampere AC 120/277 volt switches must perform,
without failure, the following sequence of tests.
1. An overload test of 100 cycles at 4.8 times rated current
and 40-50% power factor and rated voltage. This overload
test is performed at 144 amps, 277 volts for 30 ampere
switches, at 6 cycles per minute.
2. 10,000 cycles on a plain resistance load at full rating of 15,
20 or 30 amperes, at 277 volts at 24 cycles per minute.
3. 10,000 cycles on an inductive load of either 15, 20 or 30
amperes at 277 volts, 80% power factor at 24 cycles
per minute.
4. 10,000 cycles at 15, 20 or 30 amperes, 120 volts on a
tungsten filament lamp load, at 6 cycles per minute.
5. Heat rise at test-rated load. In this test, temperature rise
must not exceed 30 degrees C.
6. A switch shall withstand, without breakdown, 1500V for
1 minute between live parts of opposite polarity and
between live parts and dead metal parts, with the switch
at the maximum operating temperature reached in
intended use.
Explanation of “Horsepower” Ratings
Performance of Bryant Switches Exceed Underwriters
Laboratories’ Requirements.
Switches marked with Horsepower Ratings are suitable for
controlling the Motor Loads of the HP ratings shown on the
switch as well as for lower HP ratings.
To qualify for an HP rating, a switch is tested at six (6) times
the full load Motor Current corresponding to the HP rating
marked on the switch. (For DC Motor Controllers, the test is
made at 10 times the full load Motor Current corresponding to
the DC HP rating marked on the switch). The test consists of
50 on-off operations at this load and the test is conducted on
six (6) samples. For 3/4 HP 120 volts-240 volts AC rating, two
(2) sets of six (6) samples each are tested in addition to the
regular overload endurance, heating and insulation tests. The
test circuit characteristics are:
For 3/4 HP For 3/4 HP
120 Volts AC 240 Volts AC
Closed Circuit Volts 120 Volts AC 240 Volts AC
Current 82.8 Amps 41.4 Amps
PoweS-Factor 0.40-0.50 0.40-0.50
Note: Current at 240V AC is 1/2 that at 120V AC.
All switches must be in good operating condition after the tests
have been completed. There must be no excessive arcing,
welding or burning of the contacts nor arc-over to ground (the
switch frames are grounded during the stalled rotor test).
AC Switch and Horsepower Ratings
NEC® is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
S-10
Technical Information
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Dimmer – Ganging and Derating
One
small
dimmer
in this
box.
Three small dimmers in this box.
Example of 4-Gang Installation
4-Gang Gangable
Switchbox
1-Gang
Gangable
Switchbox
¾ inch Space
(Use Close Nipple)
Remove All Inner
Side Sections (Shaded)
Do Not
Remove Outer
Side Sections
Architectural Grade Slide and Rotary Series
Number of Switchboxes Required with Dimmer Side sections Intact
Number of Small Controls (600W and 1000W)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Number of 0 0 1 1+1 4 1+4 7 1+7
Large Controls 1 1 3 5 6 8 9 11
(1500W and 2000W) 2 4 6 7 9 10 12 13
3 6 8 10 11 13 14 16
4 9 11 12 14 15 17 18
Number of Gangs Required
Note: When ganging an even number of small controls with no side sections removed (plus numbers in chart),
use gangable switchboxes with tapped ears as shown below. Do not use plaster rings or gangbox
covers. Space an additional switchbox ¾ in. apart from the other switchbox(es). A ¾ in. close nipple is
recommended as a spacer between the switchboxes.
Number of Switchboxes Required with Side sections Removed
Number of Small Controls (600W and 1000W)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Number of 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Large Controls 1 1 3 4 5 6 7 8
(1500W and 2000W) 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10
3 5 7 8 9 10 11 12
4 7 9 10 11 12 13 14
Number of Gangs Required
Note: When removing side sections, remove only inner side sections. Do not remove side sections on outer
ends of gang. The same installation rules apply to rotary dimmers (not shown).
Derating Chart
No side One side Both side
sections removed section removed sections removed
600W 600W 500W
1000W 900W 700W
1500W 1250W 1000W
2000W 1800W 1500W
Note: When ganging any combination of small and large controls, place a small control on one extreme end of
the gang, and a large control at the other end of the gang. When ganging with side sections intact, use
offset mounting holes. When ganging with side sections removed, use center mounting holes. Allow a
¹⁄₃₂ in. gap (space) between controls for ease in attaching the faceplate.
Specification Grade Slide and Rotary Series
Switchboxes Required: Side sections removed
Derating Chart
1 dimmer 2 dimmers 3 or more dimmers
in wall box in wall box in wall box
600W 500W 400W
1000W 800W 650W
5A fan speed 4A fan speed 3A fan speed
S-11
Technical Information
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Switches Wiring Diagrams
Single-Pole
LOAD
GRD
WHITE BLACK
Double-Pole
LOAD
GRD
RED
BLACK
3-Way To 3-Way
LOAD
GRD GRD GRD
3-Way
GRD
BLACK
4-Way 3-Way
GRD
LOAD
B
HOT
HOT
NEUTRAL
BB
B
BLACK
M
HOT
HOT
NEUTRAL
Single-Pole
Pilot Light Switch
Handle Glows
When Switch Is On
Single-Pole
Glow Handle Switch
Handle Glows When
Switch Is Off
Center Off Maintained
and Momentary Contact
Single-Pole
Double Throw Switches
LINE
LOAD
GRD LOAD
BLACK WHITE BLACK BLACK
LOAD LOAD LOAD
GRD GRD
LOAD
BLACK RED
GRD
LOAD
L-2
B-2
A-2 L-1
A-1
B-1
Center Off
Maintained Contact
Double-Pole
Double Throw Switches
3-Way To 3-Way
120V AC Pilot Light Switch
Handle Glows When Switch Is On
HO
T
HOT
NEUTRAL
GRD
BLACK LOAD
GRD
BBB
GRD BLACK GRD LOAD
B
3-Way To 3-Way
277V AC Pilot Light Switch
Handle Glows When Switch Is On
BLACK
LEAD
WHITE
LEAD
WHITE
LEAD
BLACK
LEAD
The handles of the
two 3-way 120V AC
pilot light switches
will glow in both
open and closed
position when the
load is disconnected.
277V AC pilot light
switches require a third
“runner” wire between
the two switches.
These pilot light
switches operate on
either 120 or 277V AC.
AC Switches
Neutral
Hot
Ground
Black Red
Green
Neutral
Hot
Ground
Black
Red
Green
Blue
Lighting
Load A
Lighting
Load A
Lighting
Load B
Single Circuit Sensors, Wired as 3-Way Sensors* Dual Circuit Sensors, Wired as 3-Way Sensors*
Note: *Load can not exceed the rating of one switch. Sensor is shipped with all dip switches in the OFF position (factory default).
Load 1
Red
Black
120/277V AC
Green
Ground
Red
Blue
Black
White
Line circuit
120/277V AC
Green
Ground
Load 1
Load 2
Red
Blue
Black
Line circuit 1
120/277V AC
Green
Ground
Load 1
Load 2
Wiring Schematic MSD and MSU Series Wall Switch Sensors
Single Circuit Wiring Dual Circuit Sensor,
Wired for Dual Circuits
Dual Circuit Sensor,
Wired for Dual Circuits with Neutral
For step dimming,
bi-level, and dual
ballasted xtures
S-12
Technical Information
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
1-15R
L1-15R ML1-R
125V
W
SYS.
GR.
L8-20R L8-30R
480V AC
G
EQUIP.
GR.
2-20R 2-30R L2-20R
208V or 250V
L9-20R L9-30R
600V AC
EQUIP.
GR.
G
5-15R 5-20R
5-30R
5-50R
L5-15R
L5-20R
L5-30R ML2-R
125V
W
SYS.
GR.
EQUIP.
GR.
G
6-15R 6-20R 6-30R 6-50R L6-15R L6-20R L6-30R
208V or 250V
EQUIP.
GR.
G
7-15R 7-20R 7-30R 7-50R L7-15R L7-20R L7-30R
277V AC
EQUIP.
GR.
G
W
SYS.
GR.
Wiring Diagrams
2-Pole 2-Wire
125V
125V
277V AC
208V or 250V
208V or 250V
480V AC 600V AC
2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding
S-13
Technical Information
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
10-20R 10-30R 10-50R L10-20R L10-30R ML3-R
W
SYS.
GR.
250V AC 125V AC
125V AC
11-15R 11-20R 11-30R 11-50R L11-15R L11-20R L11-30R
250V AC
250V AC
250V AC
L12-20R L12-30R
480V AC
480V AC
480V AC
Wiring Diagrams
125/250V AC
125/250V AC
3Ø 250V AC
3Ø 250V AC
3Ø 480V AC 3Ø 600V AC
3-Pole 3-Wire
L13-30R
600V AC
600V AC
600V AC
14-15R 14-20R 14-30R 14-50R 14-60R L14-20R L14-30R
250V AC 125V AC
125V AC
W
SYS.
GR.
G
EQUIP.
GR.
3-Pole 4-Wire Grounding
15-15R 15-20R 15-30R 15-50R 15-60R L15-20RL15-30R
250V AC
250V AC
250V AC
G
EQUIP.
GR.
S-14
Technical Information
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
600V AC
G
EQUIP.
GR.
L17-30R
600V AC
600V AC
18-15R 18-20R 18-30R 18-50R 18-60R
208V AC
120V AC
W
SYS.
GR. 208V AC
208V AC
120V AC
L18-20R L18-30R
120V AC
480V AC
W
SYS.
GR. 480V AC
480V AC
277V AC
L19-20R L19-30R
277V AC
277V AC
L16-20R L16-30R
480V AC
480V AC
480V AC
G
EQUIP.
GR.
L20-20R
347V AC
W
SYS.
GR. 600V AC
600V AC
347V AC
L20-30R
600V AC 347V AC
3-Pole 4-Wire Grounding
4-Pole 4-Wire
3Ø 120/208V AC
3Ø 277/480V AC
3Ø 347/600V AC
3Ø 480V AC 3Ø 600V AC
Wiring Diagrams
S-15
Technical Information
Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
L21-20R
208V AC
120V AC
W
SYS.
GR. 208V AC
208V AC
120V AC
120V AC
L21-30R
G
EQUIP.
GR.
L22-20R
480V AC
277V AC
W
SYS.
GR. 480V AC
480V AC
277V AC
277V AC
L22-30R
G
EQUIP.
GR.
L23-20R
600V AC
347V AC
W
SYS.
GR. 600V AC
600V AC
347V AC
347V AC
L23-30R
G
EQUIP.
GR.
4-Pole 5-Wire Grounding
3ØY 120/208V AC
3ØY 277/480V AC
3ØY 347/600V AC
Wiring Diagrams
S-16
Technical Information
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Network Cabling Requirements
Maintain a maximum
bend radius of 4x the
cable diameter (4-pair
cables)
Apply cable ties loosely
and at random intervals
Try to minimize the
amount of jacket twisting
Avoid stretching the cable
Use appropriate methods for dressing
and securing cables:
• Cable ties
• Cable support bar
• Wire management panels
• Releasable straps
Never exceed a 90
degree bend
Don’t oveS-tighten
cable ties
Don’t oveS-twist cable,
it can lead to torn jackets
Don’t exceed 25 lbs. of
pulling tension
Don’t use a staple gun to
position cable
• Strip back only as much cable jacket as is required for termination and maintain
pair twists as close as possible to the point of mechanical termination
• At a minimum, never allow untwisting of pairs as specied:
Category 5e and 6/6A: 0.5 inch max.
Supported Media - International
Designation ANSI/TIA-568-C ISO/IEC 11801 2nd Ed. 2002 CENELEC EN-50173-1: 2002
Category 3 (16 MHz) Supported Supported: Class C Supported: Class C
120Ω Category 3 (16 MHz) Not Supported Supported: Class C Supported: Class C
Category 5e (100 MHz) Supported Supported: Class D Supported: Class D
Category 6 (250 MHz) Supported Supported: Class E Supported: Class E
Category 6A (500 MHz) Supported Supported: Class EA* Supported: Class EA*
Category 7 (600 MHz) Not Recognized Supported: Class F Supported: Class F
50/125 - 62.5/125 Multimode Supported Supported Supported
Singlemode Fiber Supported Supported Supported
Singlemode Fiber to the Work Area Not Supported Supported Supported
Work Area Outlet Conguration 4 Pairs T568A or B 4 Pairs T568A Only 4 Pairs T568A Only
Stranded Patch Cord Attenuation 120% of Horiz. Cable 150% of Horiz. Cable 150% of Horiz. Cable
Note: *Category 6A requirements will be incorporated into ISO/IEC 11801 and CENELEC EN-50173 after the release of the ANSI/TIA-568-C standards series.
www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/
Bryant Electric
Hubbell Incorporated (Delaware)
40 Waterview Drive
Shelton, CT 06484
Phone (800) 323-2792
FAX (800) 543-0538
Printed in U.S.A.
Specications subject to change without notice.
Bryant® is a registered trademark of Hubbell Incorporated. BC003 8/19
Online technical support lets you search for answers to
technical questions about Bryant products. If you can’t nd
the answer you need, submit the question online to receive
a response. You can also browse the specication library
by part number incorporated into our eCatalog.
Superior performance for vertical markets enable us
to provide tailored, packaged solutions for industrial,
commercial, institutional, and residential markets based
on real-world experience.
